! I THE DANISH I N GOLF- EXPEDITION VOL. IV c PUBLISHED AT THE COST OF THE GOVERNMENT BY THE DIRECTION OF THE ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM OF THE UNIVERS1 IV < I iPENHAGEN PRINTED BY BIANCO LUNOS BOGTRYKK! r \ l'HS-IM5" pt.il-, Contents of Vol. IV c XI. Elisi: Wesb mi rg-Lund: Tomoptei idae and Typhi iscolecidae, p. 1-17 (i pi XII. Elisi Wesenberg-Lund : Brachiopoda, p. 1 17,1941 XIII. S. G. Heding : Holothurioidea, II. p. 1 39 (2 plates), 1942. XIV. Elise Wesenberg-Lund: Polychaeta, p. 1 92 (10 plates), 1950. S5 THE DANISH INGOLF-EXPEDITION VOLUME IV. 11. TOMOPTERID^ A N D T YPHLOSC 0 L E C I DJE. BY ELISE WESENBERG-LUND. WITH i PLATE, AND 3 MAI'S IN THE TEXT. COPENHAGEN. PRINTED BY BIANCO LUNO AS. [935 Ready from the Press January 29th. ish6. Introduction. The present paper deals with the material of Tomoptcridce and Typhloscolecida collected by the two expeditions made by the Danish cruiser "Ingolf" in the summers of the years 1895 and [896. The object of these expeditions was to undertake scientific deep-sea explorations in the seas around the Faroes, Iceland and Greenland. Besides these deep-sea dredgings a rather great number of pelagic samples were, however, taken and of these the pelagic annelids are worked out here. Besides the "Ingolf" collections this papei deals with the material of the two above named families collected in the same area, and dating from as well the collections oi the Zoological Museum of Copenhagen as the collections brought home by the "Thor", the "Michael Sars", and the "Dana", and finally the material which, especially at the end of the last century, was collected and sent down by Danish officials in Greenland. In systematical respect the material docs not offer anything of particular interest. It contains 5 species of Tomoptcridce: 1. Tomopteris (J ohnstonella) helgolandica Greeff. 2. T. Nissan Rosa. 3. T. Cavallii Rosa. 4. T. septentrionalis Quatrefages. 5. T. Keferstcini Greeff. and 2 species of the family Typhloscolecida'. 1. Travisiopsis lanceolata Southern. 2. I. Levinseni Southern. In zoogeographical respect the material here worked out may possibly give us some new indications as to the distribution of the Tomoptcridce and the Typhloscolecidce in the North Atlantic area I pul this so cautiously because the material unfortunately is so small; I shall therefore confine myself to point out which new facts are to be stated by means of the material at hand as regards the distribution, and abstain from giving any interpretations. Both species of Typhloscolecidce have hitherto been reported only from more southern localities. Southern mentions the coast of Ireland as the northernmost finding-place lor both species. In the material 1 ' TOMOPTERIM AND TYPHLOSCOLECIDiE. at hand 1 '. lanceolala is collected S. of Iceland and T. Levinseni in the Davis .Strait. This may indicate a far greater range in the northern Atlantic. Tomopteris Kefersteini was hitherto reported only from the Mediterranean, the Canary Islands etc.; in this paper it is reported from the sea between Scotland and Iceland. T. Cavallii was reported from the coast of Ireland; in the present material it is found from the Denmark Strait and the Irminger Sea. It holds good of the species here named, and some others too, that they may have a far greater range northwards than hitherto known. Family Tomopteridae Grube. Sub-Genus Johnstonella Gosse. Tomopteris (Johnstonella) helgolandica Greef. (PI. figs. 4. 5. >■) i860. Tomopteris onisciformis Carp. & Clap. Trans Linn. Soc. L,ond. $S p. 49. 1878. vitrina Vejd. Zeitschr. f . wiss. Zool. 31 p. 81. 1879. helgolandica Greeff. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 32 p. 264. 1900. helgolandica Apst. Krgebn. d. Plankton-Exp. 2 p. 38. 1908. catharina Rosa Publ. del. R. Istit. di Studi Sup. Firenze p. 283. 1922. helgolandica Mai. & Car. Res. Campagnes Sci. du Prime de Monaco 61 p. 35. 1923. Fauvel. Faune de France 5 p. 221. The "Ingolf" Expedition has not taken this species. The following localities date from the "Thor", the "Michael vSars" and the 'Dana": 57 52' N. 0 52' W. 1500111. 65 m. w. 3 spec. -- 6i°2o'N. 10 50' W. 1000 m. 15111. w. 1 spec. - in ' 30' N. i7°o8' W. 2000 m. 180 m. w. 3 spec. -- 6i 40' N. 14 '"'n'W. tooo m. roo m. w. 3 spec. - 68°43' X. 11 45' W. 406 m. 2 spec. The Michael Sars" 1902. St. 78. 60 55' N. 8 56' W. 69 111. ca. 50 spec. - The "Dana" 1934. St. 5156. 61 30' N. 6 22'W. 65 m. 1 spec. The size of this beautiful Tomopterid varies rather much. The largest specimen measures 41 111111. the smallest 20 mm. All of them are adult with gonads developed in both the dorsal and ventral parapodia. The number of segments of the body varies from 17 to 21. The first pair of cirri is lacking in all the specimens. The second pair is very broad .it the base and the bristle is thick, strong, and yellow. This pair of cirri does not attain the length of the body. In the midline of the prostomium an incision highly varying 111 depth is found. The eyes are black and set widely apart from each other. The brain forms a white transversal bridge with a faint incision at the foremost margin. The ciliated epaulettes are well developed, each of them forming a triangular figure, the proximal part of which is triangularly bent. The pharynx is muscular, spoutlike. short and strong, and obliquely cut. The tail is not distinctly set off from the trunk. It is sausage-shaped and rounded at the end. It carries a number of rudimentary parapodia. the last of which arc not even divided into a dorsal and ven- tral ramus. The parapodia of the trunk are long and slender; the greatest of them are about twice as long as the 1( iMOPTERID.l-; AXD TVPHLOSCOLECIDAv breadth of the body. The two rami are pointed; the pinnae of the trunk-parapodia are circular or oval, whereas those of the tail are more oblong. As regards the glands of the pinna; we find the chromophile ones in all the ventral pinna1. This gland is often comparatively small; even when it is filled with secretion it does not attain any remarkable size and may be little conspicuous. It is situated ventrically to the margin of the ventral ramus of all the para- podia; the content of the filled gland has a hyaline character. — The rosette-formed organs are very distinct, marked with a central brown spot. They are situated in the pinnae, close to the parapodial trunk and close to the apex of the latter. Even in the first rudimentary parapodia of the tail the rosettes are distinct. The situation of the rosettes seems to be very constant. — In addition to these rosettes of the pinna; we find in the two first parapodia a rosette-shaped organ at the ventral parapodial trunk proper, in some few specimens there are two, and in a single one there are even three. The reproductive organs are present in all the parapodia of the trunk both in the dorsal and ventral rami. The species is beautifully coloured ; the whole body is transversally striated with dark-brown lines on the dorsal side. At the cylindrical tail the brown pigment forms rings with equally broad intervals. Distribution: 7. helgolandica is widely spread in the Atlantic; it is found in the Mediterranean and taken off the coast of Portugal (Malaquin & Car in). It seems to be especially abundant in Irish waters (Southern 1911). It enters the Channel. The "Plankton Expedition" has dredged it abundantly off New Foundland and at several stations in the North Sea. According to No. 33, 48, and 70 of the Publications de circonstance "Catalogues des especes de plantes et d'animaux observees dans le plankton", edited by "Conseil permanent internat. pour l'exploration de la mer" the species is furthermore known from the Kattegat, Skagerrak, the Norwegian Sea etc. ; thus the species is widely distributed in the northern part of the Atlantic. The finding places of the specimens at hand group round 6oc N. and 10 W. Evidently, the northern limit of distribution of the species is to be found at the latitude mentioned above. Genus Tomopteris (str. sensu) Eschscholtz. Tomopteris Nisseni Rosa. (pi. fi«. 13, 14, 15). [908. Tomopteris Nisseni Rosa. Publ. del R. Istit. di Studi Sup. in Eirenze. p. H)i. 1911. Southern. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest. 3 p. 17. I'l-'J Malaquin & Carin. Res. Campagnes Sci. du Prince de Monaco 61 p. 35. 1 '1- 1 Fauvel. Faune de France 5 p. 222. The "Ingolf" Expedition has taken the species at the following locality 6 1 ;<)' N. 5425' W. 1 spec. The material furthermore contains specimens from the following localities: 59 14' X. 6°04' W. 1 spec. Rink. - 66 12' N. 52 15' \V. 4 spec. Olrik. - - 50ci6' N. nz2j'\\. Southern. -- All the following stations date from the ■Thor" : 4s 09' X. 8 7,0' W. 600 — 995 m. joom. w. n iMi IPTERID^J AND TVl'lII.i ISCOLECID.-K 240 min. 4 spec. — 50 45' X. 11 53' W. 2000 m. 200 m. w. r. spec. 51 00' N, 11 43' W. r200 m, ;oo m. \v. 570mm. 3 spec. - 57 52' N. i) 53' W. r.020 — 1490 m. 65 m. w. 120 min. 8 spec. 61 ;<>' N ly 08' \V. r.800 m. 25 m. w. 180 min. 1 spec. - 62 47' X ii n;'\V 1950 m. [5 m. w. 20 min. 5 spec. 65 00' X. 28 to' W. 1240 m. 15 111. \v. 15 min. 8 spec. - <>;, 20' X. 27 12.5' W. 2 spec. 27' N. z~ in' \V. 7110111. 15 m. w. 60 min. 1 spec. < hie of the largesl specimens of this species measures 50 mm in toto; oi these 8 mm form the tail the smallest specimen is only 7 mm. The number of body segments in the largest specimen is 25, that of the tail 12. This latter is rather short, and the parapodia of the tail are highly rudimentary. The first pair of eirri is absent even in the smallest specimens. The second pair varies much in length, abt. i1 2 — 2 times the length of the body. The tentacles are broad and between them is a deep incision. The eyes are large and of a brown colour, the brain short and broad. The ciliated epaulettes are each composed of two parallel ridges between which there is a deep furrow. I do not agree with Rosa who states that they are indistinct (' nial visibili The parapodia are very long and slender; the two rami are transparent and very long, slender and conical. The pinna; are white and rounded and very characteristically plicated at the margins; they are closely set with numerous glandular tubes As to the glands the chromophile gland i^ very large, funned like a great button, all white and very conspicuous. It is found on the ventral side of the ventral parapodial ramus, close to the apex. The glandular tubes are radiallv arranged, pointing towards the opening of the gland which is found in the centre. The first parapodium in which the chromophile gland is present is the fourth. In the parapodia of the tail the gland has disappeared. The hyaline glands are very conspicuous too they are heavily stained by a dark brownish secretion in the central part. They are found in both wings of the parapodia, constantly situated at the apex of the parapodial rami. The ventral hyaline gland is always found from the third parapodium, whereas the arrangement of the dorsal glands varies much. Generally it is found in the Nth and the following wings, but it may be present in the 5th, the Mb and the 7th t".> Rosa states that it is found from the ;rd one. In the specimens at hand this was never the case; my observations fully agree with those of Southern and Carin 6c Malaquin. Kven in the parapodia of the tail the glands in question are easily discernible, nearly to the outmost tip of the tail The reproductive organs are only found in the dorsal ramus. They commence in the second parapodium. Distribution: Tomopteris Nisseni seems to have a very wide distribution. It has previously been described by Rosa from the South Atlantic. Southern records it from several stations in Irish waters and states: "though not previously observed this species appears to he fairly common in the northern offsl of the Gulf-Stream, as it has been frequently taken off the west coast of Ireland, ami I have examined specimens from the Atlantic south of Iceland." - In the material at hand we find specimens from Normandy and S. and SAY. of Ireland as well as from some localities \V. ol Scotland and S. of Iceland. All these finding places agree with Southern, as thev are just situated in the northern offshoot of the Gulf-Stream. Specially inter esting are on the other hand the localities W. of Iceland and \Y. of Greenland; thev now represent the northernmost limit for the species hitherto known. How has this Atlantic and I.usitanian species which is TOMOFTERIDjE AND typhloscolecid^. always found near the surface of the ocean, entered these two areas, viz: the Irminger Sea and the Davis Strait? They have probably followed the branch of the North Atlantic Drift which W. of Ireland turns north- wards and, following the south and west coast of Iceland, enters the northern part of the Denmark Strait. Part of this current transforms into the cold East Greenland current, which turns round Cape Farewell, and running ters the Davis Strait. In the summer season the surface water in this strait Q 7 helgolandica (» T. Nissi m X T. KefersU ini - T ' at >ill 1 1 Textfigure i attains such high temperatures that a priori we are allowed to suppose that T. Nisseni may thrive here. (Both hauls in the Davis Strait were made in the height of the summer). This accounts for the occurrence of the ies 1 1 south of the submarine ridge across the Davis Strait between Holstensborg and Cape Wolsingham in Baffin Land and 2) W. of Iceland, and, finally, 3) for the non-occurrence of the species at the coast of East i Greenland. There is only little probability that it will extend beyond the above mentioned ridge or be found in the sen north and easl oi [< eland (The Norwegian Sea), as the temperature of the water in these localities will be too low for the species to subsist there. We are allowed to presume that larger materials of pelagic TOMOPTERID.E AND TYPHI CIT>JE polychetes collected in the future in the northern Atlantic will prove that the species is widely scattered over the greater part of this area, and that the finding places marked on the map just indicafc northern limit. Tomopteris Cavallii Rosa. (PI. fig. I, 2 'tens Cavallii Rosa. Publ. del R. Istit. di Studi Sup. in Firenze p. 304. igu. Southern. Fisheries, Ireland, Si i. Invest. 3 p. 29. Fauvel. Faune de France 5 p. 222. The "Ingolf" Expedition has taken the species at two stations. St. 25. 6 ; 30' N. 54 25' W. 1 spec. — St. - ; 62 25' X. 28 30' W. 1 spec. The material also contains specimens from the following localities, dating from the "Trior": 62 21' X. l' W. 1000 m. 15 ni. w. 15 min. 1 spec. — 61 '-40/ X. 14 11' W. 1000 m. 100 m.w. 5 spec. — 65 2;' X. ■•' W. 700 m. 15 m. w. 2 spec. — <)Vv>' X. 26 53' W. 192 m. 15 m. w. 15 min. 1 spec. - "Dana" St. -, 6 ; [8' X. 21 58' W. 15 m. w. This small and almost transparent Tomopterid only measures abt. 12 — 1 j mm. The tentacles arc- broad and flat, the first pair of cirri is lacking, the second pair is very long and slender, a little more than of the length of the body. The ciliated epaulettes resemble those of 7. Kejersteini very much; but as as I can see the two species may be distinguished from each other by the head, the situation of the eyes being different (PI. fig. 2 and 1 1 The neck is short and very broad. In the specimens at hand the number of parapodia lies between 15 and 17. The parapodial rami are short and pointed, the wings big and rounded. The chromophile gland is situated in the ventral parapodium, at the ventral side of the ramus it is highly developed, distinctly convex. The first pair of feet in which this gland is to be found is the 4th one. Hyaline glands are not present. The reproductive organs are found in the dorsal ramus only. They commence in the first pair of feet and continue right into the smallest ones of the hind tip of the body. Distribution: Rosa records the species from the South Atlantic (Bahia. Buenos Aires), the Pacific (Valparaiso, Callao, New Caledonia . Xew Zealand, and the Indian Ocean Ceylon). From the Xorth Atlantic Southern (1911 records it from several stations in Irish waters. The finding places here recorded between Scotland and Iceland and South of Iceland, and especially the single find in the Davis Strait, may indi the northernmost limit hitherto known of the species Tomopteris septentrionalis Ouatref. (pi eg. 7, 1 1865. Tomopteris septentrionalis Ouatref. Hist. nat. des annel. II r partie p. 219. Apstein. Ergebn. d. Plankton-Exp. 2 p. 41. Rosa. Publ. del R. Istit. di Studi Sup. Firenze. p. 2 ]r,22. Malaquin & Carin. Res. Campagnes Sci. du Prince de Monaco (>1 1923. Fauvel. Faune de Frame 5 p. 224. The log 10 TOMOPTKRID.I-: AND TYPHLOSCOLECID.-Iy The "Ingolf" Expedition has taken the species in the following localities: St. to. 64°24' N. 28°5o' W. - St. n. 64°34' N. 3i°i2' W. -- St. ly. b2\\q' N. 26°55' W. -- .St. 18. Oi '44' X. 30°29' W. — St. n). 6o°29' N. 34°i4' W. — St. 20. 58°2o' N. 40°48' W. — St. 22. 58°io' N. 48°25' W. - St. 24. o.;:ob' X. 56 on' \V. — St. 27. 64=54' N. 55°io' W. — St. 37. 6o°iy' N. 54°05' W. — St. 47. 6i°32' N. ; , p'W. - St. 49. 62 07' X. 1507' W. -- St. 52. 63°57'N. i3°32'W. -- St. 53. 63°i5' N. I5°07' W. - St. 54. 63°o8' X. 15 40' W. - St. 57. 63 .;;' X. i3°02' W. — St. 63. 62°4o' N. i9°05' W. — St. 68. 62°o6' N. Textfigure 2. Finding-places for Tomopteris septentrionalis. The following localities have not been charted: 5i°oo' N, 1 1 "43' W. — 50°45' N. II°53' W. — .5oc.|o' N. 44^00 W. — 50 25 N. I2°44' W. — 4S°oq' N. 8°3o' W. 22 iO'W. -- St. 69. 62°4o'K 22'17'W. -- St. 73. 62°58' N. 23°28' W. -- St. 77. 6o°io' N. 26°59' W. - St. 80. 6i°02' N. 29^2' W. — St. 83. 62°25' N. 28^0' W. — St. 91. 64°44' N. 3i°oo' W. — St. 94. 64°56' N. 36°i9' W. — St. 96. 65°24' N. 2900' W. — St. 97. 65°28' N. 27°39' W. Furthermore in the following localities (stat. vac): 6o°23' N. 27^5 ' W. -- 6i°30' N. 27^0' \V. -- 62°oo' N. 29^0' \V. -- 65c24' N. 29°oo' \V. The material furthermore contains specimens from the following localities: 50 40' X. 44°oo' W. Olrik. - 5; 32' N. 23°3i' \V. Olrik 1S59. -- 57 55' N. 48°43' W. Olrik 1859. - 57 if X. 35 W. Olrik 1864. - 58 29' X. 44 54' W. Olrik 1S64. —59 .',;' X. 8° W. Olrik 1866. — 57°25' N. TOMOPTERIDjE and TYPHLOSCOLECID^B. ii 42°i2'W. Olrik 1867. - 59 09' N. i6°oo'W. Olrik 1867. 6i°N. 34' W. Borch 1859. (l" N- ')' W. Rink. — Off the Davis Strait. — 6o° N. 11' W. — 60 miles off the Davis Strait. -- 59 36' X. 9 32' W. Holm 1884. — 58°59'N. 28°24'W. Ostenfeld 1900. The following localities date from the collections of the Thor": South of Ireland: 48 09' X. 8 30' W. 300 m. w. 600 111. 240 miii x spei 50 25' X. 12 44' \Y. 2480 m. 1 spec. - 50 45' X. 11 53' W. 200 m. w. 2000 m. 4 spec. W. and SAY. of Ireland: 51 00' N. n°43' W. joo m. w. 1020 111. 570 min. 2=, spec. — S. Iceland t<> Scotland: 57 '52' X. i) ' 5 ;' \V. 85 111. w. ;o spec. - 6i°49' N. 141 1 ' \\r . 100 m. w. rooo m. bo min. 0 spec. 02 41/ X. i.S 4b' YY. roo m. w. 224 m. 120 min. 3 spec. — W. of the Faroes to S.E. Iceland: 6i°2i' X. 10 5 1000 m. 15 min. 5 spec. 6i°4i' N. 1 ; ;i' \Y. 15 m. w. ; 1 m. 15 mm. 5 spec. 62 47' X. 1501'W. 15 111. w. 1950 m. 20 min. 6 spec. -- 64°i2' X. ri°45' W. 20 m. w. 316 m. 20 min. 1 spec. - South of Iceland: 61 7,0' X. 17 08' W. 25 m. w. > 2000 111. r.80 min. 30 spec. — bi 34' X. i<) "03' W. 15 m. w. 2160 111. bo min. 15 spec. — 62 10.S' X. iq°3u' W. 2140 m. — 6;-;°2(j' X. 21 25' W. no 111. w. 100 m. 180 min. 1 spec. — X. W. of Iceland: 65 <><>' X. 28 ro' W. 15 111 w 1240111. 15 min. 20 spe^ - 65 2j'1S. 27 10' W. 15 m. \v. 700111. bo min. 30 spec. 65°5o' N. 26°5 ;' W. 15 111. w. ;i)2 m. 15 min. 4 spec. -- W. of the Hebrides: ^j 52' X. 0 -,;' W. 25 111. w. 1020 111. 120 min. 1 spec. — The following localities date from the collections of the "Dana": The Davis Strait: 61' 47' X. 52' 55' \Y. iqoo m. w. 3000 111. ^ spec. -- 62 02' X. 51 33' W. 100 111. w. 10 spec. - - The Denmark Strait: b4°i2'XT. 3812'W. 65 111. w. ^ spec. -- 65°I7' N. 33°05' W. 65 111. w. oo spec. — 65°2)' X. 32 05' W. 250 m. w. sc spec. — 66 22' X. 2<)"2o' W. 15 111. w. oc spec. — S.E. (>reeu- land to Iceland: 62°4i' X. 40 ";o' W. 15 111. w. :x_ spec. — b ; 27' X. 39 ;N' YY. 250 m. w. oc spec. — 63°5i' X. 33°5i' X. 50 m. w. oc spec. - S. Iceland to Scotland: 63°38' N. 14 ;i' W. 1800 m. w. 10 spec. This Tomopterid. the most common in the northern part of the Atlantic, measures maximum 20 111111. . but by far the greater part of the specimens are only abt. 10 111111. The number of parapodia is abt. 20. The body is white, flattened and pointed at the hind tip. The frontal line of the head is very characteristic in having beautifully curved broad tentacles. Prostomiuni is slightly incised. The neck is rather long and slender. The brain is slightly bilobed, the eyes large and brownish. The first pair of cirri is always absent, the second pair is long and slim, longer than the half of the body. The ciliated epaulettes forming a V-like figure are very well developed and easily recognizable. The parapodia are more than twice as long as the breadth of the trunk; the two rami are long and pointed, the pinnae rounded, especially the ventral one. The arrangement of the parapodial glands varies much. Usually the two anterior parapodia arc quite without glands. The chromophile gland forms no distinct organ, but some long parallel glandular tubes lying at the apex of the ventral parapodial ramus are especially susceptible of hematoxylin. Behind these tubes a very great number of glandular tubes are found; also they are easily coloured by hematoxylin, and without doubt they form part of the chromophile gland. This gland is found from the 4th parapodium and in almost all the succeeding ones. The hyaline glands are small and indistinct, often very difficult to detect. They generally commence at the third parapodium, but in the material at hand I have found them from the very first parapodium in a rather great number of specimens. They too arc lying apically, a little above and behind T YPHXO SC0LECID.5I . re found from the 2nd to abt. the 1 5th parapodium and in - •; " " " ' presented Tomopterid in the present material. - tland and Iceland and from the Irminger Sea too. ■ • tein reports it, and some finding places S.W. of Ireland agree with the state- . finding places given here are outside the hitherto known area of distri- • ed out here confirms the statements of Apstein a. o. to the effect - y most common species throughout the North Atlantic. According at abt. 60" X. Lat. and 20 " W. Long. In this statement iently not right . "because the material at hand contains numerous specimens - i -l — 11 W.Long, indeed - - . - I rea. ■- - fern found in shallow watea - outhern reports Ireland it seldor ross i - ■ -fathom line. In this respect it differs from J. fee -ing found in the open wato : the deep-sea, ma}- occur in more shallow waters, rl bexmore known from the Norwegian Sea, the North Sea and Skagerrak and ■am Tomopteris Kefersteini GreefT. iss. Zool. 32 ; .-_ — Rosa. Publ. del R. Istit. di Studi Sup. in Firenze p. ,: Fauvel. Faune de France 5 '_ 11 W. : oom. 100 - St. 2 z. "VlliL 1904. 1 spec. ad slender and insufficiently known Tomopterid only measures >dy. The first pair of cirri was not to he found; the second pair is very slender han half the length of the body. The neck is short and strong. The ciliated grooves and broad, forming a small protrusion behind the broad, pointed tentacles. 1 and reddish.. The rami of the parapodia are short and pointed. : round-. i the ventral pinnae a very voluminous chromophile gland is found, and ■: dorsal and ventral pinna a distinct, brown coloured organ consisting pes of th- 'dial rami. "Whether these organs • . ;ins or hyaline glands is uncertain. The reproductive organs are • rich of each parapodia. rl > only known from the Atlantic (Canary Islands, Bermuda- - .'editerranean. The single find here recorded half-way between Scotland wider distribute Family TyphloSCOlecidae Cljanin. Travisiopsis lanceolata Si ion>. / . r'si isijs Southeni. Mag. of Na1 Hist. s 5 p ::s ion. Southern. Fislu - Ireland Sci Invest. Ill p 1010. Fauvel Res Camp Sci di Jv !,,_-;. eel. Faune de France. ? p. 2 The "Thor" St. 164. too/,, v: ■ , \ ;,o \V. 1005. 51 00 N. 11 4.; \V. 1200 m. j spec The "Thor" St. 165 S \ '. The species, which is closely related to / is of a white yell ■1 is quite transparent. The biggest of the four specimens measures S The species is one of the very biggest members of the famih h has 22 - both ends. The prostomium is conical and terminates in a filiform 11. The 11 tentacles" Southern) surrounds the median dorsal papilla anteriorly: posl round appendages. Their free tips reach about unto the pUv not so far backwards as mentioned by Fauvel and Southen little from each other. They corn iliated epauletl median dorsal papilla, is semicircular, anteriorly rounded, but The buccal segments and the two followii onh there are a ventral as well as a dorsal lobe present. The square with a narrow area of atta< incut. CI e1 » this a deep indei more and more elongated and pointed, vet tlu van ra1 Southern's drawing 1- a little deeer mse so pointed as this of cirri 1 have never seen them in any of the specimens : I length that most probably the\ foi stei the niii set.e. which ular. are imbedded in liighh iiia in a 1 two bristles. They are placed a little .interiorly to the place 0 Distribution: Gulf of Gascogiu the \ ores tlu Canaries l* The localities published in the present paper are : M rOMOPT] RII>.1- AND TYPHI.! )SC( iU-X"ID.*v. Travisiopsis Levinseni Southern iiopsis Levinseni Southern. Ann. Mag. Xat. Hist. (8) 5 p. 428 Fauvel. Res. des Camp, scient. Monaco 48 p. [923. Fauvel. Faune de France 5 p. 220.. 0 / lan* eolata 3 T. I evinseni Textfigure 3. Localities: 61 30' X. 1; S' \\\ The Thor" St. 183. 1904. 5 spec. -- 64 01' X. 55 30' \Y. The "Tjalfe" St. 338. 14-15 m. w. 1185 m. 2 spec. - 6 3 18' X. 5455' \V. The "Tjalfe" St. 333. 1530 in. 5 spec. - 63 [8' X. 14 1 ;' W. The "Dana" St. 5113. 2000 m. w. 2 spec. The specimens at hand vary in size from 4 mm to 31 mm. The species is colourless and tapers toward both ends. It is more slender than the previous species and yet the number of segments is greater, it is con- stantly found to be 25. The three pairs of tentacular cirri are different in shape and size, whereas the cirri <>l the body segments are square and easily recognizable from the body cirri of T.'lanceolata by the broad attachment, at each side of which there is a little rounded indentition. The setae are situated just in front rOMOPTERID.E AND typhloscolec wai of the attachment. The anal cirri are very long and broadest at their distal ends, thus being distinctly spatulate. They may be excellent steering apparatuses As far as I can sec I must agree with Southern who reports that it is only the dorsal cirri of the hind end of the body which arc transformed into spatulate blades, whereas the ventral ones constantly are small and of the usual shape I do not think that this is an abnormal condition due to the fact that the ventral urn are being regenerated, as Southern supposes. I find them to be small and just like normal dorsal cirri in all the specimens examined. Prostomium much resembles that of T. lanceolata, it only cuds in a tip which is more slender and elongated than in this related species; in T. Lcvinseni it is rather filiform. The central dorsal papilla is larv,r flat, rectangular with rounded corners. The nuchal organs are short and broad and diverge highly posteriorly. They do not surround the median papilla, i. e., the two anterior lobes of the organ which are present in T. lan- ceolata are absent in this species. These lobes may be said to be substituted by two very small rounded caruncles lying close to both sides of the median papilla, and also touching the anterior margins of the nuchal organs (comp. Southern's drawing 1911. PI. 2. fig. 7). These caruncles are perfectly free and are in no tissue- connection with the other organs1). Distribution: The species is hitherto only known from the Azores and the coast of Ireland. The localities reported here are thus by far the northernmost finding places and may indicate that the species really is widely spread all over the northern Atlantii ') A renewed examination of a greater number of I Levinseni from West Greenland has shown that the description of the nuchal organ given here, is not quite correct The lateral lobes arc not independent organs but really form parts of the lateral tentacles The above written description is due t Terebratulina retusa (L.) fi Ti rebratulina septenlrionalis (Couth.) 8 Liothyris aretica I Friele) 9 Waldh imiathyris cranium (0. F. M.) 10 Diestothyris spitzbergensis (Dav.) 1- Dallina septigera I Lovt-n ) IS I V Rhynchonellidce 14 Cryptopora gnomon (Jeffreys) 14 Hemithyris psiitncea (Gmel.) 15 Introduction. The present paper is a systematic-geographical treatment of the recent Brachiopods from the Atlantic north of 50 N. Lat. It should, however, be noted that the Brachiopod fauna of Spitz- bergen has not been considered in detail, reference being made to Vrniit's and Grieg's account in "Fauna arctica" (1933). Furthermore, species which have their northernmost limit in the lusitanian area at the latitudes of Ireland and England, e. g. Argyroiheca cistellula (Wood), Gwynia capsula (Jeffr.) and Mega- thyris decollate (Chemn.), are not discussed here. Finally it is mainly the deep-sea brachiopods which have been investigated, since the species of the North Atlantic coasts and the continental shelves have been treated in five previous papers (E. Wesenberg- Lund 1938, 1939, 194(1 a, l>. c). The investigation is entirely based on the collection-- kept in the Zoological Museum of Copenhagen. Mainly from the cruises of the "Ingolf" during the summers of 1895 and 1896, but also from more recent collections, among which especially those of Mr. Ad. S. Jensen on board the Norwegian research steamer "Michael Sars" in 1902 and those of the "Thor" and the "Dana" are of importance. On account of the extent of the areas of in- vestigation of these different expeditions the eastern limit of the area in consideration is about lit E. Long. The distribution of each species in the North Atlantic is marked on a chart, on which the black disc.-- represent new finds, the open circles being loca lities recorded in the literature. These literary referem e are i ited in "North Atlantic records al the head of each species. I have followed the classification ami nomenclature which HELMCKE has used (and partly established) in his papers [939 and 19111. Tic I. ;;. I. 6. 7. s. '.). 1(1. collections contained the following In species: Pelagodiscus atlanticus (King). ( Irania anomala (0. F. Miiller). Terebratulina retusa (Linne). Tereliratuliiia septentrionalis (< iouthouy). I ,n it li \ lis arctica (Friele). Wahlheiiiiiathvris cranium (0. F. Miiller). Diestothyris spitzbergensis (Davidson). Dallina septigera (Loven). Cryptopora gnomon (Jeffreys). Hemithvris psittacea (Gmelin). None of these species a re new to the investigated areas, but for several of them our knowledge of their distribution has been considerably widened or further confirmed, as will he seen by studying tin' accompanying charts. Copenhagen, September 1 9 In. Family Lingulidae. The Discinid Group. Pelagodiscus atlanticus (King). North Atlantic records: 1868 Discina atlantica King. p. 170. 1876 a Discina atlantica Jeffreys, p. 252—253. 1878 Discina atlantica Jeffreys, p. 415. 1888 Discinisca atlantica Davidson, p. 200-202. 1920 Pelagodiscus atlanticus Dall, p. 280. 1925 Pelagodiscus atlanticus Massy, p. 1(1. 1940b 1'elagodiscus atlanticus E. Wesenberg-Lund 1' ( (ccurrence: Between Iceland ami Greenland: "Ingolf" St. 10.3; ii.r> 03'6 \. 23 IT'C \\\; in! l; 1 spec, on stone. "Ingolf" St. 1(1; til 24' N. 28°50'W.; 1484 m; c. 50 spec, on basalt. - '-Ingolf St. vac; til 19' N. 28 52' W.; 1550 m; 15 spec, on basalt. In golf" St. 83; 62°25'N. 28°30'W.; 1717 m; 3 spec. "Ingolf" St. 18: HI 44' N. 30°29'W.; 2127 m: 40 spec, on basalt. A large collection of this species is available from the waters between Iceland ami East-Greenland, all from considerable depths. Nearly all the specimens are fixed tn small pieces of black basalt. The colour of the valves is more or less yellowish brown ami of a horny or chitinous substance; the dorsal valve is con- centrically striate. The apex lies posteriorly to the centre. The horny seta' of the margin of the dorsal mantle are often consider- ably longer than the diameter of the shell, whereas the setae "f the ventral mantle are very short. Furthermore the two sorts of setae look different when seen under the microscope, the dorsal ones being more flexible than the small stiff ones from the ventral mantle, and they are furthermore divided into a long row of small "cells" by numerous transverse septa: the ventral setae are closely barbed with small, stiff spines (figured by Morse, 1873, p. 333). In none of my preparations of the mantle were the bifurcated at their extremities as stated by Davidson (1886, p. 202). All the present specimens are fairh small, as a rule the valves do not exceed 7 Snini in diameter, and many of them are still smaller. The localities published here are of considerable interest, since the specie- was not hitherto known from the water- east of Greenland, and the new localities actually represent the north ernmost boundary of the distribution of the species. In the northern Atlantic P. atlanticus was previously found in Davis Strait (Jef- freys, 1876 a and E. WESENBERG-LUND, 1940 b, p. 5) and about 56 Lat. N. ami .'!7 Long. W. (Jeffreys 1876, p. 252) and in several places west of Ireland (e.g. M.\ss\ 1925, p. 10). The further distribution of the species is very noticeable It BRAf'HIOPODA Chart 1. Distribution (if Pelagodiscus allanticus (King). has been discussed recently by Helmcke in his account of the Brachiopods from the "Deutsche Tiefsee Expedition". He has .charted all the localities hitherto known; they lie widely scattered over the three world oceans and in the Antarctic. In some places, however, e. g. in the Indian Ocean north of Madagascar and in the Antarctic, only Discinid larvae which have been referred to P. atlanticus have been found. If this reference is correct (and it ought here to be mentioned that already Ashworth (1916) has given reasons against the identification of Eichler's Discinid larva from the "Deutsche Siidpolar Expedition 1901-03 (Eichler 1911, p. 384-85)), and if all the specimens which hitherto were referred to Pelagodiscus atlanticus actually belong to this species, it may indeed be maintained, that this species is the most and perhaps the only true cosmopolitan Brachiopod known. The fact that this species everywhere in the world is dredged in abyssal regions supports the supposition of its cosmopolitan distribution, because "fiir die Tiere der tieferen Wasserschichten wild gewohnlich eine weltwreite Verbreitung angenommen" (Helmcke 1910, p. 231). The North Atlantic specimens here examined agree in every detail, as far as I can judge, with the original description of P. atlanticus from the waters west of Ireland given by King (1868, p. 170), Jeffreys (1876 a, p. 252) and Davidson (1886, p. 200). Family Craniidae. Crania anomala (O. F. Midler). North Atlantic records: 1 855 Crania anomala Barrett, p. 259. 1888 Crania anomala Davidson, p. 183-1 SS. 1892 Crania anomala Fischer & Oehlert, p. 24. 1906 Crania anomala Fr. Johansen, p. 304. 1920 1925 1933 1938 1939 1939 1940 a Crania Crania Crania Crania Crania Crania Crania anomala Dall, p. 269-270. anomala Massy, p. 39. anomala Arndt & Grieg, p. 484. anomala E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 1. anomala Helmcke, p. 231. anomala E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 201. anomala E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 1. BRACHIOPODA Chart 2. Distribution of Crania anomala (0. F. Muller). ( Iccurrence : Between [celand and Greenland: "Ingolf" St. 94; til 56' N. 36°19'W.; 384m; I spec. "Ingolf" St. 10; 64°24' N. 28°50'W.; L484m; 1 spec. Between [celand and Scot- land: "Michael Sars" St. 59; 62°38' N. l°40' W; 670m; c. 10 spec. — "Michael Sars" St. 58; 62°26'N. 4°49' W.; 430m; 1 spec. - '-Ingolf' St. 1 ; 62 30' N. 8 21' \\\: 248 m; 1 spec — "Michael Sars" St. 15; 62 17'5 N. 1 57' W.; 275m; 2 spec; on basalt, with Bryozoans, Anomia, silicispongise and barnacles. "Michael Sars" St. 63; 61 21' N. 5°12'W.; 400m; 3 spec. - "Michael Sars" St. 64; 61 10' N. 5°46' \\\: 300m; 3] spec. The identification of this species often causes some difficulties, as a number of geographical species or varieties have been grouped round the tvpe species Crania anomala (Mull.), and distincl specific characters mav lie difficult to discern in these related forms. The type species, however, originates from the Norwegian west coast and from Scotland, and there is no doubl thai the specimens at hand belong to the North Atlantic Crania anomala (Miill.). The 31 living specimens from "Michael Sars" St. 64 are of special interest since on account of the thickness of the shells and the complete absence of the embryonic shells (protegulum), they must be of considerable age. All of them have been loosened from their supports and in all of them the ventral shell is missing. They differ much in size, the largest is is mm ■ 25 mm, the smallest '.I mm ■ II mm, the breadth being greater than tic length. The dorsal or upper valve is smooth, very thick, its inner side chalk-white whereas the outer side is covered with a tough, rusty-red periostracum which in some specimens is tattered. The apex is slightly developed, directed posteriorly and lying sub centrally. All the dorsal shells have a very thin, semitransparenf brim (growth-line), on the inner surface of which the | i orifices, which are filled with the papillae of the mantle, are so large, thai they almost mav be distinguished bv the naked eye, wherca these pores are microscopic on the outer surface, because the canals repeatedly branch on their way through the shell. From other localities the ventral shell is cemented to black, igneou rocks. As regards tin' localities published here, tic two finds between Iceland and East-Greenland are of some interesl as Mir p. has not been known previously from this area, the easternmost locality is even at a considerable depth. The other localities are all from the ridge between Iceland and Scotland where the species is known to be fairly abundant. On tin' whole it mav be said that Cr. anomala inhabits the sublittoral zone and the continental shelf, finds in abyssal « being comparative!) rare. BRACHIOPODA Family Terebratulidae. The Terebratulid Group. Terebratulina retusa (Linne). North Atlantic records: L855 Terebratulina caput serpentis Barrett, p. 257. 1878 Terebratulina caput serpentis Jeffreys, p. 401. L886 Terebratulina capul serpentis Davidson, p. 17. 1892 Terebratulina caput serpentis Fischer & Oehlert, p. 24. 1 901 Terebratulina caput serpentis Friele & Grieg, p. 2. 1904 Terebratulina caput serpentis Johs. Schmidt, p. L9. L905 Terebratulina caput serpentis ("tJbergangsform zu T. sep- tentrionalis") Hiigg, p- -■ 1906 Terebratulina caput serpentis Fr. Johansen, p. 304. 1920 Terebratulina retusa emarginata Dall, p. 2!U. L925 Terebratulina retusa Massy, p. 41. L933 Terebratulina caput serpentis Arndt & Grieg, p. 181. 1938 Terebratulina caput serpentis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 5. L939 Terebratulina caput serpentis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 202. L939 Terebratulina retusa Helmcke, p. 234. L940 Terebratulina retusa Helmcke, p. 243. 1940a Terebratulina caput serpentis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 20. [940 b Terebratulina retusa E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 9. 1940 c Terebratulina retusa E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 6. ( (ccurrence : Between Iceland, the Faroes and Norway: "Ingolf" St. 3; 63°35' X. 10 21' W.; 512 m; 6 spec. — 63°33' N. 15 02' W. 595 m; 5 spec. — ■•Dana" St. 6001 ; 63°33' N. 11°25' W.; 322 m 10 spec. — 62°0B' N. 10°40' W.: 437 m; 1 spec. - "Ingolf" St. 1 63 30' N. 8°21' W.: 248 m; 1 spec. — "Michael Sars" St. 64: 63° 10' N 5"46' W.; 300 m; c. 50 spec. - "Michael Sars" St. 45: 62° 17'5N. 4°57'W.; 275 m; 3 spec. "Michael Sars" St. 52: 62 01'N. 4°00'E.; 208m; 1 spec. — "Michael Sars" St. 54; 62°29' N. 4°52'E.; 210 m: 3 spec - "Michael Sars" St. 58; 62 °2t;' N. 4°49'W.; 130 m: 5 spec. — 61°22' N. 3°54'W.; loom: 3 spec On an average only a few specimens are obtained from each locality; it may therefore be mentioned that at one locality, be- tween Iceland and the Faroes, no less than 54 specimens were taken in one haul of the dredge. This sample contains fully grown specimens as well as juvenile ones with transparent and fragile shells with few radiating ribs. All the small individuals were attached in clusters to the valves of the larger ones, many of them even to the peduncles. Some of these small specimens (only 2—4 mm) were examined. All of them had long setae issuing from the margin of the ventral as well as the dorsal pallia] lobe, often of more than twice the diameter of the shell. The setse are trans- <#" ^'HlT^njO'JO'D'milf M"40* 50" G^ 761 Chart 3. Distribution of Terebratulina retusa (L.). BRACHIOPODA '"k. 1. TerebmtuKna retusa il.i. II. Anthon del. I'ig. 3. Terebratulina septentrionalis (Couth.). II. Anthon del. I mm I i' ! Young specimen of Terebratulina retusa (L.). II. Anthon del. BRACHIOPODA Chart 4. Distribution of Terebratulina septentrionalis (Couth.). illv striated by moans of very close lying septa, ami more or loss densely set with small slender asperities only visible to high magnification. The hinge line is almost straight and very broad, and the pedicle foramen is a longitudinal gape in the ventral valve; the cardinal processes are slightly or not at all developed; the number of radiating ribs is only small; they are strongly nodulous. No growth-lines have yet developed. Fig. 2 shows one of these juvenile specimens, c. 4 mm long and with 12 radiating ribs. During growth the outline of the shell alters, becoming more bulky and proportionally broader, the number of ribs increasing partly bv bifurcation and partly bv interpolation of shorter ribs, retardation in the growth being indicated bv the appearance of the concentric I - at irregular intervals. Furthermore, changes occur in the shape nl' the binge line which becomes shorter and angular, and in the foramen which becomes more circular in correspondence with the development of the cardinal processes. Finally it maybe mentioned thai when the animal has attained a certain size of about 7— 8 mm the long seta' of the mantle brim diminish in number, and in fully grown specimens they seem to disappear altogether. A comparison nl' the two drawings of tig. 1 and tig. 2 illustrates this. As shown on the chart T. reiusa is fairly common on the ridge between Iceland and Scotland, along the coasts of Scotland, ami the west mast of Ireland. It belongs to the epifauna of the shell' in these areas and is only seldom found outside the 000 m line. There seems to be no doubt that it especially inhabits the part of the North Atlantic (between 50° and 65° N. Lat.) influenced by the warm Gulf Stream water, the finds outside this area (Finmarken, Helmcke 1939 a. o.) being quite sporadic. As regards its occurrence off East- and West-Greenland (Hagg 1905, Posselt 1S98, E. Wesknbero'-Lunii 1940 a, b, c) see the discussion below. Terebratulina septentrionalis (Couthouy). North Atlantic records: 1886 Terebratulina septentrionalis Davidson, p. 28. 1889 Terebratulina caput serpentis Holm, p. 157, 158. 1892 Terebratulina septentrionalis Fischer & Oehlert, p. 24. 1897 Terebratulina septentrionalis Vanhoffen, p. 227. 1898 Terebratulina caput serpentis var. septentrionalis Posselt, 1901 Terebratulina septentrionalis Friele & Grieg, p. 2. 1902 Terebratulina septentrionalis Friele, p. 4. 1907 Terebratulina caput serpentis var. septentrionalis. loubin, p. 6. 1913 a Terebratulina septentrionalis Lamy, p. 23. 1920 Terebratulina septentrionalis Dall, p. 297. 1925 Terebratulina septentrionalis Massy, p. 41. 1933 Terebratulina septentrionalis Arndt & Grieg, p. 480. 1933 Terebratulina septentrionalis Grieg, p. 68. 1938 Terebratulina septentrionalis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 6. 1939 Terebratulina septentrionalis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 202. BRACHIOPODA 1939 Terebratuliua septentrionalis Helmcke, p. 236. 1940 a Terebratulina septentrionalis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 1. 1940 b Terebratuliua septentrionalis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 9. Occurrence: West and Nortli of Iceland: "Ingolf" St. 98; 65°37' N. 26°27' W.; 260 m; 3 spec. — "Ingolf" St. 1 16; 70°05' N. 8°26' W.; 700 m; 1 spec. — Between Iceland, the Faroes and Norway: "Ingolf" St. 55; 63°33' N. 15°02'W.: 600m; 6 spec. "Dana" St. 6001; 63°33'N. 11°25'W.; 322 in; 1 spec. - "Ingolf" St. I: 64°07'N. 11°12'W.; 450m; 3 spec. - 63°50' N. 10°55'W.; 330 m; 3 spec. -- '•Ingolf" St.:*.; 63°55' N. 10°24'W.; 512 m; 2 spec. -- "Michael Sara" St. 64; 61°10' N. 5°46'W.; 300 m; 1 spec, large, fastened to serpulid tubes, associated with large silicispongia? and Anomia. — "Ingolf" St. 27; 64°54' N. 5°10' W.; 740m; 1 spec. -- "Michael Sars" St. 38; 62°30' N. 1°56'E.; 520 m; 1 spec. This species is closely related to T. retusa and is very difficult to separate from the latter, especially because specimens with characters from both species are found in places where they both occur. The aid in the differentiation of the two similar species since Blochmann's papers (1906, 1908, 1912) has always been a study of the spicules of the mantle and the Iophophore. After having recently examined a great number of preparations of spicules from the two species I must confess that I have begun to doubt whether the shape and the perforations etc. of the spicules and their arrangement and situation in the connective tissue really can be of value for specific identification. We may of course find typical septentrionalis-s])icu\es in T. septentrionalis and typical reiwsa-spicules in T. retusa, but not seldom will the spicules from T. septentrionalis bear some distinct resemblance to the spicules from T. retusa and vice versa; furthermore the spicule-; vary highly in the different parts of the animal, and finally spicules from corresponding parts of two specimens of the same species may differ considerably. 1 am, however, not the first who have doubted the systematic value of the spicules in the genus Terebratulina. Helmcke (1940, p. 243-250) gives an excellent description and a series of fine pictures of the spicules of T. abyssicola (Adams and Reeve) which clearly show that they can not be diagnostically used for this species. He primarily suggests that the differences in the spicules in the same species may be explained by regional variability, but he also adds that this supposition is invalidated by a special example in the material investigated by him. He finally suggests that the differences may be caused by natural variation among animals from the same locality. This he cannot, however, prove because his material was too small. I have now had a large number of both species from a fairly wide area at my disposal, and I admit that it contains numerous individuals which can not possibly be specifically determined solely by means of the spicules. Regional variability is not possible here, since the individuals from the same locality may have spicules of different appearance, even if they originate from corresponding parts of the mantle. In my opinion there is no doubt that the differences may be explained otherwise (see below). These investigations, therefore, confirm Helmcke's supposition of the doubtful systematic value of the spicules. The differentiation of the two similar forms must be supported, therefore, by other characters. Here it, is the shape and the orna- mentation of the valves which are primarily useful. Fie. | and fig. 3 illustrate the two typical forms, and the differences of the shell structure are here given in tabular form: T. retusa number of ribs about the half of T. septentrionalis ribs more coarse and rough ribs in the young stages highly nodular foramen smaller and nearly circular foramen oblique brachial loop a little narrower '/'. septentrionalis number of ribs aboul I w ice i he number of '/'. retusa ribs more delicate and rounder ribs in the young stages less nodula r. foramen larger and semi- elliptical foramen less oblique, brachial loop more extended. It must be admitted that none of these differences are valuable specific characters; they are only easily recognizable to the experienced eve trained by the examination of large numbers; this is the explanation of the fact, that some investigators consider the forms distinct species, whereas others regard '/'. septentrionalis as a simple variety of T. retusa. During my investigations of 200 300 individuals from the northern Atlantic I made the following t rials: A number of speci mens were easily recognizable as T. retusa; another quantity as T. septentrionalis; a number was, however, left which could not be referred to any of these two forms, because they showed a confusion of characters of both of them which really made specific identification and description impossible. When the localities were marked out on a chart it was seen that the septentrionalis forms on the whole belonged to regions with an antic impress (Baffin Bay, East Greenland, North Iceland, Jan Mayen) whereas the retusa forms generally belonged to warmer parts of the North At- lantic (common on the Wywille Thompson ridge, the coasts of Great Britain and the west coast of Norway, while it is totally- absent from Greenland Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen, and is verj seldom found at Finmarken). The third group which was difficult to diagnose seems to inhabit the region where the northern limit of T. retusa meets the southern limit of T. septentrionalis. These facts may be explained in two ways: 1° The intermediary forms are species-hybrids winch have come into existence, because the spawning periods of the two species overlap in the place where the limits of their areas of distribution meet. Consequently T. retusa and T. septentrionalis in their typical aspect must be considered related species, one of them more arctic, the other a more southern form, whereas the variable form from the area where they overlap may be named T. retusa ■ T. septentrionalis. 2° It seems to me more probable, however, that only one species is involved, which under different ecological conditions has developed into two race circles ("Rassenkreise"). According to the rules of priority and of trinomial nomenclature the north ernmost form must be termed T. retusa retusa (L.) and the south ernmost T. retusa septentrionalis (Couth.). This explanation is supported by the facts that both races occur in the area of transition and that it is impossible to give a fixed description of the intermediary forms which occur only in this are. T. retusa outline more sinuous shell oval in front growth-lines distinct shell thicker T. septentrionalis outline more rounded shell rounded in front growth-lines indistinct shell thinner N 1886 1898 1901 1905 1908 1909 1926 1933 1933 1938 1940 Liothyris arctica (Friele). orth Atlantic records; Liothyris arctica I >a\ idson, p. 10. Terebratula arctica Posselt, p. 6. Liothyris arctica Friele & Grieg, p. 3. Terebratula arctica llag^j. p. 5. Liothyris arctica Blochmann, p. 613. a Liothyris (Terebratula) arctica Grieg, p Liothyris arctica Grieg, p. 28. Liothyris arctica. Arudt & Grieg, p. 180. Liothyris arctica Grieg, p. 67. Liothyris arctica E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 6. Liothyris arctica E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 5. In BRACHIOPODA Chart 5. Distribution of Lioihyris nrctica (Friele), Occurrence: Between Iceland and Greenland: 67°03' N. 27°08'W.; 1 spec. — "Ingolf" St. 78; 60°37' N. 27°52' W.; 1500 m; 1 spec. - Between Jan Mayen and Greenland: 7417' N. 15°25'W.; 250 m; 6 very large specimens. — 70°21' N. 18°25'W.; 315 m; 2 spec. — Jan Mayen: mud; 3 spec. The shells of this small species are sernitransparent, very brittle and therefore often broken when taken by the dredge. The beak is short, slightly incurved, the deltidial plates almost rudi- mentary, the ventral valve much deeper and more oblong than the slightly convex and nearly circular dorsal valve. The brachial loop is very small and fragile. All the specimens are typical; the only point worth mentioning is that three of the 6 specimens from one of the "Danish East- Greenland Expeditions" (74°17' N. 15°25' W.) are unusually large: dorsal valve about 12.5 x 12 mm, ventral valve about 15 X 12 mm. The new localities offer little of interest, as they are on the whole within the area of distribution of the species previously known. The locality at GO 37' N. Lat. represents the southern- most locality hitherto known. The species was originally described by Friele from Jan Mayen; he states that it is abundant some few miles south-west ni' thi^ island. Later on it has been recorded from several loca- lities along the east coast of Greenland, where it is even found in the fjords. Grieg (1920, p. 18) reports it from Spitsbergen, but later on (1933, p. 67) he himself states this to be a mistake. The species is holarctic and restricted to the western part of the Norwegian Sea and the area between East-Greenland and Iceland. It is a pronouncedly abyssal form. The Terebratellid Group. Waldheimiathyris cranium (0. F. Miiller). North Atlantic records: 1855 Waldheimia cranium Barrett, p. 258. 1874 Terebratula cranium Mobius, p. 253. 1878 Terebratula cranium Jeffreys, p. 405. 1885 Waldheimia cranium Davidson, p. 61. 1897 Terebratula cranium Yanhoffen, p. 227. 1898 Waldheimia cranium Posselt, p. 7. 1901 Waldheimia cranium Friele & Grieg, p. 3. 1902 Waldheimia cranium Friele, p. 4. 1906 Waldheimia cranium Fr. Johansen, p. 304. 1907 Magellania (Macandrevia) cranium Joubin, p. 7. 1920 Macandrevia cranium Dall, p. 354. 1925 Waldheimia cranium Schlesch, p. 148. 1925 Macandrevia cranium Massy, p. 43. 1933 Waldheimia (Macandrevia) cranium Grieg, p. 69. BRACHIOPOIIA 11 Chart 6. Distribution of Waldheimiathyris cranium (0. F. Muller). 1933 Waldheirnia cranium Arndt & Grieg, p. 481. 1938 Waldheimia (Macandrevia) cranium E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 9. 1939 Macandrevia cranium Helmcke, p. 249. 1939 Waldheimia (Macandrevia) cranium E. Wesenberg-Lund. p. 203. 1940 Waldheimiathyris cranium Helmcke, p. 275. 1940 a Waldheimia (Macandrevia) cranium E. Wesenberg-Lund, M. 1940b Waldheimia (Macandrevia) cranium E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 14. 1940 c Waldheimia (Macandrevia) cranium E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 7. Occurrence: Between Iceland and Greenland: "Ingolf" St. 98; 65 38' V 26°27'W.; 260 m; 10 spec. — -Ingolf" St. 94; 64 56' X. 36 19' W.; 384 in; 2 spec. — 64°45' N. 29°06' W.; 1050 m; 1 spec. - "Ingolf" St. 91; 64°44' N. 31°00' W., on black basalt; 2350m; 2 spec. — "Ingolf" St. 11; 64 31' N. 3112' W.; 2450 m; 10 spec. 'Ingolf" St. 10; 64°24'N. 28°50'W.; 1480 m; 1 spec. "In- golf" St. 84; 62°58'N. 25°24'W.; 1200 m; 4 spec "Ingolf St. 81; 61°44'N. 27°00'W.; 913 m; 4 small spec, on spine of Cidaris and on a tectihranch gastropod. "Ingolf" St 78; 60 37' X. 27 "52' W.; 1500 m: 1 spec, in sponges. Between Ice- land and Scotland (most of the localities on or at the Wywille- Thompson ridge); "Ingolf" St. 65; 61 33' N. 19°00'W.; 2050m; 3 spec. - "Ingolf" St. 55; 63 33' X. 15 02' W.; 6 i; I spec. 64 I.VX. II 22' W.; 128m; 1 spec. "Ingolf" St. 16; 61 32' X. 11°36' W.; 1375 m; I spec. — "Dana" St. 6001 : 63 33' X. II 25' \\\; 322 m: 638 spec — 63°30' N. 11°25' W.; 317 m: 65 spe. 63 50' X. 10°55' W.; 330 m: 2 spec. — "Thor" St. 99 (1904); 61 15' N. 9°35' W.; 9oo in; 8 spec - "Michael Sars" St. 76; 59 29' X. 751' W.; 1290m; 12 spec, covered with Bryozoans. "Michael Sars" St. 76b; 59 23' X. 7°40'W.; 1290m;' 2 spei "Michael Sars" St. 64; 61 10' N. 5°46'W.; 300m; 54 spec - "Michael Sars" St. 63; HI 21' N. 5°12'W.; 100m; 1 spec, covered with Serpulid tubes. - "Michael Sars" St. 15; 62 17'5 N. I 57' W.; 275 m; 2 spec on basalt, - "Michael Sars" St. 54; 62°29 \ 4°52'W.; 210 m; 1 spec "Michael Sars" St. 58; 62°26' N. 4°49' W.; 430 m; lo spec fastened to pebbles. "Michael - St. 69; 62 lo' X. 1 19' W.; 390m; I spec. "Thor" St. I (1904 61 35' X. I 39' W.; 1 spec very small. Off the wesl mast of Norway: "Michael Sars" St.52; 62c01' N. loo' hi.. 208 i spec on small pieces of basalt. "Michael Sars" St. 51 : 61 to' X. .1 II' E.; 415 m; clay; I spec Michael Sars" St. is. id 00' X. 2 53' 10.; 280m; I spec. Between northern Iceland, Jan Mayen, and Greenland: 74 17' N. 15°20' W. ; 240 m ; 1 spec To 21' X. 8 25' W.; 320 rn; 1 spec. "Ingolf" St. 115: To 50' X. 8 29' W.; 165 m; 3 spec "Ingolf" St. L25; 68 08' X. hi 02' W .; 1375 111 ; 1 spec. 12 BRACHIOPODA j$xr ^%f ^ pa' Chart 7. Distribution of Diestothyris spitzbergensis (Day.). This well .studied species is by far the most common Brachiopod in the material both as regards the number of specimens and the number of localities. Of special interest is the catch of the "Dana" at St. 6001 (the Wywille-Thompson ridge) where no less than 638 specimens were taken, adult and juvenile forms pell-mell. In another locality close by, 65 specimens were taken: no doubt the species is one of the most, gregarious of the otherwise occasionally sociable brachiopods. Some of the individuals were fastened to small pieces of basalt, some to each other's shells or to the shells of some tectibranch gastropods; 4 very small specimens to the pine of an Echinid; some in the cavity of a sponge, but by far the greater part were free. Many of them had serpulid tubes attached to them, others were covered with a coating of Bryo- zoans or sponges etc. .No doubt the species is locally a characte- ristic component of the animal community and is of importance as a substratum for the epifauua. As to the occurrence of the species in the North Atlantic the present material shows that it is by far the most common Bra- chiopod in the waters south of Iceland and between Iceland and Scotland. On the whole it is found in abundance in many localities and is widely spread in the boreo-arctic region especially along the coasts of Norway, the Shetlands, Scotland and the Atlantic coasl of North- America. Along the east coast of Greenland and the Norwegian west coast it penetrates into the arctic regions, although it is much more scattered and less numerous in arctic waters. Its bathymetrical distribution ranges from the sublittoral zone, where it is especially at home, to about 3500 m in the abyssal region. Diestothyris spitzbergensis (Davidson). North Atlantic records: 1878 Terebratella spitzbergensis Jeffreys, p. 409. 1885 Terebratella spitzbergensis Davidson, p. 83. 1897 Terebratula spitzbergensis Vanhoffen, p. 227. 1898 Terebratella spitzbergensis Posse.lt, p. 3. 1901 Terebratella spitzbergensis Friele & Grieg, p. 4. 1920 Terebratalia spitzbergensis Dall, p. 347. 1933 Terebratella spitzbergensis Grieg, p. 70. 1933 Terebratella spitzbergensis Arndt & Grieg, p. 482. 1938 Terebratella spitzbergensis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 7. 1939 Diestothyris spitzbergensis Helmcke, p. 252. 1939 Terebratella spitzbergensis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 204. 1940 a Terebratella spitzbergensis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 4. 1940 b Terebratella spitzbergensis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 12. 1940 c Terebratella spitzbergensis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 5. Occurrence: Between Iceland and Greenland: "Ingolf" St. 96; 65° 24' N. 29°00'W.; 1390 m; 1 spec. — "Ingolf " St. 11 ; 64°34' N. 3ri2' W.; 2450 m; 1 spec. — "Ingolf" St. 18; 61°44' N. 30°29' W. ; 2130 m; 1 spec. — "Ingolf" St. 78; 60°37' N. 27°52' W.; 1500 m; BRACHIOJfODA 13 Chart *. Distribution of Dallina septigera (Lov.). 1 spec. Between Iceland and the Fan 'Ineolf" St. 3; 63°35'N. 10°24'W.; 512 m; 2 spec. Small ovate shells with large, widely spread punctae. The fully grown shells are superficially seen much like young shells of Wald- heimiathyris cranium. They may however easily be distinguished by the presence of a septum of which no remains are left in the adult shells of Waldheimiathyris. The septum of D. spitzbergensis is short and triangular, situated in front of the middle of the valve ; to the slightly elevated upper edge of it the brachial loop is attached by short connecting bands. The foramen is longitudinally oval. The present finds are all within the area of distribution hitherto known and thus offer nothing of interest besides the fact that some of them are from considerable depths. The species is widely distributed in the arctic and boreo-arctic zones as marked on the chart. According to Davidson (1885, p. 84) it has been dredged on the Channel slope between Cape Clear (Ireland) and Ushant (Brittany) and off the Scilly Islands. Jeffreys (1878, p. 409) reports it from Cape Vincent in southern Portugal. In consideration of the otherwise arctic and boreo- arctic distribution of the species a reexamination of the lusitanian specimens seems desirable. Dallina septigera (Loven). North Atlantic records: 1846 Terebratula septigera Loven, p. 183. 1863 Terebratula septata Jeffreys, p. II. 1873 Terebratula septigera Fnele, p. 12. 1875 Waldheimia septigera Friele, p. 57. 1878 Terebratula. septata Jeffreys, p. 407. 1878 Waldheimia septata Philippi (Terebratula septigera Lov.). Sars, p. 11. 1886 Waldheimia septigera Davidson, p. 56. 1901 Waldheimia septigera Friele & Grieg, p. 3. 1920 Dallina septigera. Dall, p. 357. 1925 Dallina septigera .Massy, p. 11. 1933 Waldheimia septigera Arndt k Grieg, p. 182. 1933 Dallina septigera Stiasny, p. 143. 1938 Waldheimia septigera E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 9. 1939 Dallina septigera Helmcke, p. 251. 1939 Waldheimia (Macandrevia) septigera E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 203. 1940 Dallina septigera Helmcke, p. 275. L940 a Waldheimia (Macandrevia) septigera E.Wesenberg Lund, p. 6. Occ a rrence: Between Scotland, Iceland, and the wesl coast of Norway: '-Michael Sars" St, 51; 61 111' N. 3 II' lv: 415 m ; clay: 8 small spec, covered with Bryozoans "Michael Sars" si.">l'; 62°01'N. I on' K.; 208m; 5 spec, with Pomatocerus briq 14 BRACHIOPODA irgin. - "Michael Sars" St. 85; 62°53'N. 9°06' W.;390ra; I spec. "Ingolf" St. 81 ; 61 44' N. 27 0O'W.;913m; 2 spec, fastened to a tectibranch gastropod and covered with mIi. i "Michael Sars" St.79a;6r08'N.9°46'W.;850m; 1 spei - "Michael Sars" Sr. 76: 59°29' N. 7°51' W.; 1290 m; 55 spec- Michael Sars" St. 76 b;59°23'N. 7 10'W.; 1290 m; 25 spec. Many of the specimens, notably those from the two last mentioned, neighbouring localities, are very large, some few about 15 mm long and 30 mm broad, in all probability close to the maximum of the species. Most of them are dead shells, filled with fine grey clay and covered with Bryozoans, several of them also with barnacles. In all the large specimens the loop is typical dalliniform i. e. attached to the crura only, because during growth a resorption of the interconnecting band of the septum and the branches of the loop takes place. The median septum remains well developed throughout life whereas the dental plates gradually vanish, both features being in contradistinction to the corre- sponding features in Waldheitniathyris cranium. The present finds are all restricted to a small area between Iceland, Scotland and Norway, situated inside the previously known area of distribution, thus offering nothing of interest. (Only "Ingolf" St. 81 is noteworthy). The further distribution of the species in the northern Atlantic is only small, as the species is confined to the Gulf Stream area, the northernmost limit lying at Lofoten. The southernmost localities are from off the Atlantic coast of Soudan, the Canary Islands a. o. from where the average size of the specimens is considerablv smaller. Family Rhynchonellidae. The Dimerilid Group. Cryptopora gnomon (Jeffreys) North Atlantic records: 1876b Atretia gnomon Jeffreys, p. 251. 1878 Atretia gnomon Jeffreys, p. 412. L886 Atretia gnomon Davidson, p. 173. 1897 Atretia gnomon Vanhbffen, p. 227. 1898 Neatretia gnomon Posselt, p. 1. 1901 Neatretia gnomon Friele & Grieg, p. 1. 1920 Atretia gnomon Dall, p. 293. 1925 Atretia gnomon Massy, p. 40. 1933 Neatretia gnomon Arndt & Grieg, p. 484. 1938 Neatretia gnomon E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 3. 1939 Neatretia gnomon E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 202. L940b Neatretia gnomon E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 7. Chart [>. Distribution of Cryptopora gnomon (Jeffr.). BRACHIOPODA 15 Occurrence: North of Iceland: "Ingolf" St. 125; 68°08' X. lb 02' W. 1375 m; 10 spec. There is only one single deep-sea find in these collections of tins tine little Brachiopod, which is puzzling as it is previously known from wide-spread localities within the area here investigated. The shells are small and triangular, with a short, pointed beak, incomplete foramen, small hinge-teeth, and slightly developed dental plates. From a small cardinal process the medial septum arises, increasing considerably in height anteriorly; the crura ate short and slender ami curved outwardly. The radial striatum of the shell is very distinct in the present shells; the silky shimmering stria? yield to the slightest pressure of a needle, the shells being extremely brittle, possibly due to the influence of the preservation fluid. The locality published here is close to a locality where the species was previously dredged. These two finds north of Iceland fall a little outside the further area of distribution of Cryptopora gnomon, as it is essentially restricted to the western and eastern side of the North Atlantic basin (cf. the (hart given by Helmcke 1940, p. 286). It seems very likely, however, that the species has often been overlooked on account of its small size, its fragility, and its abyssal habitats. It seems to be rather sparce; yet in one locality, in the Davis Strait, some oil specimens were taken in one catch (K. Wesenbebg-Lund 1940 b, p. 7). The Rhynchonellid Group. Hemithyris psittacea (Gmelin). North Atlantic records: 1855 Rhynchonella psittacea Barrett, p. 259. I860 Rhynchonella psittacea Walker, p. 72. 1S7I Terebratula psittacea Mobius, p. 253. 1876 b Rhynchonella psittacea Jeffreys, p. 500 L878 Rhynchonella psittacea Jeffreys, p. 113. 1886 Rhynchonella psittacea Becher, p. 68. 1886 Rhynchonella psittacea Collin, p. 111. 1886 Rhynchonella psittacea Davidson, p. 163. L889 Rhynchonella psittacea Holm. p. r,7. L897 Rhynchonella psittacea Vanhoffen, p. 'J27. 1898 Rhynchonella psittacea Posselt, p. 3. 1901 Rhynchonella psittacea Friele & Grieg, p 1902 Rhynchonella psittacea Friele, p. I. 1905 Rhynchonella psittacea Hagg, p. I. 1905 Rhynchonella psittacea Nordgaard, p. 17 1. 1907 Hemithyris psittacea Joubin, p. 'J. 1909a Rhynchonella psittacea Grieg, p. 516. 1909b Rhynchonella psittacea Grieg, p. 2. 1913a Rhynchonella psittacea Lamy, p. 22. 1913b Rhynchonella psittacea. Lamy, p. 599. L920 Hemithyris psittacea Dall, p. 284. 1928 Rhynchonella psittacea Remy, p. 212. Chart in. Distribution el' Hemithyris psittacea (fimel.). 16 BRACHIOPODA 1929 Rhynehonella psittacea Nordgaard, p. IS. 1933 Rhynehonella psittacea Arndt & Grieg, p, 1933 Rhvnchonella psittacea Grieg, p. 70. 1933 Hemithyris psittacea Stiasny, p. 135. 1938 Hemithyris psittacea E. Wesenberg-Lund, 1939 Hemithyris psittacea Helmcke, p. 262. 1939 Hemithyris psittacea E. Wesenberg-Lund, Hemithyris psittacea E. Wesenberg-Lund, 1940 b Hemithyris psittacea E. Wesenberg-Lund, [940c Hemithyris psittacea E. Wesenberg-Lund, 482. 201. 2. 6. 4. i r re nee: South of Iceland: 915 hi : I spei . "Ingolf" St. 73; 62°58' N. 23 28'W.; It is highly astonishing that in the present material this most common and widely distributed of all boreo-arctic Brachio- pods is represented by a single find which moreover offers nothing of interest, as the species is already known from the waters south of Iceland. The area here under consideration is, as pointed out before, mainly the deep sea basins of the North Atlantic, and Hemithyris psittacea is on the whole restricted to the littoral zone and the slope; in every case the present investigation proves beyond all doubt that the species does not belong to the fauna of the North Atlantic abyssal regions. — It is noteworthy that the species has not hitherto been dredged off the north coast of Iceland; I am, however, inclined to consider this as accidental, as there is no obvious reason why it should not occur there, since it has been stated to be fairly common along the cold east coast of Greenland. Furthermore it abounds in Baffin Bay and Davis Straits, in the Norwegian seas from Trondheim to North Cape (in Trondheim Fjord as an arctic survivor), at Spitsbergen, Finmarken etc. It occurs in the northern Pacific too; in a few words: the species is boreo-arctic and boreo-pacific and in all probability circumpolar (only hitherto not known from the eastern part of arctic Asia). Summary. These ten species of Brachiopoda can be arranged in the following groups according to their distribution in the North Altantic: 1°) holarctic: Liolhyris arctica, restricted to the western part of the North Atlantic, i. e. North-East Greenland, Jan Mayen, the cold Icelandic coast. 2°) boreo-arctic: Terebratulina s&ptentrionalis, Diestothyris sjritzbergensis, Waldheimiathyris cranium, Cryptopora gnomon, Hem ithyris psittacea. 3a°) boreo-lusitanian-abyssal: Pelagodiscus atlaiiticus, Dallina septigera. 3b°) boreo-lusitanian-non abyssal: Crania anomala, Tere- bratulina retusa. Of these species P. atlanticus is a cosmopolite, known from scattered finds both in the tropics, the subtropics and the Ant- arctis. The finds in the North Atlantic are all abyssal in localities where the surface water is influenced by the Gulf Stream, surely because the pelagic larva; only can thrive here. The reason why this species is not known from the Norwegian west coast and the area between Iceland, Scotland and Norway where also the surface water may be favourable to the larva;, is probably that the metamorphosed animals can not find suitable depths in these areas. Finally it is to be noted that the only species which is circum- polar is Hemithyris psittacea (Gmel.). List of Literature. Arndt, W. & Grieg, I. A., 1933: Die Brachiopoden des arktischen Gebietes. Fauna arctica, 6, p. 477-488. Asn worth, I. H., 1916: On larva; of Lingula and Pelagodiscus (Discinisca). Trans. R. Soc. Edinburgh, 51, p. 45—69. Barrett, L., 1855: Notes on the Brachiopoda observed in a dredging tour with Mr. H. Andrew on the coast of Norway in the summer of the present vear. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), Hi, p. 257-259. Becher, E., 1886: Mollusken von Jan Mayeu. Die Internationale Polarforschung 1882-1883. Die Osterreichische Polarstation Jan Mayen I, 3, p. 67-82 [p. 68]. Blochmann, F., 1906: Neue Brachiopoden der "Valdivia"- und "Gauss"-Expedition. Zool. Anz., 30, p. 690-702. - 1908: Zur Systematik und geographischen Verbreitung der Brachiopoden. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool., 90, 596-644. 1912: Die Brachiopoden der Schwedischen Siidpolar-Expedi- tion. Wis-. Ergebn. d. Schwed. Siidpolar-Exped. 1901-03. 6, Lief. 7, p. 1-12. Collin, J., 1886: Brachiopoder, Muslinger og Snegle fra Kara- bavet. Dijmphna-Togtets zoologisk-botaniske Udbytte, p. 441 171. Kobenhavn. Dall, W., 1920: Annotated list of the recent Brachiopoda in the collect ions of the United States National Museum. Proc. U.S. Xat. Mus. 57, p. 261-377. Davidson, Th., 1886-88: A monograph of recent Brachiopoda. Trans. Linn. Soc. London. Second Series. 4, p. 1-250. Eichler, P., 1911 : Die Brachiopoden. Deutsche Siidpolar-Expedi- tion 1901-03. 12 (Zool. Vol.4, Heft 4, p. 383-401.) Fischer, P. & Oehlert, D. P., 1892: Brachiopodes provenant des campagnes du Yacht '"L'Hirondelle" dans 1'Atlantique Nord. Res. Camp. Scient, Monaco. 3, p. 1-30. Friele, H., 1873: Oversigt over de i Bergens Omegn forekom- mende Mollusker. Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. Christiania, p. 1-24. - 1875: Bidrag til Vestlandets Molluskfauna. Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. Christiania, p. 1—8. - & Grieg, J., 1901: Mollusca. Den norske Nordhavs-Expedi- tion 1876—78. Zoologi, p. 1-131, [p. 1-4]. Friele, H. & Grieg, J., 1902: Mollusken der ersten Nordmeerfahrt des Fischereidampfers '"Michael Sars" unter Leitung von Herrn Dr. Johann Hjort. Bergens Mus. Aarbog, No. 3, p. 1-19 [p. 4]. Grieg, J. A., 1909a: Invertebres du fond. "Due . d'Orleans": Croi- siere Oceanographique dans la Mer du Greenland 1905, p. 503-567 [p. 516 and p. 540]. - 1909 b: Brachiopods and Molluscs from the 2nd Nor- wegian Arctic Expedition "Fram". Rep. of the 2nd Norw. Arct. Exp. 1898-1902, No. 20, p. 1-45 [p. 1-2]. - 1926: Evertebraterne fra Bankerne ved Spitsbergen. Bergens Mus. Aarbog 1923-24, N. R. No. 5, p. 1-28. - 1933: Svalbards Brachiopoder. Nyt Magasin f. Naturviden- skaberne. 73, p. 67-74. Hago, R., 1905: Mollusca und Brachiopoda gesammelt von der BRACHIOPODA 17 schwedischen zoologischen Expedition nach Spitsbergen, tlem Morse, E., 1873: The systematic position of the Brachiopoda. nordostlichen Gronland und Jan Mayen im Jahre 1900. Proc. Boston Sue Nat. Hist. 15, p. 315 372. Ark. for Zool. '_'. No. 2, p. 1—66. MiiBius, K., 1874: Mollusken, Wiirmer, Echinodermen und Coelen Helmoke, I. 261 [p. 253]. 1939, p. 221-268. Nordoaard, <).. 1905: Hydrographical .mil Biological [nvestiga 1940: Dir Brachiopoden der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. turns, in: Norwegian Fjords, •'!. Bottom Life, p. 171. Wiss. Ergebn. d. Deutsch. Tiefsee-Exp. auf dem Dampfer 1929: Faunistic Notes on Marine Evertebrates I. Forh. Kongl "Valdivia", 1898-1899. 24, p. 217-316. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Trondhjem I. No. 16, p. is 19. Holm, T., 1889: Beretning om de paa ;'FylIa"s Togt i 188-1 fore- Posselt, 11.. 1898: Gronlands Brachiopoder og Bleddyr. Medd. tagne zoologiske Undersogelser i Gronland. Medd. oni (iron- om Gronland, 23, p. 1 298 |p. I 8]. I.i ii. I. s. p. 151— 171. Ricmv, P., 1928: Materia ux zoologiques reeoltcs par le "Pourquoi- Jeffreys, I. <■'•., 1863: British Conchology, Vol. II, London. Pas?" dans les Mers arctiques in 1926. Ann. Sci. Nat, Zool. 1876a: On some new ami remarkable North Atlantic Brachi- in. ser. II. p. 209-245 [p. 212 2131 opoda. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (I). 18, p. l'.Mi 253. Sars, G. ().. 1878: Bidrag til Kundskaben om Norges arktiske 1876b: last of Mollusca collected bv the Rev. A. E. Eaton Fauna. I Mollusca regionis arcticae norvegiaa. Christiania at Spitzbergen during tin' third vovage of II. Leigh Smith Schlesch, 11.. 1925: Waldheimia cranium Miiller in Holsteinburo Kip Sti'l. Pnl. in the Greenland Sea. ibid. p. 199 500. West-Greenland. Naturalist. London, p. lis. [878: On tin' Mollusca procured during tin1 "Lightning" ami Schmidt, .Ions.. 1904: Fiskeriundersogelser ved Island og Fsei "Porcupine" Expeditions 1868 1870. Proc. Zool. Soc. lam oerne i Sommeren 1903. Skrifter udg. af Kommis. fur Hav don. 1878, p. 393 116. unders. I. p. 1'.). Johansen, Fr., 1906: Beretning om Fiskeriundersogelserne fra Stiasny, (J., 1933: Verzeichnis der Brachiopoden-Sammlung des Dampminebaaden "Beskvtteren" i Sommeren 1905. Fiskeri- Naturhistorischen Reichsmuseums in Leiden, /.mil. Mededeel. beretning for Finansaarel 1904-05, p. 299. Leiden. 15, p. 129 149. .loi-iax. L., 1907: Note sur Irs Brachiopodes recueilles au cours Vaxhoffex, E., 1897: Die Fauna und Flora Gronlands, im E. v. .Irs dernieres croisieres iln Prince de Monaco. Bull, de l'lnst. Drygalski: Gronland-Expedition der Gesellschafl fiir Erd- Oceanographique No. 103, p. I 9. kunde zu Berlin 1891 93. II. p. 226-227. Kino, \\\, 1868: <>n some Palliobrancliiate shells from the lush Walker, D., I860: Notes on the Zoology of the last Arctic Expedi- Atlantic. Proc. nat. hist. sur. Dublin. 5, p. 170. tion under Captain Sir 'P. I,. M'C'lintock. Journ. Roy. Dublin Lamy, Iv. 1913a: Mollusques e( Brachiopodes de la croisiere 1912 Soc. 3. p. (il-77 | p. 72]. iln "Pourquoi-Pas?" dans les Mers du Nord. Bull. Mus. Wesexbero-Lund, Elise, 1938: Brachiopoda. Zool. "t [celand. nation. . l'lnst. nat. L9, p. 21 24. I part 67, p. I II. 19131,: Mollusques testaces et Brachiopodes de la croisiere ,,,..,,. H(,((.||t Norwegian Brachiopods. Det kongl. Norske 1913 du "Pourquoi-Pas? dans I Atlantique et dans les nuns Vidensk Selsk. Forhandl. II. X., 52, p 20] 204. boreales. Bull, nation, d'hist. nat. 19, p. 593 603. Loven, S.. 1846: Nordens Hafs-Mollusker. Ofvers. Akad. Fiir- 1940a: Brachiopoda. Zool. of the Faroes. X". 59, p. 1-8. handl- ;i- !'■ l83- 1940b: Brachiopoda. Medd. om Gronland. Vol. 80, p. I 21 Massy, A. L., 1925: The Brachiopoda of the coast of Ireland. Proc. R. Irish Acad. Sect. I'.. •".". p. 37 16. 1940c: Brachiopoda. Medd. om Gronland. Vol. 121, p. 1 12. THE INGOLF-EXPEDITION 1895-1896 THE LOCALITIES, DEPTHS, AND BOTTOMTEMPERATURES OE THE STATIONS Sta- Depth Bot- Sta- Depth l!nt- Sta- Depth Bot- tion Date Lat. N. Long \V. in tom- Hun Date Lat. \. Long W. in tom- tion Date Lat. N. Long W. in tom- Nr. ni temp. Nr. in tenip. Nr. in temp. 1895 1896 1 11 -V 62 30' 8 21' 249 7 2 24 25 - VI 63 06' 56 00' 2258 2 4 45 11 - V ill 32' 9 43' 1211 4 17 2 12 - 63 04' !l 22' 493 5 3 25 26 - 63 30' 64 25' 1096 3 3 46 - - (,1 32' 11 36 1356 2 4n 3 - - 63 35' in 24 512 n 5 63 51 53c 03' 256 47 12 - (il 32' 13 m 1789 3 2:; 4 13 - 64° 07' 11 12' 146 26 - 63 57' 52° 41' 64 (1 11 4S - - i,l 32' 13 11' 2165 3°17 5 - - 04 40' 12 09' 292 64 37' 54 24' 2i 15 4!l 13 - (12 H7' 15 07' 2109 2 91 6 16 - 63 13' 14 34' 17(1 7 n 27 1 - VII 64 54' 55° Hi' 740 :; 8 50 - - 62 43' l.'i ii7' 1921 3 13 7 17 - 63 13' L5 n 1130 1 5 28 - - 65 14' 55 42' 791 51 15 - (14 15' 1 ( 22' 128 7 32 8 19 - .,; ,6 24 40' 256 6 ii 29 5 - 65° 34' 54 31' 1 28 0°2 52 - - 63° 57' 13 32' 791 7 87 9 •2d - 64 18' 27 00' 555 .-) 8 30 10 - 66 50' :.4 28' 41 in:, 53 16 - 63 15' 15 07' 1497 3'08 1ii - - 64 24' 28 50' L484 3 5 31 11 - 66 35 55 54' 166 l 6 54 18 - 63 08' 15 10' 1301 3°9 11 21 - 64 34' 31 12' 2448 1 6 32 11 - 66 35 56 38' 599 3 9 55 1!) - 63 33' 15° 02' 595 5=9 12 22 - 64 38' 32 37' 1958 0°3 33 12 - 67° 57' 55 30 66 n 8 56 - - i;i 00' 15 il!'' 128 7 37 13 - - lit 47' 34 33' 1171 3 ii 34 18 - 66 17' 54 17' 1H4 57 2d - i,3 37' 659 3 4 14 - - 64 15' 35 05' 331 4°4 35 - - 65c 16' 55 05' 682 :; 6 58 - - 64 25 ■ 09 3:i7 0 - 15 4- VI 66 18' 25 .'.'i 1,21 n T.-i 36 28 - 61 Tin 56 21' 27H2 1°5 59 - - 65 mi 11 16' 584 0 1 16 5 - 65 13' 26 58' 471 6 1 37 29 - 60 17' 54 05' 322'. 1 1 1 iln 21 - 65 09' 12 27' 234 0 9 17 16 - 62 49' 26 55' 1403 3 1 38 30 - 59 12' ;,1 05' 3521 1 3 61 - - 65 03 13 06' 104 0 4 18 17 - 61° 44' 30 29' 2137 3 n 39 9-VII1 62° 00' 22 38' 1629 2 9 62 31 - 63' 18' 19 12 13., 7 92 19 18 - 60 29' 34 14' 2949 2 4 41) - - 62 mi 21 36' 1391 :: 3 63 1-V1 62 40' in 05 1506 t 0 20 20 - 58 20' 10 18' 3192 1 .", 41 12 - 61 39 17 in' 2345 2 n 64 - - 62 06 1!' 00 3 1 21 21 - 58° 01' ii 15 251 15 2 1 42 14 - ci- 41' in 17' 1177 n 1 65 ■_> i: 2051 22 22 • 58c in' 48 25' 3474 1 4 43 - - 61 42' in ii 121.', I i i I.", 66 - - 2 1 2 1 3 3 23 2 1 - 60 13 56 00' Unl) tl, 11 ,.,,.., \,[ 4. - - 111 12 9 36 H I2i i 1 8 67 3 - i,l 30' Sta- tion Nr. Lat. N. Long: \V. Depth in m lint. torn- temp. Sta- tion Nr. 1 i;n i Lat. N. Long W. Depth in m Bot- tom- temp. Sta- tion Nr. Date Lat. N Long W. Depth in in Bot- tom- temp. C8 3 VI ! 06 10 L587 3°4 92 25 -VI 64° 44' 32 52' 1838 1°4 118 24 -VII 68° 27' 8° 20' 1996 — 1°0 - - 62 I"' 22 17' L109 3°9 93 26 - 64° 24' 35" 14' 1444 1°40 119 25 - 67° 53' 10° 19' 1902 — 1°0 70 4 - 22 o;,' 252 7°0 94 - - 64° 56' 36° 19' 384 4°1 120 - - 67° 29' 11° 32' 1666 — 1°0 71 - - 22" 03' 87 65° 31' 30° 45' 401 121 - - 66° 59' 13° 11' 996 — 0°7 72 8 - 63° 12' 23° 04' 371 6° 7 95 27 - 65° 14' 30° 39' 1416 2°1 122 26 - 66° 42' 14° 44' 217 1°8 73 - - 23 28' 915 in; 28 - 65° 24' 29 00' 1384 1°2 123 28 - 00- 52' 15° 40' 273 2°0 74 9 - 62° 17' 24° 36' 1309 1 2 97 - - 65° 28' 27° 39' 847 5°5 124 - - 67° 40' 15° 40' 932 — 0°6 61° 57' 25° 35' 1433 98 - - 65° 38' 26° 27' 260 5°9 125 29 - 68° 08' 16° 02' 1373 — 0°8 61 28' 25° 06' 1561 99 7-VII 66 L3' 25 53 352 HI 126 - - 67° 19' 15° 52' 552 — 0°6 75 11 - 61° 28' 26° 25' 1409 4°3 100 9 - 66° 23' 14 02' 111 0°4 127 2-VIII 66° 33' 20° 05' 83 5°6 76 12 - 60° 50' 2d 50' 1518 4°1 101 10 - 66° 23' 12° 05' 1011 — 0°7 128 - - 66° 50' 20° 02' 365 0°6 77 - - 60° 10' 26° 59' 17111 3°6 102 - - 66° 23' 10 26' 1412 — 0°9 129 3 - 66° 35' 23° 47' 220 6°6 78 13 - 60 37' 27 52' 1505 4°5 103 - - 66° 23' 8° 52' 1090 -0 6 130 8 - 63° 00' 20° 40' 636 6°55 79 - - i,n 52' 28 58' 1230 4°4 104 11 - 66° 23' 7° 25' 1802 — 1°1 131 - - 63° 00' 19° 09' 1314 4° 7 80 - - i;i 02' 29° 32' 17G1 4°0 105 - - 65° 34' 7° 31' 1435 — 0°8 132 - - 63° 00' 17" 04' 1407 4°6 81 14 - 61° 44' 27° 00' 913 6°1 106 12 - 65° 34' 8° 54' 842 — 0°6 133 9 - 63° 14' 11° 24' 433 2°2 82 - - 61° 55' 27 28' 1552 4°1 65° 29' 8° 40' 878 134 - - 62° 34' 10° 26' 563 4°1 83 - - 62° 25' 28° 30' 1717 3 .". Hi7 - - 65° 33' 10° 28' 926 — 0°3 135 10 - 62° 48' 9° 48' 608 0°4 62 36' 26° 01' 889 108 13 - 65° 30' 12° 00' 183 1°1 136 - - 63° or 9° 11' 482 4°8 62 36 25 30' 755 li)9 18 - 65 !9 13" 25' 72 1°5 137 - - 63° 14' 8° 31' 559 — 0°6 84 17 - 62 58' 25° 24' 1192 4°8 110 19 - 66° 44' 11° 33' 1471 -n 8 138 - - 63 26 7° 56' 887 — 0°6 85 - - G3C 21' 25° 21' 320 111 20 - 67° 14' 8° 48' 1619 n 9 139 - - 63° 36' 7° 30' 1322 — 0°6 86 23 - 65 03 6 23° 47'6 143 112 - - 67° 57' 6° 44' 2386 — 1°1 140 11 - 63° 29' 6° 57' 1469 — 0°9 87 - - 65 i)2'3 , 56 2(17 113 21 - 69c 31' 7 06' 2465 — 1°0 141 - - 63 22' 6° 58' 1279 — 0°6 88 - - (14 58' 24 25' L43 <; ii 114 22 - 7° 29' 1450 — 1°0 142 - - 63° 07' 7° 05' 1105 — 0°6 89 24 - 64° 45' 27° 20' 584 8°4 115 23 - 70° 50' 8° 29' 162 0°1 143 - - 62 58' 7° 09' 731 — 0°4 90 - - i,l 15 29 hi,' L070 14 116 - - 70° 05' 8 26' 699 — 0°4 144 - - 62° 49' 7° 12' 520 1°6 91 25 - ill 14' ;;i mi: 2328 3°1 117 24 - 69° 13' 8° 23' 1889 — 1°0 BtANCO IUNQ A/S. KBHVN THE DANISH INGOLF-EXPEDITION VOLUME IV 13 HOLOTHURIOIDEA PART II ASPIDOCHIROTA ELASIPODA I)ENI)ROCHIR< )TA BY S. G. HEDING WITH 2 PLATES AND 43 FIGURES IN THE TEXT COPENHAGEN PR] NTED BY BIANCO LUNO A/S [942 Contents. l'age I. ASPIDOCHIROTA Family: Hohthuriidae .... Subfamily: Stichopodinae Genus: Stichopus .... regali Geaus: Parastichopus Family: Gephyrothuriidae . Genus: MoVpadiodemai Genus: Plicastichopus 3 3 4 4 . . ' 4 tremulus * 4 ,".'. 4 acaudum 4 5 ingolfi 5 Genus: Benthothuria 6 funebris 6 Family: Synallactidae " Genus: M< soihuria " Subgenus: Allantis ' intestinalis 7 Subgenus: Mesothuria 8 maroccana 8 bijurcata 8 Subgenus: Penichrothuria 8 cathedralis 8 Subgenus: Zygothuria 9 lactea 9 Genus: Bathyplotes 10 nutans 11 heterostylides 12 II. ELASIPODA Family : Laetmogonidae 14 ( lenus: Laetmogone 14 violacea 14 Genus: Benthogone 15 quadrilineata 15 Genus: Benthodytes 15 janthina 15 lingua 15 Ides 15 talismani 15 violacea 15 Genus: Elpidi Genus: Kolga. Genus: Euphi Page Family: Elpidiidae 16 Subfamily: Elpidiinae 16 16 glacialis 18 19 hyalina 19 Subfamily : Peniagoninae 20 Genus : Peniagone 20 azorica 20 islandicus 20 III. DENDROCHIROTA Family : Phyllophoridae 22 Genus: TJiyonidium 22 barthii 22 Genus: Duasmodactyla 24 comiionte 24 Family: Ypsiloihuriidae 24 Genus: Ypsilothuria -5 talismani talismani 26 elegans 27 bitentaeidata attenuata 28 Genus: Echirwcucumis -"9 hispida 29 Family: Cucumariidae «" Genus: Cucumaria «" caldgera 31 juv. (elongata!)- 31 paraglacialis 31 Genus: Abyssocucumis 32 (Genus: Staurocucumis) 33 (Genus: Ekmocucumis) 33 (Genus : Psolicucumis) 33 Abyssocucumis abyssorum 33 Family : Psolidae 35 Genus : Psolus 35 - phantapus 35 sp. (squamatus?) 35 Fabricii 36 pourtalesii var. dyscritus 36 hypsinotus 36 Introduction. The present paper is the second and last part of the report on the Holothurians collected by the Danish "Ingolf"- Expedition. The first part appeared in 1935, and contained the Synaptids-the Molpadids and the Molpadid-like forms. As in the case of the first part this was also worked out in correspondance with the description of the collection of the German "Valdivia"- Expedition, a method which has among others given the specially valuable result that the real place of the "Molpadid-like" forms described in 1935, is now verified, i. e. within the Aspidochirota, close to Pseudostichopus (cfr. pag. 4). Beside the "Ingolf" material, this paper also includes the collections made by the Danish research steamers "Thor" and "Dana', as well as some collections made by Ad. S. Jensen on board the Norwegian research steamer "Michael Sars", and the North Atlantic material from the collections of the Zoological Museum, Copenhagen. As, however, the first part of this report included all this material, this second part only deals with the material collected at depths greater than 300 m. This material includes "J2 genera and 35 species. Of these forms three genera, five species and two varieties are new to science, and besides, the detailed study of these large collections has cleared up more of the intricate problems of the classification of the Atlantic Holothurians, as well as throwing light on the variation within some of the species. The abyssal Holothurian fauna of the Atlantic is mainly to be regarded as a branch of the Indo-Pacific abyssal fauna, which, however, shows clear trace of developing into an endemic fauna, especially in the northern part of the ocean. Several of the species found in the Atlantic can only with difficulty be separated from the corresponding Indo-Pacific species, but as they are in reality different I have supposed it the better, as a rule to maintain or establish such forms as independent species or where sufficient material shows the limits more clearly and the differences are but faint, to describe subspecies, and for the same reason some few cases are described as subgenera. Some authors, it is true, arc as a matter of principle against such a dividing up into minor classificatory groups, and state with right that future material in many cases will show that many species or varieties are identical. This may be, but as long as we are left to work with more or less scattered collections, all possible differences must be recorded and classified. Only in this way we are able to see the Eainf variations which correspond to different localities and conditions. Though the greater part of the abyssal Atlantic Holothurian fauna appears to be of Indo-Pacific origin, there is a little group which must be regarded as being of Arctic origin. This latter consists, however, mainly of species which are not so pronouncedly abyssal, and especially the "Ingolf"- Expedition has shown how the real abyssal species are unable to cross the ridge between the Faroes. Iceland, and Greenland, e.g. species .such as Elpidia glacialis and the three closely related species of Trochostoma thompsoni, hurrah' and arctica (cf. Ingolf Holothurioidea I p. 57). The present material considered in connection with that of the "Godthaab" Expedition gives further an interesting distribution for some of these species, as they are found in the Norwegian Sea and in Baffin Bay, but not south of the ridges from the Faroes- Iceland-Greenland-Baffin Land. As there is apparantly no deeper connection between the Baffin Bay and the Norwegian Sea north of Greenland, these species either would be expected south of the ridges, but are not found there, or they may have been distributed along the north coast of Greenland in a former geological period, being then survivors in Baffin Bay. Ordo Aspidochirota. Family Holothuriidae. Subfamily Stichopodinae. The subfamily Stichopodinae is, in the "Ingolf" collections, represented by two species, Stichopus regalis (Cuvier), and Pa- rastichopus tram/his (Gunnerus). Of these Pa.tremulus is fairly common in the northeastern Atlantic, whereas Stichopus regalis, which is a Mediterranean species, was taken only a single time in the northern Atlantic by the "Ilelga". At first I was inclined to regard the two small specimens from "Thor" St . .'! as juvenile speci- mens of Parastichopus tremulus, in winch tin' deposits other than tables were not developed, but the large specimen from the "Thor' St. 213, shows definitely that these specimens cannot be referred to the genus Parastichopus, but should be regarded as tine Stichopus. The examination of the collections of these two species shows that the variation of the tables is not nearly so great as within the genus Bathyplotes, the only difference being that the tables of the ventral side are slightly smaller than those from the other areas of the body wall. As to the distinction between the two genera Parasticl and Stichopus 1 agree with H. L. CLARK, though MoRT] \si:\. in I'.i'JT. does not find the genus Parastichopus "sufficiently war- ranted". The presence of large spinous, often branched rods in the body wall and the very characteristic "star-shaped" spicules separate tremulus from the real Stichopus species, so that I have no doubt that it is a valid genus, a supposition which is also adopted by Deichmann (1937 ami 1938) HllI.iiTliri'.IOIDEA Genus Stichopus. Stichopus regalis (Cuvier). Mortensen 1927: British Eohinoderms p. 391, figs. 232-233. r L937: Die Holothurien der A.dria, p. 22, figs. 12 & 13. Localities: 58 32' N. I is' E. "Thor" St. 3. 3°, 4-03, 280 m 2 spec. 58 18' X. in 08' E. "Thor" St. 21.3, l%-04. 470 m 1 61°07' N. 9°30' W. "Thor" St. 78, 12/5-04, 835 m 2 spec. 61°15' N. 9°35' W. "Thor" St, 99, 22/5-04, 900 m 1 Skagerrak "Thor" 1911 4 61°08' N. 8°47' W. "Dana" St. 3026, 23/6-27 1 The specimens quite agree with the descriptions, except that the ventral tables are a little smaller than those of the dorsal side. The shape of the tables (textfig. 2 1-2) is very constant and quite different from that of the tables in the specimens referred to Stichopus regalis above (cf. textfig. 1 1-5). Besides the tables, / 2 3 '1 Textfig. 1. Stichopus regalis, tables from the dorsal side. X 300. As stated above I supposed at the preliminary examination of the two specimens from St. 3 that they were but young specimens of Parastichopus tremulus. A closer examination of them as well as of the specimen from St. 213 definitely showed that the real genus Stichopus was represented, and as there are no clear dif- ferences between the specimens present and regalis they should be referred to that species. Stichopus regalis is previously recorded from the west coast of Ireland, and there is no doubt that the "Helga" specimens are the same species as those collected by the "Thor". Whether these specimens are in reality the Mediterranean regalis is not quite certain, but as said above there are no clear differences. Genus Parastichopus Clark 1922. Parastichopus tremulus (Gunnerus). Mortensen 1927: British Echinoderms p. 389, figs. 228 1 & 231. Localities: 58 32' X. I 18' E. "Thor" St. 3, 30/4-03, 280 m 3 spec. Skagerrak "Thor" St. 24, 10/3-04, 835 m 1 - there are numerous more or less spiny rods in the body wall as also in the water vascular appendages. In the body wall there are numerous "star shaped" deposits. Parastichopus tremulus does not seem to be widely distributed. Textfig. 2. Parastichopus tremulus. tallies from the dorsal side. X 300. It is recorded from the Bay of Biscay and the Canaries, but in spite of this it should be regarded as a Scandinavian and English species. Family Gephyrothuriidae Koehler & \aney. Heding 1935: Holothurioidea of the "Ingolf" Expedition I pag. 77. Heding 1940: Holothurien der Deutsche Tiefsee Expedition II pag. 142. The family Gephyrothuriidae is represented in the collections of the "Ingolf" Expedition by only a few specimens belonging to the two species Molpadiodemas acaudum Heding and Plica- hopus ingolf, n. sp., the first of which was described in the "Ingolf" Holothurioidea I pag. 78 as a member of the order Gephyrothurioidea Heding, which cannot be maintained. As shown in my report on the Holothurians of the German Deep-Sea Expedition, the family Gephyrothuriidae must be placed within the Aspidochirota of equal standing with the Holothuriidae and the Synallactidae. Further some of the genera hitherto regarded as Synallactids must be removed from that family and placed in the family Gephyrothuriidae viz. the genera Pseudostichopus and Benthothuria. Genus Molpadiodemas Heding 1935. Molpadiodemas acaudum Heding. Heding 1935: Holothurioidea I, the Ingolf Expedition, p. 78. As shown in my report on the German Deep-Sea Expedition and as stated above, the order Gephyrothurioidea cannot hold HOLOTHURIOIDEA good, and the family Gephyrothuriidae must be placed among the aspidochirote Holothurians where it includes the genus Pseudo- stichopus and allied forms. To my former descripti f this species I have little to add, but it is of the greatest value for the classification of these specimens that they have in reality a vertical pygal furrow, though Textfig. 3. Molpadiodemas acaudum. 1 :.', reds from the tentacles. 3, mils from the gonads. 1-3 X 300. it is not very distinct on account of the shape of the body. Further they have some few calcareous deposits in the tentacles and in the gonads (textfig. 3 1-3) though deposits, as stated, do not occur in the body wall nor in the rudimentary tube-feet. Also repeated examination did not reveal any deposits in the pygal furrow and the respiratory trees. Not only the presence of the pygal furrow but also that of deposits in the tentacles and the gonads, though -in h are lacking in the body wall, places this species within the Pseudostichopus group. I have no doubt as to the validity of the genus Molpa- diodemas but as to that of the species there maybe some doubt, as in reality acaudum in several respects resembles atlanticus Perrier. How far these two species are in reality synonyms cannot for the present be ascertained. Genus Plicastichopus Heding L940. Plicastichopus ingolfi n. sp. Plate I, figs. 4-5. L o c a 1 i t i e s : 61°44' N. 30°29' W. "Ingolf" St. 18, 2137 m, temp. 3°.0 C. 2 spec 58°20' N. 40°48' W. "Ingolf" St. 20, 3192 m, temp. 1 .5 C. 1 Diagnosis: Pseudostichopus-like Holothurians with a distinct pygal furrow and large lateral papillae each with one terminal and several lateral tubefeet. There are also tubefeet scattered all over the dorsal side, those along the dorsal ambulacra b c*. X ■^ c; c ■ h Textfig. I. Plicastichopus ingolfi, a part of the left dorsal ambulacrum with three lateral papillae, showing small scattered tube-feet. larger than the others. On the ventral side there are either no or very few and rudimentary tube-feet. Tentacles twenty. Polian vesicles one or two, and stonecanal quite lacking or very rudi- mentary, with faint traces of a madraporite. Respiratory trees paired but with a common origin. Calcareous deposits lacking in the body wall but present in the tentacles ami m the terminal ends of the tube-feet . Description: The specimens measure from 4 to Tern in length ami are in shape (Plate 1. tiu. 1) fusiform with a fairly tlat ventral side. Along the ventrolateral ambulacra there are about twenty large conical papillae, each with a large terminal and a number of smaller lateral tubefeet (cf. Plate 1. fig. 5, textfig. 4). Along the dorsal ambulacra there are two rows of alternating large tubefeet or small papillae with a terminate large tubefoot. The mouth is ventral, and the anal opening is situated in a fairly deep vertical pygal furrow. There are twenty tentacles: directly counted there are but 17, the shape of the calcareous ring, however, indicates twenty. In the type specimen there is but one polian vesicle. In the other specimens there are. how- ever, two polian vesicles. The stone-canal is faintly developed or quite rudimentary. The respiratory trees are fairly large but with a common origin. Text lit:. 5. Plicastichopus ingolfi. 1. right ventral radial ■ L5. .'-' ami .';, rods from the tentacles, / ami .'>. rods item the gonads. t>. spicules from the end of a minor tube (net. 2 <> ■ 300. HOLOTHURIOIDEA Calcareous deposits are larking in the body wall but present in the tentacles, the gonads, and in the tips of the tube-feet (text- Bg. 5 ■_• 6 ) . Plicastichojrus ingolfi appears to be a well limited species ; it resembles only Pseudostichopus plicatus Koehler & Vaney, and there arc indeed some reasons for thinking that they are synonymous, but as for the present we do not know plicatus sufficiently well it would he unsafe to refer this very characteristic Atlantic species to the [ndo-Pacific form. Genus Benthothuria Perrier. Cf. Heding 1940: Die Holothurien der Deutschen Tiefsee-Ex- peditioii p. 3ii".. Benthothuria funebris Perrier. R. Perrier 1902: Holothuries, "Travailleur" et '-Talisman-', p. 365. Locality: 61°50' N.56°21' W.. Ingolf St. 36, 2700 m, 1°.5 C. - 1 specimen. The single MO mm long specimen is rather badly preserved, and especially exteriorly it is not possible to ascertain other features than the ventrally bent mouth with its twenty tentacles. There are two large polian vesicles and two large free respiratory trees. The intestine is fairly well preserved, and only a small part is disturbed, but as this part is the oesophagus, the possible presence of a coecum cannot be ascertained. The longi- tudinal muscles are unpaired, consisting as in B. valdiviae of numerous longitudinal portions. I have no doubt that this specimen is in reality Benthothuria funebris Perrier, only the two polian vesicles and the shape of the longitudinal muscles justify its reference to B. valdiviae Heding. This latter species is however so closely related to B. funebris that it is fairly difficult to separate them by other features than the general appearance. Of the two main differences that of the polian vesicles cannot, as seen from this "Ingolf" specimen.be maintained. As to the difference in the arrangement of the papillae I have already stated in the "Valdivia" report that this arrangement cannot be used for identification, owing to the usually badly preserved specimens. Thus it might be supposed that, these two species are synonyms, but the very different localities and the differences in the general appearance (valdiviae is the more flat) are against such a supposition. Family Synallactidae. Genus Mesothuria Ludwig. Heding 1940: Die Holothurien der Deutschen Tiefsee Expedition II p. 117. In the Handbook of British Echinodernis, Mortensen records three species of Mesothuria from the British Isles, viz. intestinalis, lactea, and verriUi, and suggests that six other species may be found in the deeper waters of the northern Atlantic. Of these species the "Ingolf" Expedition collected but three, intestinalis, lactea, and maroccana, and beside these two others, bi- furcala Herouard and caikedralis Heding. It is surprising that verrilli was not found by the "Ingolf", and still more so that bifurcata was taken in the northern Atlantic, as it was previously taken only by the "Belgica" m 77°14' S. 89°14' W. It seems |M>—il)le that the specimen is erroneously determined, a sup- position which is the more likely because the type specimen is hut a juvenile measuring 8 mm in length, and that Herouard has not figured the calcareous deposits (only their bifurcate arms). In spite of this I have, however, little doubt that the "Ingolf" specimen is in reality Herouard's species, and I cannot find any good reason for establishing a new one. Thus the question arises, how far the presence of bifurcata in the northern Atlantic indicates any bipolarity, but as I do not find evidence for bipolarity in Holothurians I think that we have here a further proof of the conformity of the abyssal faunas of the Atlantic and the Indopacifie (at any rate the southern part). As to verrilli, this species is by some authors regarded as a synonym of intestinalis, but Perrier and Deichmann have definitely shown that it differs clearly and must be regarded as a valid species. According to Deichmann one of the characters which most distinctly separates verrilli from intestinalis is the presence of the so-called "reduced tables" in the tube-feet, and in this I am willing to follow her, as I regard the absense of reduced tables in the tube-feet of intestinalis as a character useful for separating the subgenus Allantis from the other subgenera of the genus Mesothuria. As M. verrilli was not taken by the "Ingolf" Expedition the supposition is possible that the "Helga" record from 8.W. of Ireland is not reliable. Owing to Perrier's, and especially Deich- mann's, descriptions, it is not easy to suppose that verrilli can have been confused with any of the other species found in the northern Atlantic, so I think that the record of verrilli from S.W. of Ireland must be regarded as valid. As one of the synonyms of verrilli, Mortensen in British Echinodernis, mentions H. rouli Koehler. In the collections of the Zoological Museum of Copenhagen there is. however, a specimen of rouli (a cotype), the examination of which shows definitely that rouli is not only specifically different from verrilli, but that it should be referred to another subgenus. The study of the "Ingolf" collections of Mesothuria in connection with the collections of the Zoological Museum of Copenhagen gives an excellent opportunity to confirm my division of the genus Mesothuria given in the report of the German "Valdivia" Expedition, it only appears that the subgenus Allantis is not so numerous in species as was previously supposed. The presence or absence of "reduced tables" must be regarded as a character which gives clear limits for the subgenus Allantis. Of the species which, owing to the presence of "reduced tables" in the tube-feet, must be removed from Allantis as strictly defined, species such as rouli Koehler and earnose Fisher make a group of their own, characterized by the presence of two layers of deposits in the body wall, an outer layer of normal tables, and an inner layer of irregular rods and bodies. This group which may be regarded as of equal rank with the subgenera Mesothuria Allantis Zygothuria may be named Dipla- siothuria subg. nov. from the two layers of deposits, and the group including species as cathedralis and verrilli may be named Peni- chrothuria subg. nov. from their single layer of deposits. Thus for the present I prefer to divide the genus Mesothuria into the following six subgenera, which are easily separated by the key. Key to the subgenera of Mesothuria. 1) Body cylindrical or subcylmdrical, with pedicells all over 2 Body flat, with the pedicells arranged exclusively in a single or double row along the paired ambulacra, those of the dorsal side often minute. A marginal fringe often present 5 2) Deposits of the tube-feet normal tables though often HOL0THUR101DEA somewhat irregular in shape. "Reduced tallies" totally lacking Allantis Deposits of tube-feet "reduced tallies" 3 3) Exclusively triradiate tables Mesothuria Tables normally quadriradiate, though triradiate i<> septem- radiate tables may occur 4 4) Two layers of deposits in the body wall, an outer layer of normal tables and an inner layer of rods and irregular bodies Diplasiothuria small tertiary an ipiarternary ones (textfig. 6 I 2). A comparison with other specimens of inlestinalis shows that this is a normal feature, though the variation of the dorsal plates in a specimen from Gullmar Fjord is si iwhal greater, being 130 17o u. A specimen from ".Michael Sars" St. 134 differs from thi specimens of intestinalis in having exceedingly regularly shaped deposits (textfig. 6 4 5), bu1 sine,- it agrees in all other features with the other specimens ol intestinalis (the specimen is poorly preserved) I regard it as a specimen of this specii Texttii'. 6. Mesothuria (Allantis) intestinalis. 1. Dorsal table nf a specimen [nun the Giillmarfjoril. 2, Dorsal table of specimen from the "Iiiu'nlt". St. 85. ■'»', ventral table of the same specimen. 4 and 5 tables [rum a specimen collected by ".Michael Sars". 6 and 7, spires of the tables of the same specimen. ■ 300. Only one layer of deposits in the body wall, all normal tables Penichrothuria 5) All the tables of the body wall supplied with only one terminal point with lateral spines (cf. "Yaldivia" Holoth. II p. 128, text fig. 8) Monothuria Tables of the body wall with normally three long spines, only occasionally one or two spines Zygoihuria Mesothuria (Allantis) intestinalis (Asc. & Ratke). Ostergren 1896: Zur Kenntniss der Synallactinae p. 347-351. Perrier 1902: Holothuries, Travailleur et Talisman, p. 301-307, textfigs. 1-2, PI. XVI. figs. 19-21. Mortensen 1927: British Echinoderms p. 381, figs. 225 & 22X3. ?Deichmann 1930: Holothurians of the Atlantic Ocean p. 91-95, PI. 6, figs. 9-10. Locality: 63°21' N. 25°25' W. "Ingolf" St. 85, 320 m 1 spec. The specimen is a fairly typical intestinalis, which differs from the common .specimens only in having two polian vesicles. The examination of the large collection of intesliiui.lis in the museum shows, however, that no other specimen has more than one polian vesicle, so the presence of two in the "Ingolf" specimen is an i in li vidua 1 abnormality. The examination of the caleari s deposits shows that the ventral tables are rather small, measuring lint 70 100 fi in diameter (cf. textfig. G 3-5) and supplied with only a single circle of large perforations, usually 8. The dorsal plates are, how- ever, double the size, measuring 150 170 11 in diameter, and they are supplied with many more perforations, as besides the eight large primary and secondary holes they have a number of On basis of these collections from varying localities including the "Ingolf" St. 85, Bergen, and Gullmar Fjord and of sizes varying from 1 cm to 15 cm, it appears that the real characteristics of intestinalis are: Tube-feet scattered all over the body, those ventrally quite minute to microscopic, but always present, issuing from the impaired radial canal. Those along the paired ambulacra larger than the others notably along the ventro-lateral ambulacra which form a real fringe along the sides of the body. Calcareous deposits of the body wall only tables in one layer, those of the dorsal side being the largest and often supplied with several circles of perforations. Spire relatively low with one trans- verse beam and a very regularly shaped crown (textfig. 6 6-7). Calcareous deposits of tube-feel normal tables, often ol some- what varying shape, but never "reduced tables". Remarks: Mesothuria intestinalis is recorded from widely separated localities, but as DEICHMANN also states in 1930, many of the older records are not reliable, since intestinalis i< often con- founded with other species, especially verrilli. M . intestinalis, sensu stricto, is at present known from the Scandinavian coasts where it lives in fairly shallow water (abt. 40 111) to the deep water around northern Gr. Britain anil the Faroes. Further, Perrier records intestinalis from deep water off the Acmes, and according to his description anil figures there is no reason to doubt hisdeterm111.it ion. In L930 Deichmann recorded intestinalis from the West Indies, and I quite agree with her that it 1- not easy to believe that the typical Scandinavian intestinalis really occours in the West Indies. Deichmann's description and figures agree, however, so well with Scandinavian specimens that, like Deichmann, I am quite unable to see auv difference. On the other hand, the fact that intestinalis is able to live m quite littoral as well as In abyssal depths enables it to have a wide distribution. HOLOTHURIOIDEA Mesothuria (Mesothuria) maroccana Perrier. .-, 1902: Holothuries, Travailleur et Talisman, p. 312-317, PL X\ I. figs. 32 35. •imaim 1930: Holothurians of the Atlantic Ocean p. 97-98, textfigs. 1 2, PI. VII. figs. 2 7. Loca lit it's: 61 14' X. 30 29' \V. "Ingolf" St. 18, 2137 m, temp. 3° .0 1 - 61°32' N. 13 W W. "Ingolf" St. 17. 1789 m, temp. 3°.23 1 61°33'X. 19°00'W. "Ingolf" St. 65, 2051 m, temp. 3° .0 15 60°50' X. 26 50' W. "Ingolf" St. 76, 1518 m, temp. 4°.l 1 bulaera are fairly large and are placed in two double rows along each side. There are 20 tentacles (directly counted), one polian vesicle and a single stone canal. The calcareous ring is well developed, but the connection between the single pieces is very loose (text- fig. 7i). The calcareous deposits of the body wall (textfig. 7) are ex- clusively triradiate tables with six large meshes and a high spire which is supplied with three long bifurcate teeth. In a number of tables the points of these ramifications bear a few other minute points. The deposits of the tube-feet (text fig. 7 5) are partly normal ,. Mesothuria 1 .1/ ita. 1. calcareous ring. X 10. 2, table of the body wall. 3, spin' of table. 4, crown of a peculiar spire. seen from above. 5, reduced table. 6, terminal plate. 2-6 X 300. All these specimens are so characteristic that there can be no doubt as to their determination. The shape of the tables, which is quite constant, the very large lateral tube-feet and the constantly brown color, make it easy to recognise this species. Mesothuria ma was originally described from off Mo- rocco, and Deichmaxx showed that it is fairly commen in Wesi Indian waters. The present "Ingolf" records further show that it is not confined to the warm area of the Atlantic for which reason it may be supposed to have a wide distribution in the abyssal Atlantic, and most likely also in the southern part of the Indo-Pacific. Here it meets Theel's Rolothuria m urrayi with which ^rees so well that I am not able to see any difference between the two species. I should certainly prefer to refer Perrier's M. 1. ■ to Theel's .1/. murrayi, but since Deichmaxx. who had both species for comparison, maintains that they are really different it will be better for the present to keep them separate. Mesothuria (Mesothuria?) bifurcata Herouard. Herouard 1906: Holothuries. "Belgica", p. 4, PI. II, fig. 3. Locality: 61 11' V 30 29' W. ••Ingolf" St. 18, 2337 m. temp.3°.0.. 1 spec The single specimen collected measures 5.8 cm in length and m in diameter. It is nearly cylindrical, and its color is grey. The tube-feet are well developed and are s< attered over the ter part of the body wall, only the ventral side is quite without any ambulacra! appendages. Those along the ventro-lateral am- tables (in the proximal part) and partly very reduced ones, placed more distallv. In the sucking discs there are large polypore terminal plates, and in the tentacles there are simple, curved, faintly spiny, rods. The specimen differs in the shape of the tables from all known species of Mesothuria except M. bifurcata Herouard, with which spei ies it agrees strikingly well. However, Herouard has not described the type-specimen (which is very small) quite satis- factorily, so there may be some faint doubt as to the deter- mination. The presence of this species in the "Ingolf" collections is very interesting since only one specimen has hitherto been found from 711-1' S . 89 11' W., i.e. the antarctic area of the Pacific. Mesothuria (Penichrothuria) cathedralis Heeling. Mesothuria (Allantis) cathedralis Heeling 1910: Deutsche Tiefsec- Expedition p. 338-310, textfig. 5. Mesothuria (Allantis) candelabri Heeling 1940: Op. cit. p. 331-335, textfig. 3. Locality: 61 11' X. 30°29' \V. "Ingolf St. 18, 2137 m, temp. 3°.0 2 fragm. The two fragments present, which most likely are of the same specimen, measure 3 cm and 1.8 cm in length i. e. about 5 cm for the whole specimen. The color is a pale yellow, the mouth is subventral, and the anus is terminal. The tube feet are distributed all over the body, with the large lateral ones in a broad row. The ventral tube-feet are very small. HOl.OTIirUlull.l \ 9 Tlie deposits arc fairly regular tables measuring from 100 M . cathedralis has a fairly wide distribution in the Atlantii 151)// in diameter (textfig. 8). The smaller plates (i. e. by far the being found in 3° N. 5 K, 21 N. 17 W. and 61 N. 29 W in greater part of them) have hut eight perforations, others have a really deep water, in all localities at temperatures <>f abt. ■'! < second circle of smaller holes, and a few are fully developed with 1 2 5 Textfig. 8. Mesothuria (Penichrothuria) cathedralis. 1. polypore plate. :.'. spire. •';. normal plate. /. reduced table. .;, terminal plate. ■ 300. 8 inner and S outer large holes of which the primary ones (the inner) are almost angular. The spires (textfig. 8 2) are like the plates fairly regularly built, and measure about 150 fi, on a plate with a diameter of about 100 ft. The crown is supplied with four (in triradiate plates three) long spiny arms. In the tube-feet there are "reduced tables" (textfig. 8 4). It seems at first sight that the present specimen may represent a new species, but the large plates resemble so closely those of M . cathedralis Heding, that I am convinced that it is a juvenile specimen of this latter. This further shows that the "Valdivia" specimens which I Mesothuria (Zygothuria) lactea lactea (Theel). Zygothuria lactea Perrier 1902: Bolothuries, Travailleur el Talisman, p. 322 327, PI. XVII, figs. I 10. Zygothuria lactea v. oxysclera Perrier 1902: Op. cit. p. 323. Mesothuria lactea Herouard 1923: Holothuries prov. des camp. des Yachts l'r. Alice & Hirondelle II p. 13-15. Mesothuria lactea Mortensen 1927: British Echinoderms p. 382-83, fig. 227. Zygothuria lactea Deichmann 1930: Holothurians of the Atlantic Ocean p. 108 111, PI. VIII, tigs. 8-9. 2 :i Textfig. 9. Mesothuria (Zygothuria) lactea. I. normal plate. 2. normal spire. ■">, singlc-spincd spire. /. reduced table ■ 300. determined as M.candelabri Herouard in 1940 cannot be that Mesothuria (Zygothuria) lactea lactea Heding 1940: Holothurieil species, but must also be specimens of cathedralis. der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition II p. 126 127. textfig. 7 3. As the specimen at hand has a quite regular crown we may suppose that the characteristic appearance of the spires in the Localities: type specimens of cathedralis is due to a variation in the shape 62 \ 21 36' \Y. "Ingulf" St. Id. 1591 in. •"> .•"> < ' II spec. of the spicules in correlation with the age of the specimen. 62 10' N. 19°05' W. "Ingolf" St. 63, 1506 m, I .0 C. . . . ■'! ■> 10 HOLOTHURIOIDEA The specimens arc all rather large, measuring abt. 10 X 5 cm, and are unusually well preserved. They are not so flat as is usually stated, being more like a loose sac with a flat underside. The marginal fringe though not very distinct, is, however, present in the posterior third of all the specimens. It is often stated that lactea normally has the dorsal side devoid of tube-feet, only now and then a single one being found; the examination of these specimens shows that they all have a row of small tube-feet along each of the dorsal ambulacra with the tube-feet placed about one cm from each other. As these tube-feet are rather small, and the specimens of lactea are usually rather poorly preserved, I think that the presence of dorsal tube- feet along the ambulacra may be regarded as a characteristic feature of the species. Along each of the ventrolateral ambulacra, ventrally to the marginal fringe, there are some large tube-feet arranged in a row. Except for these lateral tube-feet the ventral side is totally devoid of any water vascular appendages. The calcareous deposits of the body wall are large slender tables with six meshes and three very long arms on the crown (textfig. 9). These tables vary much in shape, since the normal hexagonal plates may lie nearly circular and supplied with some additional pores, and the length of the spines or arms on the crown may vary from half to more than double the length of the spire itself. Further in the same specimen the number of spines varies from three to one, and in the latter case the spine may be either somewhat laterally directed or terminal. In the tube-feet there are some few short and thick staves, a rather rudimentary terminal plate, and a great number of more or less reduced tables, of which those from the terminal third of the tube-feet are but slender rods with a blunt and irregular base (textfig. 9 i). Contrary to the arrangement of the real rods which lie parallel to the surface, these reduced tables are placed vertically to the surface of the tube-feet. M. (Zygothuria) lactea lactea is distributed throughout the deeper waters of the Atlantic and is recorded by Theel from the eastern part of the Pacific. In my report on the "Valdivia" holo- thurians. I have shown that the specimens of lactea found in the Indian Ocean represent a separate form, described as lactea spinosa. It may be supposed that Theel's specimens from the Pacific would be spinosa or another independent form, which agrees fairly well with the fact that Theel's Pacific specimens apparently have somewhat larger tables. As is seen from the present specimens, the size of Theel's tables lies within the limits of variation of the tables in a single specimen, and I have no doubt that they are really lactea lactea.. In 1930 Deichmann described a Zygothuria sp. which she regards as a separate species. I have compared her description carefully with my specimens and am convinced that it is the same species. Also Perrier's var. oxysclera must be regarded as a typical lactea lactea, as single-spined tables, as seen from my specimens, are a common feature, which does not, within this subgenus, justify any classificatory distinction. Genug Bathyplotes Ostergren. Ostergren 1896: Zur Kenntnis der Subfamilie Synallactinae etc. p. 351. Heding 1940: Die Holothurien der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition II p. 342. When Ostergren established the genus Bathyplotes in 1896 with the genotype Stiehopus natans Sars, he referred a further two species to it, viz. Stiehopus tizardi Theel, and the new species Bathyplotes fallax. Since then a fairly large number of species have been referred to the genus Bathyplotes, in the description of which I he characters used by Ostergren in 1896 for separating his three species, i. e. the distribution of the ventral tube-feet and the shape of the calcareous deposits, are regarded as the main specific characters within the genus Bathyplotes. When Mortensen, as the result of his examinations of a large collection of Bathyplotes from Bergen, showed that there were good reasons for regarding the named three species as synonyms, Deichmann could partly follow him in this, as she, in 1930, (Atlantic Holothurians p. 100) referred tizardi and fallax to natans, and stated that they were both good varieties of that species. The present collections, in connection with those of Bathyplotes in the Zoological Museum (including the material used by Dr. Mortensen), have afforded a good opportunity for taking up this problem again for a critical revision. The result of these studies is to confirm Dr. Mortensen in regarding Ostergren's three species as synonyms, and also that the shape of the calcareous deposits is certainly a valid character for separating species within the genus, but that the greatest attention must be paid to the part of the body wall from which the deposits to be described are taken. There seems to be, in natans, as well in the new form described below, one typical form of table in the body wall proper, in the area which I name the "shoulder"; this is nearly identical with that found in the real dorsal side i. e. the unpaired interambulacrum. Quite another and much more robust form is found in the posterior part of the dorsal side, and in the descriptions I shall mention these deposits as the "posterior". Usually the deposits of the ventral side are quite different from the others, but also here there are two areas with different deposits, the marginal part, in which the deposits often, even in the anteriormost part, perfectly resemble the "posterior" ones, and the medial part, where the deposits are usually specific, or in other cases fairly like the "shoulder" deposits. Beside these different forms of tables there are some very high and slender ones in the ambulacral appendages, of which those from the large dorsal papillae are the most charac- teristic. Further there are numerous C-shaped deposits in the cartilaginous-like layers of the body wall. In the tentacles as well as in the tube-feet and the papillae there are spiny staves more or less bent, but these, as well as the C-shaped deposits, do not seem to be of any use in classification. It is stated that terminal plates are lacking in the genus Bathyplotes and real terminal plates I have never seen, but generally there are some large polypore plates in the sucking discs. In brief, a description which shows only some few or a single deposit without stating exactly from where it originates, is of no use. A good description must show tables from at least three different parts of the body; for the comparison of such descrip- tions I prefer always to describe and figure tables from 1) the "shoulder" 2) the dorsal pygal area i. e. the "posterior" tables 3) the ventral midline and 4) from one of the anterior dorsal papillae, though this last group does not, at present, seem to be of much classificatory use. Mortensen certainly is right in stating that the distribution of the ventral tube-feet cannot be of much use in classification, since it may vary much in specimens from a single locality, and the exact shap>e of the deposits in nearly all the older descriptions is always doubtful. Thus one must regard with much doubt the validity of many species which were hitherto described as Bathyplotes. Of these 27 species (listed in my report on the German Deep- Sea Expedition Op. cit.) 16 cannot in reality be separated from natans, and only 10 can be separated from it with certainty, though at present it cannot be said how many of these are synonyms. This is of course of interest in any discussion of the distribution of these species, and therefore that of natans. Bathyplotes natans is frequently recorded from the North Atlantic, especially along the Norwegian coast. Deichmann re- cords it in 1930 from the West Indies, and under the name tizardi it is even recorded from Japan (Mitsukuri: Studies in Actinopo- dous Holothurians p. 35-40). I conclude that we must, at present, HOLOTHURIOIDEA 11 Textfig. 10. % Bathyplotes natans (Sars). _"\ Bathyplotes heteroctylides n. sp. disregard all these foreign records, even those of Koehlee and Bathyplotes natans (Sars). Perrier from the south-eastern Atlantic, and only state that natans is distributed with certainty along the coasts of England, Bathyplotes natans Ostergren 1896: Zur Kenntniss der Subfamilie Iceland, and Norway in fairly deep waters, (textfig. 10). I have how- Svnallactinae p. 352. ever no doubt that many of the different species of Bathyplotes Bathyplotes tizardi (Theel) Ostergren 1896: Op. cit. p. 354. described from foreign localities are, in reality, true natans, which Bathyplotes fallax n. sp. Ostergren 1896: Op. cit. p. 355. species certainly will prove to have a world wide distribution, Cf. Mortensen 1927: British Echinoderms p. 384 as in the case of Laetmogone violacea. Deichmann 1030: Atlantic Holothurians p. 100. a v Textfig. 11. Bathyplotes natans, calcareous deposits. ■ 300. / and .'. from the papillae. 3 5, from the anterior pari of the dorsal side (the "shoulder"). 6 10, from the mid-line of the ventral side. 12 H0L0THURI01DEA Localities: 64 IV \. 27 20' W. "Ingolf" St. 89, 581m, 8°.4C 1 spec. 19 23' N. 9°35' W. "Thor" St. 74, 9/6-06, 1200 m 1 ,11 L5' N. 9 35' W. "Thor" St. 99, " 5-04, 900 m 4 18' W. -'Thor" St. 166, !* 7-03, 957 m 4 Besides these, several specimens from Bergen and Lofoten are examined. The specimens before me are all fairly large, measuring 10- 15 cm in length, but only the specimens from Bergen are satis- factorily preserved. The others have the exterior layer of the body wall more or Diagnosis: Synallactide Holothurians with paired gonads and strongly reduced, even lacking, calcareous ring. Tentacles 18. Calcareous deposits resembling those of B. nutans but usually having the spires supplied with six or more columns instead of the four usual in the genus. Type specimen: The large specimen from "Ingolf" St. 73, in the Zoological Museum of Copenhagen. Description: The type specimen measures 10cm in length, 3 cm in width and 2 cm in height. The mouth is ventral and the anus is dorsal. It is pale greyish yellow, and has dorsally, besides two rows of large ambulacral papillae, some few smaller papillae irregularly scattered. Along the sides there are two rows of lateral Textfig. 12. Socalled "large tables" from the posterior end of the dorsal side. X 300. / and 2, Bathyplotes natans. 3—5, Bathy plates heterostylides. less worn off. There are, however, in most of the specimens suf- ficient portions of skin left for a safe identification. As stated above the examination of these specimens has thrown light on the variation of the shape of the calcareous de- posits. It is true that the shape of the deposits is fairly constant from one specimen to another, but within the individual it varies quite perplexingly corresponding to the different parts of the body surface. As nobody has previously taken this into con- sideration when classifying specimens of Bathyplotes, a few typical figures of deposits from 1) the "shoulder", 2) the dorso-posterior area, 3) the midventral area, 4) the large dorsal papillae (text- fig. 11), are given. The examination of the anatomy of the specimens shows 20 tentacles, a faint but well developed calcareous ring, a single polian vesicle, and two tufts of dichotomously branched gonads. The stone canal is' large and the madreporite is quite or often only partly buried in the body wall. The respiratory trees are well developed with a single base and small lobes on one side. An outer genital papilla is totally lacking. The distribution of Bathyplotes nutans has been given on p. 11 in textfig. 10. Bathyplotes heterostylides n. sp. Loca lities: 62°58' N. 23°28' W. "Ingolf" St. 73, 915 m, 5°.5 C 2 spec. 59°28' N. 8°01' W. "Michael Sars" St. 76, 12/8-02, 1300 m 6 - papillae, not the single distinct row of large papillae along the margin of the ventral side, which is so characteristic of B. nutans and several of the other species of Bathyplotes. Ventrally there are two rows of tube-feet along each side, but midventrally there are no tube-feet at all. Over the mouth there are some irregularly arranged papillae. There are 18 tentacles in both the type and cotype, and the calcareous ring is much reduced and only visible in a transverse section. There are no tentacle ampullae, but one large polian vesicle and one stone canal with a free madreporite, which is not — as in B. natans — buried in the body wall. The gonads are paired, and consist of numerous dichotomously branched tubes. At the base of these tubes, which include small but nearly ripe eggs, there are some small rudimentary thread-like tubes. The gonoduct opens into the dorsal interambulacrum with a rather large longitudinal slit, and is without any trace of genital papilla. The respiratory organs are small and supplied with a common stem. They are simple tube-shaped organs with some low lobes on one side. The left one also has a small branch close to the base. The longitudinal muscles are undivided. The calcareous deposits of the "shoulder" (textfig. 13 3-12) usually consist of four-armed tables with one to three pores in each arm. Now and then two of the arms are united by a rod. The spires consist in the simplest case of four columns, but normally there are six, and then the shape of the spire is somewhat irregular. Ventrally the deposits of the middle part, i. e. along the unpaired ambulacrum, which normally forms a longitudinal furrow, have HOLOTIIURIOIDEA 13 the plates smaller, with the arms fairly often united to circular plates with four large holes and four to twelve small s. In the posterior part of the dorsal side of the body, the tables are more than twice as large as in the anterior part. They are normally four-armed with seven boles in tl nds of each arm, but often the arms are united to a large polypore plate. The spires (textfig. 12) are low and irregularly shaped, thus differing clearly from the corresponding spires in B. natans (textfig. 12 1-2). In the dorsal papillae there are some very high tallies (text- fig. 13 1-2). The base of these is either four short arms, each with a single perforation in the ends, or ringshaped plates. B . hexastylides differs definitely from all other species of Ba- thyplotes in having more than four pillars in the spires. At first I supposed that these specimens were only abnormal specimens of />'. natans, since normal four-pillared tables may also be found, but the presence of the characteristic tables appears to be typical. The specific difference from B. natans is also confirmed by the presence of only 18 tentacles and by the different shape of the large posterior tables as well as that of the general appear of the body. There is no doubt that we have here a valid and independent form of Bathyplotes. Textfig. 13. Bathyplotes heterostylides, calcareous deposits. • 300. / and 2, from a papilla. 3-12, from the shoulder. 13-16, from the midline of the ventral side. Ordo Elasipoda. Family Laetmogonidae. Genus Laetmogone Theel. Laetmogone violacea Theel. Laetmogone violacea Mitsukuri 1912: Actinopodous Holothurioidea p. 192-198, PI. VI, figs. 52-54, textfig. 36. Laetmogone violacea Deichmann 1930: Holothurians of the At- lantic Ocean p. 120. Localities: 63°56' N. 24°40' W. "Ingolf St. 8, 256 m, 6°.0 C 1 spec. 66°35' N. 56°38' W. "Ingolf St. 32, 599 m, 3°.9 C 1 59°28' N. 8°01' W. "Michael Sars" St. 76, 1293 m 42 61°08' N. 9°36' W. "Michael Sars" St, 79, 847 m 3 spec. 64°13' N. 27°30' W. "Thor" St. 119, u/6-03, 828 m ... . 6 61°07' N. 9°30' W, "Thor" St, 78, 12/5-04, 835 m 10 61°15' N. 9°35' W. "Thor" St. 99, 22/5-04, 900 m 2 49°23' N. 12°13' W. "Thor" St. 74, 9/6-06, 1220 m 5 63°17 N. 52°02' W. "Tjalfe" St. 437, 10/6-09, 700-1055 m 2 66°37' N. 50°37' W. "Dana" St. 2346, 22/6-25, 450 m. . . 1 All these specimens have been carefully examined, and as far as I am able to see they are all referable to L. violacea Theel. There appears to be a very faint difference between the North Atlantic specimens and those from Greenland, as the latter have one or two more papillae along the sides and have more regularly Textfig. 14. Laetmogone violacea Theel. HOLOTIIURIOIDEA 15 five-radiate crosses, whereas the other specimens have regularly four-radiate ones. These features are, however, so slight that they cannot l>e used for any reasonable distinction between two forms, but as they strongly resemble the corresponding features within Elpiilin (see p. 17-18) they appear to be of no small interest. All the specimens (litter definitely from L. wyville-thomsoni as they have It papillae along each side and abt. 20-35 papillae along each of the dorsal ambulacra. As to the distribution, this species is usually collected between the Faroes and Scotland and often in large numbers. This is also the fact with the "Michael Sars" station. Further it lias I n taken by the "Thor" off Reykjavik and S. W. of Ireland, and by the "Ingolf" and "Tjalfe" in Davis Strait. It is astonishing that L. violacea was not taken m several of the "Ingolf" stations as well in the Godthaab stations, and this indicates that it is in the northern Atlantic hound to the limit between the shelf and the abyssal region cf. textfig. 11. L. violacea appears to be a eosmopolitic species, originating from the Indo-Pacific and often found in depths of between 500 an 1000 in. Up to now it has not been found in the Arctic regions, and in the Atlantic it appears not to be able to cross the ridges between the Faroes and Iceland, between Iceland and Greenland and between Greenland and Canada. Genus Benthogone Koehler. Benthogone quadrilineata Perrier. Benthogone rosea v. 4-lineata Perrier 1902: Holothuries, vailleur et Talisman, p. 401, PI. XIV, figs. 1 2. Benthogone quadrilineata I If ding 1940: Die Holothurien Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition p. 369. Tra Locality: 49°25' N. 12°20' W. 'Th St. 93, 25/6-05, 1330-1440 m 2 spec. This species was not taken by the "Ingolf" Expedition. Tin- two specimens at hand arc typical specimens of quadrilineata, which species, as shown in the Holothurians of the German Deep- Sea expedition, must be regarded as different from H. rosea Koehler. This record of "Thor" is, for the present, the most northern one for B. quadrilineata. It has previously been taken off the Irish coast by the "Helga", but was recorded as B. rosea. However, a specimen of the "Helga" collection reeieved from Dr. Stkllfox definitely shows that it is not rosea but quadrilineata. Genus Benthodytes Theel. .,■/ Benthodytes janthina v. Marenzeller Benthodytes janthina v. Marenzeller 1893: Contribution a l'etude des Holothuries de l'Atlantique Nord p. 10, PI. I, fig. 3 & PI. II, fig. 4. Benthodytes janthina Heding 1940: Die Holothurien der Deut- schen Tiefsee-Expedition p. 368. L o c a 1 i t y : 58 20' X. 40°48'W. "Ingolf" St. 20, 3192 m, 1°.5 C. 1 spec. This 1 in mm long specimen, agrees with B. janthina almost perfectly, but for a slight difference in the number of the papillae. In the type there are two large — two to four small large two distant small — one large, papillae on each side. In the present specimen there are no papillae present, but the examination of the inner side of the body wall shows that there have been three of diminshing size one large three diminishing — two diminishing one large. This difference can reasonably be regarded as within the individual variation, but as lontr as the limits of this variation are not known, and the specimen is fi a locality so differenl from the other known, it might to be men tioned. Grieg records (1921 Echinodermata of "Michael Sars" p. 11) B. janthina from the Bay of Biscay in 1700 m. The present find of this species from "Ingolf" St . 20 shows that it may be distributed all over the Northern Atlantic. Benthodytes lingua 1! Perriei Perrier 1902: Holothuries, Travailleur et Talisman, p. 156 PI. XII, ties. 1 2, PL XXI, tigs. I 9. Deichmann 1930: Holothurians of the Atlantic Ocean p. 121. Heding I9K): Die Holothurien der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedi i p. 368. Locality: til It' X. 30 29' W. "Ingolf" St. 18, 2137 in. 3 .OC. I sj„.r. This specimen, which is abt. 70 mm long, and very gelatinous, appears to be a typical B. lingua. Certainly, the dorsal papillae arc not well preserved, but the characteristic calcareous deposits leave no doubt as to the identification of the speci n. This "Ingolf" record is much more northern than usual, as B. lingua is hitherto recorded from its type locality off Morocco, and from several localities in the West Indies and along the New England coast. (ion us Euphronides Theel. Euphronides talismani II. Perrier Deichmann 1930: Holothurians of the Atlantic Ocean p. 129. Localities: 64°34'N. 31'12'W. "Ingolf" St. II. 2448 m, I .6 C. 61°44'N. Mo 29' W. "Ingolf" St. IS, 2137 in, 3 .0 C. 62 57' X. 19 58' W. "Thor" St. 166, 957 m I spec 23 3 The specimens before me were previously determined by E. Deichmann as Euphronides talismani R. Perrier, and certainly nothing of importance except the locality is against this determination. They are from fairly northern localities, and in fact the small specimens from "Ingolf" St. IS differ somewhat from the typical form. These speci mens measure from two to six cm in length, but on a little label it is stated that they are contracted to half their size. The deposits of these specimens (textfig. 15) are characteristic in being of varying size and in having unusually long central processes. These differences are, however, most likely due to the small size of the specimens, and 1 quite agree with Deichmann that these specimens are most naturally to be referred to E. talismani. The three specimens from "Thor" St. 166 differ from the others in being larger, more distinctly red. ami quite especially in being from a depth less than IOOO in. Euphronides violacea I! Perrier. Deichmann 1930: Op. cit. p. 128. Loca lit ies: 62°00'N. 22°38'W. "Ingolf" St.39, 1629 m, 2 .9 C I spec. 62°25'N. 28°30'W. "Ingolf" St. 83, 1717 m. I .10 I 16 HOLOTHURIOIDEA Euphronides violacea is previously recorded from the coast of Morocco and between the Azores and Europe. Further it is re- corded by Deichmann from Bequia and Gulf of Mexico. The comparison of these localities with those of the "Tngolf" is very interesting, as it shows that this species is distributed over all the abyssal part of the Atlantic. The two specimens at hand are determinated by Deichmaxn as E. violacea, anil I admit that they have rather few ventral deposits, which are furthermore not so spinous as the ventral deposits of the specimens determined as E. talismani. Indeed, were these two specimens not determinated as violacea by Dr. Deichmann I would certainly have referred them to the same species as the other "Ingolf" Euphronides i. e. to E. talismani, and I am not at all certain that these two species are in reality specifically different. Textfig. 15. Euphronides talismani, calcareous deposits of the dorsal side of a small specimen (abfc. 2 cm long). X 110. Family Elpidiidae. Subfamily Elpidiinae Ekmann. Genus Elpidia Theel. In his large study on the family Elpidiidae in 1923 (Holothuries provenant des campagnes des Yachts Princesse Alice et Hiron- delle II p. 42-83) Herouard has shown that the genus Elpidia for the present must be regarded as monotypic, as all the dif- ferent species previously referred to it must lie placed in various genera. Further Herouard has shown that the number and ar- rangement of papillae within the whole family is of the greatest value for its classification. Therefore it was thought useful to undertake a closer study of the variation within the present fairly large collection of El- pidia glacialis containing more than five hundred specimens collected by the "Ingolf" and the "Godthaab", and indeed the results have shown that the specimens from Baffin Bay may be regarded as survivor's now developing into an endemic species. The material measured, in all of which the papillae are counted, consists <>f 554 well preserved specimens. Of these 322 were col- lected by the "Ingulf" in the fairly deep water between Iceland and Jan Mayen, and the others by the "Godthaab" in Baffin Bay and adjacent waters. Of these latter 86 specimens are from fairly deep water, about 2000 m, and 146 are from less than 900 m, from localities close to the shore. In reality these 146 specimens differ strikingly from the others, and must be regarded as an independent form, variety or species. It is usually stated that the number of ventro-lateral papillae in E. glacialis is 4—6 along each side, so it was rather perplexing to find that of the 322 specimens from the "Ingolf" all but one had four papillae along each side, and this one had four and three, being obviously abnormal. The variation in number of lateral papillae in specimens from the North Atlantic is consequently close to zero. In the specimens from Baffin Bay, however, there is a fairly clear variation, as some specimens have four pairs of papillae and others five, but the variation is closely, though not completely, correlated with the localities of the specimens, and there are, further, some few specimens with more than five pa- pillae along each side. In the material from the different "Godthaab"-stations the numbers are as follow: HOLOTHl'RIOIKEA 17 4 pairs .i pairs ) ;. SI 2 0 •_> 59 1 5 67 4 0 9 i) station depth 54 1880 m 144 733 in 14.3 685 in 119 610 m From this it is seen that the normal number of ventro -lateral papillae in the material from the deep station (1880 m) is four on each side, only two have five. In the other stations there are, however, normally five papillae, but in seven specimens there are not more than four, the few specimens with different numbers on the two sides. I suppose are abnormal, like the one from the "Ingolf" material lacking one papilla, i. e. they may really be regarded as specimens with five papillae along each side. It seems likely that this difference in number of papillae is occasioned by the different sizes of the specimens, and indeed in comparing the size of the "Ingolf" specimens with 4 pairs of papillae (average length (M) 20.8 mm) with that of the "Godt- haab" specimens with five pairs of papillae (M = 29.1 mm) it appears natural to believe that the number of papillae increases with the size of the specimens, as Mortensen did in describing these specimens in the "Godthaab" report. Comparing the specimens from the "Godthaab" St. 54 with four pairs of papillae, with those from the stations 143 and I I I (which may be regarded as a single station) it is found that it is the largest specimens which have but four pairs of papillae, and consequently the larger number of papillae in the specimens from "Godthaab" St. [43 Ml cannot here be correlated with the size of the specimens. A closer study of the sizes of the specimens shows that they fall into four different groups, of which, however, the specimens from "Godthaab" St. 119 represent the largest, but as it docs not consist of more than 9 specimens this group is left out of the study. All the specimens are measured in mm, and the measure- ments are given in textfig. Hi. As already shown on p. 16 all the specimens from the "Ingolf" may lie considered as a single population, as in the ease of the two "Godthaab" stations St. 11.3 and 144, whereas (lie material from "Godthaab" St. 54 represents a group by itself. From the figure it appears that the specimens from the "Ingolf" are the smallest, with the average size 20.8 mm, and those from the "Godthaab" St. 54 are the largest having the average size 34.0 mm. Fairly close to these are the other "Godthaab" specimens with the average size 29.1 mm. From the figure (textfig. 16) it also appears that measurements of the "Ingolf" specimens give an asymetrical curve lacking many of the small ones. This is not so pronounced in the collec- tions from the "Godthaab". This indicates that we cannot rely upon the lower limits of the material as it seems likely that a part of the small specimens may have escaped through the meshes of the trawl, for which reason we can compare safely only the right hand halves of the curves. Even if we suppose that many of the smaller specimens have escaped in this way, which is not at all certain, it is evident that the "Godthaab" material is larger than the "Ingolf" material, and that the two groups from the "Godthaab" are of different sizes. Superficially, it would appear to be safe to regard the specimens from tin' "Godthaab" St. 54 with four pairs of ventro-lateral papillae as belonging to quite the same form as those taken by the "Ingolf", being only somewhat larger, perhaps on account of more food or other conditions in Baffin Bay. A closer study of the dorsal papillae, however, shows that it is not so simple as this. The table II p. 18 shows how these dorsal papillae may be arranged. They are always placed in two longitudinal rows, one along each of the dorsal ambulacra, and arc divided into two groups, an anterior (nuchal) group, and a posterior (pygal) group. Now and then, however, a lew extra papillae arc found on that part of the dorsal -ale lying between the two named areas, and in the table these papillae are reckoned as pygal, as they are normally distinctly separated from the nuchal group. Normally these dorsal papillae arc. as stated, paired, and in the table this is shown by giving the two sides an equal number e.g. 2 2 or 3-3. When tlerc are differenl numbers of papillae on the two Number oi Specimens. Textfig. HI. Elpidia glacinlis, diagrams showing the variation in size anil number of the three populations studied. sides, this is indicated by two different figures e. g •"■ I or J 5 In the upper part of tin' table is shown how many per cent, of the specimens which have the nuchal papillae arranged in tic way indicated by the figures above, without mentioning which of these numbers refer to tin' left or the right side. In the lower part of the table are the corresponding figures for the posterior papillae. From this table it appears that both the "Ingolf" specimens ami tho.se from the "Godthaab" St. 54 have normally 3 3 nuchal papillae, as shown by the framed figures, and (hat the specimens from the two other "Godthaab" stations have normally I 1 nuchal papillae. There arc. however, in the "Ingolf" specimens abt. 38 °/0 which have a smaller number of nuchal papillae, and only I.I " „ with more, and this I.I " (1 has only I extra (3 1). In the "Godthaab" St. 54, the percentage oi specimens with 3 3 nuchal papillae is much larger and here are another 9.5 °/0 with more papillae. In the specimens from "Godthaab" St. 113 111 there 3 18 HOLOTHURIOIDEA Length in mm 7 Table I. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 "Ingolf" St. 96 St. 104 1 2 0 0 1 3 0 1 5 St. 112 1 St. 113 1 St. 117 12 2 4 3 8 St. 118 4 1 0 10 11 11 3 5 1 1 3 0 4 9 5 1 1 2 10 14 3 5 3 1 0 1 3 13 6 16 14 3 4 5 4 2 5 7 5 1 St. 120 1 2 0 2 all stations 1 2 1 3 3 7 4 13 26 14 25 38 27 31 27 33 32 14 18 7 •Godthaab" St. 54 1 'Godthaab" St. 119 St. 143 1 0 2 4 9 16 7 St. 144 1 0 0 1 1 2 4 7 6 4 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 5 5 2 4 9 0 0 4 4 2 0 0 0 0 4 0 5 2 0 0 5 1 0 8 10 13 0 0 10 0 0 1 1 4 1 4 11 11 0 St. 143+144 1 0 0 1 2 2 6 11 14 20 13 12 14 7 15 4 3 4 2 8 12 7 are indeed 15.4 °/0 of the specimens with 3-3 nuchal papillae but 17.1 °/0 have more than 4-4 nuchal papillae. Thus the number of the nuchal papillae gradually increases from the sea north of Iceland over the deeper part of Baffin Bay to the shallower water along the coasts, whereas the number of four or five ventro-lateral papillae cannot be regarded as being of specific value. This conclusion is strengthened when the lower part of the table is studied. The normal number of pygal papillae is, in all three groups, 1-1, but there are many variations, and these definitely show numbers increasing in the same way as those of the nuchal papillae. The single specimen from "Godthaab" St. 143-144 without any pygal papillae I suppose may be regarded as an abnormality. This study of the papillae definitely shows that the number of ventro-lateral papillae, as is previously stated, varies from four to six (seven) on each side, and that the number of dorsal papillae also varies considerably, but it also shows that the variation within the local populations is fairly small and is in correlation with the geographical distribution. Why the specimens in Baffin Bay have a higher number of papillae, naturally cannot be known until much more material from different localities is available, but the few specimens from "Godthaab" St. 119 (Jones Sound) abt. 600 m, all have five ventro-lateral papillae, four nuchal, and beside one to two pairs in the pygal group also one to two pairs of intermediates, indicating a further increase of papillae toward the north. In this connection I have re-examined the specimen taken by the German Vaklivia Expedition in 24°35'.3" N. 17°4'.7" W., and found that this specimen fully agrees with the "Ingolf" specimens. 67°14' N. 08°48' W. "Ingolf" St. Ill, 1619 m, -r-0°.9 C. 1 spec. 67°57' N. 06°44' W. "Ingolf" St. 112, 2386 m, -fl°.l C. 23 69°13'N. 08°29'W. "Ingolf" St. 117, 1889 m, -f-l°.0C. 90 - 68°27' N. 08°20' W. "Ingolf St. 118, 1996 m, 1°.0 C. . 29 - 67°29' N. 11°32' W. "Ingolf" St. 120, 1666 m, 1°.0 C. . 128 - These numerous specimens are all fairly well preserved and together with the specimens collected by the "Godthaab" Ex- pedition they form very valuable material, and a rare opportunity for a statistical examination of the variation within this species. As in reality we do not know anything of the specific variation within the Elpidiidae, I have taken the opportunity to use the material for such an examination, and have studied all the various features used, or supposed to be useful, as classificatory characters. The result is that Elpidia glacialis must be regarded as a very constant species with very narrow limits for the specific variations. The shape of the calcareous deposits and the rods of the calcareous ring show some individual variation, but, except for the fact that they are larger in the larger specimens, no clear variation can be discerned. The same holds good for the tentacles and the inner anatomy. The only features which show any clear variation is the number and arrangement of the ambulacral papillae. As the variation of the papillae appears to be of interest not only for the discussion of the geographical variation of this species, but also for our consideration of the classification of the whole family, it has been thought best to give a special report on these studies in the remarks on the genus. From this report it appears that the specimens collected in Baffin Bay and adjacent waters differ slightly from the very uniform group of specimens collected in the Norwegian Sea and Arrangement of antero-dorsal papillae 0-0 0-1 All "Ingolf" stations "Godthaab" St. 54 "Godthaab" St. 143+144 Arrangement of postero-dorsal papillae 0-0 0-1 Table II. Arrangement of dorsal papillae in % of total number of specimens. 0-2 1-1 1-2 1-3 2-3 2-4 2-5 3-3 3-4 3-5 4-4 4-5 4-6 0-2 O 0 1 All "Ingolf" stations •. . 0.8% 2.7% 0.2 -/o "Godthaab" St. 54 "Godthaab" St. 143 + 144. . . . f0lT%"l 0.3% 1-3 1.2% 3.5 % 26.2% 0.9 % 2-2 1.3% 4.9% 17.8% 11.5% 5.9% 2-3 3.7 % 13.2 % 2-4 1.5% 60.9 % 85.7 %' 1.1 »/ 8.3°/ 1-1 1-2 2-5 15.4% 3-3 3-4 91.2% 70.4% 44.9 % 4.0% 18.5% 15.5% 1.2% .. 0.8 % 1.2% .. |66.7 %| 13.7% 3.4% 3-5 4-4 4-5 4-6 In fact, I have some faint doubt as to the label of this specimen, which is said to be found definitely outside the known limits of distribution of this species. Elpidia glacialis Theel. Localities: 66 2:;' X. K) 26' W. "Inuulf" St. 1<)2, 1412 m. ^0°.9 C. 12 spec. 66 23' N. 07 25' W. •'Jmrolf" St. 104, 1802 m, -r-l°.l C. 39 0.8% 0.8% adjacent waters. This difference is indeed slight but it is fairly distinct, and, in connection with the distribution of the species, it appears to be of no little interest. The numerous dredgings in the northern Atlantic which have not brought up Elpidia show that this species is, in fact, not living there, and as the depth north of Greenland cannot be regarded as great enough for such deep-sea animals as Elpidia, there does not appear to be any connection between the populations of HOLOTHURIOIDEA 19 Genus Kolga Danielssen and Koren. 42 43 44 45 40 47 48 4!) 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 51"! GO 61 62 Kolga hyalina Danielssen and Koren q J" y Mortensen 1932 : Echinoderms. The Godthaab Expedition 1928 p.43. Localities: (cf. Textfig. 18) !! '.'. '.'. '.'. '.'. '.'. '.'. '.'. y. '.'. y. ;; ;; ;; ;; ;; ;; ;; ;; ;; ;; 58°o2'n. 4o°48"w. "ingoif st. 20,3192m, i°.5c... uspec. 61°50' N. 56°21' W. "Ingolf" St. 36, 2702 m, 1°.5 C. abt. 125 '6 3 l "m= 20 8mm 60°17' N. 54°05' W. "Ingolf" St. 37, 3229 m, 1°.4 C. . . 32 M = 34 mm 07 57' N. 06°44' W. "Ingolf" St. 112, 2346 m, 1 ,0C. several 0 2 11 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 ii n ii 0 1 69°31'N.07°06'W. "Ingolf" St. 113, 2465 m, r.OC. abt. 125 67°53'N. 19°00'W. "Ingolf" St. 119, 1902 m, 1°.0 C. abt. 75 ,'i 'J " Between Jan Mayen and Iceland. "Ingolf" I.'i Elpidia in the Norwegian Sea and Baffin Bay. Thus the Baffin Bay Elpidia must lie regarded as survivors from a time where there was a free connection between the two areas. This does not concern Elpidia alone, but also a number of other deep-sea echino- derms, e. g. Trochostoma boreale. In fact, the real deep-sea Echino- derms of Baffin Bay appear to be a community separated from its area of distribution in such a way that the present author regards it as a relict fauna. This may be a matter of opinion, and especially a matter of definition ; what is, however, of the greatest interest is that these specimens do show slight differences from their allies in the Nowegian Sea and the North Atlantic, and apparently are developing into new species, better adopted to the physical conditions in the deeps of Baffin Bay. These are all typical specimens of Kolga hyalina and even the structure of the calcareous ring is identical in specimens from south of Jan Mayen and from Davis Strait. In 1032 Th. Mortexskx describes some specimens of K. hyalina from the "Godthaab" St. 51. This find was at that time rather perplexing, but as we also find /;'. glacialis north of the two ridges bounding the Atlantic, there is no reason to doubt the determin- ations. Mortensen supposes that these specimens have been able to cross the ridge off Holsteinsborg, but when these finds are compared with those of Hymenasler pellucidus, Ophiopleura borealis and Pourtalesia jeffreysi, I find it more reasonable to think that they do not cross the ridge but are distributed round the northern side of Greenland, most likely in an earlier zoological period with deeper water, as must be supposed to be the fact with Elpidia glacialis. rextfig. 17. Elpidia glacialis Theel. O Specimens with I pairs of papillae, i Specimens with 5 pairs of papillae. 20 iini.u'i in'i;i(iii>i-:.\ Textfig. 18. Kohja hyalina Dan and Kor. % "Ingoli" Stations. Q "Godthaab" Station. Subfamily Peniagoninae Ekman. Genus Peniagone Theel. Peniagone azorica v. Marenzeller. v. Marenzeller 1893: Contribution a' F etude des Holothuries de I'Atlantique Nord p. 12-13, PI. I, fig. t. PI. II, fig. 5. Grieg 1921: Echinodermata, "Michael Sars" p. 8, fig. 4. Deichmann 1930: Holothurians of the Atlantic Ocean p. 135-137. Localities: 64°34' N. 31°12' W. "Ingolf" St. 11, 2418 in, 1 .6 0. . 61°39'N. 17°10'W. "Ingolf" St. 41, 2345 m, 0 .4 0.. . 1 spec. . 3 These specimens are rather badly preserved, but they all have the greater part of the large divided veil present. The calcareous deposits appear to be rather more slender than those figured by v. Marenzeller but this must be regarded as a simple variation. Peniagone islandicus Deichmann. Deichmann 1930: Holothurians of the Atlantic Ocean p. 137. Locality: r.lll'N. 30°29'W. "Ingolf" St. IK, 2137 m, 3°.0 C 2 spec. I'imcn which These two specimens have been previously determined as a Textfig. L9. Peniagone islandicus. 2, outline of the type spei new species by Deichmann, who has mentioned it in her large 'l^.f in sfuch a S'a>', th,at th.cf (f ste'»f Ci>f be seen. The left abdominal i ' i tli .• tt i .i • ■ , . . . . . 6 papilla is torn ott. 2, deposit from the dorsal internment. 1, natural work on tlie Atlantic Holothurians, without giving any description. s;ze. o, x 110. IKH.OTIirilHMhKA 21 She has, however, in the key of the species of Peniagone, given a short bul cleai diagnosis: Veil not divided, margin only serrate, composed of three pairs of papillae, the basal pair also united to the weh. Five pairs of large pedicels and four pairs of much smaller posterior ones. Well-developed diastema. Deposits with outer projections as long as the arms and slightly stouter and more spinous, arms elegantly curved with very delicate spines, often almost smooth. The two specimens present are about t.5- 5.5 cm (tin' type) and 2-2.5 cm long. The type (textfig. 19 l) is (airly well preserved whereas the other is Imt a poor specimen. The fore-end is benl at a right angle to the main part of the body, and the regular, transversal veil is K> mm broad and abt. 7 mm high. The diastema is large, measuring 22 mm. The two first papillae are placed more ventrally and somewhat more anteriorly than the following four. The four anal pairs are small and with difficulty visible. In the co-type, however, these anal papillae are better preserved and united by a veil In both speci ns there are but eight ten tacles, and these are so well preserved and so nicely placed, that there is no possibility for more. Internal anatomy lias not been made out . The calcareous deposits (textfig. 19 2) are supplied with four large and strongly spined projections. Deichmaxn states thai the basal arms are nearly smooth. This is not so in the large deposits, as they have a rim of fine spines along their outer margin, spines of quite another form and size than those of the projections. Beside these large deposits there are many smaller ones 1 mil t quite as the large ones, only the diminuate teeth of the basal alius are in these nearly disappearing. There is no doubt that Deichmann is right in regarding these specimens as representing a new species. They are certainly closely related to P '. jerruginea Grieg, but the differences in the shape of the veil, that of the calcareous deposits, and in the number ol tentacles, are all valid reasons for separating the two species. Ordo Dendrochirota. Family Phyllophoridae. Mortensen 1927: British Echinoderms p. 408. Deichmann 1930: Holothurians of the Atlantic Ocean p. 140. Engel 1933: Resultats Scientifiques du Voyage aux Indes Orien- tals Neerlandaises, Holothuries p. 13-38. Hc.ling 1936: Echinoderms, 6. og 7. Thule Expedition p. 19-26. Deichmann 1938: Holothurians from the Western Coast of Lower California etc. p. 378. Three different genera of the family Phyllophoridae have been already recorded from the northern Atlantic, viz. Pseudocucumis — Thyonidium — Phyllophorus. Of these the genus Pseudocucumis is not recorded from the area explored by the "Ingolf", nor was it taken by this expedition. As to the two other genera Thyonidium and "Phyllophorus" there has been much discussion as to whether they should be separated or they are in reality identical. In 1930 Deichmann collected all the Phyllophoridae with more than ten tentacles in the old genus Phyllophorus, but in 1938 her extensive studies of this group resulted in the establishing of a number of well defined genera. In spite of this Deichmann is not convinced that I am right in stating that the two North Atlantic species pellucidus and commune must be referred to two different genera. The main reason for her disagreement is the fact that in 1936 when I re- established the genus Thyonidium I left the species commune in the genus Phyllophorus where Deichmann some years before had placed it, and this only because I had then neither time nor material for such extensive studies as those undertaken by Deich- mann in the following years. I quite agree with Deichmann that commune is no Phyllo- phorus sensu stricto, but I must maintain that neither can it be referred to Thyonidium. The difference in the number of ten- tacles alone is definitely against so doing, and my renewed studies based on the "Ingolf" Material have further convinced me that the number of tentacles is not a variable feature, as Deichmann supposes. Therefore it is necessary to establish a separate genus for commune Forbes, and as the present material of commune-like specimens does not show any clear difference between those from Scandinavia and the Arctic I find it beyond any doubt necessary to restablish Ayres' old, and for many years abandoned, genus Duasmodactyla for com mum'. The different problems regarding the distinction between these genera will be discussed more in detail in a separate paper: here it can only be stated that the genus Phyllophorus does not occur in the northern Atlantic, where we find, besides Pseudocucnmis, the two genera Thyonidium and Duasmodactyla. Genus Thyonidium Db. and Ivor. Thyonidium barthii (Troschel)? Heding 1936: Echinoderms, 6. and 7. Thule Expedition p. 19. Localities: Davis Strait, 66°35" N. 56°38' W. "Ingolf St. 32, 600 m 4 spec. Of the four specimens present three are only very small, measuring 3-6 mm in length, and with the tentacles only partly developed. The calcareous deposits are, however, well developed and characteristic, and agree so well with those of the larger specimen (which has its deposits slightly attacked by acid in the preserving Textfig. 20. Thyonidium barthii, "Ingolf", St. 32. expl. IV. The anterior end of the mid ventral radial, showing the insertions of the retractor muscle (r. m.) and the longitudinal muscle (1. m.) as well as the single insertion of the bifid mid-ventral radial tentacle. X 30. fluid) that there is no doubt that these four specimens all belong to the same species. The large specimen has 15 tentacles, of which the ten large are arranged in a single outer circle and the five smaller in one inner circle. Each of the small tentacles is divided into two, and one might suppose that there are really five pairs, but a closer examination shows that each of the pairs has but one origin from the calcareous ring (cf . textfig. 20) being thus definitely only one tentacle, contrary to the conditions within the genus Duasmo- HOLOTIIURIOIDEA 23 dactyla, where the pairs of small tentacles have always separate origins. In the largest of the small specimens the ten tentacles of the outer circle are well developed, but of those in the inner circle only the two dorsal ones are fully developed, the two ventro- lateral ones being only partly developed and tin' midventral one Textfig. 21. Thyonidium barthii, "Ingolf", St. Hi', small specimen. ■ 60. 1, left dorsal radial. 2, left ventral radial with the adjoining interradials. :>, mid-ventral radial with the left ventral interradial. lacking, and only the shape of the mid-ventral radial indicates that a radial tentacle is developing. Of the figures (textfigs. 20 and 21) it is easily seen how clearly the number and arrangement of the tentacles may be made out from the shape of the calcareous ring. The calcareous deposits of the large specimen are partly of dissolution of the deposits in the largest specimen was a natural process due to age. To tins I must say I) Tie- appearance of the dissolution indicates acidity and not a biological process. 2) Not only the deposits of the body wall but also those of tin- intro as wcdl as the end-plates of the pedicels (deposits which are alv present in large specimens of commune) are attacked by the arid. 3) There an- in the collections of the Zoological Museum specimens of Thyonidium from Greenland, of more than three times the length which have the deposits oi the body wall I acid fragments of such) persisting. At first sight these specimens, all appear to be Trochel's species barthii, bul tic calcareous deposits differ slightly from those of the various specimens of supposed barthii examined for the preparation of the report on the Echinoderms of the Thule Expedition (op. cit.). Especially the two sizes of tables so characteristic of the East Greenland and South-West Greenland specimens do not appear to he so distinct here, if ind 1 there really is more than one size of tables m the "Ingolf" specimens. This may be due to the very minute size of the three specimens, tin' fourth heme, a- stated, so much attacked by acid that its tables cannot be closely studied. On account of the minute size of the three specimens the deposits of the introvert cannot be examined, in the large specimen, how- ever, the deposits of the introvert are fairly well preserved and show the perplexing feature of not being rosette shaped tables but oblong perforate plates (textfig. 23). This indicates the pos- sibility that the "Ingolf" specimens are not Th. barthii but a new species, a possibility which is strengthened by the fact that the specimen from the "Godthaab" Expedition St. 51, described by, Dr. Th. Mortensen as Th. ■pellucidum (Medd. om Gronland Bd. 7'.(, Xr. 2, p. 1*), quite agrees with the "Ingolf" specimens, also in the sha] f the spicules of the introvert. On account of this, one is inclined to establish a new species for the "Ingolf" specimens, but several reasons are definitely against it. Certainly the different shape of the deposits of the introverts appear to be very clear, but the fact that the deposits Textfig. 22. Tallies from the body wall of different specimens of Thyonidium barthii and Th. pellucidum. ■ 300. /. Th. barthii, "Ingolf", St.:! Expl. I. Th.barthii, "Ingulf", St. 32, Expl. II. 3 and /, Th.barthii, "Ingolf", St. 32, Expl. III. .;. Th. pellucidum from the Oresund. dissolved though fragments are present in all parts of the body- of the "Ingolf" specimens are nearly identical with those found wall. In the tin- ther specimens the deposits are well preserved in the liases of the tentacle of Th.barthii, which are further (textfig. 22) being smallest in the smallest specimen and largest identical with the spicules of the bases of the tentacle in the spe- in the largest specimen. One might perhaps think that tin set cimen from the "Godthaab", shows that we cannot lay too much 24 HOLOTIU'RKHI'KA in this character, in any case not till more and well pre- i material is available. Tlic studies made for determining these specimens have shown that the species Th. barthii is found in two slightly different popu- lations, one along the East Greenland coast, and one off West Greenland. The first of these, which is characterized by the nume- rous very large and "fat'' plates (tables), gives no difficulty, whereas that from West Greenland is not at all so clearly limited, especially as some specimens from Skovfjord and some of tin' specimens from Bredefjord show clear "East Greenland" features. Genus Duasmodactyla Ayres. Duasmodactyla commune (Forbes). Thyonidium commune Mortensen 1927: British Echinoderms p. 412, fig. 250. Phyllophorus communis Deichmann 1930: Holothurians of the Atlantic Ocean p. 143, pi. 17, figs. 16, 17. This species is not represented in the "Ingolf" collections, but the "Godthaab" specimen from St. 112, mentioned by Textile. 23. Calcareoui deposits from the introvert of 7, Thyonidium barthii large specimen, "Ingolf", St. 32. 2, Thyonidium barthii specimen from Angmagssalik. ii, Thyonidium pellueidum from Hellebsek (northern Oresuml). X 300. In spite of these slight differences we may maintain Th. barthii as a valid arctic species. Besides the occurrence off Greenland this species is found along north and east Iceland down to Bern- fjord, whereas the Thyonidium found along the west coast of Iceland and north east over to about Ofjord is the real Scandi- navian Tli. pellueidum. The two species are fairly easily separated, as pellueidum has nut more than one circle of holes around the central hole in the deposits, only in the tube feet there may now and then be traces of a second circle. Very often the circle of holes is more or less incomplete. Further the deposits of the introvert are always circular. In barthii there are normally found two sizes of tables, of which the plates are of irregular shape with either scattered holes or. with more than one circle of holes. The deposits of the introvert are very irregular, usually oblong and usually more "open" (cf. the figures of textfig. 22). Mr MnuTKxsKN iii 1932 (Kiln lerms oi the "Godthaab" Ex- pedition p. 48) as Thyonidium pellueidum is a characteristic spe- cimen of commune, characterized by the shape of the deposits of the introvert and in having twenty tentacles. There has been some discussion of how far commune is in reality specifically different from pellueidum. That it is, is definitely shown by Dr. Deichmann, who was aware of the very clear difference in the shape of the spicules of the introvert. Unfor- tunately Deichmann did not study the shape of the calcareous ring and the number of the tentacles more closely, so these differ- ences have not been used in the classification of the two species commune and pellueidum. Beside by the shape of the spicules of the introvert (Mor- tensen 1927 p. 413, fig. 250). commune is characterized by the shape of the spicules of the body wall of specimens smaller than about three cm, whereas such spicules are lacking in larger specimens. Family Ypsilothuriidae. lain. nov. The study of the fine collection of the genera Ypsilothuria Iv Perrier (syn. Sphaerothuria Ludwig) and Echinocucumis M. Sars from the "Ingolf" Expedition has shown reasons for the establish- ment of a separate taxonomic group for these forms, a group of the same rank as the Psolidae and the Phyllophoridae. The arrange- ment of the tentacles, and especially the shape of the calcareous deposits, appear to lie valuable characters, whereas the U-shape le bodywall cannot be regarded as a taxonomic feature of higher rank. There has always been some doubt as to the systematic place of the genus Ypsilothuria. In the report on the "Travailleur & Talisman", Perrier established the family Rhopalodinidae for the genera Rhopalodina and Ypsilothuria (the latter regarded by Perriee jh of Sphaerothuria), as he regarded the peculiar shape of Ypsilothuria as a connecting link between Echino- cucumis and Rhopalodina. That Perrier did not then place Echinocucumis within his family Rhopalodinidae may be due to the fact that Ludwig regarded Echinocucumis as a synonym of Cucumaria and Perrier himself did not know this form well. Later on, Herouard, in his Monaco report (1923), discussed these problems very carefully, and showed that Perrier's genus Ypsilothuria was merely a synonym of Echinocucumis, whereas he regarded the genera Rhopalodina and Sphaerothuria as inde- pendent genera, without stating, however, anything about their connection with each other. This supposition of Herouard was, however, adopted by neither Deichmann nor Mortensen, who both regarded the species talismani as a valid species, and the genus as a synonym of Sphaerothuria. HOLOTHURIOIDEA 25 In studying some specimens of Rhopalodina some years ago (Heding 1937, A new dendrochirote Holothurian from South Africa, Ann. South African Mus. and Ueber die von Dr. Monod in 1927 beschriebenen Rhopalodiniden, Zool. Anzeig.) and in examining the present "Ingolf'-material, I have gained the opinion that the shapes of the body must be regarded as parallel features for different groups, being of no special systematic classi- ficatory value, and in using the features of the tentacles and the calcareous ring, features which are certainly rather difficult to use, for technical reasons, I believe 1 have been able to clear up the intricate classification of these specimens. It must lie pointed out that older statements as to the number of the tentacles in the specimens fcifT Textflg. 24. £ Ypsilothuria talisman i E. Perrier. 0 Ypsilothuria bitentaculata attenuata K. Perrier. Ypsilothuria talismani talismani E. Perrier — elegans n. var. bitentaculata attenuata R. Perrier virginiensis n. var. As it appears from the different figures, these two main groups talismani and bitentaculata differ clearly in the size and shape of the calcareous plates (cf. PI. II), in the shape of the deposits in the two large tentacles, and in the shape of the lateral radial, so no doubt as to their classificatory difference can remain. Ex- teriorly the two species may be separated in that while talis- mani is fairly soft, bitentaculata, at any rate the variety atte- nuata, is as hard as a little echinoid. A-< to the varieties, elegans has slightly longer spires on the plates than talismani, and the plates are more regularly built, with smooth margins. There are faint differences also in the shape of the tentacle rods. As to the varieties of bitentaculata both attenuata and virginiensis have smaller plates than bitentaculata, but the size of the plates in attenuata appears to be so variable that in any case the two varieties cannot safely be separated by this feature. There are, however, some faint differences in the structure of the network, and also the shape of the calcareous ring appears to indicate some systematic difference. In the "Ingolf" and "Thor" collections there are specimens of both talismani and aUenuaXa, but, as seen from the map, textfig. 24, they are distributed in such a way that all the specimens of talismani are found in somewhat shallower water than those of attenuata, which quite agrees with Perrier's statements. As a rule we may say that talismani is found to depths about 1500 m ami attenuata in depths from about 1800 m and deeper. Ypsilothuria talismani talismani E. Perrier. Ypsilothuria talismani E. Perrier 1886. Op. cit. p. 286, fig. 294. Echinocucumis typica v. abyssalis: Koehler 1896: Echinodermes du "Caudan" p. 118, fig. 22. Ypsilothuria talismani R. Perrier 1902: Holothuries, Travailleur et Taliman, p. 518, textfig. 12, PI. XII, figs. 9-10. Localities: "Ingolf" St. 10. 64°24' N. 28°50' W. 1484 m, 3°.5 C 2 spec. St. 73. 62°58' N. 23°28' W. 915 m, 5°.5 C 2 St. 83. 62°25' N. 28°30' W. 1717 m, 3°.5 C 1 "Thor" St. 166. 62°57' N. 19°59' W. 957 m, 14/7-03 4 St. 167. 63°05' N. 20°07' W. 557 m, 14/7-03 4 St, 99. 61°15' N. 9°35' W. 900 m, 25/5-04 2 St. 43. 43°37'N. 2°08'W. 480-1500 m, 15/5-06. 1 The specimens present measure from about 2 mm to about 15 mm in length. They are oblong spherical (cf . textfig. 25 5-6) with fairly short anal and oral parts. The body wall is thin and fairly soft, very like that of Echinocucumis hispida. There are eight tentacles (not ten as stated by R. Perrier) of which one on each side, the ventro-lateral, is much larger than the others. The ten- tacles appear to be finger-shaped without any branches, the ten- tacle muscles have, however, their terminal tip faintly bifid. The calcareous ring (textfig. 26 l and 3) consists of eight pieces, of which the two ventro-lateral radials are formed by the coalescence of the original ventro-lateral radial and the ventral interradial. The lateral interradials are supplied with an undivided anterior process. There is a single stone-canal and one (two?) very thin polian vesicle. i in i; n ii in-: \ L'7 The calcareous deposits of the body wall (textfig. 27 3 and PI. II, figs. 13-15 and "21 26) measure about 0.7-1.0 mm in diameter. They are supplied with a number of equally large holes and in the median part with an open meshwork. Somewhat ex- centrically there is a spiny spire. The margin of the plates is irregular, and the holes are placed regularly out to the margin. Echinocucumis, but the calcareous ring (textfig. 29 2) definitely shows that it is an Ypsilothuria. This species, Ypsilothuria talismani lalismani E. Perrier, is recorded with certainty nut only from the stations of "ingulf" and "Thor" but also from the "Travailleur" and "Talisman" off the coasts nt France, Spain, Morocco, and Senegal. There is Textfig. 25. The outline of various specimens of Ypsilothuria. 1, Ypsilothuria bitentaculata attenuata ("Godthaab"). 2. Ypsilothuria biten- taculata attenuata ("Ingolf", St. 37). 3, Ypsilothuria bitentaculata attenuata ("Ingolf", St. 67). -/. Ypsilothuria bitentaculata attenuata ("In- gulf", St. • > T ) . 5, Ypsilothuria talismani lalismani ("Ingolf", St. Id). 6, Ypsilothuria talismani talismani ("Ingolf", St. 73). 7, Ypsilothuria bitentaculata virginiensis (Frederikssted). 8, Ypsilothuria talismani elegans (Frederikssted I. 9 and 10, Ypsilothuria bitentaculata i Indo-Pacific specimen i. The spicules of the tentacles are fairly solid spiny staves, with one, two, or no perforations in the ends (textfig. 28 1-2). The shape of these spicules is clearly different from that of the deposits of the tentacles in the different forms of Y. bitentaculata (textfig. 30). Ltjdwig states (1894 p. 146) that the tube-feet oiSph.biten- tacuiata penetrate the large plates of the body wall, and it is supposed that this feature may be characteristic for the genus Sphaerothuria (i. e. Ypsilothuria) and separates it from Echino- cucumis. It is to be expected that the tube-feet should penetrate the large perforated plates, as these are placed so closely that there is no room between them; that this feature is, however, to be regarded as accidental is seen from the specimen from the "Thor" (St. 167) where there are also tube-feet which are placed between the plates of the body wall (cf. textfig. 2'j l). It appears at first sight that this little specimen is not Ypsilothuria but an also a single specimen from the West Indies (Frederikssted 20/i 1906, 375 m, coll. Th. Mortensen) which in all details agrees with the specimens from the North Atlantic, and must be referred to the same species and form. This indicates that the different American localities for this species mentioned by Deichmann in 1930, may be right, though we cannot be sure, as Deichmann did not distinguish clearly between the different forms of ) psilothuria and Echinocucumis. This is obvious not only from her dealing with these forms in her "West Atlantic Holothurians" but also from the material in the Zoological Museum, which is determined by her. Ypsilothuria talismani elegans n. var. The West Indies, Frederikssted. 20/r1906, 375 m, col. Th. Mor- tensen 1 spec. This single specimen (textfig. 25 8) measures In mm in length. V^^ Textfig. 26. Mid-ventral and latero-ventral radials of different forms of the genus Ypsilothuria. - 30. /. talismani talismani ("Thor", St. 166). 2, lalismani elegans (Frederikssted). 3, talismani lalismani (Frederikssted). /. bitentaculata (Indo Pacific), i. bitentaculata attenuata ("Ingulf" St. CiT). li, bitentaculata attenuata ("Godthaab"). ., bitentaculata attenuata ("Ingulf". St. ii7. abnormal specimen with double latero-ventral retractor). 8, bitentaculata virginiensis (Frederikssted), 28 HOLOTHUKIOIDEA In most of its features it quite agrees with talismani talismani, but in some few details it differs so much that I do not consider it safe to refer it to that form. Th main difference is the shape of the calcareous plates, i in this form, is ovoid to circular with smooth margin and with no or few holes close to the margin, (cf. the figures: textfig. Ypsilothuria bitentaculata attenuata R. Perrier. Ypsilothuria attenuata R. Perrier 1902: Holothuries, "Travail- leur" et ••Talisman", p. 522, textfig. 1.3. Ypsilothuria Talismani Th. Mortensen 1932: Echinoderms, the Godthaab Expedition 1928, p. 49. Textfig. 29. Textfig. 29. Ypsilothuria talismani talismani ("Thor", St. 167). 1, Tube- foot placed between the calcareous plates, and not penetrating one of them as is usually stated. 2. calcareous ring with the mid-ventral radial, the left ventral radial and the left lateral interradial, showing that the specimen, in spite of the arrangement of the tube-feet, is a real Ypsilothuria. Textfig. 27. Textfig. 27. Calcareous shields of different forms of the genus Ypsilo- thuria, showing differences in the shape and the structure. Figs. 1 and 3 are drawn with higher magnification (X60) than the others ( x 26) (cf. PI. II). 2, Y. talismani elegans | Frederikssted). 2, 1'. bitentaculata (Indo- Pacific).3, Y. talismani talismani ("Ingolf". St. 73). 4, Y.hitnitaeulatavir- giniensis (Frederikssted). 5, Y. bitentaculata attenuata ("Ingolf", St. 37). 27 l and PI. II, figs. 17-20). Further the staves in the large ten- tacles appear to be characteristic. As this form is easily mistaken for talismani talismani, and superficially also resembles a specimen of a separate form of bitentaculata collected in the same locality, it is not possible to ascertain how far this form is to be included in the material of Ypsilothuria known from American Seas. Localities: "Ingolf" St. 37. 60°17'N. 54°05' W. 3231m, 1°.4 C St. 67. 61°30'N. 22°30'W. 1836 m, 3°.0 C "Godthaab" St. 180. 62°07' N. 55°00' W. 2750 m, 6/ .9S / 10 -° 1 spec. 3 5 These specimens measure from 10 mm to 20 mm in length, and vary much in shape, as those from the "Godthaab" are nearly Textfig. 28. Calcareous spicules from the tentacles, x 140. 1, Ypsilothuria talismani talismani ("Thor", St. 166). 2, Ypsilothuria talismani talismani (Frederikssted). 3, Ypsilothuria talismani elegans (Frederikssted). H0L0THUKIO1DF.A 29 spherical with very short anal and oral tubes, and the specimens from the "Ingolf" are more ovoid with fairly long anal and oral tubes (ef. PI. II, figs. 1 1). The plates of the body wall are so large and solid and placed so closely to each other that they form a real test, and seeing this e.g. in the specimens from the "Godt- haab", it is difficult to think that these specimens may change their shape, as it has also been stated previously to lie impossible. A single specimen, however, shows that the large plates, which are usually not distinctly imbricating, may !»• much imbricating Tins specimen is very like the specimens of attenuate from the "Godthaab" St. 180, but differs slightly in the structure of the calcareous plates and in the shape of the calcareous ring (cf. textfig. 27 i. textfig, 26 8 and PI. II, figs. II 12). Furthet habitat in less deep water, while all the localities of attenuate an aliliyssal. gives another reason for keeping the two fo irate. Ypsilothuria bitentaculata attenuate is distributed in the abyssal parts (lf the Atlantic, from Davis Strait to the type locality off Senegal, Textfig. 30. Calcareous spicules ef the tentacles. ■ L40. 1, Ypsilothuria bitentaculata attenuata ("Ingolf", St. 67). '.'. attenuata ("Godthaab"). •'.;, Ypsilothuria bitentaculata (Indo Pacific). Ypsilothuria biti ntai ulata when the specimen is strongly contracted and thus change the shape of the specimen to a fairly high degree. There are, as in talismani, not more than eight tentacles, of which the two lateral, one on each side, are much larger than the others. Also the calcareous ring is as in talismani, with no free ventral interradials, hut hen1 the lateral interradials have their anterior process cleft (textfig. 26 4-G). There are usually two polian vesicles and a single stonecanal. The calcareous shields of the body wall (textfig. 27 5, see, however, also figs. 2 and 4 and PI. II, figs. I 2 and 5-10) measure about 1.2 mm to 1.8 mm, and are supplied with an irregular mesh- work in several layers and a solid more or less central spire. The shape of the plates varies, usually ellipsoid but often it may be polygonal as in bitentaculata (cf. textfig. 27 -j and PI. II, figs. 3-4). Normally these plates are distinctly smaller than the plates in bitentaculata, but the size varies somewhat. The deposits in the large tentacles (text tig. 30) vary from the base of the tentacles to their tips. At the base they are large, irregular polypore plates, while at the tips they are bent staves. The shape of the tentacle staves is quite like that of the tentacle staves in bitentaculata. Ypsilothuria bitentaculata attenuate is closely related to biten- taculata from the Indo-Pacific and it is reasonable to suppose that it is the same species or indeed subspecies. As there are, however, some faint but apparently characteristic differences in the structure of the calcareous plates, and perhaps also in the shape of the calcareous ring. I think it safer for the present to keep the two forms separate. In the same degree I think it. the better course to regard a single specimen collected by Dr. Til. Mc-RTENSEN in the West Indies at Kredenkssted in a depth of 375 m as a separate form, naming it Ypsilothuria bitentaculata virginiensis n. var. Co niis Ecinocucumis M. Sars. In the discussion of the family Ypsilothuriidae and the genus Ypsilothuria it is shown that the genus Echinocucumis i- a valid genus distinctly different from the genus Cucumaria with which it is often regarded as synonymous. From its closest related genus, Ypsilothuria it differs in having ten tentacles, or. what is more easily ascertained, in having two free ventral interradials. For the present the genus includes not more than three species hispida Barrett, asperrima Thee! and paratypica Ludwig & Beding. In her "Atlantic Holothurians" Deichmann refers asperrima to the genus Sphaerothuria (i. e. Ypsilothuria). This cannot hold g has asperrima has ten tentacles, and furthermore the shape of the calcareous deposits differs clearly from Ypsilothuria. A fourth species previously referred to the genus Echinocucumis is Semper's adversaria. That this species cannot reasonably be kept within the genus Echinocucumis is shown by Deichmann in L930, who. however, referred it to Cucumaria. In my paper Holothurians of the Iranian Gulf, 1 have shown that "inn represents a genus its own: Thorsonia. The "Ingolf" Expedition took only a single / which belongs to the only known species from the northern Atlantic, hispida Barrett, but beside this, there are a number of specimens collected by the research steamer "Thor". For clearing up t he rather intricate systematics of these specimens large col Ice made by S/S "Michael Sars" in the Norwegian Sea. and by different collectors along the Norwegian coast, have also been carefully studied. Echinocucumis hispida (Barrett), Eupyrgus hispidus Barrett I8~>7: Descriptions of four new spi of Echinodermata p. 16, PI. IV. tig. la I.. 30 HOLOTHUEIOIDEA inocuoumis fcypica M. Sars 1861: Oversigt over Norges Echio- odermer p. 102 110. Tab. X, figs. 11-20, Tab. XI, figs. 1-17. Echinocucumis typira Hemuard 1923: Holothuries provenant des campagnes des Yachts Princesse-Alice et Hiroudelle II. p. 118 127. 'Thor" St. 77, 61°06' N. 8°30' W. 116 m, n/5-04.... 1 spec. St. 99, 61°15' N. 9°35' W. 900 m, 22/6-04 .... 14 St. 93, 49°25'N. 12°25' W.1275-1180 m, 27/6-05 1 St. 1571, 58°06' N. 9°00' E. 660-420 m, 24/6-ll . 7 a 7 Textfig. 31. Echinocucumis hispidu. Outlines nf different specimens showing how strongly this species may vary in shape. In fig. 7 the scales on the dorsal side are strongly imbricating and in fig. 3 they are all scattered with fairly large intervals. Same magnification as in text- fig. 25. 1-0, specimens from "Michael Sars", St. 51. 7, specimen from "Ingolf", St. 8. 8, specimen from "Thor", St. 171. Echinocucumis hispida Mortensen 1927: British Echinoderms "Thor" St 171, 63°15' N. 22°23' W. 326-216 m 1 spec. p, nil. fig. 243. "Michael Sars" St. 76, 59°28' N. 8°01' W. 1300 m 10 - Echinocucumis hispida Deichmann 1930: Holothurians of the St. 51, 61°40' N. 3°11 E. 405 m 6 Atlantic Ocean p. 150, PL 18, fig. 9. St. 47, 60°57' N. 3°42' E. 357 m 3 Localities: The specimens (textfig. 31) are all quite typical, agreeing in "Ingolf" St. 8, 63°56'N. 24°40'W. 256 m, 6°.0 C 1 spec. all respects with Sars' description. There is a slight variation •Thor" St. 3, 58°32' N. 4°18' E. 280 m, °/i-03 . in the size of the calcareous deposits, but the comparison of a Textfig. 32. Echinocucumis hispida (Barrett). 0 Specimens examined by the author Q reference ("Porcupine"). HOI.OTHI'RIOIDEA 31 fair number of preparations shows that this variation is in cor- respondence with the size of the specimens. Also the calcareous ring may vary slightly, as the anterior processes, which are nor- mally bifid, may be single pointed in some small specimens, but apparantly this also is due to the small size of these specimens. As to the anatomy of Echinocucumis hispida, M. Saks has worked it out excellently. In spite of this Deichmann in 1930 states (p. 151) that the tentacles are "simple, fingershaped" and that the respiratory trees are "quite abortive, with 1-2 small lobes". As to the tentacles, only the four ventral ones are finger- shaped, the four dorsal are always supplied with two digits, and the two large lateral ones are supplied with some few branches, just as Saks had figured it. As to the respiratory trees Saks has certainly figured some fairly simple ones, but in all the specimens I have examined closely, the respiratory trees are well developed. They are paired as figured by Sars, but they have quite separate origins, and each of them has two main branches of nearly equal size. The bathymetrical distribution is given by MoRTENSEN (1927) as from about 50 m to about 1400 m but that there is evidently some confusion with )'. talismani as regards I he specimens from the greater depths. This may be, but the present material shows that Echinocucumis hispida is taken down to a depth of 1300 m, and in this case there is no possibility "I anj confusion with Y. talismani. Deichmann states (op. cit. p. 151) that in all cases where she has been able 1 < » go Over the ire,, ids of the depth, it has been taken at Km 250 fathoms i. e. 188 m to 170 m. and de- adds that it refers to Scandinavian material. However, the Scan- dinavian material studied by Deichmann is the same as here dealt with, as is evidenced by her handwriting on the labels, and the depths recorded on these labels are 116 m t<> 1300m. Echinocucumis is distributed (cf. textfig. 32) all along the Norwegian coast and down t,, tie- Bay of Biscay, as well as round the English coast and off tlie smith and west coasts of Iceland. It is also recorded from the American coast, but these reo cannot be trusted as it may there be confused with not only Y. talismani but also with E. asperrima. That in any case Deich- mann has confused these different forms is evident limn the present material, which was previously determined by her. Family Cucumariidae. Genus Cucumaria. Cucumaria(?) calcigera (Stimpson). Duncan & Sladen 1881 : The Echinodermata of the Arctic Sea to the West of Greenland p. 5, PI. I, figs. 3-8. Koehler 1927: Les Echinodermes des mers d'Europe p. 153. PI. XIV, fig. 9 adx Deichmann 1930: Holothurians of the Atlantic Ocean p. 156, PI. 11, figs. 9-12. Mortensen 1932: Echinoderms, the Godthaab Expedition, p. 52. Localities: S. W. Greenland, Ameragdla 22/7-95 1 spec. Davis Strait. b3°3(>' N. 54°25' W., 1096 m, 3°.3 C, "In- golf" St. 25 1 The specimen from St. 25 is but a very small one measuring only 3 mm in length, and as the calcareous deposits are faintly attacked by acid there is the possibility of an erroneous determin- ation. The specimen has, however, been determined as C. calcigera by Deichmann and after having compared it carefully with a specimen 4 mm long from Bredefjord in W. Greenland I quite agree with Deichmann. This is of interest as it is the first find of ('. calcigera in Davis Strait and further it is from by far the deepest locality hitherto recorded for this species. These two small specimens are also interesting for the reason that they are nearly totally devoid of the inner layer of calcareous deposits, having but the superficial tables, which are also more stellate than in the large specimens. The specimen from Ameragdla is fairly large, and differs from all the other specimens seen of C. calcigera in having the cloaca! part of the body protruded to a veritable tail. Cucumaria juv. (elongata?). S.W.of Iceland. (1315' N. 22°23' W., about 300 m, "Thor" St. 71 1 slice. This little specimen measures 5 mm in length. It is of the curvec shape normal for C.elongata. The tube feet are fairly well developer ventrally, but dorsally there are very few. The calcareous deposits resemble fairly well those of C.elongata, being large imbricating scales, and small baskets, but there is only one size of large scales and the baskets are more strongly developed than is usual in elongata. The primary cross is very solid, and the ring is supplied with long spines which now and then may unite, then forming a secondary cross over the primary one. On account of these faint differences, which may be juvenile features, and the unusual deep water in which this usually littoral species was collected, I think it the better not quite definitely to refer this specimen to C.elongata. Cucumaria paraglacialis n. sp. "Ingolf" St. 29, 65°34'N. 54°31' W. 128 m, 0 .2 C, 5/7-95 1 spec. This little specimen, which doc- n,,t measure more than 'J nun in length and 3 mm in width, resembles Cucumaria glacialis so closely, that I determined it at first as this species. There are, however, some faint, but apparantly clear differences between this specimen and a number of real glacialis with which I have compared it. that I do not think it safe to refer it to glacialis. Naturally, it would be better to have more specimens, but for the present there is only the single one available. The introvert with the tentacles is drawn in. but from the calcareous ring it is seen that there are ten (equally large?) tentacles. There are but few tube-feet, 13 in the mid-ventral ambulacrum, about 7 in each of the vent rodatcral ones and about I in each of the dorsal ambulacra. The tube feet of the ventral side are large and are placed in a zigzag row, whereas the dorsal tube feel are small, papilliform, ami apparantly placed in a single row. The calcareous ring is simple, and the retractors are placed about one third behind the end of tin' body wall proper, t i the specimen with withdrawn introvert. There is one large poliau vesicle placed in the left lateral intcrambulaerum. The stone canal is long, and supplied with a transversally folded, nearly spherical, large, inner niadreporite. The intestine is supplied with a bulbshaped stomach, the respiratory trees are paired and are fairly well developed. I'bi' gonads are but faintly developed. The calcareous deposits of the body wall consists of but one 32 HOLOTHURIOIDEA sort, large, very knobbed, perforated plates of varying size text'fig. 33. Tli are all distinctly imbricating, with their free | owards the dorsal side. As it is evident from the description, this species is very like C.gl rom which it differs in lacking the small cruciform o its, in the imbricating of the large plates, as also in the some- what different shape of these plates. beide Gruppen als besondere Untergattungen (oder sogar Gat- tungen?) zu bezeichnen". I fully agree with Ekman that liou- villei clearly differs from the other species which he collected into the genus Staurocucumis, and that, not only in the shape of the calcareous deposits, as shown by Ekman, but also in several anatomical features (see below), and, as liouriUei is the genotype, all the other species must be removed from the genus Stauro- Textfig. 33. Cucumaria paraglacialis, deposits of the body wall. Genus Abyssocucumis n. g. Staurocucumis partim. Ekman 1927: Holothurien, Deutsche Siid- polar-Expedition, p. 374. Diagnosis: Fairly small fusiform eucumarids with no distinct difference between bivium and trivium. With ten equal tentacles and with the water-vascular appendages in two alternating rows along the ambulacra, and totally lacking in the interambulacra. Calcareous ring well developed and simple, i.e. without any posterior prolongations. Intestine with muscular stomach, pohan vesicle and stonecanal single, and respiratory trees more or less reduced. Retractor muscles for the larger part free, only united by the longitudinal muscles by a web close to their base. Calcareous deposits of the body wall proper exclusively four- armed crosses with perforated ends and an excentrically placed spire or with no spire, and then with the one arm spinous, resem- bling a spire. This latter case the more common in large specimens. Genotype: Cucumaria abyssorum Theel. Remarks: The species Cucumaria abyssorum Theel was referred by Ekman in 1927 to his new genus Staurocucumis in which he was later followed by Clark and Deichmann in then paper: "<>n Psolicucumis Heding and its Allies." A closer study of the literature and'of a fair number of specimens, both of Ikiii- villei Vaney and turqueti Vaney collected by the "Terra Nova" Expedition (the report of the Holothurians of the "Terra Nova" Expedition will appear later in connection with that of the •T5.A.N. Z.A.R.E." Expedition1) definitely shows that the genus Staurocucumis, as established by Ekman, cannot hold good, and I it must be divided into a number of quite different genera. This will not cause surprise, as Ekman himself, in discussing the genus more carefully, shows how clearly liouvillei differs from the other species referred to the genus, and he finishes his remarks on this with the words "Moglicherweise ware es am besten, diese ') British-Australian-New Zealand-Antartic-Research Expedition. cucumis, either as a separate genus or as members of other genera. The revision of the known specimens hitherto referred to the species noctuma Sluiter and apneumona Heding (cf. On Psolicu- cumis Heding, a reply by S. G. Heding, at present in M. S.) has shown that the genus Psolicucumis Heding must be maintained for the species noctuma and apneumona, which are specifically different, and a third species echinata Heding, the type of which was erroneously regarded as a specimen of noctuma by both Sluiter and Clark & Deichmann. As sluiteri Ohshima and iiujolfi, Deichmann as stated below must both be regarded as synonyms of abyssorum Theel, we have now the two species turqueti Vaney and abyssorum Theel left either to be referred to the old genus Cucumaria or to a new genus (perhaps genera). It is obvious at once from the comparison of the calcareous deposits that these two species have very little to do with each other, and when further the differences in the relative length of the gonads, in the development of the respiratory trees, the fully free retractor muscles, and the lack of a calcareous ring in turqueti, are taken into consideration, there may be little doubt that these two species cannot be referred to the same genus. Thus for the present we are forced to regard each of the species placed by Ekman in his genus Staurocucumis (of course separated from sluiteri which is synonymous with abyssorum) as representing its own genus. This being right one could naturally say that it might be a matter of taste how far we regard these groups as genera or subgenera, as they are most probably closely related and form a group of eucumarids of theirown, but I for my part am not able to see that they are very closely related. Ekman's studies of the development of the deposits in liouriUei are cer- tainly very valuable, and cannot be doubted, but the studies of turqueti are based upon a rather small number, and as this species does not have such characteristic deposits as the round and per- forated, so-called cups, of liouriUei. there may be some doubt left as to the generic identity of these species and as to abys- sorum and noctuma as well as to apneumona, we certainly do not know anything about their development, in spite of Clark and HOLOTIiriMOIDKA 33 Deichmann's statement that "a similar change is found in S. noc- turna" (On Psolicitcumis Heding and its Allies p. 566). For the present nobody knows anything of the change of the deposits in nocturna, not even Clark and Deichmann. Though I am for the present not able to see any feature which unites these genera closelv, I admit that it is possible that future studies may show such, but until a real study of the whole Cucumaria-giowp is undertaken, it is not safe to say too much of the affinities of its different subgroups. It must, however, be stated that Ekman's genus Stauroeucumis consists of four different genera : Stauroeucumis Ekman, genotype C.liouvillei Vaney. Ekmocucumis n. g., genotype C.turqueti Vaney. Psolicucumis Heding, genotype Ps. apneumona Heding. Abyssocucumis n. g., genotype C.abyssorum Theel. A diagnosis of the first three genera is needed for comparison with that of Abyssocucumis given above. Genus Stauroeucumis Ekman. Diagnosis: Fairly large cucumarids with no distinct dif- ference between bivium and trivium. With ten equal tentacle's and with the water-vascular appendages in rows along the ambu- lacra. Calcareous ring lacking or rudimentary, intestine with muscular stomach, more than one polian vesicle and more than one stone canal. Respiratory trees large and much branched, gonads long, and retractor muscles for their whole length united with longitudinal muscle. Calcareous deposits in specimens smaller than 7 mm partly four-armed crosses with thorny spires, partly rounded perforate plates, "cups". In larger specimens only "cups". Genotype: Cucumaria liouvillei Vaney. Genus Ekmocucumis n. g. Diagnosis: Large cucumarids with no distinct difference between bivium and trivium. With ten equal tentacles and with the water-vascular appendages in rows along the ambulacra. Cal- careous ring lacking, or rudimentary, intestine with muscular stomach < >ne polian vesicle and one stone-canal. Respiratory trees large and much branched, gonads long and retractor muscles long and free. Calcareous deposits in very small specimens, according to Ekman, four-armed crosses, in larger specimens from about 2 cm in length oval perforated plates, with a marginal chief spire or prolongation, always supplied with thorns. No "cups" in the body- wall. Genotype: Cucumaria turqueti Vaney. Genus Psolicucumis Heding. Abyssocucumis abyssorum (Theel) Cucumaria abyssorum Theel L886: Challenger Holothurioidea II p. 66 67, PI. IV, fig. 6, PI. XVI. fig. 6. Cucumaria abyssorum v. grandis Theel 1886: Op. i it p 67 68 PI. V, tig. 1. Cucumaria abyssorum v. hyalina Theel 1886: Op. cit. p 6£ 69 PL IV. fig. 7. Cucumaria abyssorum v. Marenzeller 1893: Contribution a ['etude des Holothuries de I'Atlantique Nord p. II. .Monaco Resultats Fasc. VI. Cucumaria abyssorum Ludwig 1894: The Holothurioidea p. 122 125. PI. IX. figs. 28 29, PI. XIII, figs. I 5. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. XVII, X... 3. Cucumaria sluiteri Ohshima 1915: Holothurians, Northwest Pa- cific, p. 263, PI. X, tig. 21a-b. Cucumaria abyssorum Grieg 1921: Echinodermata p. 11, text- fig. 9. Rep. ".Michael Sars" North Atlantic Deep-Sea Expedi- tion 1910, Vol. III. Cucumaria ingolfi Deichmann 1927 in Dr. Th. Mortensen: British Echinodenns p. 39i>. Stauroeucumis abyssorum Ekman 1927: Holothurien, Deut- sche Siidpolar-Expedition p. 385 387. Cucumaria abyssorum Ludwig & Heding 1935: Holothurien I der Deutchen Tiefsee-Expedition p. 179. Stauroeucumis abyssorum Clark & Deichmann 1936: Psolicucumis Heding and its Allies p. 566. Stauroeucumis ingolfi Clark & Deichmann 1936: Op cit. p. 567. Localities: Both in Davis Strait, west of Greenland. 61°50'N. 56°21'W. 2702 m, 1°.5 C, "Ingolf" St. 36 .... 1 spe. 60°17'N. 54°05'W. 3229 m, 1°.4C, "Ingolf" St. 37 .... 4 I have not been able to find more than these five specimens of this species in the Zoological Museum, and as they have all been examined and labelled by Dr. Deichmaxx herself there tnaj be little doubt that these are the type material for her undescribed species Cucumaria ingolfi Deichmann which is mentioned in Dr. Mortensen's Handbook of British Echinodenns. In 1936 Clark and Deichmaxx Op. cit. p. 567, mention tin- species, but in such a way that one is led to suppose that they then regarded C. ingolfi as a synonym of C. abyssorum Theel, and a careful reexamination of the specimens now here, clearly shows that they are all referable Textfigr. 34. Abyssocucumis abyssorum. Calcareous ring. ■ 15. Diagnosis: Bilateral symmetrical cucumarids, with the bivium distinctly different from the trivium. -Mouth subdorsal, anus dorsal. Water-vascular appendages in rows along the am- bulacra, those of the trivium large, tube-feet, those of the bivium papilliform. Ten equal tentacles and a simple calcareous ring, which is always well developed. Intestine with a large muscular stomach. One polian vesicle and one stone-canal. Respiratory trees lacking or cjuite rudi- mentary, retractor muscles free. Calcareous deposits four-armed crosses or rounded perforated plates with or without a central spire, those of the deeper layer often somewhat different from the more superficial. Genotype: Psolicurumis apneumona Heding. to Theei.'s species. Clark & Deichmaxx record "Cucum ingolfi" Deichin., from south of Iceland, but all the specimens are from the "Ingolf" Station- .",t; ami 37 which arc both in Davis Strait, so the locality for this species "south of Iceland" is erroneous. The specimens are all fusiform, the larger of them with the posterior end rather strongly contracted as to form a little tail, quite in agreement with Theel's description and figure of the shape of abyssorum. In all the specimens both the mouth and the anal opening are terminal. The sizes of the "Ingolf" specimens are 38 30 27 12 8mm; in the smallest specimen the anal end is not contracted. The tube feet are placed in two alternating rows in the anihu- 6 34 HOLOTHURIOIDEA lacra. They are all alike, but those of the bivium are more scat- tered. The ten tentacles are all equally large. There is one polian vesicle and one stone-canal, and the calcareous ring is well developed large specimens, fairly well developed, as large unbranched sacs with some few small lateral branches, but in the two smallest specimens they are totally lacking. Textfig. 35. Abyssocueumis abyssorum. Calcareous deposits from the body-wall. 3 and J, "Ingolf", St. 37 (specimen 0.8 cm long). 5-7, "Ingolf", St. 37 (specimen the large specimen). X 60. 1 and 2, "Ingolf", St. 37 (specimen 1.2 cm long). Ii.4 cm long). S— 77, "Ingolf", St. 36 (from the dorsal side of (textfig. 34). The gonads in the small specimens are little developed, but in the large they are fairly large, and contain ripe sperm or eggs. They are very short and unbranched and form a distinct cluster placed on both sides of the dorsal mesentery. The intestine has ;i large muscular stomach. The respiratory trees are, in the The calcareous deposits (textfig. 35 l-n) are all four-armed crosses with perforated ends and an excentrically placed spire, or, when a spire is lacking, with the one arm spiny, and formed like a spire. The deposits of the different specimens are very alike, but the number of deposits which are lacking the spire, and have HOLOTin'KIOlliKA :;;, the one arm formed as a spire, increases with the size of the spec- imens. The tentacle rods are figured by &RIEG op. cit. fig. 9, and in the oral disk there are short bent spiny staves (textfig. 36 2). The examination of the specimen from St. 36 showed that real anal teeth are lacking, but that there are some radially placed, fairly large, perforated plates close to the anal opening. In the actual margin of the anal opening there are some small smooth staves (textfig. 36 1 ) . ^■P I quite agree with LuDWIG that the different varieties of Cucumaria abyssorum described by Theel are only developmental stages, and with this variation taken into consideration I have no doubt that the present specimens, previously mentioned as G. ingolf,, are but Atlantic specimens of C abyssorum. Further this does not leave any doubt that Ohshima's species, C. sluiteri, must also be regarded as a synonym of C. abyssorum; then- are. in fact, mi differences between these two species Textfig. 36. Abyssocucumis abyssorum ("Ingulf", St. 36). /, the anal opening with the posterior end of two large plates and some spicules. 2, rods from the tentacles. X 60. Family Psolidae. Genus Psolus Oken. In the "Ingolf" collections the genus Psolus is represented by the following five species: phantapus (Strussenfelt) fabricii (Diiben & Koren) squamatus Koren pourtalesii var. dyscritus n. var. hypsinotus n. sp. Of these fabricii and squamatus are represented by some very small specimens the determination of which is consequently not quite certain, especially since the juvenile stages are hitherto unknown, and Ekman has even tried to show that P. valvatus Ostergren is the juvenile stage of P. squamatus. Though the determination of these two species is not certain, the presence of small Psolus with supplementary small scales at the inner side of the large oral scales indicates that Ekman cannot be right in his supposition that a species like valvatus is the young of squamatus; consequently these small specimens also indicate that the specimens described as P. hypsinotus are in reality a valid species. The validity of the new variety of /'. pourtalesii is not very convincing, but on account of the state of our knowledge of the classification of Psolids, I do not find it safe to refer these specimens to pourtalesii , since there are differences, the classificatory value of which we do not know. The "Ingulf" material affords features of interest in the geographical distribution of the North Atlantic l'solids. /'. phan- tapus has nut previously been taken in Davis Strait, an. I /'. squamatus not as far north as in Danmark Strait; also the distribution of the variety dyscritus shows some peculiar features. As seen on the map (textfig. !*•) dyscritus is only found along the limn in line in a positive temperature. The same holds good of P. hypsinotus. Further it is shown that the record of P. valvatus from Bredefjord, S. W. Greenland, cannot stand a closer examination, so this species is still found only along the Norwegian coast. Psolus phantapus (Strussenfelt). Mortensen L927: British Echinoderms p, tl5, textfigs 25] '-'.V-\ Mortensen 1932: Echinoderms, the "Godthaab" Expedition, p. 48. Locality: Davis Strait. 66°35' N. 56°38'W. 509 m, 3°.9 C, "Ingolf" St. 32, several spec. The specimens vary in size from 1 mm to 17 mm in length. The larger are typical ph.anta.fus, with large round knobs around the large scales, and the smaller ones, which an- quite smooth and fairly flat, have the typical deposits in the sole. This is the first time that P. phantapus has been collected in Davis Strait, and this record is from very deep water. Psolus sp. (squamatus?) Locality: Danmark Strait. 65°21' N. 27°39' W. "Ingolf" St. 97. 847 m, 5° .5 (' 1 spec. The single specimen is small, measuring lint 6 mm 111 length. The mouth is surrounded by 7 scales of varying size, and these scales are not able to close the oral opening. The anal part is 5* 36 HOLOTHURIOIDEA irregularly built, but fairly distinctly limited towards the sur- rounding stales (textfig. 37l-4). The calcareous deposits are partly dissolved by acid in the preserving fluid, but the remains resemble fairly well those from /'. squamatus. I have little doubt that this specimen is a young P. squamatus, but the damaged calcareous deposits cannot give definite proof. The shape of the remains shows, however, that there is no pos- sibility that we have here a young P. phantapus. as young fabricii, as was to be expected from Ekman's paper on Psoitis squamatus. Psolus pourtalesii v. dyscritus n. var. PI. I tig. 1—2. Psolus pourtalesii Mortensen 1932: Echinoderms, the "Godt- haab" Expediton 1928, p. 49. non: Psolus pourtalesii Deichmann 1930: Holothurians of the Atlantic Ocean p. 188, PI. 20 5-7. Textfig. 37. Psoitis squamatus, oral and anal valves. X 5. 2 and 2, of specimen from Ireland (received from Dr. Stellfox) 2, oral. area. 3 and J, of specimen from "Ingolf", St. 97. 3, anal, 4, oral area. anal Mortensen p. 49. Psolus fabricii (Db. and Koren). 1932: Echinoderms, the "Godthaab" Expedition, Locality: Davis Strait. 66°35' N. 56°38' W. 599 m, 3°.9 C, "Ingolf" St. 32 4 spec. These specimens are all very small, the largest measuring only 4 mm in length. In general appearance they resemble the specimens of the new species P. hypsinotus, but they differ clearly in having some radially placed scales under the large interradial oral ones. This feature indicates that these small specimens are / Textfig. 38. /. Psolus fabricii, "Ingolf", St. 32, specimen 4 mm long. 7. 2, Psolus phantapus, Hellebaek, specimen 1.5 mm long. X 20. the young of a Psolus which has more than five oral shields, and on account of the locality there may be little doubt that they are young of P. fabricii or P. phantapus. As there are from the same station a number of small Psolus which, on account of the shape of the calcareous deposits, an- all referable to P. phantapus, and pecimens differ slightly from them, the only possibility left is that these small specimens are P. fabricii. In any case these specimens indicate that P. hypsinotus cannot be regarded Localities: 64°24' N. 28°50' W. 1484 m, 3°.5 C, "Ingolf" St. 10 . . . 1 spec. 63°30' N. 54°25' W. 1096 m, 3°.3 C, "Ingolf" St. 25 . . . 3 61°32'N. 11°36'W. 1356 m, 2°.4 C, "Ingolf" St. 46 ... 1 62°06' N. 19°00' W. 1960 m, 3°.l C, "Ingolf" St. 64 . . . 7 61°33' N. 19°00' W. 2051 m, 3°.0 C, "Ingolf" St. 65 . . . 55 These specimens agree fairly well with Theel's description of P. pourtalesii as well as with Deich.mann's redescription of 1930. There are, however, some minute differences on account of which I do not consider it correct to refer them to poutalesii sens, strict. In the Holothurians of the Atlantic Ocean p. 188, Deichmann states that the large tube-feet in pourtalesii are placed in zigzag. This agrees fairly well with a specimen in the Zoological Museum, received from the Smithsonian Institution, and determinated by Deichmann herself, but, in all the specimens from the "Ingolf" collections, the large tube-feet are all placed in a single row, which also is surprisingly regular. Further Deichmann states that the calcareous deposits of the sole are "usually completely smooth". In the "Ingolf" specimens nearly all the deposits are supplied with a few small but distinct knobs (textfig. 39). At first I supposed that the variation of the plates was of no classificatory value, but the examination of the named specimen from America shows that the presence of the knobs may be of some use in classification. How far the variety dyscritus is in reality a valid form different from pourtalesii, it is not possible to ascertain at present. The two forms are from the same zoogeographical area, and the differences are so faint that they may be regarded as merely individual variations. As there arjpears, however, to be some reason to regard the named differences as typical for the "Ingolf"- "Godthaab" specimens I prefer to distinguish between the two forms, even if in the future they turn out to be identical. Psolus hypsinotus n. sp. PI. I fig. 3. Localities: Davis Strait: 63°30' N. 54°25' W. 1096 m, 3°.3 C, "Ingolf" St. 25 . . . 7 spec. 64°54' N. 55°10' W. 740 m, 3°.8 C, "Ingolf" St. 27 . . . 3 66°35' N. 56°38' W. 599 m, 3°.9 C, "Ingolf" St. 32 . . . 1 HOLOTHI'KIOIDKA 37 Bredcfjord (the mouth), Greenland, 350 m. .'i .5 0, "Rink" St. 55 (K. STEPHENSEN) I .spec. Diagnosis: Semi-circular Psolids, with the mouth surrounded interambulacrum, each supplied with one to three small km Anal opening surrounded by 5 7 triangular scales, which do not close the opening perfectly. The ventral side has no tube-feel along the unpaired ambu- by five large triangular interradial plates (some of which may lacrum, only anteriorly and posteriorly there arc a few large Textfig. 39. Psolus pourialesii var. dyscritus. Deposits of the sole. be longitudinally divided), without any supplementary smaller feet which, with those of the inner marginal circle, form a small ones at their inner sides. Medial scales of two sorts, some few group. Round the margin there is an inner circle of large tube- large and a fair number of smaller, i. e. about ten along the dorsal feet, often alternately large and small, and an outer circle with interambulacrum. The larger are, in any case along the dorsal small feet. Textfig. 10. Psolus pourialesii var. dyscritus var. now 38 HOLOTHURIOIDEA Ventral retractor fastened closely to the margin of the sole. One polian vesicle and a single stone-canal. Respiratory organs relatively well developed. Calcareous ring without any special characteristics, showing that the ten tentacles are all of equal size. Textfig. 41. Psolus: hypsinoius. Dorsal side of type specimen. Calcareous deposits of the sole small four- to seven-holed plates supplied with a few knobs. Most closely related species: Psolus dubiosus Ludwig and Heding. Type specimen: "Ingolf" St. 27. Description: The specimens are all rather small, the largest, from St. 32, measuring not more than 14 mm in length and 6 mm in width as well as in height. They are pure white, and the scales along the sides are smooth, whereas those along the dorsal inter- ambulacrum are usually supplied with one to three small but distinct knobs. There are two distinctly different sizes of scales, as the few very large ones are intermingled with rows of small ones. All the scales are imbricating, a feature which is most remarkable for the small scales. All the marginal scales are small and form a thin and sharp edge. The skin of the sole is fairly thin but not translucent, partly on account of the numerous deposits. The tube-feet are only found along the margin of the sole, where they are placed in two rows, an inner one with large tube-feet and an outer one with much smaller ones. The inner tube-feet are usually of a some- what varying size and are often alternately large and small. They are placed in a fairly regular row, only at the two ends of the unpaired ambulacrum there is a group of tube-feet. The calcareous deposits of the sole (textfig. 43 1-2) are small flat plates with normally four large and a few smaller perforations, and all the fully developed plates are supplied with some fairly large distinct knobs. Remarks: This species resembles in most characters Psolus valvatus Ostergren, but differs distinctly from that species in being not so flat as usually stated for valvatus. Further, there are differences in the arrangement of the scales, and it may pro- bably be regarded as a feature indicating specific difference that the gonads in these specimens are undeveloped, whereas the gonads in equal sized srjecimens of valvatus are fully developed. This indicates that the specimens here described are juvenile stages of a rather large form, and from Ekman's studies on P. squamatus it appears likely that we have here the young of either P. squamatus or P. fabricii. P. squamatus is not known outside European waters (apart from Ekman's supposition of its synonymy with several foreign forms), and if it has in reality ' 2 Textfig. 43. Psolus hypsinoius, deposits from the sole. X 150. juvenile stages like P. valvatus (which I do not think probable), the find of this valvatus-\ike species in Greenland waters without any real squamatus, not only is against the supposition that these specimens might be squamatus but also against their synonymy with valvatus. As to P. fabricii, the supposition that these specimens may Textfig. 4:2. Psolus hypsinotus. 1 and 2, anal (7), and oral (2), area of a specimen from "Ingolf", St. 25. 3 and 4, oral (3), and anal (4), area of a specimen from "Ingolf", St. 32. 5, Oral valves of the smallest specimen from "Ingolf", St. 25. X 10. The anatomy does not show any features of interest. There is a single polian vesicle, a single stone-canal, well developed but faintly branched respiratory trees. The unpaired retractor is attached immediately behind the anterior margin of the sole with a single origin from the longitudinal muscle. The calcareous ring is elegant and fairly well developed, but does not show any structures of interest; from the shape of the calcareous ring it is evident that the ten tentacles are of equal size. be the young of this species seems rather natural, if Ekman is right in regarding P. valvatus as the young of squamatus. There are, however, in the "Ingolf" collections some small Psolus from Davis Strait (St. 32) which are no doubt the young of P. fabricii, and these are so different from P. hypsinotus that any closer relation between P. hypsinotus and P. fabricii is out of the question. This is another fact which weighs against the supposed synonymy of P. squamatus and P. iwlvatus. HOLOTHURIOIDEA 39 The species which P. hypsinotus resembles most closely is /'. dubiosus Ludwig and Heding, and the possibility that they are synonymous is fairly great. The differences are, however, surh that the two species must for the present he kept separate. /'. dubiosus is more flat, has more scales along the dorsal inter- ambulacrum and more holes in the calcareous plates of the sole. As to thr distribution of P. hypsinotus, this species was taken at only three stations, all lying close to each other in Davis Strait. There is also in the Zoological Museum of Copenhagen, a specimen from Bredefjord, \V. Greenland, collected by K. Ste- phensen, and, in spectus Faunai Groenlandicae 1913, recorded as P.valvatus Ostergren by Mortensen Its determination as valvatus must he specially considered as it was not Moetensen but Ostergren himself who regarded this specimen as a valvatus. I have, however, no doubl that it is a specimen of hypsino and in fact it was found in the same area a- the other specimen,-. Further valvatus is nol known elsewhere than along the Norwegian coast . List of Literature. Barrett, L. 1857. — Descriptions of four new species of Echino- dermata. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. II. Ser. Vol. XX. London. Clark, H. & Deichmann, E. 193(5. — On Psolicucumis Heding and its Allies. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. X. .Ser. Vol. XVII. Lon- don. Deichmann, E. 1930.— The Holothurians of the Western Part of the Atlantic Ocean. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll. Vol. LXXI. No. 3. Cambridge, Mass. - 1938. — Holothurians from the Western Coast of Lower Cali- fornia etc. Zoologica Vol. XXIII. New York. Duncan, P. M. & Gladen, W. P. 1881.— A Memoir on the Echi- nodermata of the Arctic Sea to the West of Greenland. London. Ekman, Sv. 1927. — Holothurien. Deutsche Sudpolar-Expedition 1901-1903. Vol. XIX. Zool. XL Engel, H. 1933. — Holothuries. Li's. Sci. du Voyage aux Indes Orientales Neerlandaises. Vol. II, Fasc. 13. Mem. Mus. R. d'Hist. Nat. do Belgique - hors serie. Bruxelles. Grieg, J. A. 1921. — Echinodermata. Pep. Sci. Res. of the "Michael Sars" North Atlantic Deep Sea Exped. 1910. Vol. Ill, Part 2, Zool. Bergen. Heding, S. (i. 1935.— Holothurioidea Part I. The Danish Ingolf- Expedition. Vol. IV. No. 9. Copenhagen. - 1936. — Echinoderms. 6. og 7. Thule-Expedition til Sydost- gronland 1931-33. Medd. om Gronland. Bd. 108. Nr. 1. - 1937. A new Dendrochirote from South Africa, with some Remarks ou the Rhopalodinidae. Ann. South African Mus. Vol. XXXII. Part 2. No. 5. - 1937. Uber die von Dr. Monod 1927 beschriebenen Rhopalo- diniden. Zool. Anzeiger. Bd. 118, Heft 5/6. Leipzig. 1940. — Die Holothurien der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. II, Aspidochirote und Elasipode Formen. Wiss. Ergebn. d. Deutschen Tiefsee-Exped., "Valdivia". Bd. 24, Hft. 3. Jena. Herouard, E. 1906. — Holothuries. Res. du Voyage du S. V. Bel- gica en 1897-1898-1899. Anvers. - 1923. — Holothuries provenant des campagni's des yachts Princesse -Alice et Hirondelle II (1898 1915). Pes. Camp. Sci. Prince de Monaco. Fasc. LXVI. Monaco. Koehler, R. 1896. — Echinodermes. Res. sci. de hi Camp, du "Cauda n'" dans le Golf de (Jascoijne Aout Septembre L895. Ann. de l'universite de Lyon. Paris. 1927. L,es Echinodermes des mers d'Europe II. Encycl. sci., Bibl. de Zool. Paris. Ludwig, 11. 1894.— The Holothurioidea. Rep. Explor. U. S. Fish Comm. Steamer "Albatros", during 1891. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll. Vol. XVII. No. 3. Cambridge, Mass. Ludwig, H. & Heding, S. 1935. — Die Holothurien der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition I, Fusslose und dendrochirote Formen. Wiss. Ergebn. Deutschen Tiefsee-Exped., "Valdivia". Bd. 24, lift. 2. Jena. v. Marexzeller, E. 1893. — Contribution a l'etude des Holo- thuries de I'Atlantique Nord. Res. Camp. Sci. Prince de Mo- naco. Fasc. VI. Monaco. Mayer, B. 1937. — Die Holothurien der Adria. insbesondere der Kiiste von Rovigno. Thalassia Vol. II. No. 9. Mitsukuri, K. 1912. — Studies on Actinopodous Holothuriodea. Journ. Coll. Sci., Tokyo Imp. Univ. Vol. XXIX. Art. 2. MORTENSEN, Til. 1927. -Handbook of the Echinoderms of the British Isles. Oxford. - 1932.— Echinoderms. The Godthaab Expedition 1928. Med- delelser om Gronland Bd. 79. Nr. 2. Ohshi.ma, H. 1915. — Report on the Holothurians collected by the United States Fisheries Steamer "Albatross" in the North- western Pacific during the Summer of 1906. Proc. I'. S. Nat. Mus.. Vol. 48. No. 2ii7.-;. Washington. Perrier, E. 1886. — Pes Explorations sous-marines. Paris. Perrier, P. 19()2. Holothuries. Exped. Sci. du "Travailleux" el du "Talisman". Paris. Saiis, M. 1861. Oversigt af Norges Echinodermer. Christiania. Theel, H. 1881.— Report on the Holothurioidea dredged by II. M.S. Challenger during the years 1ST.". 1876. Part I. Chall. Exp. Zool. Part XIII. 1885. Report on the Holothurioidea dredged by 11. M.S. Challenger during the years L873 L876. Pari II. Ostergren, H. 1896, Zur Kenntnis der Subfaniilie Synallai tinae unter den Aspidochiroten. Festskr. for Lilljeborg. Upsala. Plate I. Fig. 1. Psolus pourtalesii var. dyscritus n. var. oral and ajial scales, and the few large tubercles on the Type specimen seen from above, showing the arrange- dorsal scales, ment of scales. Figs- 4-5. Plica stichopus ingolfi n. sp. - 2. Psolus -pourtalesii var. dyscritus n. var. 4. Type specimen seen from the ventral side, showing Type specimen seen from the sole, showing the arrange- the arrangement of the large papillae. ment of the tube-feet. 5. Left side of the pygal portion, showing the large pa- - 3. Psolus hypsinotus n. sp. pillae and the scattered small tube-feet. Type specimen seen from the side, showing the large The Ingolf Expedition IV. 13. S.G.Heding Hoi.othurioidea II -Pi,. I. Plate II. Shape and size of the large plates of the different forms of the genus Ypsilothuria. Figs. 1- 2. bitentaculata attenuata, "Ingolf" St. 67, small spe- cimen. 3- 4. bitentaculata, specimen from the Murray-Expedi- tion, loc. Indopacific. ■"> 0. bitentaculata attenuata, "Godthaab". 6- 7. "Ingolf" St. 67, large spe- cimen. 8-10. bitentaculata attenuata, "Ingolf" St. 37. Figs. 11-12. bitentaculata virginiensis var. now The West Indies. Frederikssted, eoll.Dr.TH.MouTENSEN. 13-14. talismani talismani, "Ingolf" St. 73 specm. I. 15-16. "Trior" St. 166. 17-20. elegans. The West Indies, Frederikssted. 21-22. talismani, "Thor" St. 99. 23-24. "Ingolf" St. 83. 25-26. "Ingolf" St, 10. 27-30. The West Indies, Frederikssted. Figs. 1-30 X35. The Ixgolf Expedition IV. 13. S. G. HEDING ■ HOLOTHURIOIDEA II - Pl. II. THE INGOLF-EXPEDITION 189 5-1896 THE LOCALITIES. DEPTHS. AND BOTTOMTEMPERATl'RES OF THE STATIONS Sta- Depth Bot- Sta- Depth Bot- Sta- Depth Bot- tion Date Lat. N. Long W. in tom- tion Date Lat. N. Long W, in tom- tion Date Lat. N. Long \V. in tom- Nr. in temp. Nr. in temp. Nr. m temp. 1895 1896 1 11 -V 62 30' 8 21 249 7 ■_> 24 25 - VI 63 06' 56 00' 2258 2 1 45 LI- V 01 32' o 13' 1211 4 17 2 63° 04' 9° 22' 493 5 :; 25 26 • 63° 30' 54 25' 1096 3 3 40 - - or 32' 11 36' 1550 2 10 3 " " 63° 35' 10 24' 512 ii 5 63 51' 53 03 250 47 12 - 01 32' L3 1"' 1789 3 23 4 13 - ill 117' 11° 12' 44(1 2°5 26 - 63° 57' 52 41' 64 0°6 is - - 01 32' 15 11' 2105 3 >r. 5 - - 64 W 12 09' 292 04 37' 54 24' 205 49 13 - 02 07' 15 07' 2109 2 91 6 16 - 63° 43' 14° 34' 170 7°0 27 1 - V 1 1 0 1 54' 55 in' 740 3°8 50 - - 02 43' 15 07' 1921 3 13 7 17 - 03° 13' 15 41' 1130 4 5 28 - - 05 14' ...i 12 791 3°5 51 15 - o( 15' 14 22' 128 7 32 8 19 - 63° 56' 24° 40' 25G 6°0 29 5 - 65 34' 5 1 31' 128 n 2 52 - - 63 57 701 7 ^7 9 20 - 64 18' 27° 00' 555 5°8 30 10 - 66° 50' 54 28' 41 1 05 53 10 - 03 15' ■ 17 1407 3°08 in - - 64 24 28 50 1484 3°5 31 11 - 66° 35' 55 54' 166 1°6 54 18 - 63 08' 15 10 1301 3 9 11 21 - 64 34' 31° 12' 244S 1°6 32 11 - 66 35 56 38' 599 3 9 55 19 - 63 33' 15° 02' 505 12 22 - 64° 38' 32° 37' 1958 0°3 33 12 - 07 57 55 30' 66 n 8 56 - - 64° oo' 15 09' L28 ; 57 13 - - 64° 47' :;i :;.; 1171 3 0 34 18 - 65° 17' 54 17' 104 57 21 1 - 63 37 13 02' 0,50 3 i 14 - - 64 45' 35° 05' 331 4°4 35 - - 65° 16' 55 05' 682 :; o 58 - - 04 25' 12 09' 307 ,i 8 15 4- VI 66 18' 25 59 621 ii 75 36 28 - 61° 50' 56° 21' 2702 1 5 59 - - 61 11 10 58 1 0 i 16 5 - 65 13' 26 58' 471 i; i 37 29 - 60 17' 54 05' 3229 14 60 21 - 05 no' 1 2 2 7 234 0 9 17 i<; - 62 49' 26 55' 1403 34 38 30 - 59° 12' 51° 05' 3521 13 61 - - 05 03' 13 06 L04 01 18 17 - (11 14 30 29' 2137 3 n 39 9-VIII 02-' 00' 22 38' 1020 2 9 62 31 - 63 L8 19° 12' 7 92 1!) 18 - 60 29' 34 14' 2949 2 1 40 - - 02' 00' 21° 36' 1591 3 3 63 1 -VI 62 H 19 05' 1 0 20 20 - 58c 20' 4D 4s' 3192 1°5 41 12 - 61 39' 17° 10' 2345 2 0 04 - - 02' 00' 3 1 21 21 - 58 01' 1 1 45' 2505 2°4 42 14 - 61 11' 10° 17' 1177 0 4 65 o 61 33 10 00' 2051 22 22 - 58 10' 18 25' 3474 14 43 - - 01° 42' 10 11' 1215 1 1 i 15 66 - - oi 33' 20 13 2124 23 24 - 60 43' 66' 00' Ibc l'liinkl,». Kfl 44 - - 61 12 9 36 1026 1 8 07 3 - 22 30 1836 3 ii Sta- Depth Bot- Sta- Depth Bot- Sta- Depth Bot- tion Date Lat. N. Long \V. in tom- tion Date Lat. N. Long W. in tom- tion Date Lat. N Long W. in tom- Nr. m temp. Nr. in temp. Nr. m temp. 68 3 V 1 I i 6 L587 3°4 92 25 -VI 64 14' 32 52' 1838 1°4 118 24 -VII 68° 27' 8° 20' 1996 — 1°0 69 - - 62° 40' 22° 17' 1109 3°9 93 26 - 64° 24' 35° 14' 1444 1°46 11 '.1 25 - 67° 53' 10° 19' 19112 — 1°0 70 4 - 63° 09' 22 05' 252 7°0 94 - - 64° 56' 36° 19' 384 4°1 12li - - 67° 29' 11° 32' 1666 — 1°0 71 - - 63° 46' 22° 03' 87 65° 31' 30° 45' 401 121 - - 66° 59' 13° 11' 996 — 0°7 72 8 - 63° 12' 23 04' 371 6°7 95 27 - 65° 14' 30° 39' 1416 2°i 122 26 - 66° 42' 14° 44' 217 1°8 73 - - 23 ' 28' Hi:, 5°5 96 28 - 65'1 24' 29° 00' 1384 1°2 123 28 - 66° 52' 15° 40' 273 2°0 71 9 - 62 17' 24 36 1309 4°2 97 - - 65° 28' 27° 39' 847 5°5 124 - - 67° 40' 15° 40' 932 — 0°6 61° 57' 25° 35' 1433 98 - - 65° 38' 26° 27' 260 5 9 125 29 - 68° 08' 16° 02' 1373 — 0°8 61° 28' 25 06' 1561 99 7-VII 66° 13' 25° 53' 352 6°1 126 - - 67° 19' 15° 52' 552 — 0°5 75 11 - 61° 28' 26 25' 1469 4°3 100 9 - 66° 23' 14 02' 111 (1-4 127 2-V1II 66° 33' 20° 05' 83 5°6 76 12 - 60° 50' 26° 50' 1518 4°1 101 10 - 66° 23' 12° 05' 1011 — 0°7 128 - - 66° 50' 20° 02' 365 0°6 77 - - 60° 10' 26° 59' 1791 3°6 102 - - 66° 23' in 26' 1412 — 0°9 129 3 - 66° 35' 23° 47' 220 6°5 78 13 - 60° 37' 27° 52' 1505 4°5 103 - - 66° 23' 8° 52' 1090 ■ (i li 130 8 - 63° 00' 20° 40' 636 6°55 79 - - 60 52' 28° 58' 1230 4°4 104 11 - 66 23' 7° 25' 1802 — 1°1 131 - - 63 'in' ■ 19° 09' 1314 4° 7 80 - - 61° 02' 29D 32' 1 7 1 ; i 4°0 105 - - 65° 34' r 3i' 1435 — 0°8 132 - - 63° 00' 17° 04' 14(17 4°6 81 14 - 61 44' 27° 00' 913 6°1 106 12 - 65 : 8° 54' 842 — 0 6 133 9 - 63° 14' 11 24' 433 2°2 82 - - 61° 55' 27 : 28' 1552 4°1 65° 29' 8° 40' 878 131 - - 62 34' 10° 26' 563 4°1 83 - - 62 _'.v 28° 30' 1717 3°5 107 - - 65° 33' in 28' 926 — 0°3 135 10 - 62 48' 9° 48' 508 0°4 62 36' 26 01' 889 108 13 - 65° 30' 12° 00' 183 1-1 136 - - 63° 01' 9° 11' 482 4°8 62° 36' 25° 30' 755 109 18 - 65 29' L3 25' 72 1 5 137 - - 63° li- 8° 31' 559 — 0°6 84 17 - 62 58' 25 24' 1192 4°8 110 19 - 'id 14' 11° 33' 1471 ii 8 L3£ - - es0 26' 7° 56' 887 — 0°6 85 - - 63 21' 25' 21' 320 111 21 1 - 67° 14' E i- 1619 — 0°9 139 - - 63° 36' 7° 30' 1322 — 0°6 86 23 - 65° 03' 6 23° 47'6 143 112 - - 67° 57' 6 44' 2386 — 1°1 140 11 - 63° 29' 6° 57' 1469 ii :. ■ 87 - - 65 02'3 23 56'2 207 113 21 - 69° 31' 7° 06' 2465 — 1°0 141 - - 63 22' 6° 58' 1279 — 0°6 88 - - 64° 58' 24 25' 143 (i 9 114 22 - 7n 36' 7° 29' 1456 — 1°0 14- - - 63° 07' 7° 05' 1105 — 0°6 89 24 ■ 64° 45' 27 20' 584 8 1 115 23 - 70 ,0 8 29' 162 0°1 143 - - 62° 58' 7° 09' 731 — 0°4 90 - - 64 l.v 29 06' 1070 4°4 116 - - 7o 05' 8° 26' 699 — 0°4 144 - - 62° 49' 7° 12' 520 1°6 91 25 - 64° 44' 31 00' 2328 3 1 117 24 - 119" 13' 8° 23' 1889 ~1°0 BIANCO IUNO A,'S XBhvN THE DANISH INGOLF-EXPEDITION VOLUME IV 14 POLYCILETA BY ELISE WESENBERG-LUND WITH 10 PLATES, 67 CHARTS AND 2 FIGURES IN THE TEXT COPENHAGEN PRINTED BY BIANCO LUNO 1950 Contents pase Introduction 3 Systematic account 5 A Errantia 5 Family Aphroditidtr 5 Subfamily Hermenionince 5 Subfamily Polynoince 5 Subfamily Sigalioninw 9 Subfamily Aeoetince 10 Family Phyllodoeidxe 10 Family Otopsidee 11 Family AmphinomicUe 11 Family Tomopteridm 12 Family Typhloscolecidte 13 Family Eesionidce 13 Family SyUuke 14 Subfamily Syllince 14 Subfamily Exogonince 15 Subfamily Autolytinm 16 Family Xereidte 18 Family Nephthydidw 20 Family Spluerodoridce 22 Family Glyceridm 23 Family Eunicidm 25 Subfamily Euniciinw 25 Subfamily Onuphi&iruB 2G Subfamily LumbriconereiruB 27 Subfamily Slaurocephalince 29 Family Cirratulidoe 33 Family Chlorwmidce 35 Family Scalibregmidce 36 Family Opheliidce 37 Family ( 'apitellidaB 39 Family Maldanidce 39 Subfamily Lumbriclymenirue 39 Subfamily Nicomachina 41 Subfamily Euclymenince 42 Subfamily Maldaminee 44 Family Oweniida 45 Family Sternaspidas 46 Family Amphictenida 46 Family Ampharetidce 47 Family Terebellidw 50 Subfamily Amphitritincs 50 Subfamily Thelepince 54 Subfamily Polycirrinw 54 Subfamily Trichoibranchinoe 55 Subfamily Canephoritue 55 Family Sdbt ttidce 56 Subfamily Salellirue 56 Subfamily Fabriciince 58 Family Serpulidce 59 Subfamily Serpulirue 59 Subfamily Filogranina 61 Subfamily Spirorbirue 62 B Sedentaria 29 Family AriciidtB 29 Family Spionidm 30 Family Disomidce 31 Family Paraonidee 32 General Remarks 63 Table I 67 Table II 70 Table III 73 List of Literature 78 Family Cluetopteridm 33 Charts . 81 Introduction. The present paper is a systematic geographical treatment of the Polychaetes from the north-western parts of the Atlantic Ocean, north of the 60c N. Lat. and West of 0 Long. The collect- ions mainly originate from the Danish cruiser "Ingolf" which, in the summers of 1895 and 1896 made two scientific deep-sea expeditions of four months each in the seas round the Faroes, Iceland and Greenland. Though more than 50 years have elapsed since the "Ingolf" brought home her collections, the comprehensive material is still of considerable value, mainly because no new collections of importance have been made in the abyssal regions of the North Atlantic. Nevertheless, the collections of the Zoolo- gical Museum proved to comprise some material from the area under consideration, and it seemed natural to include into this treatment these small and more accidental collections from other expeditions; thus the Polychaetes collected, e.g. by the "Thor", the "Dana", the "Tjalfe" and the "Michael Sars", and by Danish officials in Greenland haye been treated here too. The whole material dealt with in the present paper is kept in the Zoological Museum of the University of Copenhagen. Originally it was the intention that the "Ingulf" Report should comprehend the littoral fauna as well as the deep-sea fauna of the North-Atlantic Ocean, and the greater part of the papers already appeared in this publication also do so. Hoping, however, to come to an end with the publications within a reasonable time, the editors of the "Ingolf" Report decided to exclude the littoral faunas from future treatments. This amendment is justified in planning the special working up of the faunas of East-Green- land, Iceland and the Faroes in the works "Zoology of East- Greenland", "Zoology of Iceland", and "Zoology of the Faroes" resp. In 1928 Hj. Ditlevsen published his paper on the "Poly- chaetes of the Faroes", and in a few years papers on Polychaetes from the two other areas by the present author will follow. There- fore the species from the shelf or the littoral area will only lie included in this treatise if they are considered of particular interest or if they complete the account in some way or other. Two papers dealing with Polychaetes were already published in the "Ingolf" Report viz.: Ditlevsen (1917) on Aphroditida and PhyUodocidce, and E. WESENBEP,r;-LrM> (1935) on Typklo- scolecidm and Tomopteridm. Since Ditlevsen's publication, more than 30 years ago. new material has been brought home; it seems reasonable, therefore, summarily to recapitulate his report, which thus will be augmented by several new finds. In a few cases this also holds good of the TomopteridcB and Typhloscolecidce. Several authors haye contributed to our knowledge of the Polychaetes from the North-Atlantic deep-sea basins, but a general account was never given. Among the most important papers the following may be mentioned: Akmauer Hansen's Annelida from the Norwegian Sea, Ditlevsen's and Mc'Intosh's from the water- west of Greenland (the "Godthaab" and the "Valorous" resp.), Apoener's from Spitsbergen, all of them dealing with collections from more or less restricted areas. I have considered it important to jrive a list, as complete as possible, of previous finds for each species within the area under consideration, hence the fairly long list of synonyms and literature in front of some of the species. Only as regards those families formerly treated in the "Ingulf" Report these lists are confined to comprise records which ought to have been quoted and which for some reason iir nt her were omitted. As regards the classification and nomenclature the author has followed the system which Fauvel used in his " Polychetes" in "Faune de Frame". Morphological and anatomical problems haye only been discussed when the pre rial offered something of parti- cular interest and could add to our previous knowledge. . by new details or when questions hitherto open could be answered - or partly answered by studies of specimens available. Many of the specimens, especially the tubicolou ippeared to be in a rather bad state of preservation, because the fixative had not penetrated the wall- of the tube-, a fact which often rendered the specific determination difficult or even problematic; during the many years the material had now and then been more or less roughly handed and it was therefore unfit fur the study of mor- phological details; tentacles, gills, cirri, elvthra etc. were lost, or the specimens had fallen to pieces and could not be reconstructed (Maldanids e. g.). In systematical and especially in zoogeographical respects tic material offers points of particular interest. It comprises 2' '7 s] i distributed oyer 30 families of which one was new to when Ditlevsex wrote his "Ingolf" Report in 1914, viz. the Otopsidm with one genus and one species established by Ditlevsen. The following genera are new to science: 1. Balhynoe Ditlevsen 1917 2. Otopsis Ditlevsen 1917 3. Hesionella n. g. I. Hesiosyllis n. g. 5. Melinnides n a 6. Bajfinia n. g. and the following species new to science: 1. Harmothoe bathydomus Ditlevsen 1917 2. H.ingolfiana Ditlevsen 1917 3. H. vesiculosa Ditlevsen 1917 1. Bathynoe nodulosus Ditlevsen 1917 5. Drieschia melanostoma Ditlevsen 1917 6. Stkenelais fUamentosus Ditlevsen 1917 7. Eulalia tjalfiensis Ditlevsen 1917 - !■;. minuta Ditlevsen 1917 9. Mystides occidetUalis Ditlevsen 1917 l(i. Otopsis longipes Ditlevsen 1917 11. Hesionella problematica a. sp. 12. Hesio igmatica n. sp. 13. Ceratocephala borealis n. sp. 11. Melinnides rostrata n. sp. 15. Baffinia multisetosa. n. sp. Of these H. vesiculosa Ditl. and i Ditl. are not valid, the former most probably being identical with //. ( L.) and the latter with E. bilineata Johnston. Many of the species are new to the investigated area, and for a. still greater number our knowledge of their distribution has been considerably add., I to or confirmed. POLYCrLOTA - ■ ■' • "¥1 1 \ \ \ \ / /l' fkJA. ' -^ j~~^/0^\ S/ iz-z^^i. V ^W/^^^' y^t — lr^1 \ \ \ \ ^V\'<^ Rl ; \m *^^ F&ir\^^\*?y~ ' -:&*^\c 1 \ \ \/^ Oc" - - >v t v \ 1j t^^V- \ ^S^ / /l\ "f^QsJ' ) •"-. X J_ / 73Pi s/ ^V? \ ■ ' "^V. ^^ ^^S— r / (Ov c (>--zS\ A\ Wvv [ClX'i / / // ■ ■ 1 1 v-'\ t • . cii ">y < m \ -'~>>t;. (Chart 2; PI. I, fig. 1 and 2). 1865 Nychia cirrosa Malmgren, p. 58. 1874 Gattyana cirrosa Mobius, p. 253. 1877 Nychia cirrosa Mc'Intosh, p. 500. 1879 Gattyana cirrosa Mc'Intosh, p. 129 1882 Polynoe cirrosa A. Hansen, p. II. 1898 Nychia cirrosa Michaelsen, p. 120. 1902 Gattyana. cirrosa Moore, p. 259. 1911 Nychia cirrosa Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 112. 1911 Gattyana cirrosa Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 682. 1'.)I7 Gattyana cirrosa Hj. Ditlevsen, p. hi. 1923 Gattyana cirrosa Fauvel, p. I'.i. 1928 Gattyana cirrosa Augener, p. 692. 1929 Gattyana cirrosa, Hj. Ditlevsen. p. (>. 1937 Gattyana, cirrosa Hj. Ditlevsen, p. II. Occurrence: West of Greenland : 64 11' N. 52 17' W.; "Dana" St. 2318. 9. ti. 1925. 50m. 1 spec. The species may exceptionally be found in depths of more than 1000 m (Mc'Intosh), and Ditlevsen 1917 reports it from the Davis Strait between 100 and about 800m. It is however one of the mosl common Polynoids in shallow wafers and pene- trates far into the West- and East-Greenland fjords. Distribution: Widely spread in arctic an. I ...iters. Cireumpolar. 5. Gattyana amondseni (Malmgren) lvo7. (Chart 2). 1867 Nychia amondseni Malmgren, p. 5. 1N77 Nychia amondseni Mc'Intosh, p. 500. L902 Gattyana amondseni Moore, p. 259. 1914 Gattyana amondseni Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 683. 1917 Gattyana amondseni Hj. Ditlevsen. p. II. POLYCH/ETA L928 Gattyana amondseni Augener, p. 693. 1937 Gattyana amondseni Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 15. No specimens present. Ditlevsen 1937 reports it from the ml the Baffin Bay (160-80 m.). Distribution: The species has a wide distribution in arctic and boreal regions although it seems to be common nowhere. \\ est Greenland in coastal waters from Inglefield Bay to Godhavn. North America; west coast of Norway; Spitsbergen. especially the development and the arrangement of the corpuscles of the scales that vary. The species does not belong to the abyssal fauna; only once has it been recorded from the deep-sea, "Ingolf" St. 46. 1356 m. Distribution: The species seems to be common in shallow waters and on the shelf everywhere in the arctic part of the Atlan- tic Ocean: Spitsbergen, the Kara Sea, the Murman Coast, arctic Norway, Baffin Bay; it extends, however, into the boreal zone: Iceland, the Faroes, Norway, Scotland, and even into the Channel. 6. Harmothoe globifera (G. 0. Sars) 1872. (Chart 3). L872 Nychia globifera G. 0. Sars, p. 95. I B82 Polynoe assimilis G. A. Hansen, p. 27. 1882 Polynoe globifera G.A.Hansen, p. 4. 1917 Harmothoe globifera Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 9. 1928 non Gattyana globifera Augener, p. 693. 1937 Harmothoe globifera Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 6. Occurrence: East of Greenland: 65°14' N. 30°39'W.; "In- golf" St. 95. 27. 6. 1896. 1416 m. 5 spec. All five specimens have dorsal setse of the coarse and stout Harmothoid-type and bear no resemblance to the far more deli- cate Gattyana-type. I therefore fully agree with Ditlevsen (1937) combating Augener when this author calls the species Gattyana globifera (Sars). The specimens examined by him cannot belong to the same species as the specimens in the collections of the Zoological Museum of Copenhagen. Distribution: \V.- and E. -Greenland, south of Iceland; the west coast of Norway; i.e. arctic and boreo-arctic ; abyssal. 7. Harmothoe (Eunoe) nodosa (M. Sars) 1860. (Chart 4). 1843 Lepidonote scabra Orsted, p. 163. 1860 Polynoe nodosa M. Sars, p. 58. 1865 Eunoe nodosa Malmgren, p. 64. 1885 Eunoe oerstedi Malmgren, p. 61. 1877 Eunoe oerstedi McTntosh, p. 500. 1879 Polynoe scabra Theel, p. 7. 1882 Polynoe islandica, arctica, spinulosa, foraminifera A. Hansen, p. 24, 27, 28, 29. 1889 Harmothoe nodosa Holm, p. 157. 1902 Gattyana senta Moore, p. 259. 1902 Harmothoe (Eunoe) nodosa Moore, p. 271. 1907 Harmothoe nodosa Arwidsson, p. 520. 1911 Eunoe nodosa Fauvel, p. 8. 1914 Harmothoe nodosa Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 680. 1914 Gattyana senta Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 683. 1914 Eunoe nodosa Fauvel, p. 51. 1917 Harmothoe nodosa Hj. Ditlevsen, p 1923 Eunoe nodosa Fauvel, p. 51. 1928 Harmothoe nodosa Augener, p. 684. 1929 Harmothoe nodosa Hj. Ditlevsen, p 1937 Harmothoe nodosa Hj. Ditlevsen, p 1937 Harmothoe senta Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 8. 6. 2. in. Occurrence: West of Greenland : 69°30' N. 56°32' W.; "Dana" St. 2363: 27.6.1925; 202 m.: 1 spec. — 66°37' N. 56°37'W.; "Dana" St. 2346; 22. 6. 1925; 450 m.; 1 spec — Store Hellefiske- e; 35 m.; 2 spec. — West of the Faroes: 62°07' N. 8°35'W.; "Dana" St. 6007; 25.7.1938; 375 m.; 1 spec. The long list of synonyms which practically entirely refers to North Atlantic records plainly shows the difficulty of actually marking the boundaries of the species. It seems to be constant features, however, that the ventral setae are unident, and that te papilhe on the palps are arranged in six longitudinal rows. It is 8. Harmothoe (Acanthicolepis) asperrima (M. Sars) 1860. (Chart 3). 1860 Polynoe asperrima M. Sars, p. 59. 1867 Dasylepis asperrima Malmgren, p. 7. 1900 Acanthicolepis asperrima Mc'Intosh, p. 311 1917 Harmothoe asjaerrima Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 10. The species is reported by Ditlevsen (1917, p. 10) from two localities south and east of Iceland. Distribution: Nowhere common, most frequent on the Nor- wegian coast, whence it was described, the northernmost station being Bodo; the Shetlands and Scotland. 9. Harmothoe imbricata (L.) 1767. (Chart 5). 1780 Aphrodita cirrata O. Fabricius, p. 308. 1877 Harmothoe imbricata McTntosh, p. 500. 1879 Harmothoe' imbricata McTntosh, p. 129. 1889 Harmothoe imbricata Holm, p. 155, 156, 159. 1898 Harmothoe imbricata Michaelsen, p. 270. 1902 Harmothoe imbricata Moore, p. 270. 1911 Harmothoe imbricata, Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 415. 1914 Harmothoe imbricata Fauvel. p. 53. 1914 Harmothoe imbricata Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 678. 1917 Harmothoe imbricata Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 10. 1937 Harmothoe imbricata Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 12. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 69°08'N. 53°12'W. ; "Tjalfe" St. 113 A; 12. 7. 1908; 263 m; 1 spec — 68° N. 54°50'W.; "Islands Falk" St. X; 16. 8. 1926; 2 spec — 68°28' N. 54°47'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 199; 18. 8. 1908; about 400 m; 1 spec — 66°35' N. 55°54' W. "Ingolf" St. 31; 11,7. 1895; 166 m; 1 spec. — 66°22' N. 57°16' W. "Tjalfe" St. 367; 19. 5. 1909; 686 m; 1 spec. — 62°58' N. 50°52' W. "Tjalfe" St, 465; 21. 6. 1909; 50 m; 10 spec. Distribution: The species is the most common North Atlantic Polynoid, even one of the most common Polychsetes at all; this holds good without any restriction in coastal waters, but the species is also fairly common in the deeper parts of the ocean. It is known as far northwards as explorations have been made (e. g. Grinnell Land, McTntosh 1879); cireumpolar; arctic; boreal; lusitanian; Mediterranean. The species shows great adaptability as regards salinity as well as bathymetrical range. 10. Harmothoe impar (Johnston) 1840. (Chart 3). 1877 Evarne impar McTntosh, p. 501. 1902 Harmothoe (Evarne) impar Moore, p. 270. 1914 Harmothoe impar Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 679. 1917 Harmothoe impar Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 12. 1928 Harmothoe impar Augener, p. 678. 1937 Harmothoe impar Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 12. Occurrence: West of Iceland: 65°03'6 N. 23°47'6 W. ; 23.6. L896; 143m; 2 spec. — North of Iceland: 66°10' N. 18°00'W.; "Dana" St. 2854; 21. 7. 1926; 1 spec. I'ol.VrlLKTA Distribution: The species is mostly untie, Spitsbergen, Franz Joseph Lund, Finmarken, [celand, West- Greenland from Inglefield Lund and southwards; boreo-arctic, boreal. 11. Harmothoe' antilopis Mcintosh 1877. (Charf 6). Is77 Harmothoe antilopis Mc'Intosh, p. 383. 1900 Harmothoe antilopis Mc'Intosh, p. 334. 1917 Harmothoe antilopis Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 16. 1923 Harmothoe antilopis Fauvel, p. 56. Occurrence: Westof [celand: 65 03'6 N. 23 17'6W.; "Ingolf" St. 86; 23. 6. 1896; 113 m; 2 spec. Distribution: The species is not arctic; Ditlevsen (1917) reports it west and east of Iceland resp. about 300 m and 170 m. It does not seem to be common anywhere. It mainly belongs to the Iusitanian and Mediterranean urea. 15. Harmothoe sarsi (Kinberg) 1862 m. s. Mlmgr. 1865 (vide Thee! 1879, p. 16). (Chart 7 I. 1879 Antinoe sarsi? var. groenlandica Mc'Intosh, p. 130. 1902 Actinoe sarsi Moore, p. 269. 1911 Harmothoe sarsii Hj. Ditlevsen 1911 Harmothoe sarsii llj. Ditlevsen 1911 Antinoe sarsi Fauvel, p. 49. 1917 Harmothoe sursii Hj. Ditlevsen 1928 Harmothoe (Antinoella) sarsi Augener, p. 687. 1929 Harmothoe sarsi Hj. Ditlevsen, p. .">. 1937 Harmothoe sarsi Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 13. I i.i. 677 23. No new finds. Distribution: Widely spread Spitsbergen to North America. Dunish Waters; Ireland. the northern Atlantic, from 12. Harmothoe fraser-thomsoni Mc'Intosh 1896. (Chart 6). 1917 Harmothoe fraser-thomsoni Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 16. 1929 Harmothoe fraser-thomsoni Hj. Ditlevsen, p. I. The species is not found in the present material. Distribution: Fairly common round the Faroes; known from south of Iceland and Ireland and in other localities in the Iusitanian area. 13. Harmothoe longisetis (Grube (('hurt li). 1863. 1865 1902 1911 1917 1923 192S 1929 1939 LaMiilla glabra Malmgren, p. 73. Harmothoe (Lsenilla) glabra Moore, p. 270. Harmothoe glabra Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 681. Harmothoe glabra Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 18. Harmothoe longisetis Fauvel, p. 'ill. Harmothoe glabra Augener, p. 680. Harmothoe setoissinia Hj. Ditlevsen. p. 3. Harmothoe longisetis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. The species is present in my material from numerous localities from the coastal waters of West-Greenland. They will be published elsewhere. Distribution: Spitsbergen and Inglefield Lund. Ditlevsen (1917, p. 18) writes about these finds in North- Greenland, that he "considers them very improbable." Considering Augener's statement of the finds at Spitsbergen and my own from West- and East- Greenland. I think, however, that there is no reason to doubt Moore's records. — Arctic- boreal, Iusitanian, Mediter- ranean. 14. Harmothoe badia Theel 1879. (Chart 7 1. 1898 Harmothoe badia Michaelsen, p. 122. 1914 Harmothoe badia Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 677. 1914 Antinoe badia Fauvel, p. 19. 1917 Harmothoe badia Ditlevsen, p. 22. 1928 Harmothoe (Antinoella) badia Augener, p. 689. 1937 Harmothoe badia Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 8. All deep-sea localities have been published by Hj. Ditlevsen 1917. Distribution: Widely spread in the abyssal regions of the Norwegian Sea; mainly arctic, probably circumpolar; extends into the boreal zone as far as the Skagerrak. Oft' the coasts of Greenland it bus, however, frequently I n found in shallow waters. 16. Harmothoe mollis (G. 0. Sars) 1872. (Chart 7). 1900 Antinoe mollis Mc'Intosh, p. 369. 1917 Harmothoe mollis Hj. Ditlevsen. p. 25. 1929 Harmothoe mollis Hj. Ditlevsen. p. 3. Occurrence: Westof Greenland: 66 27' N.57 16'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 367; 19.5.1909; 686 m; 1 spec. — 65 16' N. 55°05'W.; "In- golf" St. 35; 18.7. 1895; 682 m; 1 spec. Both specimens were found, determined and labelled by Hj. Ditlevsen, but not published by him. Distribution: Essentially known from the Atlantic coasl of Norway; the Faroes; off Ireland; Danish waters('); it seems to be scarce everywhere. 17. Harmothoe bathydomus Hj. Ditlevsen 1917. (Chart 8). 1917 Harmothoe bathydomus Hj. Ditlevsen. p, 25. 1910 Harmothoe bathydomus E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 31. The species is not present in my material. Hitherto only two specimens have been known, one fragment from west of South Greenland, upon which the species was established, and one imbedded in the skin of the Holuthuriu Iltttln/philis nutans (Sars) from southwest of Ireland. Both specimens from abyssal regions. 18. Harmothoe acanellae (Verrill) 1883. (Chart 8). 1887 Polynoe acanellse Verrill, p. 525. 1917 Harmothoe acanella Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 27. Occurrence: South of Iceland: 62 10' N. 19 05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 63; 1. 6. 1896; 1506 m; 1 spec. 62 06' N. 19 OO'W. St. 64; 1.6. 1896; 1960 m; 2 spec. 61 UN. 27 OO'W.; "In St. 81. 14. 6. 1896. 913 m; 2 spec. Five specimens of the species were pn nl in the "Ingolf" collections which were not dealt with by Hj. Ditlevsen. The three new localities are inside the area of the species published by this anthor. The species is a pronounced abyssal species, according to Verrill associated with corals; whether this has been the case with the 5 present specimens is impossible to tell. Distribution: The east coast of America and several locali ties in thi' Ninth Atlantic; south of Iceland and further a few finds from the Davis Strait. Everywhere scarce. POLYCH.ETA 19. Harmothoe oculinarum (Storm) 1878. (Chart 8). 1878 Laenilla oculinarum Storm, p. 32. 1917 Harmothoe oculinarum Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 30. One find in the North Atlantic, south of Iceland, 500-600 in, published 1917. Previous record from the Trondheim fjord. 20. Harmothoe ingolfiana Hj. Ditlevsen 1917. (Chart 8). 1917 Harmothoe ingolfiana Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 32. Only one find south of Iceland 1836 m; the species was never refound since it was established. 21. Harmothoe vesiculosa Hj. Ditlevsen 1917. 1917 Harmothoe vesiculosa Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 34. The species was established on a number of fragments and very badly preserved specimens, lacking appendages etc.; they all originate from abyssal waters - 1180 in - south of Iceland. It was never refound. According to Ditlevsen the most characte- ristic feature of the species is the peculiar, translucent vesicles along the outer edge of the scales. I have studied the type spec- imens and seen the scales which apart from the vesicles were //. imbricaia-scales; the seta; were imbricota-setaz too. On examin- ing, for other purposes, a great number of H. imbricate, I found a badly preserved specimen (from W. Greenland, Store Hellefiske- banke) in which the nodules of the hind edge of the scales were puffed up like the vesicles of H. vesiculosa. In my opinion these les are due to bad preservation, and I am inclined to regard Ditlevsen's species as a modified Harmothoe imbricata. 22. Harmothoe violacea (Storm) 1879. (Char! 9). 1917 Harmothoe violacea Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 34. A single find reported by Ditlevsen south of Iceland, 957 m. 23. Harmothoe aspera (A.Hansen) 1879. (Chart 9). 1882 Polynoe aspera Hansen, p. 5. 1902 Lagisca multisetosa Moore, p. 267. 1911 Harmothoe multisetosa Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 412. 1914 Harmothoe multisetosum Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 682. 191-1 Harmothoe aspera Fauvel, p. 57. 1917 Harmothoe aspera Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 35. 1918 Harmothoe aspera Sammndsson, p. 1S2. 1928 Harmothoe aspera Augener, p. 683. Recorded by Ditlevsen from West- and East- Greenland, 200 600m; Iceland, Norway, Spitsbergen. 21. Harmothoe capitulifera Hj. Ditlevsen 1911. (Char! 9). 1911 Harmothoe capitulifera Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 416. 1911 Harmothoe capitulifera Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 679. 1917 Harmothoe capitulifera Hj. Ditlevsen, p. 8. The species with the large "head-shaped" bodies forming a dense group on the posterior part of the scales were described from ;h Easl Greenland (300 m) and refound in collections from the Davis Strait (6()0 — 750 m) by Ditlevsen. It has not been refound. 25. Harmothoe villosa (Malmgren) 1865. (Chart 9). 1865 Eucrantha villosa Malmgren., p. 80. 1877 Eupolynoe occidentals Mc'Intosh, p. 501. 1911 Harmothoe villosa Ditlevsen, p. 416. 1914 Eupolynoe occidentalis Ditlevsen, p. 677. 1914 Harmothoe villosa Ditlevsen, p. 681. 1917 Harmothoe villosa Ditlevsen, p. 36. 1928 Harmothoe (Eucranta) villosa, Augener, p. 690. 19:17 Harmothoe villosa, Ditlevsen, p. 13. Found by the "Ingolf" Expedition at St. 25 and St. 32, both in the Davis Strait and published by Ditlevsen 1917, p. 36; both from deep-sea areas 1096 and 599 m resp. Distribution: Common in the deeper regions of the Green- land fjords and on the west as well as the east coast of Greenland; a series of finds from the coastal areas will be published later on. Furthermore: Spitsbergen and south of Iceland. 26. Lagisca extenuata (Grube) 1840. (Chart 10). 1860 Poiynoe rarispiiia M. Sars, p. 60. 1865 Lagisca rarispina Malmgren, p. 65. LS67 Lagisca propinqua Malmgren, p. 9. 1898 Harmothoe rarispina, Michaelsen, p. 12<>. 1900 Lagisca jeffreysii Mc'Intoch., p. 305. 1900 Lagisca floccosa Mc'Intoch p. 298. 1900 Lagisca elizabethae Mc'Intoch, p. 303. 1902 Lagisca rarispina Moore, p. 269. 1911 Lagisca rarispina Fauvel, p. 15. 1914 Lagisca rarispina Fauvel, p. 65. 1914 Harmothoe rarispina Ditlevsen, p. 678. 1917 Harmothoe propinqua Ditlevsen, p. 14. 1917 Harmothoe floccosa Ditlevsen, p. 8. 1917 Harmothoe jeffreysii Ditlevsen, p. 9. 1917 Harmothoe rarispina Ditlevsen, p. 13. 1923 Lagisca extenuata Fauvel, p. 76. 1929 Harmothoe extenuata Ditlevsen, p. 5. 1937 Harmothoe rarispina Ditlevsen, p. 11. 1939 Harmothoe extenuata E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 6. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 64°01' N. 52°40'W.; Riis- Carstensen; 28.7.1926; 2 spec. — 62°58' N. 50°52'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 465; 21. 6. 1909; 47 m; 1 spec. The long list of synonyms shows how difficult it has been to determine this species. The genus Lagisca was erected by Malm- gren 1865 and separated from the genus Harmothoe because of its larger number of segments. Augener (1928, p. 686), evidently followed by Ditlevsen 1929 and 1937, does not consider this feature important enough to maintain the genus, but unites it again with Harmothoe. I prefer to keep them apart in accordance with Fauvel (e. g. 1923). Distribution: The species is circumpolar and widely spread in the northern hemisphere, especially in the arctic area. As to the bathymetrical distribution it also shows a great adaptability, as it may be met with in tide pools and at very great depths, about 300 m. 27. Lagisca hubrechti (Mc'Intosh) 1900. (Chart 10). 1900 Evarne hubrechti Mc'Intosh, p. 360. 1914 Lagisca hubrechti Fauvel, p. 67. 1917 Harmothoe hubrechti Ditlevsen, p. 20. 1923 Lagisca hubrechti Fauvel, p. 78. 1937 Harmothoe hubrechti Ditlevsen, p. 20. 1939 Harmothoe hubrechti E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 6. POLYCH.t.TA Occurrence: South of Iceland: 62 In' X. in 36'W.; "Thor" St. 164; 12. S. 1903; 2150m. w.; 1 spec. South of the Faroes: 61°08'N. 9°4G'W.; "Michael Sars" St. 79; 14.8. L902; 1000 m.w. 1 spec. — 50°25' N. 12 ll'W.; 2438m. w.; 1 spec- 130 miles S. .if Ingolf sh6f8i; "Thor" St. 183; 11. 7. L904; 1800 m. w.; 1 spec. Distribution: This bathypelagic species is not an arctic form; in the northern Atlantic it is mostly found in the waters south and west of Iceland, and south of the Kamcs: furthermore ill the lusitanian and Mediterranean areas. 28. Macellicephala violacea (Levinsen) 1887. (Chart 11). 1887 Oligolepis violacea Levinsen. p. 1. 1907 Macellicephala violacea Wiren, p. 287. L914 Macellicephala mirabilis Fauvel, p. 39. 1917 Macellicephala violacea Ditlevsen, p. 39. 1937 Macellicephala violacea Ditlevsen. p. 15. No specimens in the material dealt with here. Distribution: West of Greenland. The Atlantic Ocean N. E. of Iceland and S. of Jan Mayen ("Ingolf" St. 103 and 116) 1090 m and 699 m res]). The Kara Sea. 29. Admetella longepedata Mc'Intosh 1885. (Chart Hi. 1885 Polynoe (Admetella) longepedata Mc'Intosh. 1906 Admetella longepedata Augener, p. 123. 1912 Admetella longepedata Ehlers, p. 40. 1917 Admetella longepedata Ditlevsen, p. 37. 124. Not represented in the present collections but recorded by Ditlevsen in his "Ingolf" Report, a fact which is very interesting as the species was previously known only from S. \Y. of Africa, from off the coasl of Somali and from the West Indie-. From these localities as well as from the "Ingolf" locality it is reported from very meat depths, and the species should undoubtedly be regarded as a deep-sea form with a wide geographical range. 30. Melaenis loveni Malmgren 1865. 1 1 'hart 11). 1909 Melaenis loveni Ditlevsen, p. 10. 1928 Melaenis loveni Augener, p. 695. 1937 Melaenis loveni Ditlevsen, p. 16. Not in the present material. According to Ditlevsen (1937) this specie, is known from the east as well as from the west coast of Greenland, most commonly in shallow waters ; bul in the Exeter Sound, Totness Road, it has 1 n found by the "Godthaab" expedition in 1928 at a depth of 75 200m. Furthermore known from the Kara Sea. the Bering Sea. Franz Joseph Land and Spitsbergen. 31. Bathynoe nodulosus Ditlevsen 1917. (Chart Hi. 1917 Bathynoe nodulosus Ditlevsen, p. 12. The species has been established on a single specimen dredgi d by the "Ingolf" expedition S. of Iceland at Si 65, 61 33' N. L., 19 00'W. L .; 2051 m, and has not been refound later on. Subfamily Sigalioninae Grnbe. (Chart 12). 32. Leanira tetragona ((listed) 1845 1917 Leanira tetragona Ditlevsen, p. 47. Occurrence: West of Greenland: til 05' X. -V. 20'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 337: 8.5. 1909; 1100m; 7 spec. South of Iceland: 63°16'5 X. 19°57'W.; "Thor" St. 172: 17.7.19(1.3: 230m; 2 spec. - 62°10'5 X. 19 36'W.; "Thor" St. 164; 13. 7. 1903; 2150m; 2 spec. Distribution: Found in the Davis Strait (1100m, "Tjalfe" St. 337. Ditlevsen op. cit.); otherwise a pronounced boreal species (North Sea, Skagerrak etc.) which exceptionally descends to great depths. 33. Leanira hystricis Ehlers 1874. (Chart 12). 1914 Leanira hystricis Ditlevsen, p. 48. 1923 Leanira hystricis Fauvel. p. 118. Not in the present collections. By Ditlevsen (op. cit.) reported from S. of Iceland. 957 m. Distribution: Boreal and Atlantic: a pronounced deep-sea Annelid. 34. Sthenelais jeffreysi Mc'Intosh 1*77. (Chart 12). 1S77 Sthenelais jeffl'eysii Mc'Intosh. p. 106. 1917 Sthenelais jeffreysii Ditlevsen, p. is. 1929 Sthenelais jeffreysii Ditlevsen, p. 9. Not m the present collections. Ditlevsen (op. cit.) reports it from the Davis Strait and S. of Iceland. Distribution: Atlantic, boreal. 35. Pholoe minuta (0. Fabricius) 1780 (Chart 12). 1909 Pholoe minuta. Ditlevsen, p. 11. 1911 Pholoe minuta Ditlevsen, p. lis. 1914 Pholoe tecta Ditlevsen, p. 685. 1914 Pholoe minuta Ditlevsen. p. 684. 1917 Pholoe minuta Ditlevsen. p. 19. 1 928 Pholoe minuta Augener, p. 673. 1929 Pholoe minuta Ditlevsen. p. 8. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 63°06' X. 56°00'W\; "In- golf" St. 24; 25.6. 1895; 2258m; 1 spec Dist id but ion : Most probably common c\ erywherc along i he coasts ol Greenland, but often overlooked on account of its small size. Norwegian Sea, boreo-arctic, boreal, lusitanian. Widely distributed both inside and outside the area under consideration. Mainly a littoral form with an uncommonly wide ranee. 10 POLYI'H-ETA Subfamily Acoetinae Grube. 36. Panthalis oerstedi Kinberg 1857. 1917 Panthalis oerstedii Ditlevsen, p. 52. Not in the pri en1 collections. Ditlevsen (op. cit.) reports t from south of [eel Distribution: Mostly boreal and lusitanian; the Mediter- ranean; the species has a relatively wide range. Family Phyllodocidge Grube. 37. Anaitis wahlbergi Malmgren 1865. (Chart 13). 1909 Anaitis wahlbergi Ditlevsen, p. 12. 1914 Anaitis wahlbergi Ditlevsen, p. 685. 1917 Anaitis wahlbergi Ditlevsen, p. 61. 1928 Anaitis wahlbergi Augener, p. 705. Not in the present material. Ditlevsen 1917 records the ies from off Jan Mayen 103 m. Distribution: W., N.W. and E. Greenland, Spitsbergen; a pronounced arctic species, widely distributed; enters the boreal 38. Phyllodoce groenlandica Orsted 1843. (Chart 13). 1914 Phyllodoce groenlandica Ditlevsen, p. 687. 1917 Phyllodoce groenlandica Ditlevsen, p. 56. 1928 Phyllodoce groenlandica Augener, p. 703. 1937 Phyllodoce groenlandica Ditlevsen, p. 17. Occurrence: South of Iceland: 63°26'5 N. 16°30'W.; "Be- skytteren"; 29.6.1905; 1 spec. Distribution: Artie circumpolar and widely distributed outside the arctic area too. Bathymetrically also very extensive. The species reaches from shallow waters to about 1500 m. 39. Phyllodoce mucosa Orsted 1843. (Chart 13; PI. I, fig. 3). 1914 Anaitides mucosa Bergstrom, p. 1 43. 1929 Phyllodoce mucosa Ditlevsen, p. 10. Occurrence: West of the Faroes: 60°32' N. 4°20'W.; Wandel; 1879; about 200 m; 1 spec. This species, which Ditlevsen did not find in his material, was found on a closer examination of the collections, but only one small specimen from west of the Faroes, a locality which is close to previous finds near the Faroe Islands. The specimen has the characteristic long, pointed ventral cirri, much longer than the feet. The anterior dorsal cirri are rather short and narrow ; the proboscis is withdrawn. Distribution: The species is a boreal and lusitanian form, which is not known from arctic waters. Its northernmost, Atlantic finding place is the Faroes from where Ditlevsen reports it. Danish and Swedish coasts and the Channel: the Mediterranean; North America. 40. Notophyllum foliosum (M. Sars) 1835. (Chart 14: PI. I, fig. 4). 1835 Phyllodoce foliosum Sars, p. 60. 1865 Notophyllum foliosum Malmgren. p. 93. -Hum foliosum Levinsen, p. 2ul. 1883 Trachelophyllum luetkeni Levinsen, p. 204. 1914 Notophyllum foliosum Bergstrom, p. 120. 1917 Notophyllum foliosum Ditlevsen, p. 53. 1929 Notophyllum foliosum Ditlevsen, p. 10. Occurrence: Between the Faroes and Norway: 60°57' N. 3°42'E.; "Michael Sars" St, 47 ; 14.7.1902; 375 m; 1 spec. The anterior part of the single specimen is figured in PL I, fig. 4, mainly to show the remarkable nuchal organ, which is fully protruded and bilobed. The dorsal cirri are very large and almost flapping; their rims are slightly curled as they may be in Phyl- lodoce parethi (Blainv.): the ventral cirri are much smaller. Distribution: The species is not an arctic form; the locality here reported is undoubtedly the northernmost in the open Atlan- tic area, close to the boundary of the cold deep basin of the Nor- wegian Sea. - The Faroes, the Scandinavian coasts from Trond- heim to the Sound, Great Britain. France; the Mediterranean. 11. Eulalia viridis (0. F. Muller) 1776. (Chart 14). 1914 Eulalia viridis Ditlevsen, p. 686. 1917 Eulalia viridis Ditlevsen, p. 54. 1928 Eulalia viridis Augener, p. 706. 1937 Eulalia viridis Ditlevsen, p. 18. Occurrence: West of Iceland: 66°20' N. 25°12'W.; Wandel; 19.9. 1891; 180m; 1 spec. Distribution: Widely distributed in arctic waters and especially in boreal areas mostly from shallow waters; Greenland, Iceland, Spitsbergen, Scandinavian, Danish and British waters. 42. Eulalia bilineata Johnston 1840. (Chart 14; PI. I, fig. 5). 1840 Eulalia bilineata Johnston, p. 227. 1865 Eulalia problema Malmgren, p. 99. 1877 Eulalia problema Mcintosh, p. 502. 1914 Hypoeulalia bilineata Bergstrom, p. 165. 1917 Eulalia minuta Ditlevsen, p. 56. 1928 Eulalia bilineata Augener, p. 707. Occurrence: Off Jan Mayen; Soren Jensen; 28.6.1900; 100 m; 1 spec. Ditlevsen (1917) records 8 specimens, determined as E. minuta n. sp. from the Davis Strait, "Ingolf" St. 29. 1 have examin- ed his specimens and am inclined to follow Augener in his hypo- thesis, that E. minuta is a small, juvenile E. bilineata. The present material contains a specimen from Jan Mayen which most probably is identic with E. problema, Mlmgr. The parapodia of the middle part of the body have a few, uncompound, very long swimming setae between the shorter, compound bristles, as shown in the figure (pi. I, tig. 5). In the posterior segments these long seta3 are absent. The ventral cirrus is not quite so long as the foot, and the distance between foot and cirrus is rather r<>|.YCH.£TA 11 great; in this specimen the dorsal cirrus arises from the body wall on a little stalk. The pygidium ends in three elavate anal cirri; the two lateral ones arc much longer and stouter than the central one. Most likely BEEGSTROM (1914) and AUGENEK (1928) are right in considering E.frobhma identical with E.bilineata; the spec- imen from Jan Mayen is therefore here regarded as Eulalia bilineata Johnst. forma problema Mlmgr. Distribution: Only sporadically distributed in the arctic. If E. problema and E. minuta are actually identical with E. biliru - {/In. the species, hitherto known from Spitsbergen (inside the Antic), may be found on both coasts of (ireenland too. 43. Eulalia tripunctata Mc'Intosh 1874. (Chart 14). 1874 Eulalia tripunctata .Mc'Intosh. p. 197. 1917 Eulalia tripunctata Ditlevsen, p. 54. Not in the present material. With some doubt DlTLEVSEN refers three specimens from three "Ingolf" localities in the Davis Strait and south of Iceland to tin's species. All of them date from rather deep waters, viz. St. 25: 1096 m, St. 35: 682 m. St 65: 2050 m. 44. Mystides occidenlalis Ditlevsen 1917. 1917 Mystides occidentalis Ditlevsen, p. 62 Not in the present collections. The only specimen hitherto known originates from the Davis Strait, found by the "Ingolf' at St. 32, 599 m. 45. Eteone longa (0. Fabricius) 1780. I Chart 15; PL II. fig. 6 and figs. 7 a — b). 1780 Nereis longa 0. Fabricius. p. 313. 1867 Eteone arctiea Malmeren, p. 148. 1883 Eteone cylindrica Levinsen, p. 52. 1909 Eteone cylindrica Ditlevsen, p. 11. 191 1 Eteone arctiea Ditlevsen, p. 418. 1917 Eteone longa Ditlevsen, p. 63. 1928 Eteone longa ingener, p. 710. 19:;7 Et longa I >i1 levsen, p. 18. Occurrence: West of Greenland : 69 17' N. 52 50' W.; "Tjalfe" St. 117 and 118; 15.7.1908; 150m; claj x spec. 64°02' N. 52 10'W.; Riis Carstensen; 27. 7. 1926; 80 m; 6 -pec. North of Iceland: 67 10' N. 15°40'W.; "Ingolf" St. 124; 28.7.1 932m; I spec. 97 19' N. L5°52'W.; "Ingolf" St. 126 29.7. 1896; 552 in; 3 spec. li i- pei-haps an open question whether the two species E. arctiea and E. longa are identical; bowever, they are very clo related, perhaps varieties of the same species. Distribution: A pronounced arctic species. Greenland, Spitsbergen; evidently circumpolar. 1799 1843 1865 1911 191 1 I'.d I I'.Hl 1917 1917 1928 1937 16. Nereis Eteone Eteone Eteone Eteone Eteone Eteone Eteone Eteone Eteone Eteone Eteone flava (0. Fabricius) 1799. (Chart 15: PI. 11. fig i i flava < K Fabricius, p. 168. sarsi < (rsted, p. 29. depressa Malmgren, p. 103. flava Ditlevsen, p. lis. sarsi Ditlevsen, p. 689. depressa I >itle\ sen, p. 69i I. flava Ditlevsen, p. 688. flava Ditlevsen, p. 65. depressa I litlevsen, p. 64. flava Augener, ]>. 709. flava Ditlevsen, p. 17. Not in the present collections. Distribution: Arctic -circumpolar. Family Otopsidae Ditlevsen. 17. Otopsis longipes Ditlevsen 1917. 1917 Otopsis longipes Ditlevsen. p. 67. Not in the present material. Dredged by the "Ingolf": two fragments at St. 68. S. W. of Iceland. 1587 m. Not refound since the species was established. Family Amphinomidae S; aviii'in. 48. Euphrosyne borealis (listed 1843. (Chart 16). 1843 Euphrosyne borealis Orsted, p. 18. 1877 Euphrosyne borealis Mc'Intosh, p. 500. 1911 Euphrosyne borealis Ditlevsen, p. 710. 1928 Euphrosyne borealis Augener, p. 671. 1929 Euphrosyne borealis Ditlevsen, p. 9. 1934 Euphrosyne borealis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 1937 Euphrosyne borealis Ditlevsen. p. 16. 24. Occurrence: Wesl of Greenland: 69 30' N. 56 32' W.; Dan., St. 2393; 27. 6. 1925: about : i. 3 spec. 66 22' N. 57 L6'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 367; 19.5. I909;686m; 1 spec. 65 34' N.r.l 31'W.; "Ingolf" St. 29; 5.7.1895; 128m; 2 spec. North of Iceland: 66°33'N. 20°05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 127; 2. 8 1896; 83 m 2 West of Iceland: 64 18' N. 27 OO'W.; "Ingolf" St. 9; 20.5 I- 555 m; 3. spec. 64°45' N. 27 20' W.; "Ingolf" St. 89: 24. 6. I 584 in: 1 spec. West of the Faroes: 61 32' N. II 36'W "In- golf" St. I*'.; 11. 5. 1896; 1356 m; 1 spec. Distribution: The species is widely distributed in arctic waters, both in the deep-sea and in coastal waters, altkoug cannot be regarded as exclusively arctic (Greal Britain, Denmark). 19. Euphrosyne cirrata M. Sars 1861 (Chart 16; PI. II. fiss. 8 and 9). 1894 Euphrosyne cirrata Bidenkap, p. 107 1930 Euphrosyne cirrata Gustafson, p. 111. 12 POI.YCH.ETA Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66°35' N. 56°38W.; "In- golf' 11. 7 1895; 599m; 1 spec. — 64°54' N. 55°10'W.; ; ] 7 1895; 740m; 1 spec. — 63c24' N. 55 10'W.; He" St. 431; 9.6.1909; 892 m; 1 spec — The Danmark N. 36 L9'W.; "Ingolf" St. 94; 26.6.1896; 384m; 1 spec. South of Keland: 62°10'5 X. 19 36' W.: "Thor" St. 164; 1903; L900m; 1 spec. — 60°37' N. 27°52'W.; "Ingolf" St. 78; L3. 6. 1896; L505m; 1 spec. On 1 1 dorsal parapodial ridge two digitiform dorsal cirri; close to the most dorsal one a single, curled, filiform gill. The bristles very long and slender and of different length, the longest placed on the dorsal part of the ridge. They give the animal a characteristic spiny aspect. All bristles are bifurcate, the branches always distinctly unequal in size. Distribution: The species was originally established on specimens from the west coast of Norway: the localities given lure semi to be the only ones hitherto known besides the Norwe- G lFSON (1930, p. 414) - for anatomical purposes only - studied specimens from Greenland without giving any further state- ment of localities. In the Davis Strait and the North Atlantic the species seems to be a deep-sea form. Fauvel (op. cit.) reports the species from antarctic waters and writes that until now the species should be included in the bipolar species; ''Sa presence n'ayant pas encore ete signalee dans les regions intermediaires entre les zones arctiques et antarctiques." 50. Euphrosyne armadillo M. Sars 1851. (Chart 16; PI. II, tigs. 10 and 11). 1894 Euphrosyne armadillo Bidenkap, p. 107. 1923 Euphrosyne armadillo Fauvel, p. 137. Occurrence: North of the Faroes: 62 49' X. 7:12'\V.: "In- golf St. 144; U.S. 1896; 520m; 1 spec. Only one small specimen about 5 mm long is present. It differs from E. borealis in the structure of the gills. In the latter the gills are only slightly branched, often not at all; in E. armadillo they have three or four big stems from which numerous small cylindrical ramifications arise. - The dorsal cirri are digitiform; the first is placed dorsally to the first gill, the second between the second and third gills, as seen in the drawing, which presents a parapo- dium from the right side of the animal. The bristles are all bi- furcated, the ventral forming a distinct tuft of long, slender set as the dorsal bristles are shorter; some few bristles have the two branches nearly equally long: but in by far the greater number they are of different length, the shorter being only a little lateral spine on the capital branch. As the tips of the bifurcations are often broken or worn off. it is natural to consider the specimen an old one. Distribution: West coast of Norway, Great Britain and Ireland: bathvmetrieal range 250-300 m. A distribution which makes the find at the slope of the North Atlantic ridge highly reasona ble 51. Spinther citrinus (Stimpson) 1854. (Chart 17). 1865 Spinther oniscoides Johnston, p. 127. 1882 Spinther arcticus Hansen, p. 44. 1883 Spinther major Levinsen, p. 129. 1928 Spinther citrinus Augener, p. 671. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66°35' N. 56°38'W.; "In golf" St. 32; 11. 7. 1895; 599 m: 2 spec. — The Danmark Strait 65°39' N. 28°25'W.; Ryder; 12. 8. 1888; stones and shells; 1007 m 1 spec. -Fast of Iceland 64°58' N. 12°40'W.; "Thor" St. 26 16.5. 1903; 133m; 1 spec— 5 miles E. of Seydisfjord; Wandel 1890; 254 m; 1 spec. — West of the Faroes: 61°42' N. 9°36'W. "Ingolf" St. 44: 14.8.1895; 1026 m; 1 spec Distribution: Between Spitsbergen and Finmarken; Norway, north of Lofoten; Great Britain and Ireland. 52. Spinther miniaceus Grube 1861. (Chart 17; PI. Ill, fig. 12). 1861 Spinther arcticus Sars, p. 52. 1867 Spinther arcticus Malmgren, p. 127. 1929 Spinther miniaceus Ditlevsen, p. 9. Occurrence: N.W. of the Faroes: 62°30' N. 8°21'W.; "In- golf St. 1: 11.5.1895; 284 m; 1 spec Distribution: West and north coast of Norway; the Faroes, the Shetlands, the Hebrides; Great Britain. The species seems to be restricted to the eastern part of the North Atlantic; it is hitherto not known west of the Faroes. Besides being arctic and boreal, it is lusitanian and Mediterranean. Considerations on the distribution of the Amphinomidse. This family is mainly found in the warm seas, only a few species surpass the 60°N.Lat., all of them being present in this collection except Paramphinome pulchella Sars, which, however, with the find off the west coast of Norway (The Xorwegian North-Atlantic Expe- dition St. 18) cannot be regarded as an arctic species. Of the remaining 5 northern species E. borealis is arctic boreal, but widely spread in the lusitanian area too, and it was previously known from many localities inside the area here considered, as it appears from the chart. E. eirrata, E. armadillo and Sp. citrinus, on the contrary, are new to the area. The find of E. armadillo N. of The Faroes is not surprising because it coincides with the occurrence of the species at Manger in western Norway. Almost the same holds good of Sp. citrinus; it is known from arctic Norway and the waters between Spitsbergen and Tromso; this collection shows, however, that it is evenly, though sparingly, spread over great parts of the area S.W. of the Faroes, E. Iceland, Danmark- and the Davis Strait. E. eirrata is, however, new to the area. It was hitherto restricted to the coastal waters of western Norway. Now it is recorded as a deep-sea form from S.W. of Iceland and the Davis Strait. Finally, Sp. miniaceus offers nothing of interest : it was previously known from a locality close to that mentioned here. The members of the present family were never taken in great numbers: each sample only contains very few specimens. Family Tomopteridae Grube. Since the publication of my paper on the two pelagic families opterida and Typhloscolecida in the "Ingolf" Report 1935 a few samples containing members of these two families were found in the collections of the Zoological Museum. They are now published here as a supplement. 53. Tomopteris septentrionalis Quatrefages 1865. ris septentrionalis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 12. 1936 Tomopteris septentrionalis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 4. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 63°12' N. 51°20'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 243 and 244; 4.8.1908; 80-150 m. w.; x spec. — 63°04' N. 56°32'W.: "Tjalfe" St. 30a: 7. 6. 1908; 500 m. w.; about 20 spec. Southern part of the Danmark Strait: 59°25' N. 32°56'W.; "Tjalfe" St. la and lb; 12.5.1908; 175 m.w.; the surface, 10 spec. -58°08'N. 39°10'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 13; 26.5.1908; riH.Yc'H.T.TA 13 80 L50m. w.; orsally to the tuft of seta? two aciculi. which do not penetrate the surface. The ventral cirrus is peculiar, it is broad, obliquely bottle-shaped, opaque-white and swollen in all the segments of the anterior fragment; in the two others they are more cylindrical and sharply pointed. The bottle-shaped cirri commence in the very firsl chaetiger, here small. Imt they increase rapidly in size, already from the third chaetiger they are all of equal size. They arc nearly of the same length as the foot. The seta' project from the ventral edge of the ramus, arranged in an oblique fan: the longest are the most dorsal ones. All seta- are compound with a long, slender shaft, slightly dilated towards the extremity with smooth edges, and a falcate end blade with heterogomph articulation; the concave side finely serrated and bidentate, ending in a rather coarse, curved hook with a coarse, secondary tooth beneath. The terminal piece is obliquely and coarsely striated. All the setae are similar, only the first in the tuft. i. e. the most dorsal one. is longer and more slender and with a narrower and longer end blade than the others. The generic name, which 1 propose for this peculiar specimen, indicates that I am in doubt whether it is a Hesionid or a Syllid. 1 find that it possesses features of both families: at any rate they are very closely related. So far I propose to incorporate the genus among the Syllids and place it in close relationship with the Hesionids. The generic diagnosis may be the following: 5 antennae, '2 unsegmented, free palpi; pharynx with a single dorsal tooth, LO papillae, a chitinous, semicircular border at the aperture, two chitinous jaws in the depth; 1 pair of tentacular cirri at each side: long dorsal cirri, bottle-shaped ventral cirri in anterior segments; parapodia subiramous, all seta' compound, bidentate. 60. Haplosyllis spongicola Grube L855. (Chart 19; PI. IV, fig. 18). 1855 Syllis spongicola (inibe. p. L04. 1923 Syllis (Haplosyllis) spongicola Fauvel, p. 257. Occurrence: East of Iceland: 64 17,".' X. II 14'W.; "Michael Sars" St. mi: 23.8 1902; 90m; 3 spec. Not without hesitation I refer to this species these atokous specimens from the area between Iceland and the Faroes. The hesitation is mainly due to the fact, that hitherto H. spongicola has been known only as a lusitanian and Mediterranean species, ami that it is usually a member of the special animal community, which lives in the algal vegetation and especially in the sponges of the sea-bottom. These specimens, however, have been dredged free-swimming. One of them is figured in the accompanying figure, and it may be described as follows: The prostomium is short ami broad, elliptical, carrying two small, indistinct eyespots close to the exterior angle of the head. Fauvel mentions that there are two pairs of eyes, and now and then further two small eyes in front : they were not to be found in the present specimens; this is however of no specific value. Two long, triangular, fleshy palps, inserted close to each other, but not fused at their bases. Three antenna'; the unpaired one inserted behind the eyes close to the posterior margin of the head, tin- two lateral ones somewhat in front of the eyes and shorter than tin' unpaired one, and even considerably shorter than the dorsal cirri. The pharynx, which is fully protruded in the figured specimen, is long and fleshy with ten globular knobs on the edge; they continue as slightly raised longitudinal walls on the exterior surface of the pharynx. In the first figure of fig. IS the pharynx is raised a little so that we may look into its interior, and 1 here we find a central dorsal tooth, and m the depth two brown-yellowish . chitinous, Literal folds, much like the structure of the precei genus. The first segment is achaetOUS, but has one pair of tent;, cular cirri on each side, the dorsal one nearly twice the le of the ventral, both in shape and segmentation similar to the dorsal cirri. These a ppendages are of alternating length, the number of constrictions, which give them an annulate aspect, varying from 20 to :;ii. It may !»• added that the segmentation, which is found abo in the antennae arid the tentacular cirri, seems nol to be genuine as e. g. m the genus Syllis, but much more like that of Eiisyllis blomstrandi lb'. Tic ventral cirri are all broad and flat and slight ly longer t ha n t he foot. All the seta' are UilCOm- pound, only few in number in each foot ; they are long and stout with a broad lateral tooth and end in a bifid rostrum. Furthermore in each foot a number of :; ;> acicules apically crooked, not pene- trating the skin. Fauvel mentions that now and then a very fi apillary bristle may join the other seta': I could not find such one in my specimens. It will be seen that this description and tin' accompanying figures agree fairly well with the i of H . spongicola Gr. e.g. given by Fauvel (op. cit.). The feature which may be of specific value and by which the present specimens really differ from the typical form, is the length of the ventral cirri. This may perhaps justify the establishing of a new species, especially if this fact is connected with the finding-place far outside the area of distribution hitherto known: however. I prefer to regard the specimens as //. spongicola, as I do not lay much stress on tin' boreal habitat, because in other Syllids we find a fairly wide horizontal distribution, as tiny show only little sensibility to variations in hydrographical conditions. Owing to the absence of compound bristles the specimens must belong to the subgenus Haplosyllis. Distribution: The Channel; lusitanian waters: Medi nean. HI. Syllis armillaris (0. Fr. Muller) 1776. (Chart 20). 177b Nereis armillaris 0. Fr. Muller. p. "217. 1867 Syllis borealis Malmgren, p. 160, pi. VII, fig. 12. 1867 Syllis armillaris .Malmgren. p. 160, pi. V I 1 1 . tig. 16. 1867 Syllis tigrina Malmgren, p. 161. 1929 Syllis armillaris Ditlevsen, p. in. 1947 Syllis armillaris E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 5. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 63°59' \\ 53°03"W.; Riis- Carstensen; 2s. 7. L926; 119m; 3 spec. Southeast of Iceland: 64°15' N. 11 22'W.; "Ingolf" St. 51 : 15. 5. 1896; 128 m; 1 spec. 63°43'N. 14°34'W.; "Ingolf" St. 6; 16.5.1895; 170 ni; I Furthermore it is present from several localities both in West- and Fast- Greenland, coastal waters and fjords; hitherto no! recorded from the open sea. Tic species is distinguished by the short, spindle-shaped, dorsal cirri with only a few (8-11, rarely more) segments. All the present specimens are atokous. The species is not common in the arctic, and in arctic seas it presumably only pro] e.xuallv. Distribution: East-Greenland, Spitsbergen, th B Iceland, the Faroes, west coast of Norway and Sweden, Denmark; British Islands. France. Madeira: the Mediterranean. 62. Syllis cornuta Rathke 1843. (Chart 2] |. 1843 Syllis cornuta Rathke, p. 164, pi. \ 11. fig. 12. 1867 Sylbs cornuta Malmgren, p. 161, pi. VIII, tig. 15. 1867 Chaetosyllis oerstedi Malmgren, p. 162, pi. IX. fig. 51. 1867? Syllis fabrieii Malmgren. ].. 162. 1909 Sylbs fabrieii Ditlevsen. p. 14. 191 I Syllis fabrieii Ditlevsen. p. 122. 16 POLYCH.ETA 19] t Syllis oerstedi Ditlevsen, p. 700. ,ri( n Ditlevsen p. 699. 1914 Syllis cornuta Fauvel, p. 101. - Syllis (Typosyllis) cornuta Augener, p. 718. L947 Syllis cornuta E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 6. Occ urrence: The "Ingolf" has taken this species at the follow- in- station- wesl of Greenland: St. 27: 64:55' X. 55°10W.; 710m; 1.7.1895; I spec. St. 28. 65 11' X. 55 17'W.: 791m; 1.7. is:.;,; i 3pec. St. 29. 65°34'N. 54°13'W.: 128 m; 5.7.1895; Li lo spec. — St. 31. 66°35' N. 55°54' W.; 166 m; 11.7. 1895; 1 spec. — St. 32. 66°35' N. 56°38' W.; 599 m; 11. 7. 1895; v pei St. 35. 65°16' N. 55°05'W.; 682 m; 18. 7. 1S95; about 1M spec. In the Norwegian Sea: St. 59. 65°00' N. 11°16' W.: 584 in 20.5. 1896; 1 spec. --St. 115. 70°50' N. 8°29'W.; 102 m: 23. 7. 1896; 3 spec. Furthermore : West- Greenland : 64°01' N. 52 iO'W.; Riis-Carstensen; 28.7. 1926; 83m; 1 spec. — 66°49'N. 18'W.; 150m; 1889; Wandel; 1 spec. — 68°28' N. 54°47'W : "Tjalfe" St. 119; c. 200m; 18.8.1908; 1 spec. — East of Ice- land: 66°54'N. 15°35'W.; c. 100 m; "Beskytteren" ; 2 spec. S.E. of Sabine Island: about 200m; 10.7.1900; Soren Jensen; 1 spec. The sin-lie- i- distinguished bv the number of segments (22- about 30) in the dorsal cirrus, and by the fairly long pointed, ventral cirrus, which may surpass the foot proper in length. It is the most common Syllid in Greenland waters, in the open sea as well as in coastal waters and inside the fjords, both in East and West Greenland: in the present area its bathymetrical range is between 5-791 m. The material contains both atokous and epitokous (or pelagic) specimens. Distribution: Widely distributed in arctic and boreal regions from Baffin Bay and Davis Strait, Spitsbergen and the Kara Sea. It is known from the cold area in the Norwegian Sea. Jan Mayen, and N. E. of Iceland, but penetrates into the lusita- nian area as it is known from the Channel and the Mediterranean, 63. Syllis fasciata Malmgren 1867. (Chart 22). L883 Syllis fasciata Levinsen, p. 89. L909 Syllis fasciata Ditlevsen. p. 14. 1911 Syllis incisa Ditlevsen. p. 122. 1911 Syllis fasciata Fauvel. p. 12. 191 1 Syllis fasciata Fauvel. p. 101. 1911 Syllis fasciata Ditlevsen, p. 699. 192S Syllis (Typosyllis) fasciata Augener. p. 719. 1934 Syllis (Typosyllis) fasciata E. Wesenberg-Lund. p. 20. 1937 Syllis fasciata Ditlevsen. p. 23. 1917 Syllis fasciata E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 10. Occurrence: The "Ingolf" has taken the species at one station only: St. 35: 6516' N. 55°05'W.; 582 m; is. 7. 1895; 1 -pec. — Furthermore the "Godthaab" Expedition 1928 took it in the Baffin Bay as far northwards as 74°07' N. Lat. St. 73; (Ditlevsen 1937, p. 23) and it is known from several localities along the West Greenland coasl . both outside and inside the fjords; the abyssal distribution ranges from 7 m to 335 m. The species is distinguished by the long dorsal cirrus, the ents nl which may amount to about It); the length of these cirri varying, however, rather much in the same specimen. Distribution East- Greenland: several localities from Jan Mayen to Tasiusak and Sermilik. The Kara Sea; the Bering Sea; Novaya Zemlya ; Spitsbergen ; Iceland ; the Faroes ; eastern North America: circumpolar. — Syllis fasciata is by far the most arctic of the three species of Syllis mentioned here; in the present collect- ion it is found considerably farther north than the other two (74° N. Lat.): and it seems not to penetrate farther south in the North Atlantic than to the Faroes. 64, Eusyllis blomstrandi Malmgren 1867. (Chart 49). 1867 Eusyllis blomstrandi Malmgren, p. 159. 1867 Eusyllis monilicornis Malmgren, p. 160. 1883 Eusyllis blomstrandi Levinsen, p. 88. 1883 Eusyllis monilicornis Levinsen, p. 88. 1909 Syllis monilicornis Ditlevsen, p. 14. 1911 Eusyllis blomstrandi Fauvel, p. 12. 1914 Eusyllis blomstrandi Fauvel. p. 103. 1914 Syllis monilicornis Ditlevsen, p. 700. 1928 Eusyllis blomstrandi Augener, p. 721. 1929 Eusyllis blomstrandi Ditlevsen, p. 16. 1947 Eusyllis blomstrandi E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 11. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 6517' N. 54°17'W.; "In- golf" St. 34: 18.7.1895; 104 m; 1 spec — 66°21' N. 56°50'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 363; 18. 5. 1909; 680 m; 800 m. w.; 1 spec. The species is distinguished by the non-genuine segmentation of the antennae and cirri, otherwise it is much like the genus Syllis. - The specimen from Godhavn is epitokous with long swimming bristles from the 13th cha?tiger. Distribution: Mostly arctic and boreal: Greenland, Spits- bergen, the Kara Sea; N.America; Iceland and the Faroes, but known from the Channel and the Mediterranean too. 65. Sphserosyllis latipalpis Levinsen 1883. (Chart 491. 1883 Sphserosyllis latipalpis Levinsen, p. 87. 1883 Sphaerosvllis hvstrix Tauber non Claparede (Levinsen, p. 87). 1928 Sphserosyllis latipalpis Augener. p. 722. 1947 Sphserosyllis latipalpis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 13. Occurrence: West of Greenland : 63?56' N. 52°41'W.; "Dana" St. 2314; at the surface; 8. 6. 1925; 1 spec. Only an anterior fragment, about 2.5 mm long, of an epitokous female with Long swimming bristles from the 8th chsetiger and two rows of large eggs on each side of the body fastened to the ventral side of the base of the modified parapodia. The body is incrusted with sand due to the secretion of numerous small glands. The globular dorsal cirri are most distinctly seen in the first 7 unmodified segments. Distribution: Hitherto not known from Greenland waters, Augener reports it from Spitsbergen. Tauber's specimen, erron - ously determined as Sphcerosyllis hystrix Clap, (fide Levinsen op. cit.) dates from Danish waters. - It is not unlikely that this little species is much more common in arctic and boreo-arctic areas the two wide-spread finding-places in the Arctic may indicate this - but due to its minute size, it is easily overlooked. Subfamily Exogoninae 66. Exogone verrugera (Claparede) 1868. (Chart 49). Paedophylax verruger Claparede, p. 213. 1920 Exogone verruger Eliason, p. 10. 1923 Exogone verrugera Fauvel. p. 307. 1929 Exogone verrugera Ditlevsen, p. 15. 1947 Exogone verrugera E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 14. POLYCII.KTA 17 Occurrenoe: West of Greenland: 64 15'N.52 52'W. ; "Dana" ; 19. 6. L925; at the surface; 1 spec. 63°56' N. 52 H'W.; "Dana" St. 2311: 8.6. 1925; at the surface; 5 spec. All five specimens from the Davis Strait taken at the surface. One of them is a female with eggs fastened to all the segments with long swimming bristles, viz. from the 13th to the 43rd chaetiger; a single row of eggs on each side, at the posterior border of the para podium. The 12 first and the 15 last chaetigers are unmodified with only compound bristles of two sorts: either with long falcate end-pieces or short, triangular end-pieces serrated at one side Distribution: Boreal, Atlantic: Mediterranean; hitherto unknown from Greenland waters and only seldom mentioned in the different reports, certainly due to its minute size. 67. Exogone hebes (Webster & Benedict) 1884. (Chart 19). 1884 Paedophylax hebes Webster tV- Benedict, p. 716. 1914 Exogone hebes Southern, p. 17. 1923 Exogone hebes Fauvel. p. 308. 1947 Exogone hebes E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. lb. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 65 '-7' X. '>'■'> 18'W.; Lund- beck; 6.6. 1890; 1 spec. The single specimen is about 5 mm. long and is an epitokous male of 39 segments in all. Of these the lo first chaetigers form the anterior part of the body with unmodified segments; the middle region - from the 11th to the 31st chaetiger - has long swimming bristles and the lasl part, s segments, are again un- modified. The pygidit rids in two globular anal cirri with digitiform appendages. The prostomium has three antennae, the lateral ones inconspicuous small knobs, the central one longer than the prostomium. Two pairs ol obliquely set eve- -p. a -. I (orsally seen the palpi are completely fused, but ventrallv separated by an indistinct furrow. The -eta' are of two sorts: 1 compound -eta' with short, falcat.- terminal pieces, 1 6 in each foot, and 2 strong uncompound spines bidentate at the tip. mi,' in each fool The third kind ending in a smooth tip like a. button, described by Southern (op.cit.) I .mild uol detect. Distribution: Irish waters, the Channel; east coast of North America (Maine-Massachussets). Hitherto not known from Greenland waters. 68. Exogone sp. lb 17 Exogone sp. E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 18. Occurrence: West of ( Greenland : 63 56' N. "'2 tl' W. ; "1 ' St. 2311; the surface; 8.6.1925; 1 spec. An imperfect, epitokous male specimen determined 1: by its very short, broad, completely fused palpi. 2" swimming-bristles from the third to the seventeenth chaetiger, and 3 four kinds of seta' besides the swiiiiiiiing-brist les. viz. I. a strong pointed aciculum; 2. a single, slightly curved blunt, uncompound - 3. 3-4 compound setae with short, heterogomph, unidentate terminal joints, and I. a compound, heterogomph setae with a long falcigerous end-piece. Subfamily Autolytina?. 69. Autolytus prolifer (0. F. Muller) 1788. (Chart 23 1. 1788 Nereis prolifer O. F. Muller, p. 15. 1855 Sacconereis helgolandica M. Midler, p. IS. 1862 Polybostrichus Miilleri Keferstein, p. 113. 1883 Autolytus prolifer Levinsen, p. 89. 1911 Autolytus prolifer Fauvel. p. 12. 1914 Autolytus prolifer Ditlevsen, p. 200. 1928 Autolytus prolifer Augener, p. 724. 1929 Autolytus fallax Ditlevsen, p. 17. 1947 Autolytus prolifer E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 19. Occurrence: West of Greenland : 76 In' X. 76°20'W.; "Godt- haab" St. 114; Hi. 8. l'J25; 85 m; 1 spec; on Lafoeina. - 67°10' N. 55 00, W.; 'Dana" St.2356; 26.6.1925; 100 m. w.; 1 spec. - 66°55'5N. 53°40'W.: "Dana" St. 2355; 25.6.1925; 50 m. w.; 1 spec — 65°34' N. 54°31'W.; "Ingolf" St. 29; 5. 7. 1895; 128 m; about 10 spec, on Lafoeina. — 65°17' N. 54 17' W.; "Ingolf" St. 34; 18.7.1895; 104m; 3 spec. — 64°45' N. 52°52'W.; "Dana" St. 2334; 19. 6. 1925; 100 m. w.; 3 spec. All three stages were present. The species seems to be fairly common in Greenland waters: the atokous form belongs to the littoral fauna: it is often found inhabiting translucent, tough tubes among stones, shells, sea- weed and their hold fasts between the tidemarks. but often it may emerge from the tubes and creep freely about. The present material contains several inhabited tubes fastened to the hvdroid colony Lafoeina maxima Lev. (from the "Ingolf" and "Godthaab 1928" expeditions). The sexual forms belong to the pelagic surface fauna and may be found rather far away from the shore ill the open sea. Distribution: East- Greenland, Spitsbergen, the Kara Sea. Scandinavia; lusitanian area; Mediterranean. 70. Autolytus prismaticus (0. Fabricius) 1780. (Chart 24). 1780 Nereis prismaticus 0. Fabricius, p. 302 1780 Nereis bifrons 0. Fabricius, p. 302. 1st;', Polybostrichus longisetus (listed, p. 185. 1867 Autolytus incertus Malmgren, p. 155. 1!»14 Autolytus longisetus Ditlevsen, p. 701. 1937 Autolytus prismaticus Ditlevsen, p. 22. 1047 Autolytus prismaticus E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 21. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 72°35'5 N. 57 30'W.; 21.7. 1928; 190 m; "Godthaab 1928"; St. 61; 1 spec. 69°44' N. 51 22' W.: 7.9. 1928; 180m; "Godthaab 1928"; St. 154; 1 spec. -67°10' N. 55 00' W.; 25. 6. 1925; 100 m. w.: "Dana" St. 2356; 1 spec. 64 15' N. 52°52'W.; 19.6.1925; 100 m. w. "Dana" St.2334; 1 spec. 60°45' N. 53 !5'W.; 23. 6. 1925; 50 m.w.; ■Dana" St. 2350; 2 spec. ■ 64 31' X. 59°09'W.; 8. 6. 1890; 1 spec. -63 56' N. 52 41'W.; 8. 6. 1925; 100 m. w.; "Dana" St. 231 I; 2 spec The "Ingolf" Expedition has not taken this species. All three phases were present. The species is the most common Autolytus-species in the Greenland waters; both in the open sea. inside the fjords and in the littoral zone; the mature sexual phases belong to the surface- layers of the ocean. Distribution: The species is mainly arctic; East- and West- Greenland; Spitsbergen; Iceland: North America (Alasl 71. Autolytus groenlandicus E. Wesenberg Lund 1947. (Chart 23). 1947 Autolytus groenlandicus E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 32. 18 POLYCH.T.TA Occurrence: Godthaab Skibshavn; "Ingolf" St. vac 28.6. - Kangek (S. of Godthaab); 2. 7. 1938; 100 m. w.; Poul M. Hansen: 1 spec. T)u. from Kangek well preserved, the other highly molested and imperfect; both kept as microscopical preparations. The two localities are close to each other in the southern part r.f the Davis Strait and close to the coast. 72. Autolytus verrilli Marenzeller 1892. (Chart 24). 1867 Autolytus alexandri Malmgren, p. 156. 1867 Autolytus newtoni Malmgren. p. 156. 1914 Autolytus newtoni Ditlevsen, p. 701. 1947 Autolytus verrilli E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 33. Occurrence: W. of Greenland: 64°45' N. 52°52'W.; (W. of Lille Hellefiske Bauke); 19. 6. 1925; 100 m. w.; "Dana" St. 2334; 4 spec. — 63°56' N. 52°45'W. (Fvllas Banke); 8. 6. 1925; 100 m.w.; Riis-Carstensen; 2 spec.-- 60°45' N. 52°45'W.; (E. of Store Hellefiske Banke); 23. 6. 1925; 100 m. w.; "Dana" St. 2350; 1 Spec. — W. of Iceland: 65°29'N. 24°30'W.; 22.4.1904; 40 m.w.; "Thor" St. 263: 1 spec. The "Ingolf" Expedition did not take this species. The species is fairly common in West- Greenland waters. In the present collection it is only represented by two sexual phases and has always been taken close to the surface or at any rate in the superficial water-layers. Distribution: Greenland; Spitsbergen; Alaska; New Eng- land. A. verrilli is one of the polychaetes which penetrates farthest north. Family Nereidae Quatrefages. 73. Leptonereis glauca Claparede 1870. (Chart 25). Cs>7 Leptonereis vaillanti Saint-Joseph, p. 246. 1910 Leptonereis vaillanti Mc'Intosh, p. 264. 1914 Leptonereis glauca Fauvel, p. 163. 1923 Leptonereis glauca Fauvel, p. 333. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66 35' N. 56 38'W.; "In- golf" St. 32, 11.7.1895; 599 m; 1 spec. — 63°30' N. 54°25W.; "Ingolf" St. 25; 25. 6. 1895; 1096 m; 1 spec. — 63°06' N. 56°00'W.; "Ingolf" St. 21: 25.6.1895; 2258m; 1 spec. The three present specimens are all atokous, small and more or less incomplete; in all of them the posterior end is absent. The proboscis without paragnathes and soft papillae. The maxillae are fairly long and pointed with 9 or 10 teeth. In the specimen from St. 25 no eyes were visible. The antennae of nearly the same length as the palpi. Four pairs of tentacular cirri, the shortest reaching to the 2nd. the longest to the 6th chaetiger. The buccal lent twice the width of the others, apodous and achaetous. The two first pairs of parapodia are uniramous, the following biramous, the two rami broadly separated from each other; the parapodial lobes rather long and slender, and both the ventral and dorsal cirri long, cylindrical. L. glauca was not hitherto known from Greenland, and as far as I know not from arctic waters at all. The three localities published here are all in the Davis Strait and in the deep-sea. Distribution: The species seems to be rather scarce; it is known from the lusitanian area (France, Great Britain, Atlantic Ocean) and mostly in shallow waters (MoTxtosh); between tide-marks (Saint- Joseph), shores of Dinard. Only Fauvel 1914. 1 1. 163 reports it from great depths about 1200 m in the Bay of Biscav. 74. Ceratocephala borealis n. sp. [Chart 25: PI. V. ti?s. 19. 20 anil 21: PI. VI. figs. 23—25). Oi i urrence: West of Greenland: 66°35' N. 56°38'W.; "In- golf" St. 32; 11.7.1895; 599m; 2 spec — 63°30' N. 54°25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 25; 26.6. 1895; 1096 m; 3 spec. Five anterior fragments are present, the largest of them from St. 25 consists of 41 chaetigers the rest of about 35. The proboscis - is protruded. The colour in alcohol is brown and yellowish-white without any trace of coloured bands or spots. The urn is broader than long; at the anterior border there are two thick palpi and two more slender antennae fused n pairs at then bases, only their tips being free: a distinct suture, however, separates them from each ctfher. Both these appendages are two-jointed; the terminal joints are very short and pointed. The prostomium itself is more or less deeply divided into two halves by a median suture. There are no eyes. The following segment is apodous and achaetous and carries four pair of tentacular cirri with short, thick cirratophores. The longest of them, viz. the most dorsal one of the anterior pair, reaches as far backwards as to about the middle of the 5th chaetiger. They are smooth and tapering towards the tips. The proboscis is a proportionally large, muscular organ, with the typical two regions in extrusion, but it is not divided into fields by longitudinal furrows, as e. g. in the genus Nereis; it is as long as about the first 6 chaetigers. From the maxillary ring two strong, transparent, yellowish-brown jaws project with 5 coarse teeth. No paragnathes, only soft papillae; the maxillary ring is completely devoid of papillae; in the oral ring they are arranged as follows: On the dorsal side three large coniform papillae, the central one in the dorsal midline; they are all situated close to the distal border of this section. At the ventral side 7 papillae of the same size and arrangement, the central one in the ventral midline and a little in front of the others. This section is divided into three rings by two annular furrows, perhaps because the proboscis is not fully protruded. The follow in- segments are of the same length and width; the body is firm; the dorsum slightly vaulted; the ventral side in one of the specimens even with a slight median groove, distinctly marking the course of the ventral nerve-cord. The segmentation is very distinct both at the dorsal and ventral sides, especially in the lateral parts of the body. In the first 10 segments the dorsal cirrus is of the usual cirri- form type and situated on the top of a rather stout, cylindrical cirrophore; the cirrus as well as the cirrophore, however, become gradually longer and stouter posteriorly, and from about the 15th chaetiger, and in all the rest the cirrus is transformed into a long whip-cord-like appendix upon an enormous swollen and sausage-shaped cirrophore; the whole organ is turned horizontally over the dorsum; the cirri are so long as to cross those from the opposite side; the bases of the cirrophores are white, filled with mature sexual products. In the two first segments the ventral cirri have the usual cirriform aspect, but in the remaining ones they are bifid or more correctly, the cirrus carries an appendix, which in many of the segments are of equal size, and it is difficult to decide which is the cirrus aud which is the appendix; the two I ia its arise from a common base. In the last of the present segments this bifid cirrus is quite small. The first two feet are uniramous, the dorsal section represented only by the dorsal cirrus; the ventral section has two ligules corresponding to the median and the ventral ligules of a biramous 1'OLYCJLUTA li foot and one fillet, viz. the ventral one. The seta? emerge from the ventral fillet, which surrounds them semilunaryly as a thin mem- brane. The aciculum is black and extends into the fillet. - The following feet are all biramous, the dorsal and ventral section rather deeply separated from each other. Eere there are three pedal lobes, the dorsal, median and ventral ligules, the median ligule situated in the dorsal part of the ventral ramous: the ventral one on its ventral edge ; all three of them are very long and sharply pointed, almost cirrus-like. The dorsal fillet surrounds the setae as a fine semicircular membrane, and the dorsal aciculum is imbedded in it. In the ventral ramus the fillet is much broader, and the number of seta1, which it encircles, much larger. The Mack, ventral aciculum is imbedded in the ventral fillet and penetrates the skin with its tip. - The arrangement of the various lobes of the feet fully agrees with the description given by Heinen ( I '. ' 1 1 ) of C. loveni Mlmgr. The arrangements of the lobes in one of the uniramous and one of the biramous feet are shown in the accompanying figure in accordance with Southern's (1921) illustration of this structure. o dc ■\vf :)df. ml O vc \.\yf 1st foot 4 th foot Diagram of 1st and 4ih foot ol Ceratocephala horealis n. sp.; d. c, v. c. dorsal and ventral cirrus; d. 1., m. I., v. 1. dorsal, middle and ventral ligule; d. f.. v. f. dorsal and ventral tillet. The seta? are all of the same kind; long, transversally striated shafts with elongate, terminal pieces with homogomph articulation and smooth edges. The find of a species of Ceratocephala in the northern Atlantic is of interest. The genus was originally described by Malmgren (1867) from the west coast of Sweden (('. loreni Mlmgr.). Ykrrill (1879, p. 172) describes another species from east of Cape Cod, ('. websteri Verr., which evidently is closely related to Malmgren's species, actually only differing from it in the feature, that the ventral cirrus is single on the first 16 segments. In 1903 Izuka describes O.osawai from Japan, which, however, in so many essential features differs from Malmgren's diagnosis, that I wonder whether the spoil's of the Japanese author actually should be incorporated in Malmgren's genus. In 1911 Heinen gives a more comprising description of < '. loveni based on specimens from the North Sea. - There is no doubt that the new species from the Davis Strait is closely allied to Malmgren's species; it differs from it in the following features: I the proboscis is not divided into fields; 2° the oral ring of the proboscis has only 7 ventral papilla' (in C.loirni there are three papillae behind the anterior row, Malmgren. pi. V, tig. .'53 A); 3 the jaws have only 5 teeth (in C. loveni 1 1 ). As mentioned above only anterior fragments are present, and evidently all authors, who have hitherto dealt with the genus Ceratocephala, have had only anterior fragments before them (except Izuka). In the specimens of C.borealis ripe sexual pro- ducts are present, as was the case of Heinen's specimens. This author presumes thai the enormous development of the do cirri is due to metamorphosis in the ffeteronereis-phase. The Japanese species occurs m great numbers, and its biology is known in broad features in contra I to the northern species In certain periods the foremost part of it loosens from I he degenerating posterior end and ascends in gn-at numbers to the surfai f the sea, casting its contents of mature sexual products, therefore being called the "Japanese Palolo". It would be of greal inl to study the biology of the northern species whether they adopt the sai lourse or not. A feature which points in that direction is, that only anterior ends arc known, and that they are all filled with ripe, sexual products. If the anterior fragments described actuall) represent the ffeterowereis-phase, it is a fact, thai in the northern species of Ceratocephala the setae are not transformed into the well-known broad swimming-bristles, nor does the foot develop the big Eoliaceous lamellae. 75. Nereis pelagica (L.) 1758. (PI. VI, fig. 26 a and fig. 27 a). 1780 Nereis verrucosa 0. Fabricius, p. 292. 1843 Nereis pelagica ( listed, p. 23. 1843 Heteronereis arctica 0rsted, p. I7'.t. 1843 Heteronereis assimilis 0rsted, p. 180. 1865 Heteronereis grandifolia Malmgren. p. 175. 1867 Nereis pelagica Malmgren. p. 17. 1877 Nereis pelagica Mcintosh, p. 503. 1 '. > 1 1 Nereis pelagica Fauvel, p. 171. 1914 Nereis pelagica Ditlevsen. p. 6!l7. 1920 Nereis pelagica I liamberlm, p. 14 H. 1928 Nereis pelagica Augener, p. 712. 1929 Nereis pelagica Dltlevseli, p. 17. 1937 Nereis pelagica Ditlevsen, p. 27. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 67 57' X. 55 30'W. "Ingolf" St. 33; 12. 7. 1895; 599 m; I spec. 66 35' N. 55 54'W.; "Ingolf ' St.31; 11. 7. 1895; 166 in. 3 spec. 65 27' N. 54 15'W.; Wandel; about 110 m; 1 spec. 65°16' X. 55°05'W.; -'Ingolf" St. 35; 18. 7. 1895; 682m; 1 spec, 65°09' N. 53°33'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 419; 6.6. 1909; 55m; 1 spec. -64 54' X. 55 10'W.; "Ingolf" St. 27: 1.7. 1895; 740 m; 1 spec. -64°19' X. 54 01'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 78a; 25.6.1908; the surface: I spec — Fyllas Banke off Godthaab; Bornemann; 26.7.1912; 3 spec. (14 11' N. 52 17'W.; "Dana" St. 2318; 9. 6. 1925; 55 m; about L0 spec. 64°02' X. 52 25'W.; Riis-Carstensen; VII. 1926; four hauls at 120, 85, 83 and 38 in: 1 spec. resp. -64 01' X. 52 15'W.; Riis-Carstensen; 28.7. 1926; 51 m; 3 spec. — 63°58' X. 53 08' W.; "Tjalfe" St. 70; 23. 6. 1908 160 m: 70 m. w.: 3 spec. 63 56' X. 52 HAW; "Dana" St. 2314; 8. 6. 1925; 4s m; 100 m. w.; about 10 spec. 63 56' X 53 OO'W.; "Dana" St. 231.".; 8.6.1925; 72 m; 100 m. w. ; 5 spec -Same locality; 100 m. w. out; 3 spec. — 63°56' N. 52°24'W.; "Dana" St. 2319; 9.6. 1925; LOO m. w.; about 10 spec. — 63 10' X. 52 11' W.; "Tjalfe" St.35b.; 9.6.1908; 130m; 70 m.w.; 1 spec. 63 30' X. 54 25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 25; 26. 6. 1895; 1096 m; 1 spec. 62°19'N. 8°51'W.; "Dana" St. 6005; 504 175m; 25.7 1 spec. (W. of the Faroes). All the hitherto unpublished localities in the open the last mentioned one) are restricted to Fyllas Banke and Lille Hellefiskebanke west of the area from Sukkertoppen to about Fiskensesset; only two localities arc outside the area. viz. the find at the entrance of the Davis Strail and the "Ingolf" St, 33 on level with Holsteinsborg. In almost all the specimens conditions relating to the para gnaths were examined. <>l the maxillary ring Group] was most frequently found to be represented b\ two paragnaths behind each other; now ami I lien the posterior smaller one may be missing. Of the oral ring Group II was usually found to ((insist of 1 large paragnaths forming a cross, now and then 3 or 5 were found 3* 20 POLYCILETA The greater part of the specimens arc atokous, but still a fairly bitr number arc in the phase of full sexual maturity, all of them epitokous males, the largest measuring about GO mm. They are all vividh I quite violet on the dorsum, a remarkable feature, considering that many of the specimens have been kept in alcohol or formalin for more than 40 years. It is most probable that the colour is nearly unaltered. All the heteronereid specimens originate from the area about 63°-64° N. Lat., i. e. Fyllas Banke, taken in the month of June; only one capture in the month of May and one in July. In the present heteronereis the first ehaetiger with swimming-bristles and heteronereid, foliaceous and trans- lucent lamelke is the 17th one. The modifications of the anterior cluetigers are less conspicuous; it is an alteration of the cirri of the firsl segments; the 1st 7th dorsal cirri are much thicker and more swollen than in the atokous form, whereas only the 5th and 6th ventral cirri are modified. The body ends in two long pygidial styles. A 1 1< is pelagica is widespread in the Arctic oceans, but by far not so common inside this area as Nereis zonula. It is characteristic that it is scarce along the much colder east coast of Greenland and at Spitsbergen; it penetrates only into the high arctic, where the influence of the Gulf Stream still may be traced. One of the northernmost localities has been published by Ditlevsen (1937, p. 37), who reports it from the northern part of Baffin Bay (76° X. Lat.) ( 'hamberlix (op.eit.) reports it from Hudson Bay and Strait, and King George's Sound: The abyssal range in Greenland waters is from shallow, coastal waters to about 1000 m ("Ingolf" St. 25); this material fully demonstrates that the species is not an abyssal form from the open sea - at any rate in the North Atlantic; it is not represented from deep water, either from the Norwegian Sea or from the North Atlantic area. Distribution: The species is cosmopolitan, common all along the American and European coasts of the Atlantic Ocean. It is one of the most common Polychsetes at the Faroes. Furthermore, it is bipolar known both from the Magellhaen Strait. Kerguelen and Tristan da Cunha. 76. Nereis zonata Malmgren 1867. (Chart 25; PI. VI, tig. 26 b and fig. 27 b). 1865 Heteronereis grandifolia Malmgren (pro parte), p. 108. 1865 Heteronereis glaucopsis Malmgren, p. 181. 1867 Nereis zonata Malmgren, p. 46. 1867 Heteronereis glaucopsis Malmgren, p. 60. 1877 Nereis zonata McTntosh, p. 503. 1879 Nereis zonata McTntosh, p. 6, 1898 Nereis arctica Miehaelsen, p. 124. 1902 Nereis zonata Moore, p. 274. 1909 Nereis zonata Ditlevsen, p. 12. 1911 Nereis zonata Fauvel, p. 23. 1911 Nereis zonata Ditlevsen, p. 419. 1914 Nereis zonata Ditlevsen, p. 697. 1914 Nereis zonata Fauvel, p. 177. 1928 Nereis zonata Augener, p. 713. 1929 Nereis zonata Ditlevsen, p. 18. 1934 Nereis zonata E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 20. 1937 Nereis zonata Ditlevsen, p. 23. Occurrence: In the Norwegian Sea: 72°53' N. 20°36'W. Ryder: 180 m: 1 spec. — 72°25' N. 19°36'W.; Ryder; 260 m 1 spec — 70°21'N. 8°25'W. (N. of Jan Mayen); Ryder; 300m 3 spec. — North Atlantic: 64°18' N. 27°00'W.; "Ingolf St, 9 20.5.1895; 128 m; 1 spec. — 63°30' N. 20°14'W.; "Thor"; 12.7 1904; 80 m; 1 spec. — The Davis Strait: 65°34' N. 54°31'W. "Ingolf" St. 29; 5. 7. 1895; 128 m; 1 spec. — 62°56' N. 50°25W. about 50 m: 1 spec. Nearly all the specimens are atokous and in these, as well as in the few epitokous females, the violet transverse belts are very indistinct, most probably due to the influence of the alcohol ; it seems, however, as if the bands are more distinct in young than in old specimens. Nereis zonata and N. pelagica occurring inside the same areas may be dificult to distinguish from each other; they are no doubt nearly allied forms. By means of the following two differences it maybe possible to separate them: 1° in N. zonata there is in Group I of the maxillary ring never more than a single paragnath (which now and then may be missing); in N. pelagica there are most frequently two, and in Group VI of the oral ring the former species has many small paragnaths, never arranged in a cross ; the latter species has 4 big paragnaths forming a cross. 2° in N. pelagica the parapodial lobes are short, thick, evenly rounded ; in N. zonata they are more conical, gradually running into a broad point. - The same differences exist in the forms of heteronereis, which furthermore differ in the following char- acters: In the males of N. pelagica the parapodia are transformed in the 17th chsetiger, in the females in the 18th-20th; in the males of N. zonata in the 15th chsetiger, and in the females in the 17th. Furthermore the foliaceous lobes of the transformed segments are considerably larger in N. pelagica than in N. zonata. A common difference between the sexes is, that the ventral margin of the dorsal cirrus is always denticulated in the males, never in the females. In the arctic areas the species under consideration seems to be most common in shallow waters near the coast; several finds even date from far inside the West Greenland fjords. The last of finds of the "Godthaab" expedition 1928 (Ditlevsen 1937 op. cit.) and the here published localities in the Norwegian Sea and the North Atlantic area show, however, that N. zonata may be found in abyssal waters too. Distribution: Widely spread in the Arctic, no doubt circum- polar, and much more pronouncedly bound to the arctic and boreal waters than N. pelagica. Not bipolar. Reported from north of Canada; abundant at the east coast of Greenland, north of Iceland, north coast of Norway, Spitsbergen, the Kara Sea, Murman, Novaya Zemlya. Family Nepthydidae Grube 1851. 77. Nephthys coeca (O. Fabricius) 1780. (Chart 26). 1780 Nereis coeca Fabricius, p. 304. 1843 Nephthys coeca 0rsted, p. 41. 1865 Nephthys coeca Malmgren. p. 104. 1867 Nephthys coeca Malmgren. p. 141. 1877 Nephthys coeca McTntosh, p. 501. Nephthys coeca Vanhoffen, p. 222. 1908 Nephthys coeca McTntosh, p. 9. 1911 Nephthys coeca var. ciliata Heinen, p. 1914 Nephthys coeca Ditlevsen, p. 693. 1928 Nephthys coeca Augener, p. 698. 13. Occurrence: Store Hellefiskebanke; Th. Holm; 1886; 1 spec. -66°35'N. 54°54'W.; "Ingolf" St. 31 ; 11.7. 1895; 160 m; 2 spec. The present specimens are remarkably small, whereas otherwise the numerous specimens, which are known from coastal waters of West-Greenland, are very long, in accordance with the fact that the more southern specimens of this species e. g. from POLYC'H.F.TA •21 the boreal coast of North America arc smaller than those from arc- tic waters, and that on the whole this species is one of the largest perhaps the largest arctic polychsete. A great number of an ento- procf is attached to the bristles or between tic two rami of the feel . Distribution: The species is not an arctic form; it i- not known cither from East-Greenland, East-Ireland, the Norwegian Sea or from Spitsbergen or the extensive area between Spitsbergen and the Bering Sea. The northernmost localitity is between Spitsbergen and the Bear Is], mil, ('.minion in the boreal and lusitanian area. 78. Nephthys hombergi Audouin & M. Edwards 1*34. 1865 Nephthys assimilis Malmgren, p. 105. L889 Nephthys hombergi Holm. p. 157. 1911 Nephthys ehlersi Heinen, p. 34. 1911 Nephthys hombergi Ditlevsen, p. 693. L929 Nephthvs hombergi Ditlevsen, p. 20. This species is not present in the material, but in the older collections of the museum a specimen from the Davis Strait without any further .statement of locality is present. This is of great interest because it appears to be the single find of this spei ie in the Arctic. Theel's report from the Kara Sea depends mi a wrong determination', his specimens have proved to lie A*, lon- gosetosa 0rst. (according to Augener 1928, p. 699). Distribution: The species is a more southern form; in the boreal region it occurs in the North Atlantic at the Faroes, along the Norwegian west coast from Stavanger; in Danish waters it enters the western Baltic: lusitanian. It seems not to descend beyond the luo m line. 79. Nephthys ciliata 0. F. Miiller 1789. (Chart 26). 1789 1843 1865 1867 1877 1897 1898 1908 1914 L928 1937 Nephthys Nephthys Nephthvs Nephthys Nephthys Nephthys Nephthys Nephthys Nephthys Nephthys Nephthys ciliata boreali ciliata ciliata ciliata ciliata ciliata ciliata ciliata ciliata ciliata 0. F. Miiller. p s ( frsted, p. 32 P 104. p. 14(1. P- 50. ].. 222. Malmgren, Malmgren, Mcintosh, Vanhoffen, Michaelsen, p. 126. McTntosh. ]». 23. Ditlevsen, p. 692. Augener. p. 699. Ditlevsen, p. 20. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 64°02' N. 52°25'W.; Riis- Carstensen; 27.7. 1926; 85 m: 1 spec. — South and west of Iceland: 65:<>2'3N. 23°56'2W.; "Ingolf" St.87; 23.6.1896; 207 m; 2 spec. — 63°46'N. 22°56'W.; "Thor" St. 171; 2. 7. 1904; 150 m; 2 spec, — 63°18' N. 18°19'W.; "Beskytteren ' ; 11. 6. 1905: 5 spec. -South-west of the Faraoes: 61°08' N. 9°28'W.; "Thor" St. 78; 12.5.1904; 800 m; about 20 spec. The species has previously been reported from the waters west of ( rreenland (Ditlevsen 1928) about 76° N. Lat., and it is frequently found in shallow waters inside the fjords and along the coast. The greater part of the specimens had the bristles and the space between the dorsal and ventral parapodial ramus densely set with an entoproct. None of the specimens were inhabiting tubes, as they may cln. and very often they were in different stages of regeneration. N. ciliata is one of the largest species of Nephthys, and m the present collections several individials reach a length of more than 18 cm. Furthermore it is undoubtedly the most common species of Nephthys in the arctic. Distribution: Circumpolar, but nol bipolar, it penetrates into the most arctic areas contrary to N.coeai. It is frequently found at Spitsbergen, Nova.ya Zemlya, Siberia; in the White Sea and the Kara Sea; curiously enough it is nol hitherto known from East Greenland; it is very common in Iceland and the most common Nephthys at the Faroes. Furthermore it is common in Scandinavian and Danish water-, penetrating far into the Baltic, thus being a fairly euryhaline species. It does nol descend to s depths. In the material at my disposal ir ih.es riot descend beyond about 225 m, with the exception of a few localities in the West Greenland fjords (Kvane- and Bredefjord, maximum 500m.). 30 Nephthys longosetosa 0rsted 1843. I Chart 27). L843 Nephthys longosetosa 0rsted, p. 195. 1865 Nephthys longisetosa Malmgren, p. 15. 1ST! Nephthys emarginata .Malm, p. 77. 1879 Nephthys hombergi Theel, p. 26. 1897 Nephthys longisetosa Vanhoffen, p. 222. 1914 Nephthys longisetosa Ditlevsen, p. 691. 1923 Nephthys longisetosa Fauvel, p. 367. 1928 Nephthys ciliata Augener, p. 698. 1929 Nephthys longosetosa Ditlevsen, p. 21. 1937 Nephthys longosetosa Ditlevsen, p. 20. Occurrem e: Wes1 of Greenland: 66 15' N. 56 30' W.; "Tjalfe" St. 369: 20. 5. 19(19; about 35n m: -v spec. — 66 12' N 56 12' \V.: "Tjalfe" St. 397; 31. 5. 1909; 245 m; 1 spec. 66 35' N.55 54' W.; "Ingolf" St. 31 ; II. 7. L895; L66 m; 3 spec. — 64°01' N. 52 15'W.; Riis-Carstensen ; 2S. 7.1926; 44m; 3 spec. South of Iceland: 63 27' N. 19 37'W.; "Thor" St. 194; L6. 7. L904; 84 m; 2 North of the Faroes: til 05' N. 9 38'W.; "Thor'' St. 63; 5. 5. L904; 835 111 : 1 spee. This species which probably is the epitokous phase of N. ciliata is distinguished from the latter by its immensely long bris by its rounded parapodial stems, by the bilobate posterior lamella of the ventral ramus; and by the much greatet length of the poste- rior ventral lamella: the corresponding dorsal lamella is only short ; the anterior lamella of the dorsal ramus is undivided. I prefer to follow Fauvel (op. cit.) and Ditlevsen, and therefore temporarily maintain the original name of 0RSTED, who primarily described this species from Godthaab. The species is not hitherto known from East Greenland. Distribution: Iceland, the Kara Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Franz Joseph Land, the White Sea, far into the northern Atlantic ; the Faroes, the Skagerrak, the North Sea; Danish waters into the western part of the Baltic; southwards to the Channel. 81. Nephthys incisa .Malmgren 1865. (Chart 27). 1865 Nephthys incisa Malmgren, p. 105. 1883 Nephthys incisa Levinsen, p. 60. 1897 Nephthys incisa Vanhoffen, p. 222. 1908 Nephthys incisa McTntosh, p. 38. 1914 Nephthys incisa Ditlevsen, p. 692. 1929 Nephthys incisa Ditlevsen, p. 21. Occurrence: West of Iceland: 63 21' N. 28 30'W.; "It St.85; 17.6.1896; 1717 m; about 10 -pee South of [celand: 63 16'5N. 19°57'W.; "Thor" St. 172: 17. 7. 1903; 2m'. m; 2 I agree with Heinen (1911, p 24) who maintains that this spei tes as far as its habitus is concerned may easily be distinguished from other species of Nephthys by its transverse section which is quadrangular, and the short, dark bristles forming lour longitu- dinal dark rows alongside the lour aneles of the body. The para- podial stems are distinguished by their acute conical shape; all the lamellae are small, similar, rounded, not much longer than the parapodia. Distribution: The species is not arctic, although it may occur in the Arctic (in tin' collections of our Museum a specimen 22 POLYCHUETA is kept fn i \ n. collected by Olbik). East of North America, Norway (from rather great depths: more than Om); North Sea. Kattegat; western Baltic; Mediterranean. 82. Nephthys incisa var. bilobata Heinen 1911. (Chart 27). 1911 Nephthys incisa var. bilobata Heinen, p. 25. Nephthys incisa var. bilobata Fanvel. p. 370. Occurrence: S. of Iceland: 63°05' N. 20C07'W.; "Thor" 1903; 557 m : 1 spec. The variety, originally described from the North Sea. differs from tlic type species bv its considerably longer lamellae, and the shape of the anterior ones of both dorsal and ventral ramus: they are deeply bilobate, whereas the posterior lamellae are evenly rounded and longer. The varietv was not hitherto known from the area under consideration. Distribution: The North Sea. 83. Nephthys paradoxa Malm 1*74. 1 1* hart 28). L874 Nephthys 1883 Nephthys 1897 Nephthys 1908 Nephthys 1914 Nephthys 1928 Nephthvs 1929 Nephthys 1937 Nephthys paradoxa Malm, p. 78. paradoxa Levinsen, p. 59. paradoxa Yanhoft'en, p. 222. pansa McTntosh, p. 40. paradoxa Ditlevsen, p. 691. paradoxa Augener, p. 701. paradoxa Ditlevsen, p. 23. paradoxa Ditlevsen, p. 19. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 68°57' N. 52°41'W.; "In- golf" St, 26; 26.6.1895; 64 m; 1 spec. — 64°02' N. 52°25'W.; Riis-Carstensen; 27. 7. 1926; 85 m; 1 spec. — 61°50' N. 56°21'W.; "Ingolf" St. 36; 1.7.1895; 7202 m; 1 spec. — N.E. of Iceland: 67°19' N. 15°52'W.; "Ingolf" St. 126; 29. 7. 1896; 552 m; 1 spec. Among the northern species of Nephthys N. paradoxa is easily recognized by the flat, leaf-shaped gill, the upper brim of which is crenulated. The present specimens are all very long; an intact one measures about 16 cm. Distribution: Both in arctic and boreal waters; widely distributed along the east coast of North America, especially in the arctic area, viz. Ellesmere Land, Jones' Sound. The Kara Sea, and fairly common at Spitsbergen. Common at the Faroes, sporadic in Danish waters; penetrates deeply into the West-Greenland fjords. In the area under consideration it is nowhere a low-water or coastal species; it may even occur in the abyssal sea ("Ingolf" St. 36; 7202 m.). 84. Nephthys malmgreni Theel 1879. (Chart 28). 1st',.', Nephthvs 1867 Nephthvs 1879 Nephthys 1883 Nephthvs 1911 Nephthvs 1914 Nephthys 1928 Nephthys 1934 Nephthys 1937 Nephthys longosetosa Malmgren, p. 106. longosetosa Malmgren, p. 141. malmgreni Theel, p. 26. malmgreni Levinsen, p. 59. malmgreni Ditlevsen, p. 419. malmgreni Ditlevsen, p. 691. malmgreni Augener, p. 702. malmgreni E. Wesenberg-Lund, malmgreni Ditlevsen. p. 19. 19. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 63°57' N. 52°41'W.; "In- golf" St, 26; 26.6.1895; 64 m; 1 spec. — 63°06' N. 56°00'W.; "Ingolf" St. 24; 25. 6. 1895; 2258 m; 3 spec, — 61°50 N. 56°21'W.; "Ingolf" St. 36; 28. 7. 1895; 7202 m; 1 spec. — Southern part of the Norwegian Sea : 66°23' N. 8°52' W. ; "Ingolf" St. 103 ; 10. 7. 1896 ; 1090 m; 1 spec. — 66°23' N. 7°25'W.; "Ingolf St. 104; 11.7. 1896; 1802 m; 1 spec. The species is rather small, easily recognizable by the intrors curved gill and the 14 rows of proboscideal papillae and the conical parapodial stems. Besides the a. m. species only one of the arctic Nephtydoidea has an intrors gill viz. N. rubella Mich, (which is not represented in this material); the latter may be separated from .V. malmgreni by the cirriform appendage at the dorsal side of the ventral posterior lamella). As to its habitus N. malmgreni resembles N . longosetosa 0rst. in the verv long flexible bristles, but in the latter species the gill is extrors, and there are 22 rows of proboscideal papillae. Distribution: The "Godthaab" finds show that the species is widely distributed in the Davis Strait on both sides, as far north- wards as about 80° N. Lat. : it is further more frequently found in Bredefjord in S.W.- Greenland, and everywhere in these areas at considerable depths (from about 100 m to about 7200 m), its bathymetrical range thus being very wide. It is known from East- Greenland. It is rather scarce at Spitsbergen, but is almost as common as N.ciliata in the Kara Sea: Novaya Zemlya. The west coast of Norway. Family Sphaerodoridae Malmg axen. 85. Ephesia gracilis Rathke 1843. (Chart 29). 1867 Ephesia gracilis Malmgren, p. 79. 1883 Ephesia gracilis Levinsen, p. 96. 1897 Ephesia gracilis Vanhoffen, p. 223. 1S9S Ephesia gracilis Michaelsen, p. 126. 1909 Ephesia gracilis Ditlevsen, p. 15. 191 1 Ephesia gracilis Ditlevsen, p. 702. 1915 Ephesia gracilis Mc'Intosh, p. 17. 1928 Ephesia gracilis Augener, p. 736. 1934 Ephesia gracilis E. Wesenberg-Lund. p. 21. 1937 Ephesia gracilis Ditlevsen, p. 21. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66°35' N. 56°38'\V.; "In- golf" St. 32, 11.7.1895; 599m; I spec. 65°17' N. 54°17'\Y.: igolf" St. 34; 18.7. 1895; 104 m; 1 spec. — South of Iceland: 18' X. 15C40'W.; "Ingolf" St. 54: 18. 5. 1896; 1301 m; 1 spec. -East of Iceland: 64°07' N. 11°12'W.; "Ingolf" St. 4; 13.5. 1895; 446 m; 1 spec. Distribution: Widely distributed in the arctic and boreal regions. East coast of N. America; West- Greenland (Proven), East- Greenland (Mikisfjord); Iceland (but not known from the Faroes); Spitsbergen; Novaya Zemlya; the Kara Sea; Norway; Common in Danish waters; southwards to England; the Mediter- ranean; Antarctic. 86. Ephesia peripatus (Claparede) 1863. (Chart 29). 1915 Ephesia peripatus McTntosh, p. 50. 1923 Ephesia peripatus Fauvel, p. 379. 1937 Ephesia peripatus Ditlevsen, p. 21. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 63°06' N. 56°00'W.; "In- golf" St, 24; 25.6.1895; 2258 m; 3 spec. — 61°50' N. 56°21'W.; HH.Yl'lLKTA 23 "Ingolf"St.36;28. 7. L895; 2702 m;2spec. 6] 30' N.54 25'W.; "Ingolf" St.25; 26.6.1895; 1096m; 1 spec — South of Jan Mayen: Tn '32' X. 8 LO'W.; 29. 10. L892; 770m; 1 spec. This species, which is much like the preceding one, differs from this by its compound bristles, whereas E. gracilis only has uncompound setae; the end-pieces may vary fairly much in length; they may be long and slender and pointed, or shorter and more blunt. In the present speci ns of E. gracilis the uncompound bristles were all much stouter and shorter, and often strongly curved like a beak. Distribution: Previously known from West Greenland waters (Ditlevsen 1937 reports it from here for the first time); otherwise unknown from the Arctic except from the Kara Sea. The Channel; the Mediterranean. In arctic waters it seems to be an abyssal species. 87. Sphaerodorum minutum (Webster & Benedict) 1887. (Chart 29). 1887 Ephesia minuta Webster & Benedict, p. 728. 1920 Ephesiella minuta Chamberlin, p. 13 B. 192.3 Sphaerodorum minutum Fauvel, p. 380. 1929 Sphaerodorum minutum Ditlevsen. p. 23. Occurrence: Jan Mayen; Seren Jensen: 25.6. 1900; 75-112 m; about 20 spec- North of the Farces: 63c36' N. 7°30'W.; "Ingolf" St. 139; 10. 8. 1896; 1322 in: 6 spec. South of Iceland: 63 On' X. l'.Mi'/w.; "Ingolf" St. 131; 8. 8. 1896; 1314 m; 3 spec. The genus Sphcerodorum is distinguished from Ephesia by the short body, only a few mm long, with several rows of globular capsules or papillae on the dorsal side, whereas Ephesia has only two rows, one on each side, i. e. the transformed proximal part of the dorsal cirri, the distal part of which mucronates the capsule as a small digitiform process. In Sph. minutum each segment is provided with a number of In 12 globular papillae set in a trans- versal row on the dorsal side. Distribution: Spitsbergen, the Faroes; west coast of Ire- land; U. S. A.; Alaska. 88. Sphaerodorum claparedi Gr< (Chart 29). ■ft 1866. 1866 Sphaerodorum claparedii Greefi, p. 338. 1914 Sphaerodorum claparedii Southern, p. 89. 1920 Sphaerodorum claparedii Eliason, p 16. 1923 Sphaerodorum claparedii Fauvel, p. 379. 1938 Sphaerodorum claparedii Friedrich, p. 115. Occurrence: West of Greenland : 65 58' N.55 L3'W.; "Tjalfe" St.359; 14.5.1909; pelagic haul: 1 spec. -Easl of Iceland: 66 23' \\ \-i 05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 101; In. 7. L896; mil m: | spec To this species 1 refer two tiny specimens hot 1 1 iii ;i rather I I' state <>f preservation; they are both kept as microscopical prepar- ations in Canada halm, and unfortunately their surface is covered with thousands of -mall rod like crystals, all precipitations of the fixative, a fact which renders a close examination difficult. The animals only measure about 2 nun and are quit iarent and colourless. The number of chaetigers is 18. <>n the dorsal side 6 row- of capsular papillae ; on the ventral side the capsules are arrang ed in four longitudinal rows and tiol irregularly scattered as they may he in this species. This was most distinctly seen on the last few segments. There was no digitiform process on the top of any of the capsules. Two small eve-spots. The last segment with two very large capsules directed backwards; the pygidium with a small ventral, thread-like appendage. In both specimens the pro- boscis was intruded hut could easily be distinguished as a thin- walled globular organ; the pharynx is enormous, nearly as broad as the body, extending o\ er 7 8 segments, it is spherical and trans- versal!}- striated. The parapodia are long, conical, with two termi- nal papillae between which the lone, compound bristles with long slender and curved end-pa - emergi Besides Sph. minutum (Webst. & Ben.) anothei -pedes, viz. Sph.philippi Fauvel (1911, p. 19) is known from the Arctic. ! species is characterized by having four rows of capsules on the dorsal side and none on the ventral. The finds of Sph. claparedi in the Arctic is of interest. The species was originallv described from Dieppe, later on refound for the first time at the Irish coast by Soi niKiix (1914) and still later reported from the Sound and the Kiel Bay (ELIASON, FrieDEICH). Tin' species was thus hitherto not reported from arctic regions. 1 do not think, however, that too much stress should be laid on this; it is very likely that the species has a much wider range than previously known: on account of its small size it may easily be overlooked and be lost during the' sorting of the material. The two finds, widely separated from each other, seem to he accidental and may indicate a much wider distribution in arctic waters. Distribution: Danish waters; Ireland: the Channel. Family Glyceridae Grube. 89. Glycera capitata Orsted L843. (Chart 30). 1843 Glycera capitata Orsted, p. II. 1843 Glycera setosa Orsted, p. 46. 1867 Glycera capitata Malmgren, p. 70. 1877 Glycera capitata Mcintosh, p. 503. 1S77 Glycera setosa .Mcintosh, p. 503. 1883 Glycera capitata Levinsen, p. 62. 1S(.»7 Glycera capitata Vanhoflen, p. 223. 1897 Glycera setosa Vanhdffen, p. 223. 1898 Glycera capitata Michaelsen, p. 127. 1898 Glycera capitata Arwidsson, p. 7. 1911 Glycera capitata Ditlevsen. p. 419. 1914 Glycera capitata Ditlevsen, p. 694. 1928 Glycera capitata Augener, p. 734. 1937 Glycera capitata Ditlevsen, p. 25. Occurrence: West of Greenland: Store Hellefiskebanke ; Holm; 1886; c. 35m; 2 spec. Stoic Hellefiskebanke; 21 miles W.S.W.of Rifkol; Bornemann; in. 7. !912;about 10m;3spec 66°34' N. 56 38'W.; "Ingolf" St. 32; 11.7. 1895; 599 m; 3 spec. 65°16'N. 55°05'W.; "Ingolf St. 35; 18. 7. 1895; 682 m; i 61 54' N. 55 10'W.; "Ingolf" St. 27; 1. 8. 1895: 740 i 64°01'N. 52°40'W.; Riis-Carstensen ; 28. 7 1926; 54 63°30' N. 54 25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 25;26. 6. 1895; 1096 63 06' N. 56 00'W.; "Ingolf" St. 24; 25. 6. 1895; 2258 m;3 In the Danmark Strait: 66°33' N. 26°05'W.; "Ingolf" St.127; 2. 8. 1896; 83 m; 1 spec. 65°38' N. 26 27' W.; "Ingolf" Si 28. 7. 1896; 260 m; 1 spec. 64 24' N. 28 50'W.; "Ingolf" St. 10; 20.5.1895; L484m; I spec. South of Iceland 63°30 N. 20 14' W.; "Thor" St. 188; 12. 7. 1904; 80 m; 1 spec. 62 57' N. 19 >$ W.; "Thor" St. 166; 17.7. 1903; 157 m; 1 spec. Southern part of the Norwegian Sea 60°57' N. 3 12'E.; "Michael Sars" II 7. 1902; 350m; 2 spec. 24 POLYCH^ETA The atokous as well as the epitokous forms were originally ribed on specimens scut from coastal waters in western Green- land anil as two ilittVi.-ni species, the epitokous form characterized by lo ' and bristles as CI. sctosa. The present collections include typical forms of both phases. The collections of the museum comprise besides these specimens a great number from coastal i in \\ , I Greenland,, their distribution ranging from Ingle- field Bay (about 77 X. Lat.) in the north to Julianehaab (about 6] N. Lat.) in the south, i. e. the species is distributed all along the west coast of Greenland in coastal waters as well as in the open sea. Distribution: North America. East-Greenland (Maroussia) Iceland, the Faroes, Scandinavia. Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, the Kara Sea: Danish waters. Great 'Britain; the Mediterranean. A.s to the bathymetrical range the species may occur both in deep and shallow water sfrom a few meters in the present collections to about 2700 m. Mc'Intosh 1877 op. cit. reports it from the mouth of the Davis Strait even from 3500 m. The epitokous phase is often captured in the surface layers. 90. Glycerella atlantica n. sp. (Chart 31; PL V. fig. 22 and PL VI. fig. 28). Occurrence: South of Iceland: 62°06' N. 19°00'W.; "Ingolf' St. 64; I. 6. 1896; 1960m; 3 spec. The three specimens are intact and in a good state of preserva- tion: they measure 60,50, and 32 mm resp. They were all found inhabiting tough, mucous tubes, built of several layers of webfine structure covered with fine grey mud-particles. The colour of the worm itself is dark greyish-red. The prostomium consists of 4 rings, of which the basal one is very long and broad and bulky; the two more distally are rather short, and the terminal one is formed like the tip of a cone, and ear- cies I very long, subulate antenna?, longer than in any other mem- ber of the Glyeerid family; they are perfectly smooth and without any trace of segmentation; their insertions form a cross. There is no pigmentation of the head such as described for Glycerella (Hemipodus) magellhanicus (Mc'Intosh); in one of the specimens only a little white area is seen just at the basal part of each of the antennae. Naturally no eyes are present. In the two largest specimens the proboscis is perfectly with- drawn; in the smallest one it is partly extruded, but unfortunately not so much that the jaws can lie studied without dissection. The basal part of the proboscis is quite smooth, but the rest of it is densely set with an enormous number of very long, hair-like papillae apparently arranged without any order at all. Palpocils could not be detected. These papillae, which make the proboscis look quite villose or woollen, are longer than in any other Glyeerid. The jaws were difficult to dissect, and a sufficient description or figure cannot be given. They are rather small, slightly curved: the slender piece joins the main fang almost in the central part of I he concave curve, and has not the lateral projection, character- istic of the genus Glycera. The buccal segment is short, but laterally and ventrally it forms two fleshy or bulky cushions as shown in the figures. In the two largest specimens the numbers of chaetigers, are 115 and 118; the smallest one is partly hidden in its tube, from which I did not want to remove it. The segments in the anterior region are undivid- ed; but from about the 8th one they become biannulate, and from 1 1 "'lit the 17th-18th they are all triannulate. The middle ring of each segment is by far the most developed, and it carries the dorsal cirrus and the foot. Ventrally the cheetigers are not segmen ted. On the ventral side tic first chaetiger is enormous, forming a broad cone-like underlip. The feet are characteristic. On the whole they are uniform in all segments, only the first segment is apodous. The feet are distinctly biramous with four bundles of bristles. The anterior lip consists of two long, deeply separated processes, of which the dorsal one is considerably longer than the ventral one ; the posterior lip has two much shorter and broader flaps. The dorsal cirrus is inserted at a distance from the foot and very characteristic; in the central part of the body it is an erect, pedunculate club- shaped or ovate organ, imbedded in the centre of a little cushion- shaped section, formed by the lateral part of the middle ring of each segment. A character, which ought to be mentioned in this connection, is that in the largest specimen the dorsal flap of the anterior lip of the 8th foot showed a distinct bifurcation in the shape of a slight lateral process, as shown in the figure seen from the dorsal side; in the two other specimens a corresponding char- acter was not present. It may probably be a small individual feature. The ventral cirrus is broad, leaf-shaped, fleshy, resembling the corresponding organs in the Phyllodocids. The feet gradually diminish posteriorly, but no principal alterations in shape and organization take place. There are three kinds of setae. In both of the dorsal bundles the bristles are uncompound, and in both of the ventral ones they are compound. The uncompound bristles are all uniform, long, slen- der, flexible at the tips, and they are, as far as I can see, absolutely smooth in contrast to the serrated, dorsal bristles in McTntosh's Hemipodus magellhanicus. The compound setae are of" two sorts. The dorsal bundle in the ventral parapodium has bristles with long, smooth terminal pieces, slightly curved or even straight, rounded and smooth at the tip, and without any serration along the edge ; the ventral bundle consists of bristles with much broader and especially shorter terminal joints, slightly hooked apically and with smooth edges too. The pygidium terminates in two very long thread-like appen- dages. No doubt the described specimens belong to the genus Glycerella- This is proved by the structure of the prostomium, the long antennae, the proboscis with the long papillae, the feet etc. I think it justified to describe them as a new species, especially on account of the perfectly smooth seta? and the absence of the lateral projection of the slender appendage of the main jaw. The genus Glycerella was established by Arwidsson in 1898; from the genus Hemipodus he segregates the species H. mageUanica McTnt., described in the Challenger Report as Glycerella magellha- nirii (McTnt.). As generic character he considers in the first place the structure of the prostomium, wdiich with its few rings, its broad, short shape and its particularly long antenna? is distinct from the '?eii n< Glycera as well as Hemipodus. Moreover Glycerella occupies an intermediate position between the two above-mentioned genera, -nice it unites the biramous feet of Glycera with the short proboscis and the structure of the jaw of Hemipodus. In the structure of its interior Arwidsson demonstrates resemblances with the Goniadidm. A comparison of McTntosh's, Arwidsson's and my own figures will show the close relationship of the present species with Glycerella magellanica McTnt. 91. Goniada maculata Orsted 1*43. (Chart 31). 1843 Goniada maculata Orsted, p. 33. 1898 Goniada maculata Arwidsson, p. 36. 1929 Goniada maculata Ditlevsen, p. 24. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 63°06' N. 56°00'W.; 'Tn- golf St. 21 ; 25. 6. 1895; 1 spec. — South West of Iceland: 63°56' N. 24°40'W.: 'Tngolf" St, 8; 19.5 1895; 256 m; 1 spec. The genus Goniada, which was not hitherto reported from this area, is represented by both boreal species G. maculata and G. norvegica. They may easily be distinguished from each other by POLWH.t'.TA 25 means of the number of V-shaped paragnaths on the sides cean. The Nor- wegian North Atlantic Expedition has taken it in the Tana Fjord (about 70 N. Fat.); hitherto the most northern and eastern find. Family Eunicidae Grube. Subfamily Euniciinae Kinberg 93. Eunice pennata (0. Fr. Miiller) 1776. I ('hart 32). 1776 Nereis pennata (i. Fr. Miiller. p. 217. 1867 L lice norvegica Malmgren, p. 64. 1910 Eunice norvegica McTntosh, p. 184. 1914 Eunice pennata Fauvel, p. 137. 1928 Eunice norvegica Augener, p. 727 . 1929 Eunice pennata Ditlevsen, p. 25. 1937 Eunice pennata Ditlevsen, p. 25. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66°37' N. 56 37'W.: "Dana" St. 2346; 22.6. 1925; 150m; 1 spec. — 66°35' N. 56°38'W.; "In- golf" St. 32; 11.7.1895; 599m; x spec. 65 17' X. 54 17' W.: "Ingolf" St. .34: 18. 7. 1895; KM m; 1 spec. 65 16' N. 55°05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 35;18. 7. 1895; 682 m; 12 spec. —65 II' N.55 I2'\V.: "Ingolf" St. 28; I. 7. 1895; 791 m; 1 spec. - *, 1 54' X. 55 10'W.; "Ingolf" St. 27: 1. 7. 1895; 740m; 10 spec. — 63 30' X. 54 25' W.; "Ingolf" St. 26; 26.6.1895; 1096m; 1 spec, — 63°06' N. 56°00' \Y.; "Ingolf" St. 25; 26.6.1895; 2258m; 2 spec. — Danmark Strait: 66°20' X. 25 I2'W.; Wandel; 19. 9. 1891 ; 180 m; 2 spec. - 65°38' N. 2fV27'\V.: "Ingolf" St. 98; 28. 6. 1896; 260 m; 1 spec. - 64 44' N. 32°52'W.; "Ingolf" St. 92: 25.6. 1896; 1838m; 1 spec. - -64°24'N. 28C50'W.; "Ingolf" St. 10; 20.5.1895; 1487 m; 1 spec- 64 is' X. 27°00'W.; "Ingolf" St. 9; 20.5.1895; 585m; I spec — 63 21' X. 25 21'W.; "Ingolf" St. 85; 17. 6. 1896; 320m; 4 spec — 62 25' X. 28 30'W.; "Ingolf" St. 83; 17.6. 1896; 1717 m; 1 spec. — 66°33' N. 26°05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 127: 2.8.1896: 83m; 1 spec — South of Iceland: 63 43' N. 14°34'W.; "Ingolf" St. 6; 16.5. 1895: 170 m: 3 spec. C,3 13' X. 15 H'YW; "Ingolf" St. 7: 17. 5. 1895; 1130m; 4 spec. 63 12' X. 20°06'W.; "Thor" St. vac; 1.7. 1903; 510m; 7 spec- 62°00' N. 22 38'W.; "Ingolf" St. 39: 9. 8. 1896; 1629 m: 3 spec -CI 33' X. 19°00'W.; "Ingolf" St. 65: 2.6. 1896; 2051m; 1 spec. East oi Iceland: 64 on' X. II lo'VY.: "Thor" St. 65; 31.5. 1903; 160m; I spec. Between the Shetlands and the Faroe-: 60 19' X. 2 50'W.; "Michael Sars"; lo.5. 1902; 230 280m; 2 spec. It is of great interest and rather surprising that tins speeies is present in so great numbers in the North Atlantic material here worked up. The collections contain specimens of all sizes: in some small ones the gills only rea eh a number of 5 or 6 filaments: in the fully grown individuals the number amounts to 22. most frequently the highest number is |ii ,,,■ 17. The gills nearly always commence in the 3rd chsetiger, seldom m the 4th or 5th. and most commonly they disappear always quite suddenly - in about the loth 15th clnetiger. The anterior 1 or 5 gills are single, then they begin to become pectinate. The aciculi are yellow. There are I pygidial appendages, 2 long dorsally and 2 short ventrally. This species, winch according to this material, si to be a fairly abundant representative in boreo-arctic areas of an otherwise more southern genus, is nearly allied to E. harassii And. et Edw. The two species may mainly be disting- uished from each other by the character, that in E. harassii the gills continue to the last but few segments. According to Fauvel and other authors the species is commensal with different hydroids, and is to lie considered as a form modified on account of its commensalism. Furthermore it is a deep-sea form, while its congener lias a more littoral habitat. E.harassii is not hitherto known from ai or boreo-arctic regions. Eunice pennata was recorded from Greenland waters for the first time only in a single find, and represented h\ a -ingle specimen from the southern part of the Davis Strait. AUGENER as well a- Malmgren report a single find from Spitsbergen, and Augener furthermore one from Tromso. Augener writes of E. pennata that it is "cine sudlichere Gastform, die nui beschrankten Teil des arktischen Gebietes eindringt", and he says at last "Weitere arktische Funde wiiren von Interess These "weitere Funde" may be reported here, and \ cry abundantly too. The finds arc from true arctic areas west and east of Greenland and north and cast of Iceland, distributed over a fairly wide range and often from considerable depths, maximum 3229 m. Nom the localities published here arc from depths less than about pin in. It may be mentioned, Inn should no; s,-d here, that the material in tic Zoological Museum contains specimens from the West- Greenland fjords (Bredefjord and Skovfjord) and inside these from rather great depths to,, (220 170m). Distribution: Scandinavian coasts; Denmark (mainly the Skagerrak); Great Britain; France; (he Mediterran 26 P(ilych.t:ta 94. Eunice floridana (Pourtales) 1867. (Char! 32). 7 Marph} [ana Pourtales, p. 108. 1881 I- i dice gunneri Storm, p. 92. 1887 Eunice floridana Elders, p. 88. 1907 Eunice gunneri Roule. p. 33. 1H1I Eunice floridana Fauvel, p. 1 I'.'. Occurrence: The Danmark Strait: 64°1 8' N. 27°00'W.; "In- golf" St. 9; 20.5.1895; 555 m; 1 spec, — South of Iceland: 63 15' N. 15 07'W.; "Ingolf" St. 53; 1C. 5. 1895: 1497 m; 2 spec. - X. 15 K)'W.; "Ingolf" St. 51: 18.5.1895; 1301m; 2 X. in Is'W.. Tlior" St. 105; IS. 7. 1903; 1390m; 2 spec. — Between the Shetlands and the Faroes: r,0°49' N. 2°50' \\\: ".Michael Sars" St. '.): 30.5. 1902; 500m: 1 spec. The species very much resembles E. pennata but may be distinguished from it by the following characters: the aciculi are black (in E. pennata yellow); the gills commence in the 8th-10"th chsetiger and continue to the last but one segment (in E. pennata from about the 3rd and to the last half or third of the body), •law VI is present (in /:'. pennata absent). In the present species the number of gill-filaments does not reach that of the preceding species. I have counted 8 as a maximum. In about the 15th segment they attain full development, and from about the 40th segment the number of filaments decreases. On an aver- age, the specimens are larger than E. pennata, but unfortunately no measurements can be given, since not a single specimen is intact. Two of the specimens were found in parchment-like tubes, covered with fine mud. The species was not hitherto recorded from Greenland waters. Storm describes it as Leodice gunneri from the Trondheimfjord. Distribution: Lusitanian: Ireland, Bay of Biscay; Medi- terranean: Atlantic: Marocco; the Antilles. Subfamily Onuphidinae Levinsen. 95. Onuphis conchylega M. Sars 1835. (Chart 33 1. 1843 Onuphis eschrichtii Orsted, p. 20. 1867 Nothria conchilega Malmgren, p. 66. 1877 Nothria conchylega Sars, p. 503. 1889 Onuphis conchylega Holm, p. 158, 159. 1897 Onuphis conchylega Vanhoffen, p. 222. 1902 Nothria conchylega Moore, p. 274. 1910 Onuphis britannica Mcintosh, p. 404. 1911 Onuphis conchylega Ditlevsen, p. 419. 1914 Onuphis conchylega Ditlevsen, p. 695. 1914 Onuphis conchylega Fauvel, p. 127. 1920 Onuphis conchylega Chamberlin. p. 15 B. 1928 Onuphis conchylega Augener, p. 728. 1929 Onuphis conchylega Ditlevsen, p. 25. 1937 Onuphis conchylega Ditlevsen, p. 26. Occurrence: The Davis Strait: 66°35' N. 56C3S'\V.; "Ingolf" St. 32; 11. 7. 1895; 128 m; 3 spec. — 66°21' N. 56°54'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 365; 18.5.1909; 600-700 m; 10 spec. — 66°12' N. 57°16'\V.: "Tjalfe" St. 366; 19. 5. 1909; 686 m; oc s] — 65°34' N. 54°31' W.; "Ingolf" St. 29; 5.7.1895; 128m; 3 spec. — 65°16' N. 55°05'W.; ingolf" St. 35; 18. 7. 1895; 682 in: 20 spec — 64°07' N, 52°40'W.; Riis-Carstensen ; 28.7.1927; 46 m; 4 spec. — The Danmark Strait and W. of Iceland: 64°24' N. 28°50'W.; "Ingolf" St. 10; 20. 5. 1895; 1484 m; 1 spec. — 62°25' N. 28°30' W.; "Ingolf" St. s:;: L4. 6. 1896; 1717 m; 1 spec. — 65°28' N. 27°39'W.; "Ingolf" St. 97; 28. 6. 1896; 847 m; 3 spec. — 64°18' N. 27 (WAY.; "Ingolf" St. 9; 20. 5. 1895; 555 m; 2 spec. — 61°44' N. 27°00'W.; "Ingolf" St. 81; 14.6.1896; 913 m; 10 spec. — 66°18' N. 25°59'W.; "Ingolf" St. 15; 4. 6. 1895; 621 m; 2 spec. — 65°03'6 X. 23 17'6W.; "Ingolf" St. 86; 23.6.1896; 143 m; 10 spec. — 62°58'N. 25°24'W.; "Ingolf" St. 84; 17. 6. 1896; 1192 m; 2 spec. 63 21' X. 23 21'W.; "Ingolf" St. S3; 17. 6. 1896; 320 m; 1 spec. -65°02'3N. 23°56'2W.; "Ingolf St. 87; 23.6.1896; 207 m; 0 spec. — fi5 38' X. 26 27' W. : "Ingolf" St. 98; 28. 6. 1896; 260 m; 1 spec. — Between Iceland and Jan Mayen: 72°25' N. 19°33'W;. Ryder, East-Greenland Expedition; 27.7.1891; about 270m; — 72 10' N. 20°10'W.; Ryder; 26.7.1891; 200 m; — Jan Mayen: i n Jensen; 25. 6. 1900; 100-110 in; — 70°50' N. 8°29'W.; "In- golf" St. 115; 23.7.1896; 162 m; 13 spec. — 70°32' N. 8°10'W.; Ryder; 29.10.1891; 900 m; — 70°05' N. 8°26'W.; "Ingolf" St. L16; 23. 7. 1896 699 m; oc spec. — 67°19' N. 15°52'W.; "Ingolf" 7. 1896; 552 m; 20 spec. — 66°50' N. 20°02'W.; 'Tn- r. 128; 2. 8. L896; 365 m; 1 spec. — 66°33' N. 20°05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 127; 2.8.1896; 83m; 1 spec. — Between Iceland and the Faroes: 66°23' N. 8°52'W.; "Ingolf" St. 103; 10. 7. 1896; 1090 m; 3 spec. — 65°00' N. 11°16'W.; "Ingolf" St. 59; 20.5. 1896; 584 m; oc spec. — 64°43' N. 10°43'\V. ; " Beskytteren" ; 5. 6. 1905; 2 spec — 64°15' N. 14°22'W.; ingolf" St. 51; 15. 5. 1896; 128 m; 1 spec. — 64°07 N. 11°12'W.: "Ingolf" St. 4; 13. 5. 1895; 446 m; 6 spec. — 62°58' N. 7°09'W.; "Ingolf" St. 143; 11.8. 1896; 731m; 4 spec. — South of Iceland: 63°17V2' N. 17°39'W.; "Be- skytteren"; 18.7.1905; 150 m; 2 spec. — 62°35' N. 19°48'W.; "fhor" St. 165; 13.8.1903; 1 spec, — Between the Faroes and the Shetlands: 61°23' N. 5°04'W.; Wandel; 1890; 500 m; 2 spec. This species appears to be one of the most abundant ones in the present area. Besides from the localities reported here it is common e. g. in the "Godthaab" 1928 material and in the West- Greenland fjords. The characteristic flat tubes are of very different appearance; the material of which they are composed varies with the material of the bottom. Many of the tubes are built of gravel and silicious grains only, but more frequently of fragments of shells of different kinds e. g. sea-urchins tests, prosobranch and lamellibranch shells. Several hundred tubes from a station in the Davis Strait were thus constructed of shells of the little trans- parent Pecten groenlandica, whose layer of mother-of-pearl made the tubes shine like fish-scales. Many tubes are clad with foramini- fera tests, several especially with the rusty-red tubes of Hyperam- iii a, a subnodosa Brady. Particularly characteristic were tubes built exclusively of Haliccmdria spicules - these tubes were circular in diameter - fragments of pectinarian tubes (Cistenides hyperborea), bryozoans and different species of serpulids. More rarely tubes with hydroids and tunicates. Distribution: Widely spread in the arctic, boreo-arctic and lusitanian area. In Danish waters it does not enter the Kattegat, but is restricted to the North Sea and the Skagerrak. As to the bathymetrical distribution the species seems to have a fairly wide range. On an average it evidently prefers a depth of some few hundred meters, and the richest finds are always from about 100-500 m; but it may quite frequently be dredged from depths of 500 to 1700 m. 91. Onuphis quadricuspis G. O. Sars 1873. (Chart 33: PL VII, fig. 29). 1873 Onuphis quadricuspis G. 0. Sars, p. 216. 1910 Onuphis quadricuspis Mcintosh, p. 413. 1914 Onuphis quadricuspis Fauvel, p. 130. 1923 Onuphis quadricuspis Fauvel, p. 418. POLYCH.OTA 27 Occurrence: South of Iceland: 63 33' X. L5°02'W.; "Ingolf" St. 55; 19. 5. 1896; 95 m; 1 spec. - 63 05' X. 20 00'W.; "Thor" St. 170; 16. 7. L903; 920 m: 2 spec. -- Between the Shetlands and the Faroes: 60 57' X. 3 12' E.; "Michael Sars" St. 47; 14. 7. 1902; 350 m; 2 spec. Only anterior fragments without tubes are present. The Hist 5 or 6 segments are flat, the rest of the body rounded and without the brown transversal bands characteristic of 0. conchylega. The ceratophores are short and indistinctly annulated; the frontal antennae like the palpi short, fleshy, and ovoid. The ventro-lateral antennae much shorter -only about one third of the length - than the dorsal lateral ones, and the unpaired dorsal antennae considerably shorter than the1 latter ones. Eyes very small, and absent in two specimens. The tentacular cirri short, subulate. at the anterior border of the buccal segment. Thi' dorsal cirri arc also subulate, and in the anterior segments very much like the gills, which commence as simple filaments in the 9th segment. In the 15th segment they become bifid, ami gradually 5-branched; in none of the specimens are they typically pectinate; thej are gradually reduced to one simple filament in the posterior segments, but this could not be stated in the present specimens since only anterior fragments are present. The three first feet are hint; and project forwards, vet not so pronouncedly as in O. conchylega. The ventral cirri are filiform in the first five chaetigers, then fiat and cushion-like. In the same chatigers capillary, fiat, winged bristles and compound tridentate ones, in the following capillaries and pectinate bristles. The species lias not formerly been taken in the present area; it is reported from some localities in the boreal zone of the Atlantic Ocean; it does not seem to penetrate into true arctic regions. Distribution: The coasts of Norway: Drobak, Bei North of Sent lam!, Ireland, the Channel, the i.zoi 97. Hyalinoecia tubicola (0. Fr. Midler) 1789 (Chart 34). 1789 Nereis tubicola 0. Fr. .Midler, p I- 1867 Hyalinoecia tubicola Malmgren, p. 67. 1910 Hyalinoecia tubicola Mc'Intosh, p. 119. 1929 Hyalinoecia tubicola Ditlevsen, p. 26. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 63°06' N. 56°00'W.; "In- golf" St. 21: 25. 6 1895; 2258 m; 3 spec. The Danmark Strait: • W 34' X. 31 I2'\V.: "Ingolf" St. 11; 21.5. 1895; 2448 m; I spec. HI 24' X. 28 50'W.; "Ingolf" St. 10; 20. 5. 1895; 1 184 m; about 25 spec. — East of Iceland: 66 23' N. 7 25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 104; 11.7.1896; 1802m; 10 spec. Between the Faroes and the Shetlands and Norway: 62°02' N. 5°15'W. ; "Dana" St. 6017; 30. 7. 1938; 220 m; 5 spec. 61 31' N 0°39'W.; "Thor" St. 121; 21.7. 1905; 196m; In spec. 61 03' N. 2 13' E.; .Michael Sars" St. 49; 15. 7. 1902; 132 m; 2 spec. Numerous well-preserved specimens in their characteristic cylindrical, transparant tubes are present. Of great interest are the only "Ingolf'-find in true arctic areas, from where the species was not previously known; this find is made in the deep-sea (1802m); the rest of the finds arc inside the hitherto known area of distribution and from much smaller depths (132 220 m). Distribution: The Faroes, the Shetlands, the Hebrides; west coast of Scandinavia; in Norway not north of Christianssund (about 63° N. Lat.); Great Britain, Ireland. Franc,- Mediterranean. Subfamily Lumbriconereinae Grube. 98. Lumbriconereis fragilis (0. Fr. Mtiller) 1 77b. I Chart 35). 1776 Lumbricus fragilis 0. Fr. Miiller, p. 21b. 1864 Lumbriconereis borealis Kinberg, p. 568. 1867 Lumbriconereis fragilis Malmgren, p. 177. 1877 Lumbriconereis fragilis Mc'Intosh, p. 503. 1883 Lumbrinereis fragilis Levinsen, p. 299. 1897 Lumbriconereis fragilis Vanhoffen, p. 222. 1898 Lumbrinereis fragilis Michaelsen, p. 123. 1910 Lumbriconereis fragilis Mc'Intosh, p. 372. 1914 Lumbrinereis fragilis Ditlevsen, p. 694. 1914 Lumbriconereis fragilis Fauvel, p. 154. 1920 Lumbrinereis fragilis Chamberlin, p. 15 B. 1928 Lumbriconereis fragilis Augener, p. 730. 1929 Lumbriconereis fragilis Ditlevsen, p. 26. 1934 Lumbriconereis fragilis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 20. 1937 Lumbriconereis fragilis Ditlevsen, p. 27. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66 .'17' N. 56 37' W.; "Dana" St. 2346; 22.6.1925; 450 m; 1 spec. - 66°35' N. 56°38'W.; 'In- golf St. 32; 11. 7. 1895; 599 m; oc spec. —63 06' X. 56 00'W.; "Ingolf" St. 21; 25. 6. 1895; 2258 m; x spec. 61 50' X. 56 21' W.; "Ingolf" St. 30; 28. 7. 1895; 2702 m; 3 spec. -Off Jan Mayen: 70°50' N. 8°29'W.; "Ingolf" St. 1 15; 23. 7. 1896; 552 m; 1 spec. - West of Iceland: 63°56' N. 21 10'W.; "Ingolf" St. 8; 19. 5. 1895; 256m; 2 spec. North of Iceland: 67°19' X. 15 52' W.; "Ingolf" St. 126; 29.7.1896; 552m; 1 spec. - 66°50' N. 20°02'W.; In- golf" St. 12S; 2. s. 1896; 365 m; 2 spec. - 65°57' N. 19 58' W.; "Thor" St. 166; 11.7. 1903; 957m; :i spec. Hast of Iceland 64°17'3N. 14°44'W.; "Michael Sars" St. 90; 23.8.1902; 90m; 1 spec. 64 25' X. 12 09'W.; "Ingolf" St. 58; 20. 5. 1896; 397 m; 3 spec. — Between Iceland and the Faroes: 64 07' X. 1112'W.: "Ingolf" St. 1; 13.5. 1895; lb', m: 1 spec. — 63°35' N. 10°24'W.; "Ingolf" St. 3; 12. 5. 1895;512 m;2spec. East of the Shetlands : 60°57'N. o;42'E.; "Michael Sars" St. 17; 14.7.1902; 375m: 1 spec. This species can be distinguished from the following one by the black aciculi and the crochets, which do not commence before the 20th-50th segment. As far as I can see the crochets in young specimens are situated more anteriorly than in oldei ones, i.e. that during growth they disappear in the proximal end of the body; in large specimens they do not appear anteriorly to about the ■ >nth segment. Unfortunately, the length of these large specimens cannot be given, as only fragments are present; the collection does not contain one single intact specimen. In L. minuta Theel, which is always a. much smaller species, the hooks begin in the lit second ehastiger, and it seems therefore natural to regard this species as a juvenile form of L. fragilis as many author- inclined to do but then it should be just as natural to find cimens of medium size with hooks in about the5thto ' which is never seen. Therefore, the two forms are here regard' distinct species. Distribution: Widely and abundantly distributed in all arctic regions: West- and East Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, Bering Sea, Franz Joseph Land, t lie Kara Sea boreal areas, Atlantic, Norway, Danish and British waters; the Mediter- ranean. 99. Lumbriconereis impatiens Claparede 1868 (Chart 30). 1868 Lumbriconereis impatiens Claparede. p. 145 1910 Lumbriconereis impatiens Mc'Intosh. p. 379 28 POLYCHJETA L914 Lumbriconereis impatiens Southern, p. 85. L923 Lumbriconereis impatiens Fauvel, p. 429. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 64°54' N. 55°10W.; "In- ■11: 1.7.1895; 740m; 1 spec. — 63°06' N. 56°00'W.; "Ingolf" St. 24;25. 6. 1895;2258i — 61°50'N.56°21'W.; "Ingolf" St.36; 28.7.1895; 7202m: 3 spec. — Jan Mayen: 7ii 50' N. 8 29'W.; "Ingolf" St. 115; 23. 7. 1896; 162 m; 1 spec. - North and East of Iceland: 66°23' N. 7°25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 104; U. 7. 1896; L802 m ; 2 spec. — 63°29' N. 6°57' W. ; "Ingolf" St. 140; 11.8. 1896; i 1 •'.'.» m; 1 spec — South and west of Iceland: 66c19' N. L0 15' W.: "Thor" St. 50; 25. 5. 1903; 1440 m; 1 spec. — 62°00' N. 21 36'W.; "Ingolf" St. 10; 9.8.1895; 1591m; 1 spec. — 65°02'3 X. 23 56'2W.; "Ingolf" St. 87; 23. 6. 1896; 207 m; 1 spec. This species very much resembles L. fragilis, but may be distinguished from it by the presence of uncompound hooks from the first or second chsetiger. In L. fragilis they commence in the 21st-50th foot. In the present material there are a few specimens in which they do not appear until the third and fourth foot, but never more posteriorly. In all the present specimens the spines are yellow, whereas they are black in L. fragilis. I am inclined to believe that Mc'Intosh's statement, that they are black in both species, is due to a mistake; I consider the colour of the spicules as a character of specific value. The present specimens never reach the length or the width of L. fragilis, and they never iridesce so beautifully as this latter. Southern writes that he is inclined to regard the two species as identical, and there is no doubt that they are very closely related, yet I prefer temporarily to keep them apart; in the fairly large collection, which has been ;it my disposal, I find it rather easy to separate the two forms from each other. As to the distribution in the northern areas the species has not hitherto been found north of the Shetlands; now finding places of true arctic character have been reported and from rather great depths too; only two of the localities are from low depths, viz. 207 m (West Iceland) and 162 m (close to Jan Mayen). Distribution: British Islands, Ireland, France; the Mediter- ranean. 100. Lumbriconereis minuta Thee] 1879. (Chart 36). 1879 Lumbriconereis minuta Theel, p. 42. 1883 Lumbriconereis minuta Levinsen, p. 284. 1911 Lumbriconereis minuta Fauvel, p. 2'2. 1928 Lumbriconereis minuta Augener, p. 732. 19.37 Lumbriconereis minuta Ditlevsen, p. 28. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 69°17' N. 52°50'W. ; "Tjalfe" St. 117; 15.7.1908; 400 m: x spec. — 66°35' N. 55°10'W. "Ingolf" St. 32; 11. 7. 1895; 599 m; 3 spec. — 65°16' N. 55°05'W. "Ingolf" St. 35; 18. 7. 1895; 682 m; 1 spec. — 64°54' N. 55°10'W. "Ingolf" St. 27; 1.7. 1895; 710 m; 1 spec. — North and East of Iceland: 66°50' N. 20°02'W.; "Ingolf" St. L28; 2. 8. 1896; 365 m x spec. — 66°23' N. 8°52'W.; "Ingolf" St. 103; 10.7.1896 1090 m; 1 spec. — 63°04' N. 9°22'W.; "Ingolf" St. 2; 12. 5. 1895 193 in; 2 spec. None of the numerous specimens are intact; the anterior part is abundantly represented, and many fragments of the middle part of the body are present too, but no posterior ends which can be referred to this species. They are all rather thread- like and delicate, all having winged hooks in the anterior . in several specimens in the very first one. Many previous authors have set forth the supposition that L. minuta therefore must be 8 juvenile form of L. fragilis, mostly because L. minuta s always (if small size and on account of the fact that in the much i /.. fragilis the hooks commence the farther forwards the smaller - alias the younger - the specimens are ; but so far there is no definite proof of the identity of the two species, and in accor- dance with Augener, Fauvel, Ditlevsen etc. I prefer to regard them as allied, but distinct species. Distribution: L. iniini/a was formerly dredged in arctic waters. Originally described from Novaya Zemlya, refound at Spitsbergen and the Murman Coast, and by Ditlevsen recorded from the Davis Strait. I should be inclined to think that more thorough investigations would prove that the species is widely spread in the Arctic. 101. Lumbriconereis latreilli (Audouin & Edwards) 1834. (Chart 37). 1914 Lumbriconereis latreillii Southern, p. 85. 1914 Lumbriconereis latreilli Fauvel, p. 431. 1923 Lumbriconereis latreilli Fauvel, p. 431. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 67°57' N. 55°30'W.: "In golf" St. 33; 12.7.1895; 66 m; 1 spec. — 66°50' N. 54°28'W. "Ingolf" St. 30; 10. 7. 1895; 41 m; 2 spec. — 65°16' N. 55°05'W. "Ingolf" St. 35; 18. 7. 1895; 682 m; 2 spec. — 65°14' N. 55°42' W. "Ingolf" St. 28; 1. 7. 1895; 791 m; 2 spec. — 63°48' N. 52°23'W. "Tjalfe" St. 40c; 10. 6. 1908; 194 m; 1 spec. — 63°30' N. 54°24'W. "Ingolf" St. 25; 26. 6. 1895; 1096 m; oo spec. — South of Iceland 63°13' N. 15°41' W.; "Ingolf" St, 7: 17. 5. 1895; 1130 m; 2 spec. - 63°37' N. 13°02' W.; "Ingolf" St. 57; 20. 5. 1896; 659 m; 2 spec. - East of Iceland: 66°23' N. 10°26' W. "Ingolf" St. 102; 10. 7. 1896; 1412 m; 1 spec. — Between Iceland and the Faroes: 63°13' N. 6°32'W.; "Michael Sars" St. 102; 29.8.1902; 1936 m; 7 spec. This rather large species, which in its appearance bears a close resemblance to L. fragilis, may be distinguished from the latter by having compound hooks in the first 20-30 chsetigers. They are totally absent in L. fragilis. Another distinguishing character is the yellow colour of the aciculi. The species which has hitherto been regarded as a boreal and lusitanian form was not previously known from true arctic regions. The northernmost find was Lofoten (Fauvel 1914). In the present material it is found inside the Greenland fjords (Bredefjord and Skovfjord) as well as in the open sea west of Greenland, and in the southern part of the Norwegian Sea, often from considerable depths. As it may so easily be confounded with L. fragilis, a thorough examination will probably show that it is much more common in the northern Atlantic and in the waters east of northern Norway than showed by the present material. Distribution: Norway (Lofoten), the North Sea, the British Islands: the Channel; France; the Mediterranean. 102. Drilonereis fllum (Claparede) 1868. (Chart 37). 1910 Drilonereis longa McTntosh, p. 393. 1923 Drilonereis filum Fauvel, p. 436. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 63°57' N. 52°41'W.; "In- golf" St. 26; 26.6.1895; 64 m; 1 spec. Only an anterior fragment - yet of considerable length, about 90 mm, - is present. The head is a blunt, rather long-stretching cone without eyes and without the dorsal median longitudinal groove, which may be seen in some specimens. The whole body is yellowish and brightly iridescent. The ventral side of the buccal segment is divided into 5 distinct folds by means of 4 longitudinal furrows. The first two segments are devoid of feet. The first feet are only small knobs, the following have a small dorsal and a much larger ventral, blunt lobe, and between them is the small setigerous lobe. The dorsal cirrus is reduced to a small papilla. No compound bristles and no hooks. Several yellow aciculi termin- ating in a long capillary spine. The capillaries are of the usual type, slightly geniculate, curved, winged on one side and the wing PuI.YCH.ETA 29 obliquely striated; ventrally to the winged bristles an enormous stout, short, and blunt spine except in the anterior segments. Tlic specimen was partly hidden in a mucous layer incrusted with hue clay, forming a delicate tube; both ends were projecting from it. The worm must have inhabited muddy bottom. The species was not hitherto dredged in arctic regions. Distribution: Atlantic and lusitanian regions: Ireland, Great Britain: France; the North Sea; the Channel; the Med ranean. East coast of North America (Virginia, New Jei Subfamily Staurocephalinae Kinberg. 103. Staurocephalus rudolphi (delle Chiaje) 1841. (Chart :!7: PI. VII, fig. 30). 192.3 Staurocephalus rudolphii Fauvel, p. 1 16. Occurrence: Between the Shetlands and Norway: 60°57' N. 3 12' E.; "Michael Sars" St. 47; 14. 7 1902; 260m; sandy clay; 1 spec. Only an anterior fragment of some fifty segments is present. The prostomium is as short as it is broad, frontally evenly rounded, devoid of eves. The palpi have a short terminal articulation, a palpostyle, marked oil' from tin1 wrinkled, hut not moniliform palpiphore by a distinct constriction. They arise from the infero- lateral side of the prostomium. The antenna' issue from the same level as the palpi and dorsally to them. They are genuine monili- form, consisting of 5 rings. The two first segments arc apodous and achaetous. The first foot is smaller than the following and devoid of dorsal cirrus; this organ is present m the following segments; it is considerably longer than the foot and consists of a. very long, slender, and cylindrical cirrophore, and a much shorter cirrostyle, and contains a delicate aciculum. The ventral (arms is a little shorter than the dorsal one. The bristles in two bundles and of tin' following kinds: 1 long capillaries finely denticulated at one side and restricted to the dorsal bundle; 2° compound bristles with bidentate, sickle-shaped terminal pieces of different length, restricted to the ventral bundle; •". I or 2 uncompound, biforked bristles m the dorsal bundles of the first chsetigers, and finally confined to the very first chaatiger only; I a single genicul- ate, bidentate bristle, with a finely serrated wing on one side. This species was not found in tie., areas before. Two of Staurocephalus are known from boreo-arctic waters, \iz. St. rubroviltatus Grube and St. remeri Augener, both belonging to the group of the genus which does not possess forked bristles. It is true that the absence of eves in the specimen described here is a divergence from the typical St. rudolphi, but according to my experience no special stress should be laid upon this character. I have often observed that eye spots may be difficult or impossible to detect in old material preserved in alcohol. Distribution: The Channel; the Atlantic Ocean, the .Mediter- ranean. B. SEDENTARIA Family Ariciidae Audouin el Milne Edwards. 104. Scoloplos armiger (0. Fr. Miiller) 1776. (Chart 38). 1776 Lumbricus armiger 0. Fr. Miiller, p. 22. 1843 Scoloplos armiger 0rsted, p. 49. 1867 Scoloplos armiger Malmgren, p. 72. 1877 Scoloplos armiger Mc'Intosh, p. 504. 1883 Aricia armiger Levinsen, p. 304. 1896 Aricia armiger Michaelsen, p. 148. 1911 Aricia armiger Ditlevsen, p. 423. 1913 Alicia Miilleri Augener, p. 262. 1914 Aricia armiger Ditlevsen, p. 705. 1928 Scoloplos armiger Augener, p. 742. 1929 Scoloplos armiger Ditlevsen, p. 28. 1937 Scoloplos armiger Ditlevsen, p. 28. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 69°17' N. 52 50'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 117; 15. 7. 1908; 430 m; fat clay; 3 spec. 64 02' N. 52 25'W.; Riis-Carstensen; 27. and 28. 7. 1926; 85 and 3s m; 3 and 1 spec. -63. 3d' N. 54°25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 25; 26.6.1895; 1096m; 2 spec. — South of Iceland: 63°30' N. 17 31'W.; Wandcl St. 2; 1890; 200m; 2 spec. North of belaud: 67 10' N. 15 I0'W.; "Ingolf" St. 121; 29.7. 1896; 932m; 12 spec It is peculiar that this species so widely distributed in the Arctic, is so scanty in the present material. All (lie specimens are small, imperfect and badly preserved. Distribution: Almost circumpolar m the northern hemi- sphere, one of the most widely spread Polycluetes of all. Both coasts of Greenland, -Ian Mayen, the White Sea, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, Iceland, the Faroes, the Shetlands; the Scandi- navian coasts, Danish, British and French waters. 105. Nainereis quadricuspida (0. Fabricius) 1780, (Chart 39). 1780 Nais quadricuspida 0. Fabricius. p. 1843 Scoloplos minor (listed, p. 42. Is 13 Scoloplos quadricuspida t listed, p. 48. 1867 Naidonereis quadricuspida Malmgren, p. 73. 1877 Naidonereis quadricuspida Mc'Intosh, p. 504. 1883 Aricia. quadricuspida Levinsen, p. 304. 1910 Nainereis mamillata Mc'Intosh. p. 519. 1914 Nainereis quadricuspida Fauvel, p. 231. 1911 Aricia quadricuspida Ditlevsen, p. 706. 1928 Naidonereis quadricuspida. Augener. p. 744. 1929 Nainereis quadricuspida Ditlevsen. p. 28. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 67°57' N. 55°30'\V.; "In- golf" St. 33; 12.7.1895; 66m; I spec 63°57' N. 52 ll'W.; "Ingolf" St. 26; 26. 6. 1895; 64m; 2 spec. 60 15 V 11 LO'W.; Frits Johansen ; 1. 11. 1931 ; 1,5 m; 1 The species was previously taken by the "Valorous" in the 30 POLYCH.ETA Davis Strait, and is also known from several coastal places in Wesl md. Prostomii lar; no eyes could be detected. In the present is about 11 thoracic seg nts. The gills commence in the 1th -Gtli segment: they are broad and lanceolate. Distribution: .V. quadricuspida is rather widely distributed in the Arctic, yet by far not so abundantly as the preceding species; it must be fairly common in West- Greenland, as Ousted reports it has been sen! from almost all West- Greenland harbours. In the Arctic it is reported from the White Sea, the Murman Sea, Prinz Karl-Vorland and Spitsbergen; in the boreal and lusitanian areas from [celand, the Faroes, the Shetlands, Scotland, Ireland, Den- mark and Scandinavia. 106. Alicia kupfferi Ehlers 1874. (Chart 39). I --7 I Ancia. kupfferi Ehlers, p. 57. 1897 Aricia kupfferi Birula, p. 97. 1905 Aricia kupfferi Mc'Intosh, p. 50. 1914 Aricia kupfferi Eisig, p. 353. 1927 Aricia kupfferi Fauvel, p. 18. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 63°06' N. 56°00'W.; "In- golf" St. "24; 25.6.1895; 2258 m; 1 spec. — 63°30' N. 54°25'W. "Ingolf" St. 25; 25. 6. 1895; 1096 m; 2 spec. No eyes; gills from the 5th segment; the first 17 segments form the anterior part of the body; none of the three specimens are intact. At the ventral ramus a crenelated border with 8 conical papilla?, and in the 13th to 16th chsetigers some very stout brown lanceolate bristles, visible at low magnification. Two kinds of capillary bristles in the ventral foot, some resembling the dorsal barred bristles, but shorter, and some more stout and curved; genuine hooks are absent. Distribution: Previously known from Greenland; according to Mc'Intosh (1905, p. 50) the species extends to Norway and Greenland. The Kara Sea; Atlantic Ocean, the North Sea, Danish waters; the Mediterranean. Family Spionidse San 107. Laonice cirrata (M. Sars) 1850. (Chart 40). 1850 Nerine cirrata M. Sars, p. 207. 1867 Scolecolepis cirrata Malmgren, p. 91. 1877 Scolecolepis cirrata Mc'Intosh, p. 506. 1883 Spio cirrata Levinsen, p. 103. 1914 Spio cirrata Ditlevsen, p. 704. L9] 1 Aonides cirrata Fauvel, p. 220. 1927 Laonice cirrata Fauvel, p. 38. 1928 Laonice cirrata Augener, p. 738. 1929 Laonice cirrata Ditlevsen, p. 29. 1934 Laonice cirrata E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 21. 1937 Laonice cirrata Ditlevsen, p. 29. Occurrence: N., NE., SE. of Iceland: 66°50' N. 20°02'W.; "Ingolf" St. 128; 2. 8. 1896; 365 m; 1 spec. — 66°23' N. 10°26'W.; "Ingolf" St. 1(12; 10. 7. 1896; 1 112 m; 2 spec. — 66°23' N. 8°52'W.; "Ingolf St. 103; 10. 7. 1896; 365 m; 1 spec. — 63°30' N. 17°31' W. ; Wandel; St. 2; 1890; 200 m; 3 spec. Many of the specimens are rather big, but not a single one is complete; some of them are broken into several fragments. Both sexes are present with fully developed sexual products. Posteriorly the prostomium rises to a crest, which carries a small unpaired antenna. The crest is very long, nearly as long as the whole branchial region. The palpi are very thick with curled, dark- brown rim and very retractile; in some specimens they are short and thick, and only reach to about the 10th cha>tiger; in others they are long and slender, reaching the 20th. In several specimens a broad, brown, longitudinal band is seen in the middle of the ventral side. The gills commence in the 2nd segment, and disappear in about the 45th segment; they are distinctly set off from the dorsal lamellae, and considerably longer than the latter ones. Both gills and lamellae cover the dorsal side, only leaving a narrow- central interspace free. Generally the hooded hooks commence in the 40th segment, in a few individuals in the 37th or 38th segment. They are only present in the ventral parapodia in the anterior part of the body; on account of the fragmentary condition of the specimens it is impossible, however, to state whether the hooks may also be found in the dorsal parapodia or in the ventral only in the posterior part of the body. Distribution: In West- Greenland the species is widely ributed in coastal waters and inside the fjords. It was previously ars. recorded from the Davis Strait. - East- Greenland the Murman coast, Spitsbergen, the Kara Sea, Novaya Zemlya; the species has a fairly wide geographical range in the Arctic, where it occurs at considerable depths. Furthermore known from Iceland, the Faroes, Great Britain, Scandinavia, the Channel, and the Mediter- ranean. 108. Spio filicornis (O. Fr. Miiller) 1776. (Chart 40). 1780 Nereis filicornis O. Fabricius, p. 307. 1867 Spio filicornis Malmgren, p. 91. 1898 Spio filicornis Michaelsen, p. 128. 1911 Spio filicornis Ditlevsen, p. 423. 1914 Spio filicornis Ditlevsen, p. 703. 1928 Spio filicornis Augener, p. 739. 1929 Spio filicornis Ditlevsen, p. 29. Occurrence: The Davis Strait : 64'W N. 52°40' W.; Riis-Car- stensen; 28.7. 1926; 48 m; 6 spec. The specimens are all imperfect and badly preserved. In front of the 4 eyes the prostomium has distinct brown pigmental spots, and in the anterior part of the body there are brown trans- versal bands in the furrows between the segments. Hooded hooks with three teeth commence in the 11th and the 12th segment. < Inly one find dating from the open sea is present, and yet from very shallow waters, i. e. from the northern part of Fylla's Banke, W. of Godthaab. The arctic material in the Zoological Museum comprises, however, numerous species from coastal waters and from the fjord-areas, everywhere from low waters (10-20 m) from about Upernavik in the north to Bredefjord in the south. Distribution: East- Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, the Bering Sea, Siberia; most probably circumpolar; the Faroes, Scandinavia, Great Britain, the Channel, France. L09. Polydora coeca ((listed) 1843. (Chart 411. 1843a Leucodore coeca. (listed, p. 39. 1867 Leucodore coeca Malmgren. p. 95. 1874 Leipoceras uviferum Moebius, p. 254. 1909 Polydora coeca Fauvel, p. 3. 1928 Polydora coeca Augener, p. 741. 1929 Polydora coeca Ditlevsen, p. 30. poi.ycm 1 i i 31 Occurrence: The Davis Strait: 63 57' N. 52 H'W.; "Ingolf" St. -20; 26.6.1895; 64 m; 5 spec. All the specimens inhabited narrow tubes of very ti :laj ; all of them were imperfect without the long palpi, and only in one specimen the anal-sucker was preserved. They were all neatly striated with brown transversal bands in the anterior part of the body. In accordance with other authors Moebu's's Leipoceras uviferum is here listed among the synonyms, although a verific- ation of the identity can not 1m> given as. Moebius's specimens do not exist to day. Distribution: The species is scarce in the Arctic where it is only found sporadically. Fauvel (1909) reports a single find from Spitsbergen, rementioned by Augener (1928) in whose material it was not represented. If Moebius's species is identical with Polydora coeca (Orst.) the species is known from East- Green- land. It is worth mentioning that the collections of the Zoological Museum comprise several specimens from coastal waters in West- Greenland, Langn, by Upernavik, collected by Dr. Finn Salo- monsen in 1936. HO. Prionospio steenstrupi Malmgren 1867. (Chart 41 ). 1867 Prionospio steenstrupii Malmgreen, p. 93. 1877 Prionospio steenstrupii Mc'Intosh, p. 507. 1898 Prionospio steenstrupii Michaelsen, p. 129. 1914 Prionospio steenstrupii Ditlevsen, p. 702. Occurrence: The St. 117 and US; 15. 7 specimens. Davis Strait: 69 17' N. 52°50' W.; "Tjalfe" . 1908; 225 and 450 m; fat clay; numerous Some of tin' specimens are intact, showing the characti I pairs of gills, commencing in the 2nd segmenl ; t he first and the last pairs are long anil pinnate, the second ami the third p considerablj shorter, lanceolate ami not pinnate. Distribution: Previously reported from Greenland ■ and from the North Atlantic (Mc'Intosh 1>77). North America (St. Lawrence), Iceland. Scandinavia, ami Denmark. The species belongs to the soft bottom fauna, from bottoms of cla} Globigerina- ooze etc.. often from considerable depths ("Valorou i It is evidently no true arctic form. 111. Prionospio cirrifera Wiren 1883. (Chart 41 1. 1883 Prionospio cirrifera Wiren, p. 109. 1912 Prionospio cirrifera Augener, p. L78. 1916 Prionospio steenstrupi Fauvel, p. 103. 1921 Laonice cirrata var. minuta Augener, p. 63. 1928 Prionospio cirrifera Augener, p. 740. Occurrence: The Davis Strait: 63°06' N. 56 00'W.; "Ingolf" St. 24; 25.6.1895; 2258 m; 3 spec — N. of Iceland: 67 10' V 15 I0'W.; ■■Ingolf St. 124; 28.7.1896; 932m; 2 spec. None of the specimens are perfect, as the lone palpi are absent, and in none of them are the gills preserved. The gills, which commence in the 2nd segment, are all simple (not pinnate) and of similar shape; in some specimens there are four pairs, in another the last gill is found on the right side at the 7th segment. When all are present a maximum of 11 pans can be found. Distribution: Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, Jan M the Channel, France, Portugal. Family Disomidae Mesnil 112. Disoma multisetosum (listed 1844. (Chart 42; PL VII fig. 31 and 32). 1844b Disoma multisetosum (listed, p. 107. 1879 Paramphinome n. sp. Tauber, p. 78. 1883 Disoma multisetosum Levinsen, p. 101. 1883 Trochochseta sarsi Levinsen, p. 128. 1896 Disoma multisetosum Michaelsen, p. 41. 1905 Disoma multisetosum Allen, p. 144. 1920 Disoma multisetosum Soderstrom, p. 272. Occurrence: East of Iceland: 66 23' N. 11 02'W.; "Ingolf" St. 100; 9. 7. 1896; 111 m; 6 spec. 65' 29' N. 13°25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 109; 18. 7. 1896; 72 m; 6 spec. A fairly great number of well preserved specimens of this interesting worm are present. I am sorry to say that only the anterior parts are at hand ; it is curious, that this holds good of so many of the species in the material here worked up. All the specimens are of a beautiful pink colour; only in one are the enorm- ous palpi present. In one of the specimens the proboscis is fully extruded; it consists of a lot of long and short digitiform or sausage-shaped processes, as the figures from the dorsal as well as from the ventral side will show. The prostomium is oblong frontally rounded, without antennae. The parapodia of the first segment are enormously developed with long digitiform dorsal and ventral cirri and long, forwardly directed capillary seta?. The 2nd chsetiger is shorter, with shorter cirri, capillary dorsal setae and light yellowish hooks in the ventral ramus, arranged like a fan. From the 3rd segment unto the 14th inclusively the dorsal cirri as well as the ventral ones are transformed into broad crenated plates, the dorsal one being considerably larger than the ventral one. From the 15th segment the cirri are again of the usual digitiform shape. In the 3rd and 4th segments the ventral bristles are of the same shape as those of the 2nd o : stout, curved hooks, but those of the 3rd segment are by far the most predomin- ating; not only much stouter but of a dark brown colour, and conspicuous, also from the dorsal side; whereas in the two other segments they are light yellowish and only visible ventrally. The number of hooks is 6 lo in the 2nd and Ith segment, only I or 5 in the 3rd. From about the 2oth segment small gills appear on either side of the. ventral midline. The posterior segments, with their char- acteristic star-like clusters of stout spines in the dorsal parapodia were not found in the present specimens. Distribution: The species was originally described from Danish waters and lias later on proved to be fairly common in the Sound and the Pelts. Soderstrom (1920, p. 272) re] it from western Sweden and, which is of great interest, from West- Greenland, Jakobshavn about 660 m, as far as 1 know the first find in the Arctic, dating from specimens in the Etiksrnu in Stockholm. I may add that it was present in many samples from the fjords in eastern Iceland (colL dr. ElNARSSON and not yet published). Both the localities publi here from the "Ingolf" Expedition arc from thi isl "I Iceland. 113. Poecilochaetus serpens Allen 1905. (Char! 12, PI. VII, fig. 33). 1905 Poecilochaetus serpens Allen, p. 79. I'M t Poecilochaetus serpens Southern, p. 105. 1927 Poecilochaetus serpen- Fauvel, p. 67. 1928 Poecilochaetus serpens Friedrich, p. 135 1946 Poecilochaetus serpens Thorson, p. loo. 32 POLYCHiETA irrence: Off the Faroes and the Shetlauds: 63°29' N. W.: "Ingolf" St. 140; 11. 8. 1896; 1 169 m; It) spec. — 60°49' ,0'W.; '-.Michael Sars" St. 9; 30. 5. 1902; 540 m; 10 spec. • il ll'.V 2°13'E.; "Michael Sars" St. 50; 15.7.1902; 154m; 10 spec. It is with some reservation that a number of specimens are referred to this species, liecause 1 am not able to give a satisfactory iption of them on account of the deficient preservation; e. g. the hind end is missing in all specimen* All the specimens ate larval or postlarval stages. The prostomium is an oblong. very small antenna-like tip, the palpi are not yet developed and the three nuchal organs are by far not so long as they are going t.i he later on. The central one is broader than the lateral one and rather leaf-shaped, and a little shorter than the lateral subulate organs. They reach backwards to the boundary between the 2nd and 3rd anil the 3rd and 4th segments resp. In some specimens the proboscis was extruded like a blunt, soft cushion. - The first chaetiger carries a tuft of very long capillary bristles often directed forwards like a cage, surrounding the anterior end; furthermore a long, ventral cirrus, whereas the dorsal cirrus is absent in this segment. The following five segments (2nd-6th chsetigers) carry equally long dorsal and ventral cirri and a tuft of long capillary bristles of two kinds, partly smooth, partly spinous. In the 2nd and 3rd segment there are besides these bristles one or two stout, curved hooks, shorter than the capillaries and the cirri. The next (7th-llth) segments have modified cirri, they are club-shaped or formed like bottles with a long, slender neck, a little swollen at the tip; after this region the cirri are again like the preceding ones. There are no gills in the present specimens, and the large, hairy feather-like bristles are- also absent; they have not appeared in these young stages. No doubt the specimens belong to the genus PoedlochcBtus, the species may, however, be a little more problematic. As far as I can see, the specimens are in a developmental stage hitherto not described, evidently much more advanced than the stages described by Claparede (1863, pi. VI, fig. 1-11) or Ehlers (1874, p. 9) or Gravely (1909, pi. II, fig. 22-27). A fact, which clearly shows that we really have a postlarval stage before us, is that only five segments with bottle-shaped cirri are present; the adult has always seven pairs. Distribution: The Channel, The French and Irish coasts, Norway, the Skagerrak, Danish waters; the Mediterranean. It is remarkable that the larval and postlarval stages of this species are far better known than the adult specimens, which are actually very seldom seen ; also in the present collection only the larvae are found. This may be due to the fact that this species retains its pelagic habit until a late stage of development, and therefore the larvae may drift far away from the areas where their sessile parents live. Yet it is curious that the larvas are found just in the present material, which exclusively originates from bottom samples. How can these pelagic larvae be part of bottom material? And why are none of the adults, which are bottom animals, present at all? The explanation may in the first place be that the larva? have come into the gear during the upward hauling, and that they derive from specimens living far more southwards, e. g. in British waters, from where the species has been reported rather frequently, and by currents they have been driven to these northern areas. The present finding-places are, it is true, outside their hitherto known area of distribution, but actually not in any surprising degree. Family Paraonidae Cerruti. 111. Paraonis gracilis (Tauber) 1879. (Chart 42 PI. VII, Bg. 34). 1879 Aimides gracilis Tauber, p. 115. 1883 Aonides gracilis Levinsen, p. 101. 1897 Levinsenia gracilis Mesnil, p. 93. 1908 Paraonis gracilis Caullery & Mesnil, p. 136. 1909 Paraonis gracilis Cerruti, p. 199; 504 06. 1918 Aonides gracilis Saemundsson, p. 205. 1920 Paraonis gracilis Eliason, p. 55. 1946 Paraonis gracilis Thorson, p. 103. Occurrence: Between Iceland and the Faroes: 63c26' X. 7 i6'W.; "Ingolf" St. 138; 10.8. L896; 887 m; 2 spec. Two specimens of this small interesting worm have been taken at a locality X. of the Faroes. Both specimens are frag- mentary, missing the posterior ends. They are white of colour; the foremost part of the body is flattened, the rest nearly cylindrical, therefore the species rather much resembles the members of the family AriciidcB. The prostomium is without any appendages at all. conical in shape and without eyes. In both specimens there in 6 segments without gills, only with dorsal and ventral bundles |'l lung capillary, unlimbate bristles and with very short, knob- like dorsal cirri. The following 11 segments carry long, subulate gills, longer than the width of the 3egments, all of the same length and shape, ami in addition small dorsal cirri. I do not find, that the latter ones are longer in the branchial region than in the preceding abranchial segments, as Eliason (1920, p. 56) describes them; his figure is however much more in accordance with what I have seen and figured than with his own description. In the branchial region the bristles are exactly of the same kind as in the preceding segments. The strong, stout bristles or hooks, which are to be found in the segments behind the branchial region , are missing in the present imperfect specimens. Distribution: Hitherto the species is only known from the Sound and the Belts, from where it was originally described, and from Iceland. Thorson writes that it is fairly common in the Sound. It is true that the new locality between Iceland and the Faroes is indeed outside its hitherto known area of distribution, but not beyond the limits of probability for its occurrence, since the species has been found at the west coast of Iceland. Each new find of small annelids is of great interest; they highly add to our knowledge of their distribution. It is true that the finds of small polycha?tes, only a few mm long, are very sporadic and often accidental, and furthermore that they may easily be de- stroyed or overlooked during the sorting of the material. 115. Aricidea suecica Eliason 1920. (Chart 42, PI. VIII, fig. 35). 1920 Aricidea suecica Eliason, p. 52. 1946 Aricidea suecica Thorson, p. 103. Occurrence: W. of Greenland: 63°30' N. 54°25'W.; "Ingolf St. 25: 26.6. 1895; 1096 m; 4 spec. — 63°06' N. 56°00'W.; "In- golf" St. 24; 25.6.1895; 2258 m; 4 spec. — Off Jan Mayen: 70°05' N. 8°20'W.; "Ingolf" St. 196; 23. 7. 1896; 699 m; 1 spec. - Between the Faroes and the Shetlauds: 63°26' N. 7°56'W.; "Ingolf" St. 138; 10. 8. 1896; 887 m; 3 spec. All specimens are imperfect, the posterior end always missing; in all of them the anterior part, consisting of the three first abran- chial segments and the branchial region is broader and more !l PfU.YCHiETA 33 flattened than the posterior region, which in the present specimens is represented by a varying number of frequently badly preserved segments. The prostomium is blunt, broadly cordiform; no sensitive organ at the "snout" 1- seen, as desi ribed in other s| n-r- n -~ of this genus; it may lie completely retracted here. A single small subulate antenna, turned backwards. Two very small eyes may be anti- cipated by careful examination on level with the base of the antenna. When the specimens are made transparent the two horseshoe-shaped nuchal organs are easily seen at each side of the antenna at the broad, posterior part of the head, just as described in A. jeffreysi (Mc'Int.). The first three segments are distinctly set off from the head and from each other by deep segmental furrows: in this feature the present specimens differ from Eliason's description ami figure. They carry small biramous parapodia with small digitiform dorsal ami ventral cirri, the latter being exceedingly small, especially in the third segment. In the following segments the ventral cirri are missing; in return the dorsal ones are larger and have swollen bases and acute tips. In the branchial region the dorsal cirri are longer than in the following seeineiits. The first pair of gills appears in the fourth segment. They are turned horizontally so that they cover the dorsum, only leaving a narrow line free in the centre. They are broad and flat, ending in a fine tip. and evidently more developed than in Eliason's specimens. In the present ones their number is also considerably greater; here it varies from 17 to 28 pairs; in Eliasons's specimens the number is 15 19; this may be due to the larger size of these arctic specimens. The seta' are all capillary, in contra. t to A. jeffreysi where we find in addition hooded, spionid-like hook., n, the ventral ramus in the middle and posterior parts of the body. In about the first 13 segments the capillary bristles are of two kind., viz. long hair-like and shorter limbate; in the following only the first kind is represented I fully agree with Eliason as to the close relation between his species and Mc'lNTOSB I and I find it CO] to keep the two species aparl on account of the preseno absence of the hooded hooks. Distribution: Denmark, (the Sound) in mud and among dead shells, dead Zostera or tubes of Haploops. Thorson writes: Fairly common in the southern and middle part ol Sound. New to arctic areas. The four new localities are of interest, two of them being situated in tile Davis Strait, the other two off Jan Ma between the Faroe, and the Shetlands, a fact which may indicate that the species is certainly much more widely distributed in the northern Atlantii than hitherto known. Most probably the species is scattered all over the North Atlantic. It should, however. be remembered that species of -mall size such as e. ■_'. the members of this family may easily be overlooked. Family Chsetopteridae Audouin & M. Edwar (IS. Tjalfe" :x_ spe- 116. Spiochaetopterus typicus M. Sars 1856. I Chart 42). 1856 Spiochaetopterus typicus M. Sars, p. 1. 1867 Spiochaetopterus typicus Malmgren, p. 198. 1SS3 Spiochaetopterus typicus Levinsen, p. 112. 1914 Spiocha?topterus typicus Ditlevsen, p. 707. 1928 Spiochaetopterus typicus Augener, p. 756. 1937 Spiochaetopterus typicus Ditlevsen. p. 30. Occurrence: W. of Greenland: 69 17' X. 53 04'W.;" St. 117 and St. lls: 15. 7. 1908; 225 and 1:50m; fat clay; 66:35' N. 56 38'W.; "Ingolf" St. 32; 11.7. I895;599m; 65°14'X. :.:. 12' \Y.; "Ingolf" St. 28; I. 7. 1895; 791 m; -63:r,l' X. 53 15' W.; "Tjalfe" St. 129; 8. 6. 1909;988 1400m; fat clay; 3 s] 61°50' N. 56°21'W.; "Ingolf" St. 36; 28. 7. 1895; 2702 m; 3 spec. X. and E. of Iceland: 67 53' X. 10°19'\V.: -Ingolf" St. 11 'J; 25. 7. 1896; 1902 m: 1 spec. — 66 23' N. 10°26'W.; "Ingolf" St. 102; 10.7.1896; 412m; In spec. 66°23'X. 7 25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 104; 1.7. 1896; 1802m; 20 spec. Xumerous empty tubes of the characteristic annulated aspect and of parchment-like substance, transparent, brown, yellowish or hyaline, often more or less tilled with mud: in a few ones from the Davis Strait a Phascolosoma glaeialis was found. From "Ingolf" St. 104, between Jan Mayen and the Faroes, a fairly well-preserved cimens 5 Spec. specimen is present, with the two long tentacles intact: vet the posterior end is missing. The prostomium is small, rounded, a little macerated, tile tentacular cirri very long and straight: the anterior part of the body consists of '.i segments; in the fourth there is one very stout, dark brown spine of the characteristic aspect. On the ventral side of the 5th and the 6th segment in the anterior part there is a broad, dark brown glandular belt, and behind that in the 7th and 8th segment, a very distinct. white, crescent-shaped licit. The segments of the middle part of the body are long, especially the 2nd one; this part consisl s or 'J segments, which are difficult to ascertain on account of the poor preservation. Only three segments of the posterior are present. Distribution: The species is very common in the Arctic; most probably circumpolar, although so far not reported from the Bering Sea. In the boreo-arctic region it is known from belaud. the Fames, the islands north of Scotland, the Scandinavian coasts, and it penetrates southwards into the lusitanian area: Great Britain, France, furthermore in the Mediterranean, and it is also widely distributed in the subtropical area and the tropics. Yet it should be borne in mind that from a geographical point of view tic finds of empty tubes are of slight value since on account of their liijhtne the posterior tip of the body and near the tufts of setae these papillae are particularly long. The seta' are very long and fine, barred as usual in the Chloraemids , the dorsal ones being the longer and straight, whereas the ventral ones are shorter, a little stouter, and slightly curved at the tip. The number of the long delicate bristles of the first segments forming the cephalic cage is only small, much more scanty than in Stylarioides plumosus. The present specimens, however, agree in detail with the figure given by Ditlevsen (1911, pi. XXIX and XXXI. tig. 1 1 and figs. 23 and 21). only that the present specimens arc considerably larger than the one which he describes from East Greenland, being only 6 nun long. Distribution: East- Greenland, Norway, Spitsbergen. 123. Brada villosa (Rathke) 1843. (Chart 151. 1843 Siphonostoma villosus Rathke, p. 215. 1867 Brada villosa Malmgren, p. 155. 1882? Trophonia rugosa Arm. Hansen, p. 38, 1882? Trophonia arctica Ann. Hansen, p. 38 1883 Brada villosa Levinsen, p. 125. 1897 Brada villosa Michaelsen, p. 158. 1898 Brada villosa Michaelsen. p. 125. 151 I Brada. villosa Ditlevsen, p. 709 151 I Brada villosa Haase. p. 203. 1520 Brada villosa Chamberlm, p. 20 B. 1928 Brada villosa Augener. p. 771. 192'.) Brada villosa Ditlevsen, p. 35. 1531 Brada villosa E V -Lund, p. 23. 1937 Brada villosa Ditlevsen, p. 33 Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66°35' N. 56°38'W.; "In- golf" St. 52; 11.7. 1895; 599m; 1 spec. 65 14' N. >', 12 U "Ingolf" St. 28; I. 7. 1895; 791 in; I spec. 53 30' N 54 25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 25; 25. 5. 1855; 1096m; 2 spec. 36 POLYCH^ETA The "Tiil imens are rather small, smaller than some from the fjords in Smith- West- Greenland. They are typical in all respects. In one of them the genital papilla is very conspi- cuous on the ventral surface be1 ween the fourth and fifth chsetigers; it is much more distinct than in any of the specimens of Br. ulata. The frontal bristles are very short, delicate, and pale. The species may easily be distinguished from Br. granulata by its hirsute aspect, produced by the numerous clavate papilla; all over the surface, particularly long in the frontal region and on the feet. Between these papillae, numerous sand-grains and mud particles are retained, giving the animals a characteristic rough aspi i i Distribution: Spitsbergen, the Bering and the Kara Sea, Xovava Zemlya, Alaska, North America, Iceland, the Faroes, Scan- dinavia. Denmark, the North Sea. the Channel, the Mediterranean. The vertical distribution ranges from the littoral zone into the abyssal region. 124. Brada granulata Malmgren 1867. (Chart 45). 1867 Brada granulata Malmgren, p. 194. 1883 Brada granulata Levinsen, p. 126. 1897 Brada granulata Michaelsen, p. 160. 1911 Brada granulata Ditlevsen, p. 426. 1914 Brada granulata Ditlevsen, p. 710. 1914 Brada granulata Haase, p. 209. 1928 Brada granulata Augener, p. 772. 1929 Brada granulata Ditlevsen, p. 36. 1934 Brada granulata E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 23. 1937 Brada granulata Ditlevsen, p. 32. Occurrence: West of Greenland : 69°30' N. 56°32' W.; "Dana" St. 2363; 27. 6. 1925; 202 m; abt. 20 spec. — 65°27' N. 54°45' W. ; Wandel 1889. 120 m; 6 spec, — 63°30' N. 54°25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 25; 26. 6. 1895; 1096 m; 1 spec. — North of Iceland: 67°19' N. 15°52'W.; "Ingolf" St. 126; 29. 7. 1896; 552 m; 10 spec. The body is fusiform as in Br. villosa, but without the long clavate papillae; the surface is therefore more smooth, and not of the villous character. Here the papillae are flat warts, gathered in groups evenly distributed all over the skin, especially on the dorsum. The genital papilla? are not particularly conspicuous, often only discernable as an oblong fissure. The colour is light-grey with an olive tinge. From the Davis Strait, "Dana" St. 2363, some very fine, large specimens, about 40 mm., are present. Evidently the specimens now and then live together in small com- munities, since they may be secured in fairly great numbers in a single locality. Distribution: Brada granulata is more restricted to cold water than B. villosa. It is very common in the waters west of Greenland, where it has been found as far northwards as about 78° N. Lat. - East- Greenland, Norway, Spitsbergen, the Kara Sea, north of Eurasia, North America, Danish waters. Family Scalibregmidae Malmgren. 125. Scalibregma inflatum Rathke 1843. (Chart 46). 1846 Oligobranchus roseus M. Sars, p. 91. 1846 Oligobranchus groenlandicus M. Sars, p. 92. 1867 Scalibregma inflatum Malmgren, p. 77. 1877 Scalibregma inflatum Mc'Intosh, p. 506. lss.3 Scalibregma inflatum Levinsen, p. 135. 1898 Scalibregma inflatum var. corethura Michaelsen, p. 127. 1902 Scalibregma inflatum Moore, p. 275. 1911 Scalibregma inflatum Ditlevsen, p. 423. 1914 Scalibregma inflatum Ditlevsen, p. 711. 1928 Scalibregma inflatum Augener, p. 755. 1929 Scalibregma inflatum Ditlevsen, p. 37. - 1937 Scalibregma inflatum Ditlevsen, p. 33. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66°35' N. 56°38'W.; "Ingolf' St. 32; 11. 7. 1895; 599 m; 4 spec. — The Danmark Strait: 64°45' N. 35°05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 14; 22. 5. 1895; 331 m; 1 spec. — East of belaud: 64°07' N. 11°12'W.; "Ingolf" St. 4; 13. 5. 1895; 446 m; 2 spec. Seven specimens are present from three widely separated "Ingolf" stations. Of special interest are the specimens from St. 32; they are all epitokous. The biggest one measures 55 mm, the smallest 43 mm. They agree with the description and figures given by Ditlevsen -(1911). The prostomium is small, with two small frontal horns, occasionally turned laterally forming a broad straight horizontal frontal line. There are no eyes. The bristles are long, very fine and delicate and of a silky lustre, especially in the brancliiferous segments and in those forming the "tail". In the first 6, 7 or 8 segments after the brancliiferous region they are rather short. Highly characteristic are the dorsal cirri of the "tail"; they are very long and puffed up, much like Ditlevsen's bul all the present specimens have distinct black pigmental I in a broad longitudinal band, covering the whole dorsal surface of the cirri. The swimming bristles of this region are almost three times as long as the cirri. The first chaetiger has no gills. In the second one the brancliiferous filaments are only few; in the next they increase in number, and in the two following, especially in the last, the gills are very broad, carrying a lot of filaments. The gills are almost hidden by the widely spread fan formed by the dorsal bristles. The gill itself is composed of a thick, short, horizontally lying trunk, from which about 10-12 smaller trunks arise, and from which again the great number of filaments branches off. Each filament is constricted into many small portions as a string of pearls. In this last point the present animals agree with those of Ditlevsen, whereas they do not agree with his specimens in the wav in which he figures the arrange- ment of the gill-branches of the second and the third orders. Distribution: West- and East- Greenland, Spitsbergen, the Kara Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Siberia; Iceland, the Faroes, Scandi- navia, Denmark, the British Islands; the north- east coast of North America. 126. Pseudoscalibregma longisetosum (Theel) 1879. (Chart 46). 1879 Eumenia longisetosum Theel, p. 49. 1873 Scalibregma longisetosum Levinsen, p. 135. 1902 Pseudoscalibregma longisetosum Ashworth, p. 296. 1911 Pseudoscalibregma longisetosum Fauvel, p. 31. 1934 Pseudoscalibregma longisetosum E. Wesenberg-Limd, p. 24. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 64 05' N. 55°20' W.; "Tjalfe" St. 337; 8.5.1909; 1100 m; 1 spec. — 63°06' N. 56°00'W.; "In- golf" St. 24; 25.6.1895; 2258 m: 1 spec. — 61°50' N. 56°21'W.; "Ingolf" St. 36; 28. 7. 1895; 2702 m; 2 spec. — North of Iceland: 66 50' N. 20°02'W.; "Ingolf" St. 128; 2.8.1896; 365 m; 2 spec. The species differs from the closely related species Scalibregma inflatum only by the absence of the gills. There is no possibility that this negative character indicates that Pseudocalibregma is a POI I I llrETA 37 juvenile form of Scalibregma, because we find quite small specimens of this latter with gills, ami specimens of about ■"> I cm of Pst udo- calibregma without any gills. Distribution: East- Greenland; Spitsbergen, the Kara Sim. The species was not previously found in waters west of Green- land; however, it may probably he found throughout the arctic part of the North Atlantic, just as its congener Scalibregma infla- tum; only it is evidently much more scarce. In tins area it mainly seems to belong to tlie deep-sea fauna; S. inflation never seems to penetrate into the abyssal regions. 127. Eumenia crassa 0rsted 1843. (Chart 46). 1843 Eumenia crassa (listed, p. 47. 1844 Eumenia crassa 0rsted, p. 111. L867 Eumenia crassa Malmgren, p. 186. 1883 Eumenia crassa Levinsen, p. 131. 1914 Eumenia crassa Ditlevsen, p. 710. 1928 Eumenia crassa Augener, p. 753. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 63°06' N. 56°0O'W.; In golf" St. 21; 25.6.1895; 2258m; 1 spec. East of Iceland: (17 29' N. U°32'W.; "Ingolf" St. 120; 25. 7. 1896; 1666 m; 1 spec — 66°23'N. 8°52'W.; "Ingolf" St. 103; 10.7.1896; L090m; 1 spec. — 63°22' N. 6°58'W.; "Ingolf" St. 141; 11.8. 1896; 1279 m; 2 spec. All the specimens are of the typical fusiform shape, slightly tapering posteriorly. In the first 4-6 ehaetigers gills are present as dense clusters of small filaments arising from a central stem. Two kinds of bristles o: simple capillaries, and forked bristles. The present specimens were all dredged in the deep-sea; the species does not seem to lie common in the Arctic Distribution: West- Greenland (hitherto not known from East- Greenland), Spitsbergen, the Kara Sea, Siberia, Iceland, Scotland, Scandinavia; North America. L28. Lipobranchius jeffreysi (Mc'Intosh) L869. (Chart 46, PI. VIII, fig. 37). 1869 Eumema jeffreysii Mc'Intosh, p. 337. L915 Eumenia (Lipobranchius) jeffreysii Mc'Intosh, p. 1927 Lipobranchius jeffreysii Fauvel, p. 127. < Occurrence 3 12' lv; "Michael Between tin- Shetlands and Norway: 60 57' \. Sai : St. 17: 11. 7. 1902; 1 7 r. ,,,; [ Tin- only well preserved specimen measures 26 mm and is of a yellowish brown colour; the body is fusiform, much like that of Eumenia crassa. The skin is tesselated as in tin' gi Scalibregma and Eumenia. On an average each segment has three rines. The prostomium is short and broad, bilobate and totally retracted within the buccal segment ■ ■■■ m tile figure segment forms a rugose ring round the head. The mouth lies ventrally. surrounded by radiate wrinkles and papillae. Most characteristic of the present specimen are two groups of dark pigmental spots in the first chaetiger just in front of the small fascicles of setae; thee form part of a ring of rounded papillae, but only two or three of these on each side are black, the others have the colour of the skin. These black spots are not present in the two other specimens m the collections of tie- Zoological Museum; they originate from the Firth of Clyde, off Cumbrae. On the ventral surface of the worm a groove is seen with white thickened spots in the centre, one lor each segment. There are no gills. The feet form a double row of knob-like papillae, from which the seta' emerge in distinct fascicles; there arc neither dorsal nor ventral cirri. Two kinds of bristles: long hair-like ones without any structure at all. and shorter, bifid setae. The anus lies terminally, and is surrounded by short papillae. The present species should m no way be considered a juvenile form of Eumenia crassa; m my opinion it is a species closely related to - but not synonymous with -the latter. Distribution: The coasts of Ireland, the Hebrides and the Shetlands; West coast of Norway (Canon Norman). Family Opheliidae Grub* 129. Ophelia limacina (Ratlike) 1843. (Chart 47, PL VIII, fig. 38; PI. IX, fig. 39). 18 13 Ammotrypane limacina Rathke, p. 190. 1843 Ophelia bicornis Orsted, p. 52. 18i;7 Ophelia limacina Malmgren, p. 74. 1877 Ophelia limacina Mc'Intosh, p. 505. 1883 Ophelia limacina Levinsen, p. 119. 1898 Ophelia limacina Michaelsen, p. 127. 1914 Ophelia limacina Fauvel, p. 241. 1914 Ophelia limacina Ditlevsen, p. 707. 1915 Ophelia limacina. Mc'Intosh, p. 13. 1928 Ophelia limacina Augener, p>. 745. L929 Ophelia limacina Ditlevsen, p. 37. 1937 Ophelia limacina Ditlevsen, p. 34. Occurrence: West of Greenland: Store Helletiskebanke; 24 m; W.S.W. of Rifkol; Borneniann; 10.7.1912; lorn; sand with stones; 2 specimens — 67°57' N. 55°30'W.; "Ingolf" St. 33: 12.7. 1895; 66 m; 1 spec. — 64°02' N. 52°24'W.; Riis-Carstensen; 27.7.1926; 38 m; 4 spec. — 63°59' X. 52°33'W.; Wandel; 1889; 35 m; 2 spec. The specimens are typical except those from Fyllas Banke, west of Greenland, collected in July, 1926 by Riis-Carstensen; one of them is of the usual atokous type, but another one is in the stage of becoming epitokous and the last two are quite epitokous. These two differ in the following characters from the general atokous aspect: As usually the seta- are considerably longer, as seen in the figures twice the length of the gills, and in some segments about 5 times the length of the atokous setae. Especially conspicuous is the shape and length of the anal papillae. In the atokous form they are much shorter, and particular}- the two ventral ones ate short, thick and broad, and the difference between them and the rest of the papillae is very obvious; in the epitokous form tin- ventral papilla- are of equal length as the others and almost of the same shape too; perhaps they are a little thicker and have a slight constrict ion a little in front of the tip. When seen from the dorsal side it is not possible to discern them from the others, which is easily done in tin- atokous form. Better than words can describe it, differences between the two stages are illustrated by the ti accom- panying figures. I n -nun' respects the present specimens, >, preteil J- epitokous, agree with one described and figured by Mc'Intosh (1919. p. 13, pi. XCV, fig. 1 b, I c, Ld); in one of his figures, namely the profile drawing of the posterior end. the seta' are long too. and the papillae are long and digitiform; the two large ventral ones are as those in my specimens with the short papillae. Furthermore Mc'Intosh has had a young specimen before him, only about half an inch in length, which only pres- ents "a, few blunt papillae dorsally and a rounded median and two short lateral papilla' ventrally". VIc'Intosh quite naturally presumes that during the growth the papillae increase iii number 38 rOLYCH.ETA and length; but in accordance with my observations, I consider it justified to add the following to this supposition. 1 have had two specimens of nearly the same length and width before me, thus most probably of quite the same age,-the atokous 23 mm. the epitokous 21 mm long identical in all respects except in the anal papillae and the length of the seta.', and I find it reasonable ,■!!,■ of them as being in the mature, the other in the immature stage because the mature stage can always be disting- ed from the immature by tie- greater length of the different us. viz. bristles, papillae, gills, cirri etc. Thus I ascribe the difference between the present specimens to the degree of sexual maturity, and not to growth and age. Distribution: The species is widely spread in the arctic and boreo-arctic area. West and east of Greenland, Spitsbergen. the Kara and the Barents Sea: Siberia; Novaya Zemlya; Iceland, the Faroes, Scandinavia, Denmark, the Channel; eastern North America. 130. Ammotrypane aulogaster Rathke 1S43. (Chart 47). 1843 Ammotrypane aulogaster Rathke, p. 188. 1843 Ophelina acuminata 0rsted, p. 46. 1867 Ammotrypane aulogaster Malmgren, p. 73. 1877 Ammotrypane aulogaster McTntosh. p. 504. 1883 Ammotrypane aulogaster Levinsen, p. 122. 1898 Ophelina acuminata Michaelsen, p. 127. 1909 Ammotrypane aulogaster Ditlevsen, p. 15. 1914 Ammotrypane aulogaster Ditlevsen, p. 707. 1928 Ophelina acuminata Augener, p. 746. 1929 Ammotrypane aulogaster Ditlevsen. p. 38. 1934 Ammotrypane aulogaster E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 22. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 63°57' N. 52°41'W.; "In- golf" St. 26; 26. 6. 1895; 64 m; 1 spec. — Danmark Strait: 65°24' N. 29°00'W.; "Ingolf" St. 96; 28. 6. 1896; 1384m; 4 spec. Small as well as big specimens of this highly characteristic polychaete are present; they offer nothing of interest. In one of the small specimens there are only three pairs of very short cirri along the border of the anal hood; the usual number is four. The species does not seem to be common in the area under consider- ation as it was only dredged in two widely separated localities. Distribution: West and east of Greenland; Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, the Kara Sea; Siberia; Iceland, the Faroes, Scan- dinavia; Denmark; Great Britain: French and Belgian waters. Ma ven : 70°50' N. 8°29'W.; "Ingolf" St. 115; 23.7. 1896; 162 m; 2 spec. — 69°31' N. 7°06"W: -'Ingolf" St. 113; 21.7. 1896; 2465 m; 2 spec. — Between Iceland and the Faroes: 63°01' N. 9°11' W.; "Ingolf" St. 136; 10.8.1896; 482 m: 5 spec. The body is very long and slender, thread-like; the longest specimen, measuring 15 mm, is of a yellowish colour (in alcohol). The prostomium is acute, ending in a small globular, button- like tip. The first segment is abranchous, the following 8 have had gills which have all fallen off, but distinct bases are preserved. Then about 20 segments without gills follow; it is not possible to give the exact number of these abranchous segments, as the animal is stretched and furthermore many of the fascicles of setae are missing. This region is succeeded by six segments with gills, and at last four segments without gills, but with small button-like knobs in two ventral rows follow. In another specimen (St. 24) the arrangement of gills is the following: 1st segment without gills, the following 11 with gills, the last pairs, especially the 11th one very small, 8 segments without gills, 4 with, and finally 7 segments without gills. Of these 7 segments the three last are very short, and distinctly set off from the preceding ones; they carry rather large fascicles of long bristles. The ventral furrow is fairly distinct ill the whole length of the animal, especiallv in the posterior part. The caudal appendage is a short, cylindrical tube, not open in the ventral line and posteriorly obliquely cut off without any cirri or papillae at the base of the posterior end. The anus is situated at the tip of this appendage. - The bristles offer nothing of interest: the dorsal ones are considerably' longer than the ventral. Distribution: Canada, Norway, Bering and Kara Sea, Finmarken, Spitsbergen. North Atlantic. The species penetrates far into the abyssal region in the Arctic. 132. Travisia forbesi Johnston 1840. (Chart 47 1. 1843 Ammotrypane oestroides Rathke, p. 192. 1843 Ophelia mammilata Orsted, p. 53. 1867 Travisia forbesi Malmgren, p. 75. 1874 Travisia forbesi Mobius, p. 255. 1883 Travisia forbesi Levinsen, p. 138. 1914 Travisia forbesi Ditlevsen, p. 707. 1920 Travisia forbesi Chamberlin, p. 20 B. 1928 Travisia forbesi Augener, p. 748. 1929 Travisia forbesi Ditlevsen, p. 38. I'll. Ammotrypane cylindricaudatus Arm. Hansen 1879. i Chart 47, PL X, fig. 44). 1879 Ammotrypane cylindricaudatus Arm. Hansen, p. 4. 1882 Ainmotrypane cylindricaudatus Arm. Hansen, p. 36. 1883 Ammotrypane cylindricaudatus Levinsen, p. 118. 1915 Ammotrypane cylindricaudatus McTntosh, p. 15. 1928 Ophelina cylindricaudata Augener, p. 747. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 63°06' N. 56°00"W. ; "In- golf" St. 24; 25.6.1895; 2258 m; 2 spec. — 61°50' N. 56°21'W.; "Ingolf" St. 36; 28. 7. 1895; 2702 m;2 spec. — 5912' N. 51°05' W.; "Ingolf" St. 38; 30.7.1895; 3521m; 1 spec. — South of Jan Occurrence: West of Greenland: 64°01' N. 52°40'W.; Rns- Carstensen; 28.7.1936; 48 m; 1 spec. — 63°59' N. 53°03'W.; Riis-Carstensen; 28.7.1936; 119 m; 10 spec. — 63°30' N. 54°25' W.; "Ingolf" St. 25; 26.6.1895; 1096 m; 5 spec. — 61°50' N. 56°21'W.; 'Tngolf" St. 36; 28.7.1895; 2702 m; 1 spec. All the specimens, which are typical, some of them fairly large, originate from the Davis Strait; the two southernmost ones from considerable depths. Distribution: Widely spread and fairly common in the Arctic. West- and East- Greenland; Jan Mayen; Spitsbergen; Novaya Zemlya; the Kara Sea; Siberia; Iceland, the Faroes, Scandinavia, Denmark; British and French coasts; east coast of North America; Alaska. l'cil.t I'll I M 39 Family Capitellidae (i nibc 1.33. Notomastus latericius M. Sars 184t>. (Chart 48). 1846 Notomastus latericius Sars, p. 12. 1867 Notomastus latericius Malmgren, p. 1*7. 1883 Notomastus latericius Levinsen, p. 140. 1914 Notomastus latericius Ditlevsen, p. 712. 1928 Notomastus latericius Augener, p. 74'.». 1937 Notomastus latericius Ditlevsen, p. 34. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66°35' N. 56°38'W.; "In- golf" St. 32; 11. 7. 1895; 599 m; 3 spec. — South- west of Iceland: 63 56' X. 21 40'W.; "Ingolf" St. 8; 19. 5. 1895; 256 m: 1 spec. - East and north- east, of Iceland: 67°29' N. 11°12'W.; "Ingolf" St. 120; 25. 7. 1896; 1666m; 2 spec. 64 07' X. 11 L2'W.; "In- golf" St. 4; 13. :». 1895; 146 in; 1 spec. — 66°23' X. 7 25' W.; "In- golf" St. lie.': in. 6. 1896; I 112 m; 10 spec. North of the Fames: 63 36' N. 7°30'W.; "Ingolf" St. 139; In. s. 1896; 1322 m; 2 spec. All specimens are fragmentary, only anterior ends are repres- ented, often in a more or less had state of preservation. Distribution: In the arctic areas, where it seems t :cur rather sporadically, the distribution of this species is far from being thoroughly known. West- Greenland, Novaya Zemlya, Spitsbergen, the Kara Sea; Iceland, the Faroes and the Shetlands; Scandinavia, Denmark, British and French coasts; North America. It enters the deep sea, especially in the Arctic, and he restricted to shallow waters in the boreal and lusitanian ai 111. Capitella capitata (0. Fabricius) 1780. (Chart 18). 1780 Lumbricus capitata < I. Fabricius, p. 279. 1867 Capitella capitata Malmgren, p. '.(7. 1877 Capitella capitata Mc [ntosh, p 1898 Capitella capitata Michaelsen, p. 127. 1911 Capitella capitata Ditlevsen, p. 127. 191 1 Capitella capitata Ditlevsen, p. 712. 1928 Capitella capitata Vugener, p. 749. 1929 Capitella capitata Ditlevsen, p. 39. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66°50' N. 54 28'W.; "In- golf" St. :-)(); 10.7.1895; II in: 2 spec. 63°57' N. 52 tl'W.; "Ingolf" St. 26; 26. 6. 1895; 64 m; 2 spec. From St. 30 two fairly well preserved and almost complete imens are present, both of a rusty red colour; from St. 26 the smaller, fragmentary and yellowish. Both finds in the Davis Strait are from low depths. Distribution: West- and Fast- Greenland; Spitsbergen; Novaya Zemlya; the Kara Sea; Iceland, the Faroes, the Hebrides, Scandinavia, Denmark, Great Britain: North America. Family Maldanidae Malmgren. Subfamily Lumbriclymeninae Arwidsson. 135. Praxillura longissima Arwidsson 1906. (Chart 19). L906 Praxillura longissima Arwidsson. p. 27. 1911 Praxillura longissima Fauvel, p. 33. 1928 Praxillura longissima Augener, p. 7(17. 1948 Praxillura longissima E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 8 Occurrence: West of Greenland: 63°06' N. 56C00'W.; "In- golf" St. 24; 25.6.1895; 2258 m; 1 spec. — South of Iceland: til 24'N.28 50' W.; "Ingolf" St. 10; 20. 5. 1895; 1484m; 1 spec. - Xorth of the Faroes: 63 36' X. 7 30'W.; "Ingolf" St. 139; 10. 8. 1896; 1322 m; 1 spec. One intact specimen from St. 21 and a long anterior fragment from St. 139 are present, measuring 86 and 52 mm and comprising 19 and 20 segments, resp. These figures are of small value because especially the intact specimen is highly stretched and macerated in the central part of the body, and the number of segments varies in this Maldanid with the growth; according to this the fragment must have belonged to a worm, lugger than the complete one. The specimen from St. 2-4 has formerly been described ( E. W.-L. op. cit.); the following few remarks refer to the one from St. 139. The body is thread-like, only 1 mm in width; the colour is rusty red except the 2-3 last segments which are yellowish. In this species the glandular belts as well as the small seta1 and hooks are difficult to discover. The prostomium is blunt, with a short, flat "snout"; the nuchal organs are semicircular, not quite as figured (1948 tig. 1 ); here they are a little more closed. The ridge is so low and broad that one can hardly speak of ,m\ cephalic keel at all. The postomiuni is completely fused with the following segment. The first five segments have spines, the last one two, the preceding 4 only one. In the intact specimen only I segments have spmes. They are small, yellow and slightly curved. The capillaries are much like each other with narrow straight wings: the hooks have only one gular bristle and I or 5 teeth above the main fang. The tube is partly preserved, it is composed of small silicious grains without any mixture of other materials; it is very brittle, and seems to have been straight. Distribution: East- Greenland (E. of Sabine Island), dan Mayen, Spitsbergen ami the Kara Sea (Arwidsson and Fai ' 136. Lumbrielymene nasuta E, Wesenberg-Lund 1948. (Chart 49, PI. IX. lig. 10). 1948 Lumbrielymene nasuta E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. l'». Occurrence: The Davis Strait: 65 06' X. 56 00'W.; "Ingolf" St, 21; 25. (1. 1895; 2225 m; I spec West of Iceland: 64 21' X. 28°50'W.; "Ingolf" St. K); 20.5.1895; 1484m; 1 spec. This species, recently established on some fragment Davis Strait, was taken by the ''Ingolf" in two localities. The specimens from the l),i\i~ Strait are described as type m the above-mentioned paper and nothing is to be added concerning them. As to the specimen from St. in it is only an anterior I n cut . consisting of!) cheetigers; the cephalic lobe has the charai istic turned-up nose and the cushion like posteriorly widened, cephalic keel with denticulated lateral holders. In one iv this fragment may contribute to making the description of the species a little more complete. The nioiit h is here especially distinct, and the proboscis is partly protruded. There is a very broad and long under-lip and a shorter, split up upper lip, the mouth- opening thus being triangular; both lips with deep, radiate fur- rows. In 1 1 pening the proboscis is protruded as a bladder-shaped 40 POLYCHJETA without any superficial structure at all as e. g. papillae or warts. The first four chaetigers have spines, one in each knob-like parapodium; in the following five chaetigers the parapodia, espec- iallv the ventral, are long, rampart-like protrusions. The "side- line" is very distinct, and the capillary seta? are placed in it. Distribution: The Davis Strait. 137. Lumbriclymene constricta E.Wesenberg-Lund 1948. (Charl 49). 1948 Lumbriclymene constricta E.Wesenberg-Lund, p. 12. ii. currence: West of Greenland: 63°30' N. 54°25'WT.; "In- St.25; 26.6. L895; 1096m; 3 spec. — 63°06' N. 56°O0'W.; "Ingolf" St. 24; 25. 6. 1895; 2258 m; 1 spec. —South of Iceland: 62 00' X. 21 36' W.; -Ingolf St. 40; 9. 8. 1895: 1591 m; 1 spec. The "Ingolf" Expedition took this species in three localities, two in the outer part of the Davis Strait, and one south of Iceland. The specimens from the Davis Strait were formerly described, the worm from St. 24 being the type on which the species was established. From St. 40 one specimen is present; it has broken into three fragments, and only part of the tube is present. A feature presumably characteristic of this specimen, which at once leaps into the eye, is a big brown or black pigmental spot in the concavity of each nuchal organ. The species is distinguished by the shape of the head, the peculiar puffed-up neck, the deep nuchal grooves with the inner shanks considerably longer than the outer; furthermore by the three anterior segments with acicular hooks, and above all by the anterior collar on the fourth chaetiger. This collar is highest in the ventral midline, and deeply V-shaped cut dorsallv. There are 5 praeanal achaetous segments, short and fused without constrictions between them and forming a cone, ending in the anal tip, ventrally to the anus. The uncini with 4 rows of teeth, and 4 or 5 curved gular bristles. The tube is free, curved, coated with fine mud and sand. Distribution: The Davis Strait. The species seems to be abyssal. 138. Lumbriclymene minor Arwidsson 1906. (Chart 49). 1906 Lumbriclymene minor Arwidsson, p. 16. 1913 Praxillura A (fragment) McTntosh, p. 116. 1914 Lumbriclymene minor Ditlevsen, p. 713. 1915 Lumbriclymene minor Mc'Intosh, p. 297. 1948 Lumbriclymene minor E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 15. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66°45' N. 53°45'W.; "Dana St. 2350; 23.6. 1925; 120m; 1 spec. Only an anterior fragment of 9 chsetigers originates from Store Hellefiskebanke off Ikertok. There are 1 very long segments with acicular hooks. The fragment is described in detail (1948, p. 15) and is considered identical with Abwidsson's species. Distribution: East- Greenland (about 72° N.) ; west coast of Sweden: the Channel. 139. Notoproctus oculatus var. minor Arwidsson 1906. (Chart 19). 1906 Notoproctus oculatus var. minor Arwidsson, p. 56. 1948 Notoproctus oculatus var. minor E, Wesenberg-Lund, p. 17. ' (ccurrence: The Davis Strait: 66°35' N. 56°38'W.; "Ingolf" 12; 11. 7. 1895; 599 m; about 10 spec. — 66°22' N. 57°16'W.: "Tjalfe" St. 366; 19.5, 1909; 686 m ; about 10 spec— North of Ice- land: 67 10'N. 15°40'W.; -Ingolf St. 124; 25.7.1896; 932m; about 10 spec. A fairly good representation of this tiny Maldanid is available ; they are all thread-like, only 10-15 mm long; some of them still shorter; the greater part is transparent, white or yellowish. The head forms an oblique plate, carrying the two faintly curved, transversally placed nuchal organs. The proboscis is a flattened vesicle without papillae. The head - the pro- and peristomium - is short, which is also the case of the anterior segments, especially the very first of them. The body is a little narrowed posteriorlv and often again a little widened in the last segment, which ends in an obliquely cut plate with smooth margin without any trace of incisions or curvatures at all. The anus lies dorsallv, close to the margin of the anal plate. In a few, strongly contracted spec- imens the anal plate is not obliquely, but vertically placed. The first three or four segments carry a single or two spines. There are three (indistinct) praeanal, achaetous segments, among which the boundaries may be very indistinct; it is difficult to state, what are wrinkles and what are true segmental lines. The hooks are strongly curved backwards from the shoulder; there are 3 teeth, more seldom 4. behind the acute, curved main fang. The tubes are free, composed of different materials. From St. 32 they are made of a homogenous material, crystalline silicious grains only now and then speckled with black basalt grains; from St. 366 there are among the grains tufts of long sponge- spicules, and from St. 127 they are built from grains of different kinds varying in colour, black red, white transparent; several Foraminifera-tubes; they are always exceedingly fragile, and it is easy to draw the worm intact out of them. Distribution: The variety was originally described from the Norwegian west-coast (Trondheim), and does not seem to have been refound since it was established. 140. Notoproctus oculatus var. arctica Arwidsson 1906. (Chart 49). 1906 Notoproctus oculatus var. arctica Arwidsson, p. 57. 1914 Notoproctus oculatus var. arctica Ditlevsen, p. 713. 1928 Notoproctus oculatus var. arctica Augener, p. 762. 1937 Notoproctus oculatus var. arctica Ditlevsen, p. 36. 1948 Notoproctus oculatus. var. arctica E.Wesenberg-Lund, p. 18. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 63°06' N. 56°00'W.; "In- golf" St. 24; 25. 6. 1895; 2258 m; about 10 spec. — East of Ice- land: 64°24'N. 28°50'WT.; "Ingolf" St. 10; 20.5.1895; 1484m; 1 spec. About 10 specimens of this variety are at hand from the waters west of Greenland, whence it has formerly been recorded from depths between 125 and 680 m; the present specimens originate from more southern parts of this area, but from a far greater depth. Furthermore, the material contains one specimen from the Danmark Strait, whence it was not previously known. - In the collections of the Zoological Museum there are some specimens from the "Godthaab" Expedition 1928 determined by Arwidsson himself. I have compared the present ones with these specimens and find no discrepancies. The colour of the present animals is light yellowish. The tubes are free, composed of very heterogenous material: different sorts of grains and pebbles, many Foraminifera tubes and shells, some of them more or less densely set with long tufts of sponge spicules. Distribution: West and east of Greenland, Finmarken and Spitsbergen. 141. Notoproctus scutiferus E. Wesenberg-Lund 1948. (Chart 49). 1948 Notoproctus scutiferus E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 19. POLYCII.ETA II Occurrence: West of Greenland: 63°06' N. 56°00'W.; "In- golf" St. 24; 25.6.1895; 2258 m; about LO spec. -60°17'N. 54°05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 37: 29.7. L895; 3229m. Tin' species was established on some well-preserved specimens from the Davis Strait. It is rusty red, especially at the two extremi- ties, the cephalic and pygidial plates are placed almost at right angles to the body, both ends resembling a piston. The nuchal organs are two transversal arches with short inner shanks. No keel. 19 cha'tigers, the first four with acicular hooks, and of nearly the same length as the pro- and peristomium, which are not perfectly fused. The middle segments as long as three times the head: then the segments diminish rapidly, and the last three acha?tous segments are quite short. The pygidial plate is almost circular with two small incisions on the ventral side. Between these the rim of the plate is thickened, and a. distinct furrow runs forward on each side of the nerve cord and unites with the la i segmental furrow, thus forming a quadrangular shield on the ventral side of the pygidium, a figure which is highly character- istic, and visible even at slight magnification. The type specimen measures 17 mm by 1 mm. In the segments with acicular hooks there are two kinds of capillaries; I of the common sort, straight and still' with narrow wings ami a rather short, flexible tip, and 2 a. number of long, curved, irregularly wound setae, much thinner, more narrow, and without wings. The aciculi an' rather narrow, straight, and blunt at the tip. The hooks have gular bristles and :; or I teeth above the main fang. Tin' tubes are free, much longer than the worm, cylindrical, and composed of rather coarse silieioiis grains. Distri hut ion : Unknown. Subfamily Nichomachinae Arwidsson 1906. 1780 Sabella luni 1865 Nicomache 1867 Nicomache 1877 Nicomache 1883 Nicomache L906 Nicomache I'M | Nicomache 1928 Nicomache 1937 Nicomache 1948 Nicomache 142. Nicomache lumbricalis ((). Fabricius) 1780. (Chart 50). bricalis 0. Fabricius, p. 374. lumbricalis Malmgren, p. 190. lumbricalis Malmgren, p. 209. lumbricalis Mc'Intosh, p. 507. lumbricalis Levinsen, p. 147. lumbricalis Arwidsson, p. 86. lumbricalis Ditlevsen, p. 717. lumbricalis Augener, p. 764. lumbricalis Ditlevsen, p. 36. lumbricalis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 23. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 67°57' N. 55°30'W.; "In- golf" St. 33; 12.7.1895; 66 m; 1 spec. — 66°35' N. 56°30'W.; "Ingolf" St. .32; 11.7. 1895; 599 m; 3 spec. — 65°36' N. 56°02'W. ; Wandel; 1889; about 600 m; 3 spec. — 65°16' N. 55°05'W.; "In- golf" St. 35; 18. 7. 1S95; 682 m; 2 spec. — 64°53' N. 53°06'W.; Wandel: 1889; about 500 m; 3 spec. — North of Iceland: 66°50' N. 20°02'\V.; "Ingolf" St. 128; 2.8. 1896; 365m; 3 spec- All the animals injured: this large, coarse Maldanid seems to be very brittle; many of the specimens are highly macerated in the middle part of the body. The colour is varying; the largest and best preserved animals are of a purple red colour in the first segments, the rest of the body is often more yellowish. The cephalic lobe is oval and convex, sharply bent downwards, without any border. The median ridge is low and broad; the nuchal organs on each side of it are curved outward at their anterior ends, other- wise straight, and in strongly contracted specimens the curvation may be very conspicuous and resemble the organs in Lumbriclymene. The buccal segment, which is completely fused with the prosto- mium, is short like the first two ehsetigers. The third cheetiger is as long as the total length of the first and second. The first three setigerous somites carry ventral acicular hooks, only one in each parapodium; in large specimens they are very coarse and stout, especially in the third segment. There are two pra?- anal, achsetous segments. The anal cup is a circular funnel with a series of equally long processes, varying in number according to the size of the specimen. Frequently I have found 14 denticles. The nerve cord is distinctly continuous on the exterior side of the funnel, and ends between two of the denticles. The shape of the anal cup is slightly oblique, the ventral part as usually being a little longer than the dorsal part. The anal cone lies in the centre of the floor of the cup and may be more or less protruded. The aciculi are stout, slightly curved and acute. The capillary seta? of iwo kinds: 1 stout, longitudinally striated, with rather short flexible tips and very narrow wings, and 2° ventrallv to them some very long, thread-like, curled. The uncinni of the first uncinigerous segment are not fully developed, with only 2 teeth above the beak and only a. few small or none gular bristles. The fully developed hook has .3 sharply acute teeth above the main fang and short and slightly curved gular bristles. The tubes vary rather much both as to material and shape; they are big and coarse, more or less S-shaped, the wall about 4 or 5 mm thick in large specimens. They may be composed of coarse silicious grains, small pebbles, shell fragments, sponge spicules, or mud and clay set with stones and the like. They are usually free. Distribution: Nicomache lumbricalis is an exclusively arctic species, common in the waters west of Greenland (from about 77° N. Lat.) in the open sea as well as in littoral waters, and inside the fjords. East- Greenland, Jan Mayen, Finmark, Spitsbergen, the White Sea, the Kara Sea, Xovava Zemlya; west and north coast of Norway; Labrador. In boreal tracts it is replaced by the variety borealis Arwidsson (1906). 113. Nicomache quadrispinata Arwidsson 1906. (Chart 5(1). 1906 Nicomache quadrispinata Arwidsson, p. 108. 1914 Nicomache quadrispinata Ditlevsen, p. 711. L928 Nicomache quadrispinata Augener, p. 765. 1948 Nicomache quadrispinata E. Wesenberg-Lund. p. 27. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66°35' N. 56°38'W.; ■'In- gulf" St. 32; 11. 7. 1895; 599 m; -^ spec. 65°16' X. 55 05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 33; IS. 7. 1895; 682 m; 20 ..pec. North and north- east of Iceland: 67 19' X. 13 52'W.; "Ingolf" St. 126; 29. 7. 532 in ; 3 spec. 66°50' X. 20°02'W.; "Ingolf" St. 128; 2 8. 1896; 365 in; 3 spec. — 66°23' N. 12 05' W.; "Ingolf" St. 101; 10. 7. 1896; lttl 1 in ; 1 spec. A fairly great number of this small and exclusively arctic Maldanid is present from different localities in the North Atlantic, free living specimens as well as some inhabiting their charactei istie tubes. As far as 1 can see it has not been refound since the establishment of the species by Arwidsson. Both of the above- mentioned authors only refer t" localities reported by him. The colour is generally a yellowish white with lighter glandular tells; onl\ the specimens drawn out of their sandy tubes are brown and peculiarly transparent. Seen in profile the anterior cud is somewhat cluli-sha ped, the head being frontallv high and rounded with a short, blunt "snout". The nuchal organs distinct, 42 POLYCH.-ETA furrows on both sides of the high, sharp cephalic keel; they lived like a long-stretched S. There arc apparently in some specimens three segments in front of the first chaetiger, are three rather deep furrows. This may be due ontraction. The first elnetiger is longer than the three follow- ing. All four have a single, very strong, stout ventral aciculum. The parapodia of these segments are close to the anterior border. There are 22 chaetigers in all, the first 10 or 11 fairly long, the 11 last only short, narrow rings, and in some specimens with very small and indistinct, almost rudimentary notopodial bristles and only few hooks. This great number of very narrow posterior ments is characteristic of all the present specimens. There is one short achaetous praeanal segment. The anal cup is oblique, the ventral border being a little shorter than the dorsal one. The door of the cup is also oblique and rather fiat; the anal cone lies centrally, and may be more or less protruding. The rim of the funnel is bordered by a number of rather short, broad processes of nearly equal size and length with no distinct interspace between them. The number of denticles may vary between 13 and 18. Seen in profile the cup is slightly oval, seen ventrally it- looks cir- cular. The interspace between the two most dorsal tips may be a little longer than between the others. The tubes are composed of fine sand, rather brittle, easily crushed by a slight pressure; they are strongly and irregularly curved, only about 4 or 5 mm in outer diameter; they often seem to have been fastened to some substratum, and often Fora- minifera shells are found adhering to them. Distribution: Exclusively arctic. East- Greenland (74°-72° N. Lat.). Spitsbergen and east hereof. It does not seem to belong to the abyssal fauna; it has not been taken outside the 1000 m line, and often inside the 100 m line. 144. Nicomache sp. (Chart 50). 1948 Nicomache sp. E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 29. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 64°54' N. 55°10'W.; "In- golf" St. 27; 1. 7. 1895; 740 m; 1 spec. With great hesitation a posterior fragment consisting of four chaetigers, three anteanal achaetous segments and the anal cup is referred to this genus. It has been described op. cit. Here only a short diagnosis will be given. Distinct tori and notopodial cones in the chaetigers as well as in the achaetous segments. The anal cup slightly oblique with flat bottom and the anus displaced to the dorsal side, sixteen low, blunt denticles almost of same length and shape arise from the brim of the funnel. The capillary setae of two kinds: 1° stout with narrow wings and barbed with minute hairs in the distal thread-like part, and 2° much thinner and more delicate barbed setae. The very long, flagelliform Nicoma- c/«e-setae, which usually arise ventrally to the common capillaries, are not present, perhaps due to the state of preservation. The hooks have a short shaft, slightly developed shoulder, a long, straight neck, a beak which comes off at an acute angle, three teeth above the beak and a tuft of numerous long, curved gular bristles (about 15). Subfamily Euclymeninae Arwidsson. 145. Leiochone polaris (Theel) 1879. (Chart 51). 1879 Praxilla polaris Theel, p. 58. 1883 Clymene polaris Levinsen, p. 143. 1906 Leiochone polaris Arwidsson, p. 150. 1914 Leiochone polaris Ditlevsen, p. 715. 1928 Leiochone polaris Augener, p. 766. 1948 Leiochone polaris E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 31. Occurrence: The Davis Strait: 66°35' N. 56°38'W.; "Ingolf" St. 32; 11.7.1895; 599 m; 1 spec. — 65°06' N. 56°00'W.; "In- golf" St. 24; 25.6.1895; 2250 m; 1 spec. Only some fragments are present ; among them a well preserved anterior end from St. 32 and a posterior end from St. 24. The cephalic plate has a very narrow and slightly developed border wit hout any posterior incision, but with two small lateral notches. The nuchal organs are short and rather indistinct. The frontal border has a little blunt, conical tip. Four achaetous praeanal "segments with rudimentary feet. The pygidium long, ending in a transversal plate, in the centre of which the anal cone projects, and on the dorsal side of the latter the anus lies. Only one anal cirrus exactly right in the ventral midline. The 8th segment with the characteristic triangular shield on the ventral side is not present in any of the fragments. The hooks of the three first chaetigers are reduced uncini without gular bristles and with only 2 or 3 teeth above the main fang. A fully developed hook has long bristles and 6 teeth. The shall is abruptly bent. Some of the capillaries are strong with narrow wings, others are more slender with a long tip and without wings. The tube is free and cylindrical, composed of minute trans- parent sand grains. Only a little fragment of it is present. ition: Exclusively arctic. East- Greenland, Jan '•-' ■. i ■■ a Zemlya. 146. Leiochone borealis Arwidsson 1906. (Chart 51, PL IX, fig. 41). 1906 Leiochone borealis Arwidsson, p. 156. 1915 Leiochone borealis McTntosh, p. 317. 1948 Leiochone borealis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 33. Occurrence: The Davis Strait: 65°16' N. 55°05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 35; 18. 7. 1895; 682 m: 3 spec. — 64°54' N. 55°10' W. : "Ingolf" St. 27; 1. 7. 1895; 740 m; 1 spec. — 64°08' N. 55°20'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 337; 8. 5. 1909; 1100 m; 1 spec. — 63°30' N. 54°25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 25; 26. 6. 1895; 1096 m; 4 spec. — 63°06' N. 56°00'W.; "Ingolf" St. 24; 25. 6. 1895; 2258 m; 1 spec. — South of Iceland: 63°56' N. 24°40'W.; "Ingolf" St. 8; 19. 5. 1895; 256 m; 1 spec, — 61°30' N. 22°30'W.; "Ingolf" St. 67; 3. 6. 1896; 1836 m; 1 spec. — 62°06' N. 22°30'W.; "Ingolf" St. 68; 3. 6. 1896; 1587 m; 2 spec. — 62°00' N. 21°36' W.; "Ingolf" St. 40; 9. 8. 1895; 1591 m; 3 spec. — 63°05' N. 20°17'W.; "Thor" St. 167; 14. 7. 1903; 557 m; 3 spec. — 62°57' N. 19°58'W.; "Thor" St. 166; 14.7.1903; 957m; 5 spec. — N.E. of Iceland: 66°23' N. 12°05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 101; 10.7.1896; 1011 m; 2 spec. Only a few intact specimens are present, all of a yellowish white colour, highly characteristic by the dead-white ventral shield in the 8th chaetiger. The cephalic plate with a fairly well developed border, slightly notched in the dorsal midline and with two lateral incisions be- hind the middle, corresponding to the figures of Arwidsson. The first three segments carry ventral hooks; the second segment is considerably longer than the rest of the anterior segments. In the 8th chaetiger a large triangular white glandular shield with the acute angle turning forward. In the specimens from St. 68 this shield was found in the 7th segment, Five achaetous segments in front of the pygidium. This ends in a vertically placed plate, the circular rim of which is expanded and thickened, and carries lMlLYlll II \ 13 I1.11-. thread-like anal cirri, the length and number of which vary rather much. In one specimen there were It, I on each side of the ventral one, in another there were 6 on one and 5 on the other side of the ventral cirrus; the latter seems to be longer than the rest. The anal cone is long and acute. Two posterior fragments from St. 10 and St. 101 caused some trouble. At first I was inclined to identify them with Microclymene tricirrata Arwidsson (1906, p. 172), of which only a single specimen from the Trondheim-fjord is known; the reason was the three anal cirri and the five achsetous posterior segments. On a closer examination and a comparison with the material of Leiochone borealis 1 now find it correct to refer the fragments to this species, owing to the presence of the circular pygidial plate. In one of the specimens the rectum was widely protruded and resembled a big Madder, which gave the fragmenta peculiar aspect. Both these fragments are shown in the figure. The tube is free and composed either of line mud and clay or of very fine sand grains. Long sponge-spicules are now and then found projecting from the walls. Distribution: Inside the arctic region the species has hitherto only been dredged at Finmark; otherwise it is found in boreal areas; the west coast of Norway; the Skagerrak and the North Sea, the islands north of Scotland. The present material seems to indicate a much wider distribution in the bono antic regions. A great number of the specimens originate from the deep sea, where it seems to occur in the arctic waters. 1 17. Maldanella davisi E. Wesenberg-Lund 1948. (Chart 51). 1948 Maldanella davisi E. Wesenberg-Lund. p. 35. Occurrence: The Davis Strait: 66°35' N. 56 38'W .; "Ingolf" St. 3-2; 11. 7. 1895; 599 m; 1 spec. — 60°17' N. 54°05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 37; 29.7. 1895; 3229m; about 6 spec. -South- west of be- laud: 61°02'N. 29°32'W.; "Ingolf" St. 80; 16.6.1896; 1761 m; 1 spec. Three frag nts from St. 32 in the Davis Strait, most prob- ably constituting a single specimen, were described as a new species. From St. 37 several fragments, among which there are 6 anterior but no posterior ends, and from St. 80 a. single posterior fragment. The specimen from St. 32 was described as the type- specimen. It measures about 105mm by 6mm as the greatest diameter (in the 5th oth chaetiger). The cephalic plate is flat with a number of transverse furrows behind the short nuchal organs and the Hat, very inconspicuous median ridge. The cephalic border has a deep notch anteriorly, is broad, lobate, deepest posteriorly, and with very small dentitions a little in front of the middle. The number of ehsetigers is 19; there are three achsetous segments. The first chaetiger lias only dorsal capillary bristles, the following also ventral uneini (a generic character). The 2nd to 7tli eha-tiger have big collars with smooth even rims, particul- arly deep iii the Ith to the 7th chsetigers. In the collared segments the well developed parapodial elevations are close to the anterior borders; later on they shift to the posterior border. Behind the three achietous segments with rudiments of feet, the pygidium forms a low funnel with a free circular rim set with a very great number of small denticles, all of the same length; none of the cirri are especially ventral. The ventral nerve-cord is a broad, shimmering white line, which continues on the exterior side ot the funnel. The bottom of the latter is slightly concave with tie' anal cone placed centrally. The capillary seta' show no peculiarities. The uneini are already found in the first uncinigeroua segment (2nd chaetiger) fully devel- oped, and present in a number of l'.i; they have a long, slender uodulus, a slight constriction above the shoulder, a, tuff of curved, gular bristles, and a. distinct prominence above their insertion. The beak is narrow, pointed and crow I by three rows of teeth. In the more posterior segments there is a deep curve between the main tooth and the insertion of the gular bristles. The tubes were not secured. Distribution: Unknown. 148. Praxillella £racilis (M. Sars) 1861. (('hurt 52). 1861 Clymene gracilis M. Sars p. 256 1865 Praxilla gracilis Malmgren, p. 192. 1867 Praxillella gracilis Malmgren, p. bin. 1882 Praxillella gracilis Verrill, p. 298. 1883 Clymene gracilis Levinsen, p. 117. 1906 Praxillella gracilis Arwidsson, p. 183. 1914 Praxillella, gracilis Ditlevsen, p. 715. 1915 Praxillella. gracilis Mc'Intosh, p. 321. 1928 Praxillella gracilis Augener, p. 762. 1934 Praxillella gracilis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 25. 1948 Praxillella gracilis E. Wesenberg-Lund. p. 39. Occurrence: The Davis Strait : 65 17' N. 54 17' W.: "Ingolf" St. 34; IS. 7. 1895; 104 in; 5 spec. The species is recognized by the filiform tip of the anterior border of the head. The margin of the cephalic plate is broad and rather thick with two lateral incisions behind the middle, mid sli<_ditlv notched in the dorsal rim. The cephalic keel is high and narrow and stretches far backwards; the nuchal organs are long too and lie close together. In the greater part of the specimens tin' proboscis was everted, in large animals showing about 10 large conical papillae in each of the longest rows. The peristomal segment is, especially on the dorsal side, both longitudinally and traiisversally wrinkled, the surface thus being roughly squared. There are four praeanal segments without chaetse; the last of then is only a, short ring. The anal funnel is comparatively short with a prominent wrinkled anal cone. The ventral cirrus is twice or three times as long as the other cirri, the number of wdiich - vary considerably. In the specimen from St. 34 there were 17 short cirri all of the same shape and length, with distinct interspaces between them. In large specimens the number may amount to more than 25. In the three first segments the ventral parapodia carry a lew hooks (from St. 31 two in each segment); in the -1th chaetiger the number was 12. The specimens are all discoloured, no brown pigmental spots at all; only the glandular belts are grey m contrast to the yellowish- white of the rest of the body. No if the specimens are intact. the length therefore cannot be given. The tubes are composed of mud with a. lining of tough secretion. They are soft, easily broken when slightly pressed: it is not dif- ficult to get the worms-or rather the fragments of them - out of their tubes. Distribution: The species is mainly antic. West and Ea I Greenland, Finmark; Spitsbergen, Siberia; Canada. Arwidsso.n presumes that the records from the Norwegian west coast. Scot land and the islands north of Scotland arc due to a confusion with Pseudoclymene quadrilobata (Sars). In the collections of arctic Polychaetes of the Zool Museum the species is represented in several samples from the West- Greenland fjord areas (Nordn inn 1911, Stephensen 1912). I l!t. Praxillella praeterniissa (Malmgren) 1865. (Char! 52). isti") Praxilla praeterniissa Malmgren, p. 1867 Praxilla praeterniissa Malmgren, p. L867 Praxilla. arctica Malmgren, p. ltd. I S77 Praxilla arctica Mc'Intosh, p. >07 1883 Clymene praeterniissa Levinsen, p. 1906 Praxillella praeterniissa Arwidsson. 191 1 Clymene affinis Ditlevsen. p. 127. [(H>. II. 192. II POLYCH.ETA dllella praetermissa Ditlevsen, p. 716. Praxillella praetermissa Mc'Intosh, p. 327. 1924 Praxillella praetermissa Ditlevsen, p. 41. Praxillella praetermissa Augener, p. 762. 1948 Praxillella praetermissa E. Wesenberg-Lund P 41. irrence: The Davis Strait: 65°16' N. 55°05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 35; 18. 7. 1895; 682 m; 1 spec. Only a single, but complete specimen is present; tlie colour is yellowish-brown; it is fairly well preserved although a little tched and lank. - The cephalic plate resembles that of P. gracilis, but does not project into the digitiform appendage. Posteri- orly the border is notched. In the present specimen no lateral . which indicates that the present specimen is juvenile, as in large forms a Beries of notches may occur laterally. Nuchal us a little shorter than those, in the preceding species, and the papillae of the proboscis are lower and more rounded. Nineteen .ml iniii |>ni'unal achaetous segments. The anal funnel is deeper; Mc'Intosh (1915) says it "has a narrow stem". The rim of the funnel is closely set with rather short, blunt cirri, all of equal length except the ventral one, which is more than twice as hmg as the others. In the specimen figured there were short cirri. The three first chaetigers are rather short, the first one the shortest; they have no glandular belts, but bear only the usual tuft of dorsal capillary bristles, and in the ventral parapodia a few (2-3-4) uncini of the usual reduced type, i. e. with rudimentary gular bristles, and only three or four teeth behind the main fang; the fourth chaetiger has 5, the sixth 10 hooks. The tube is free, composed of mud mixed with a few sand grains; at one end, the lining of secretion projects beyond the external coating. Distribution: Previously known from W. and E. Greenland; Finmark, the White Sea, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, the Kara Sea; Scandinavia; North America. The more southern localities (Scotland, Ireland) reported by Mc'Intosh are most probably due to misinterpretations. - The species is mainly restricted to clay bottoms. 150. Axiothella catenata (Malmgren) 1865. (Chart 52, PL X, fig. 45). 1865 Axiothea catenata Malmgren, p. 100. 1867 Axiothea catenata Malmgren, p. 99. 1877 Axiothea catenata Mc'Intosh, p. 507. 1883 Clymene catenata Levinsen, p. 146. 1902 Axiothea catenata Moore, p. 275. 1906 Axiothella catenata Arwidsson, p. 209. 1914 Axiothella catenata Ditlevsen, p. 716. 1920 Paraxiothea catenata t'haniberlin, p. 23 B. 1928 Axiothella catenata Augener, p. 763. 1937 Axiothella catenata Ditlevsen, p. 37. 1948 Axiothella catenata E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 44. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66°35' N. 56°38'W.; "In- golf" St. 32; 11.7.1895; 599 m; 2 spec. — 66°22' N. 57°16'W.; ■Tjalfe" St. 366; 19. 5. 1909; 686 m; 1 spec. — 65°36' N. 56°24'W. ; Wandel 1889; 650 m; 2 spec. The largest specimen from the Davis Strait (Wandkl 1889) measures no less than 85 mm. The colour is white or yellowish, the glandular belts grey or light brown, evidently discoloured by the preserving fluid. The cephalic plate is brimmed with a rather thick margin, perfectly smooth posteriorly, and with two deep notches laterally. In the specimen figured the lateral parts of the margin have several irregular rounded incisions, a feature which may be due to the preservation, but as it is most frequently observed in large specimens, it seems more natural to ascribe it to age and size. The anterior part of the cephalic plate is broad and rounded anteriorly. The keel is rather low, and in some of the specimens the nuchal organs are widely separated from each other. The papillae of the proboscis are elongate with a rather long tip. The anterior segments are short and broad. There are 4 achaetous praeanal segments. The anal cup is deep and smooth, almost shimmering, and the number as well as the length of the anal cirri are different in various specimens. The ventral cirrus is always the longest, rather broad at the base and running out into a long subulate or filiform tip. The other cirri are alternatingly long and short, the shortest of them are. even only blunt, small knobs ; there is, however, no regularity in the change between long and short cirri. In some specimens there seems to be a tendency to a greater length of the cirri in the ventral part of the anal cup. Their number seems to increase with the age of the animal. The bottom of the anal cup is rather flat, and from its central part the anal cone arises, not particularly distinctly set off from the bottom. The three first segments have uncini. In one of the specimens the first segment has 8, the second 9 and the third 15 hooks. Their number in a single parapodia in large individuals may amount to about 40. The tubes are made of fine grey clay ; the wall is of a consider- able, thickness. Distribution: The species is circumpolar, and most probably mainly an essentially arctic species. It has been recorded several times, it is true, from boreal, tracts (e. g. Casco Bay, western Norway, the Skagerrak, Scotland), but Arwidsson is undoubtedly right in suspecting these records to be due to wrong determina- tii ms. -The species is previously recorded from Greenland and distributed along the whole western coast from Thule to Cape Farewell. Subfamily Maldaninae. 151. Maldane sarsi Malmgren 1865. (Chart 53). 1865 Maldane sarsi Malmgren, p. 188. 1867 Maldane sarsi Malmgren, p. 99. 1877 Maldane sarsi Mc'Intosh, p. 507. 1898 Maldane sarsi Michaelsen , p. 128. L906 Maldane sarsi \i widsson, p. 251. 1914 Maldane sarsi Ditlevsen, p. 717. 1928 Mai Augener, p. 759, Maldane sarsi 1 (itlevsen, p. 38. 1948 Maldane E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 48, Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66°35' N. 56°38'W.; "In- golf" St. 32; 11.7.1895; 599 m; 1 spec. — West of Iceland: 63°21' N. 25°21' W.; "Ingolf" St. 85; 17. 6. 1896; 320 m; 1 spec. - North and East of Iceland: 67°19' N. 15°52'W.; "Ingolf" St. 126; 29.7.1896; 552 m; 1 spec. — 66°23' N. 12°05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 101 ; 10. 7. 1896; 1011 m; 1 spec. — 64°07' N. 11°12'W.; "Ingolf" St. 4; 13.5.1895; 446 m; 1 spec. — Between Iceland and the Faroes: 63°26' N. 7°56'W.; "Ingolf" St. 138; 10. 8. 1896; 887 m; 1 spec. All the specimens are fairly small; the colour is yellowish or reddish; none of them are complete. The cephalic keel is long and vaulted, and perfectly smooth; there is no trace of notches I'nl.YCII.KTA 15 when seen laterally, such as may be found in sumo specimens. The cephalic plate with a rather narrow lateral border. In the largest specimens the anterior incisions are rather deep, in the youngest and smallest they are only just indicated. The nuchal grooves are short and almost straight. The anal plate is circular with small lateral notches. No ventral hooks in the first segment, and two achsetous prseanal segments. Distribution: The spoons dors not seem to be common in the abyssal region; it is mainly restricted to soft muddy and clayey bottoms, seldom beyond the 5 600 m line; common in littoral waters, on off-shore banks, and inside the fjords. Previousl) known both from West- and East- G icon lam 1 : on a whole mainly an arctic species. North of Norway, the Murman Coast, the Kara Sea, Spitsbergen, Siberia: Scandinavia, Denmark, Great Britain, France. 152. Asychis biceps (M. Sars) 1861. (Chart 53). 1861 Clymene biceps M. Sars, p. 257. 1865 Maldane biceps Malmgren, p. 188. 1867 Maldane biceps Malmgren, p. 98. L877 Maldane biceps Mc'Intosh, p. 507. L883 Maldane biceps Levinsen, p. 1 18. 190(5 Asychis biceps Arwidsson, p. 263. 1914 .Maldane biceps Ditlevsen, p. 718. 1928 Asychis biceps Augener, p. 761. 1934 Asychis biceps E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 25. 1937 Asychis biceps Ditlevsen. p. 38. 1948 Asychis biceps E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 52. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66 35' X. 56°05'W.; "In- golf" St. 32; 11.7.1895; 599 m; 5 spec. -66°21'N. 56°54'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 365; 18.5.1909; 600-700m; 1 spec. — 65°16' N. 55°05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 35; 18. 7. 1895; 682 m; 5 spec. — 65°14' N. 55 12' W.; "Ingolf St. 28; 1. 7. 1895; 791 m; 10 spec. — 64°54' N. 55°10'W.; "Ingolf" St. 27; 1. 7. 1895; 740 m; 2 spec. - 63°30' N. 54°25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 22; 26.6. 1895; 1095 m; 6 spec. — North of Iceland: 67°19' X. 15°52'W.; "Ingolf" St. 126; 29. 7. 1896; 552 m; It) spec. — 66°50' X. 20 02' W. : "Ingolf" St. 128; 2. 8. 1896; 365 m; 10 spec. — 64°07' N. 11°12'W.; "Ingolf " St. 4 ; 13.5. 1895; 4 l(> m; 3 spec. Tins species, which is rather abundantly represented in the present material, is easily distinguished among the Maldanids. The cephalic plate, which is almosl circular, is cut into I divisions, or we may perhaps say lour. The frontal margin just above the mouth has a smooth rim; on each side separated from this pari by a deep furrow, is a small lobe with serrated bordi in old specimens the "teeth' ofthi maj beverj big ; most frequ lv there are 5 teeth on each lobe. The ventral part of the margin is deeply set off by a deep fissure, which proceeds as far as to the first tuft of I in sties. The margin of tins section is coarsely serrated too. The nuchal organs are large semicircle, at the base of the lateral lobes. The cephalic keel or ridge is only a little prominent; it neither reaches the anterior nor the posterior border. The first seven segments are biannulate, the first chsetiger has furthermoi collar with a perfectly smooth margin. The first chaetiger -like the genus Maldane with which Asychis was formerly united -has neither ventral uncini, nor ventral aciculi. The anal regiod may resemble that of Maldane; as shown in the figure it may be a circular plate with a smooth margin and two deep lateral incisions. Other specimens have a coarsely denticulate rim as described and figured (E.W-L. 1948, figs. 27 and 28). In front of tie' anal plate two short indistinct, achsetous segments. Two of the specimens from the Davis Strait both missing the posterior end were distinguished by their perfectly black colour with a greenish, metallic shimmer. The species is coarse and large; some of the present speci ns measure to L0 12 em; also very small, thread-like specimens were, however, available. The tidies of the large specimens are solid and thick, composed of grey mud, about 8 mm in diameter. They easily yield to pre, sine and the worm itself is without difficulty freed from the tough smooth lining, which coats the inside of the tube, and which in many specimens projects from the mud tube at one of the ends. Distribution: The species has not previously been regarded as a true arctic form. AuGENER writes that it "gehorl den Formen deren Verbreitungsbezirk iiberwiegend ausserhalb des arktischen Gebietes beet." It is distributed, it is true, far outside the Arctic: Iceland, Scandinavia, Scotland, the Atlantic coast of Europe; the Mediterranean; but it is widely spread in the Arctic too: Spitsbergen, Bear Island. Siberia, and Greenland, and the present material as well as Ditlevsen's report on the "Godthaab" poly- eli;etes prove that the species is fairly common in the wa west of Greenland (from 74 N. Lat. Ditlevsen 1937) and north of Iceland i. e. area absolutely beyond the influence of the Gulf Stream. Family Oweniidae Ri oja. 153. Owenia fusiformis delle Chiaje 1841. (Chart ol). 1841 Owenia fusiformis delle Chiaje, p. 175. 1867 Ammochares assimilis Malmgren, p. 101. 1868 Owenia filiformis Claparede, p. 146. 1877 Owenia filiformis Mc'Intosh, p. 507. 1883 Owenia assimilis Levinsen, p. 148. 1898 Owenia fusiformis Michaelsen, p. 128. 1911 Owenia assimilis Fauvel, p. 34. 1911 Owenia fusiformis Ditlevsen, p. 719. 1911 Owenia filiformis Ditlevsen, p. 719. 1911 Owenia assimilis Ditlevsen, p. 718. 1912 Owenia assimilis Wollebaek, p. 30. 1915 Owenia fusiformis Mc'Intosh, p. 35(i. 1928 Owenia fusiformis Augener, p. 757. 1929 Owenia fusiformis Ditlevsen, p. 12. 1937 Owenia fusiformis Ditlevsen, p. 35. Occurrence; Norwegian Sea,, south of .Ian Maven : To 50' N. 8°29'W.; "Ingolf" St. 115; 23.7.1896; I62m; I spec. North of the Faroes: 63 16' N. 6 32'W.; "Michael Sars" St. 102; 29. 8. 1902; about 1800 m; 10 spec. All the present specimens were found inside their chai istic tubes, mainly composed of quartz grains sef on edge and slightly sloping towards the anterior end. Now and then tubes were found built of shell fragments of sea urchins or molluscs, more seldom of Foiaininif'era. The tubes are all considerably longer than the worm, the t wo ends of a more elastic consistence than the middle part , in which the animal lives, and not so closely invested with grains. At both cuds a, minute aperture. The worm is rather easily dissected out of the tube in spite of the tough inner lining. Distribution: Previously known both from West and East- Greenland. In the collections of the .Museum very numerous from the West Greenland fjords (Nordre Stromfjord, Bredefjord, from the coastal waters and from t he Davis Strail (e. g. the "Godthaab" 1928)). Circumpolar in the arctic region: Jan Mayen, Spitsbergen, 46 fol.YCHVETA Nov the Kara Sea, Siberia, North America; further- mor. eal: [celand, the Faroes, Scandinavian ers; lusitanian, Mediterranean. Most probably Id be considered cosmopolitan. - It belongs mainly to the littoral fauna or to depths inside the 300-400 m lines, although it ma} occur in more abyssal regions (e. g. "Michael - 102 I is everywhere restricted to sandy bottoms. I'l Myriochele heeri Malmgren 1867. i Chart 54). 1867 Myriochele heeri Malmgren, p. 211. 1882 Myriochele sarsi Arm. Hansen, p. 41. L882 Myriochele danielsseni Arm. Hansen, p. 42. 1883 Myriochele heeri Levinsen, p. 151. 1911 Myriochele heeri Fauvel, \>. 34. 1937 Myriochele heeri Ditlevsen, p. 35. Oi i urrence: West of Greenland: 54°53' N. 53°06'W.; Wandel 1889; aboul 400 m; 3 spec. — The Danmark Strait: 64°34' N. :il 12'W.; "Ingolf" St. 11: 21.5.1895; 2448m; 1 spec. — The Norwegian Sea: 69°31' N. 7°06'W.; "Ingolf" St. 113; 21.7. 1896; 2465m; x: spec. — 69°13' N. 8°23'W.; "Ingolf" St. 117: 24.7. 1896; 1889m; ^ spec. — 68°27' N. 8°20'W.; "Ingolf" St. 118; 24.7. 1896; L996m; :x. spec. — 67°53' N. 10°19'W.; "Ingolf" St. 119; 21. 7. L896; 1902 m; ^ spec. — 67°29' N. 11°32'W.; "Ingolf" St. 120; 25.7.1896; 1666 m; oc spec. — 67°19' N. 15°52'W.; "Ingolf St. 126; 29. 7. 1896; 552 m; 5 spec. — 66°23' N. 10°26' W.; "Ingolf" St. 102; 10. 7. 1896; 1412 m; 10 spec. — 66°23' N. 8°52' \\\; "Ingolf" St. 103; 10.7.1896; 1090 m; 1 spec. — 66°23' N. 7°25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 104; 10. 7. 1896; 1802 m; oc spec. — 65°13' N. 4°36'W.; "Michael Sars" St. 102; 29. 8..1902; 300 m;ocspec. — 63°22'N.6°58'W.; "Ingolf" St. 141; 11. 8. 1896; 1279 m; 1 spec. - South of Iceland: 60°57' N. 19°58'W.; "Thor" St. 166; 14. 7. 1903; 170 m; 4 spec. In the present material this species is abundantly represented from the deep-sea basin of the Norwegian Sea. By far the greater part of the specimens were found in tubes all together composed of Globigerina shells; a few ones of quartz grains and hornblende or basalt pebbles, never set on end as in the tubes of Owenia jusijormis. The tubes are highly fragile, they yield to the slightest pressure of the preparation-needle, and moreover, the worm inside them is always broken; it was quite impossible to secure an intact animal, although I have tried to open almost 100 tubes. The animals were always badly preserved as if the preserving fluid had not been able to penetrate the inner lining of the tube. The tubes may be 3 or 4 times as long as the worm, which is most frequently found in the middle part of it. Distribution: According to the literature Myriochele. does not seem to be so common in the Arctic as Owenia fusiformis. In the present material the case is the opposite; it is much more common in the West-Greenland fjords, in the Davis Strait, and in the Norwegian Sea ; possibly the tiny tubes are easily and frequently overlooked. Furthermore Myriochele seems to be more common in the deep sea; the present material may at any rate indicate this. - Greenland, Iceland, west of Lofoten; western and northern Norway; Spitsbergen, the Kara Sea. Family Sternaspida? Malmg L55. Sternaspis scutata (Ranzani) L817. (Chart 54). 1817 Thalassemia scutata Ranzani, p. 1457. 1854 Sternaspis fossor Stimpson, p. 29. ls6| Sternaspis afrinis Stimpson, p. 159. 1867 Sternaspis assimilis Malmgren, p. 87. 1867 Sternaspis islandica Malmgren, p. 87. 1926 Sternaspis fossor E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 1 12. 1927 Sternaspis scutata Fauvel, p. 216. :ren. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 69°17' N. 52°50' W. ; "Tjalfe" St. 117; 15. 7. 1908; 450 m; clay; 1 spec. — N. W. of Ice- land: 66°35'N. 23°47'W.; "Ingolf" St, 129; 3.8.1896; 220 m; 1 spec. Only two small specimens are present; they offer nothing of interest either in morphological respects, or in the habitats. Distribution: Widely distributed in the arctic, boreal and Atlantic areas; Mediterranean; Pacific Ocean. Family Amphictenidae Malmgren. 156. Cistenides hyperborea Malmgren 1865. I Chart 54). 1 865 L867 L877 1897 1902 1909 1911 L912 1914 H' I I 1928 1928 ( listenides 1 i benides ii ides Peel inaria Peel inaria 1 i stenides Pe< l inaria Peel inaria Pectinaria Cistenides Peel inaria Cistenides Peel hyperborea hyperborea hyperborea hyperborea hyperborea hyperborea hyperborea hyperborea hyperborea hyperborea hyperborea hyperborea (( !istenides) hyperborea Malmgren, p. 360. Malmgren, p. 213. Mcintosh, p. 508. Levinsen, p. 155. Vanhoffen, p. 224. Moore, p. 275 Ditlevsen, p. 1 6. Ditlevsen, p. 127. Wollebsek, p. 38. Fauvel, p. 277 Ditlevsen, p. 720. bigener, p. 775. li\ perborea Nilsson, E. Wesenberg-Lund, Ditlevsen, p. 39. p. 31. p. 25. O c c u r r e n c e : West of Greenland : 67°34' N. 55°29' W. ; Wandel ; 1889; 442 m; 3 spec. — 67°57' N. 55°30'W.; "Ingolf" St. 33; 12. 7. 1895; 66 m; 3 spec. — Holsteinsborg harbour: "Ingolf" St. vac; 9. 7. 1895; oc spec. — 66°35' N. 56°38'W.; "Ingolf" St. 32; 11. 7. 1895; 599 m; 6 spec — 65°16' N. 55°05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 35; 18. 7. 1895; 682 m; 2 spec. — Godthaab Skibshavn: "Ingolf" St. vac. 28. 6. 1895; 1 spec. — Ameragdla; "Ingolf" St. vac; 22. 7. 1895; 1 spec. — East of Greenland: 65 52' N. 36°54'W.; 6th Thule Exped.; 4. 9. 1931; 10-15 m; 3 spec. This species is very much like Cistenides granulata (L.), and may be identical with it; indeed, several authors have expressed the supposition that the two species ought not to be kept apart. < '. hyperborea differs from Linne's species only by the more delicate tips of the paleae, which, however, may often be broken. If, how- ever, it is reasonable to maintain the separation of the two species, the Linnean one - according to literature - seems to be more southern in its distribution than C. hyperborea. In the present material only the latter is represented. It is very common in Green- I'. I I ; I || | |1 17 land waters, especially in littoral ureas and inside the fjords, where the bottom consists of sand. The specimens may reach a considerable length; many of the tubes are 50-60 m in long. Distribution: Arctic and circumpolar; West- and East- Greenland; the Finmark, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, the Kara Sea; North America; Danish am! Scandinavian waters. Family Ampharetidae M, 157. Ampharete acutifrons (Grube) 1860. (Chart .r>:>). I860 Amphicteis acutifrons Grube, p. 109. 1865 Ampharete grubei Malmgren, p. 363. L871 Ampharete grubei Grube, p. 41. 1883 Ampharete grubei Levinsen, p. 165. 1912 Ampharete grubei Wollebask, p. 50. 1914 Ampharete grubei Ditlevsen, p. 720. 1917 Ampharete acutifrons Hessle, p. 96. 1922 Ampharete acutifrons Mc'Intosh, p. 66. 1927 Ampharete grubei Fauvel, p. '227. 1928 Ampharete grubei Augener, p. 776. Occurrence: -Tan Mayen: 70 "50' N. 8°29'W.; "Ingolf" Si. 115; 23.7. L896; 162m: 1 spec. Only a single, small specimen of this Ampharetid, which, when fully developed, is one of the largest of the arctic species of Ampharete. It is distinguished by the palea' which end in a long, fine tip, tapering from their shafts, and by the number of 12 hook-bearing segments in the abdominal region. The anal segment has numerous cirriform papillae. As regards the nomen- clature I prefer to follow the authors, who give the priority to Grube, because he himself (1871) regards his species as identical with MALMGREN's species A. (jntliii (1865). Distribution: Widely distributed in the arctic, the boreo- arctic and the lusitanian areas, not entering the deep sea. In West- Greenland it enters the fjords. Common at the coasts of Spits- bergen. The species seems, however, to be rather indifferent to variation in Temperature; it is also found in Scandinavian waters, i lie ( 'hannel, and I he Mediterranean 158. Ampharete finmarchica (M. Sars I Chart 55). 1864. 1864 (1866) Amphicteis finmarchica M. Sars, p. 6. L865 Ampharete arctica Malmgren, p. 364. L867 Ampharete arctica Malmgren, p. 104. 1867 Ampharete finmarchica Malmgren, p. L05. 1898 Ampharete arctica Michaelsen, p. 129. 1912 Ampharete arctica Wollebsek, p. 48. 191 1 Ampharete arctica Ditlevsen, p. 721. 1917 Ampharete arctica Hessle, p. 97. 1928 Ampharete arctica Augener, p. 777. Occurrence: The Danmark Strait: 61 12' N. 27C43'W.; Wan- del; St. 12; 1889; 802 m; 1 spec. Only a single specimen in situ in the tube of fine grey clay. Thirteen posterior segments with hooks only; the palea1 with short, pointed tips. Distribution: West- Greenland; numerous localities inside the Bredefjord and the Nordre Stromfjord areas. Alaska, Spits- bergen; mainly arctic, but also known from the west coast of Scandinavia. 159. Ampharete goesi Malmgren 1865. I Chart 55). 1865 Ampharete goesi .Malmgren, p.. '161. 1867 Ampharete goesi Malmgren, p. 21.'!. ilmeren. 1883 Ampharete goesi Levinsen, p. 165. 1911 Ampharete eoesi Ditlevsen, p. 127. 1912 Ampharete goesi Wollebsek, p. 51. 1911 Ampharete eoesi Ditlevsen, p. 721. 1917 Ampharete goesi Hessle, p. 97. L928 Ampharete goesi Augener. p. 778. Occurrence: West Greenland: 61 02' X. 52°25'W.; Fyllas Banke; Riis-Carstensen ; 27.7.1926; 16 ; 1 spec. The single specimen was fairly well preserved, ami it easy to count the 11 bristled segment- and the 17 hook-bearing posterior segments. The paleaa are flatte 1 and acutely pointed distally in a short, tapering tip. Distribution: The species seems to be exclusively arctic and circumpolar. It is previously known both from East- and \Y I Greenland. Furthermore Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, Siberia, 160. Sabellides borealis M. Sars 1856 (Chart 55). 1856 Sabellides borealis M. Sars. p. 22. 1865 Sabellides borealis Malmgren, p. 368. 1867 Sabellides borealis Malmgren, p. 215. 1883 Sabellides borealis Levinsen, p. 16:;. 1898 Sabellides borealis Michaelsen, p. 129. 1912 Sabellides borealis Wollebask, p. 53. 1911 Sabellides borealis Ditlevsen, p. 722. 1917 Sabellides borealis Hessle. p. 103. 1928 Sabellides borealis Augener, p. 781. 1937 Sabellides borealis Ditlevsen, p. 40. Occurrence: West Greenland: 65 17' X. 54 17' W. ; "Ingolf" St, 34; 18.7.1895; 104 m; 1 spec, -belaud: Seydisfjord; 'in- golf" St. vac; I I. 5. 1895; 40 lOOin; 3C spec. One complete specimen from W.Greenland, badly preserved. a female full of ripe ova. The cluster of filiform tentacles with delicate processes on each side fully protruded. No palea' could be detected. Setigerous segments 13; hook-carrying abdominal segments 12; well developed parapodial cirri in the abdominal region. The anal .segment with two long, lateral cirri. From Seydisfjord numerous specimens all inside i heir muddy, grey tubes. Distribution: Widely distributed in the Vrctic: Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, the Kara Sea; North America, Previously known from the coast and the fjords of West- Greenland. The Norwegian coast. Great Britain. 161 Amphicteis gunneri (M. Sars) 1835. I Chan 56). 1835 Amphitrite gunneri M. Sars. p. 50. 1860 Amphicteis gunneri Grube, p. 106. 1865 Amphicteis gunneri Malmgren. p. 365. 1867 Amphicteis gunneri Malmgren. p. 105. L883 Amphicteis gunneri Levinsen, p. 166 1912 Amphicteis gunneri Wollebsek, p. 55. 1914 Amphicteis gunneri Ditlevsen, p. 721. 1917 Amphicteis gunneri Hessle. p. I 111. 1928 Amphicteis gunneri Augener, p. 779. 1934 Amphicteis gunneri E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 26. 1937 Amphicteis gunneri Ditlevsen, p. 39. 18 I'OIACII.F.TA West of Greenland: 66°35' N. 56°38'W.; "In- L895 i99 m; abt. 10 spec — 66°21' N. 56°54' W. : 3t. 365; 18. 5. L909; 600-700 m; 6 spec. — 65°36' N. \\.: Wandel 1889; 1 spec. 65°16' N. 55°05'W.; "Ingolf" 11. 7. 1895; 682 m; 1 spec — 63°56' N. 53°12'W.; Wandel; 200m; I spec- S. W. of Iceland: 63°56' N. 24 10' W.; "Ingolf" St. 8; 19.5. 1895; 256 m; 1 spec. — Off Jan Mayen: 70°50' N. 8 29' W.; "Ingolf" St. 115; 23.7.1896; 162 m; 1 spec. 69 13' X. 8°23'W.; "Ingolf" St. 117: 24.7. 1896; 1889 m; 6 spec North of Iceland: 67 19' N. 15°52'W.; "Ingolf" -i 126; 29. 7. L896; 552 m; 2 spec. — Between Iceland and the Faroes: 63 26' N. 7 56'W.; "Ingolf" St. 138; 10. 8. 1896; 887 m; 5 spec 63 35' N. 10 24'W.; "Ingolf" St. 3; 12.5. 1895; 512m; 111 spec. Numerous specimens of this large Ampharetid, without tubes as well as inside their tubes, which are mainly built of clay or line grey mud. Distribution: The species is common in the waters west of i in inland, in the open sea especially inside the 1000 m line and in the coastal waters or on the great off-shore banks. The locality south of Jan Mayen from a depth of nearly 2000 m is of interest. The collections contain many specimens from Bredefjord in south-west Greenland. Ditlevsen (1914) writes : Not known from East-Greenland. In 1934, however, it is reported from Mikis- fjord in the Kangerdlugssuak area. It penetrates rather far north- wards; in the Davis Strait the "Godthaab" expedition 1928 has taken it at about 77° N. Lat., south of the entrance to Smith Sound. Spitsbergen; Novaya Zemlya; the Kara Sea; North America; thus widely distributed in the Arctic; furthermore the west coast of Scandinavia; Denmark; lusitanian and Mediter- 162 Amphicteis sundevalli Malmgren 1865. (Chart 55, PI. IX, fig. 42). 1865 Amphicteis sundevalli Malmgren, p. 366. 1867 Amphicteis sundevalli Malmgren, p. 105. 1879 Amphicteis sundevalli Mc'Intosh, p. 132. 1912 Amphicteis sundevalli Wollebsek, p. 59. 1914 Amphicteis sundevalli Ditlevsen, p. 722. 1917 Amphicteis sundevalli Hessle, p. 118. 1928 Amphicteis sundevalli Augener, p. 779. Occurrence: West of Greenland, Fyllas Banke: 63°57' N. 52°41'W.; "Ingolf" St. 26; 26.5.1895; 64 m; 1 spec. Only a single specimen, particularly well preserved, except for all the 8 gills which have been lost; it measures 39 mm. It differs from A. gunned and A. fragilis Wollebeek (= Lysipides fragilis Hessle 1917, p. Ill) in the number of abdominal segments which is 19; the former of the two mentioned species having 15, the latter 8 segments. Distribution: The species seems to be exclusively arctic and not common anywhere, except in the Spitsbergen area. In the region west of Greenland it is reported from Discovery Har- bour, Grant Land (Mc'-Intosh 1879). 163. Lysippe labiata Malmgren 1865. I Chart 56). 1865 Lysippe labiata Malmgren, p. .'367. 1867 Lysippe labiata Malmgren, p. 214. 1875 Lysippe labiata Liitken, p. 174. 1879 Amphicteis labiata Theel, p. 61. 1883 Lysippe labiata Levinsen, p. 166. 1912 Lysippe labiata Wollebsek, p. 59. 1914 Lysippe labiata Ditlevsen, p. 722. 1917 I.' ippe labiata Hessle, p. Iii'.i. 1928 Lysippe labiata Augener, p. 780. biata Ditlevsen, p. 40. Occurrence: West of Greenland : 66°35' N.55°54'W.; "Ingolf" St. 31 ; 11. 7. 1895; 166 m; 1 spec. — 65°34' N. 54°13'W.; "Ingolf" St. 29; 5. 7. 1895; 128 m; 1 spec Two complete, but fairly badly preserved specimens are present, both from shallow water from the big off- shore banks west of Holsteinsborg and Sukkertoppen. The peristomium forms a widely protruding labiform lobe; the palese are very small and delicate; the tentacles are all withdrawn. There are 8 gills and 13 segments with capillary bristles as well as hooks. The hooks commence in the third setigerous segment. The number of abdominal segments is 14. The anal segment has two short cirri. Distribution: Widely distributed in the Arctic. Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya; east coast of North America. Previously known from the fjords and the coast of West- Greenland. 164. Samythella neglecta Wollebsek 1912. (Chart 56). 1912 Samythella neglecta Wollebsek, p. 62. 1917 Samythella neglecta Hessle, p. 125. 1937 Samytha sexcirrata Ditlevsen, p. 41. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66°22'N.57°16'W.;"Tjalfe" St. 366; 19.5.1909; 686 m; 1 spec. — Between Iceland and the Faroes: 64°07' N. 11°12'W.; "Ingolf" St. 4; 13.5.1895; 446 m; 2 spec' The species was established by Wolleb.ek on three specimens from the North Atlantic formerly erroneously determined as Samytha sexcirrata M. Sars. Curiously enough Ditlevsen made the same mistake; the specimens from the "Godthaab" Expedition (1937, p. 41) St. 52 were reexamined by me and beyond doubt proved to be Samythella neglecta. It is puzzling how he has been able to identify the specimens, since all of them were completely hidden in their tubes. Ditlevsen's statement that Samytha sexcirrata, which was not previously found in Greenland waters, should be included among the Greenland polychaetes, is thus erroneous - Samytha sexcirrata does not seem to occur in Greenland seas. Samythella neglecta, however, is now known from two different localities west of Greenland ("Godthaab" St. 52 and "Tjalfe" St. 366), and besides there are some specimens present in the collections here worked out from Bredefjord in South-West Greenland. The present specimens are in a fairly poor state of preservation, two of them inhabiting tubes built of coarse, grey sand and pebbles. These tubes fully agree with those from the "Godthaab" St. 52. There are 6 gills arranged in a straight line, almost coalesced at the base, and situated on rather long cylindrical branchiophores. There are 15 segments with capillary bristles in the thoracal part, and 29 abdominal segments. Distribution: Previously only known from the Norwegian Sea between the Faroes and Norway. 165. Glyphanostomum palescens (Theel) 1879. (Chart 57). 1879 Samytha palescens Theel, p. 61. 1883 Glyphanostoma palescens Levinsen, p. 163. 1912 Glyphanostoma palescens Wollebsek, p. 64. 1917 Glyphanostoma palescens Hessle, p. 105. 1928 Glyphanostoma palescens Augener, p. 783. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 65°16' N. 55°05'W.; "In- golf" St. 35; 18.7.1895; 682 m; 1 spec. — 63°30' N. 54°25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 25; 26. 6. 1895; 1096 m; 1 spec. — 61°50'N.56°21' W.; "Ingolf" St. 36; 28. 7. 1895; 7202 m; 3 spec. The colour of the specimens is dark brown with lighter glandular girdles forming semicircular rings, open in the dorsal side, and situated in the posterior part of each segment. This species POLYCH.ETA 49 resembles the Maldanida fairly much. The longest specimen (from St. 30) measures 35 mm, and was taken out of a much longer tube of fine sand, characteristically annulated and closely set with long sponge-spicules, bristling up in all directions. There are 6 gills in two widely separated groups, the two anterior ones in each group in a straight line and close to each other, the third one posteriorly to them. Thus the liases of the three gills form a triangle with the blunt angle, at the top of which the third gill is inserrated, pointing backwards. There are 14 segments with long bristles in the thorax. Distribution: Spitsbergen, the Kara Sea, Novaya Zemlya. Also found in Bredefjord in South- West- Greenland. The species is an arctic form, penetrating into the deep-sea. 166. Amage auricula Malmgren 1865. (Chart 56). I860 Amage auricula Malmgren, p. 371. 1867 Amage auricula Malmgren, p. 215. 1S77 Amage auricula Mc'Intosh, p. 508. 1883 Amage auricula Levinsen, p. 167. 1912 Amage auricula Wollebsek, p. 65. 1914 Amage auricula Ditlevsen, p. 723. 1917 Amage auricula Hessle, p. 120. 1922 Amage auricula Mc'Intosh, p. 80. 1928 Amage auricula Augener, p. 781. Occurrence: North and east .if Iceland: 67°40' N. 15°40'W.; "Ingolf" St. 124; 28.7. 1896; 932 m: 2 spec. — 66°23' N. 12 05' W.; "Ingolf" St. 101; 1(1.7.1896; 11)11 111; 6 spec. The specimens are fairly small, only about 10 mm long; some of them in tubes consisting of very fine grey mud; one of the specimens from St. 124 has two distinct black eye-spots. Distribution: West of Greenland; north of Iceland; the boreal and arctic area of the Atlantic Ocean; the Scandinavian coasts; Spitsbergen. Usually the species is found in littoral waters, but, as seen from the above mentioned localities, it may be found outside the 1000 m line. 167. Melinna cristata (M. Sars) 1856. 1 Chart 67). 1856 Sabellides cristata M. Sars. p. 19 and p. 24. 1865 Melinna cristata Malmgren, p. 371. 1867 Melinna cristata Malmgren, p. 106. 1875 Melinna cristata Liitken. p. 174. 1883 Melinna cristata Levinsen, p. 133. 1912 Melinna cristata Wollebsek, p. 65. 1914 Melinna cristata Ditlevsen, p. 723. 1917 Melinna cristata. Hessle, p. 92. 1928 Melinna cristata Augener. p. 782. 1937 Melinna cristata Ditlevsen, p. 41. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66 35' N. 56°38'W.; "In- golf" St. 32; 11.7.1895; 599 m; 3 spec. — 65°14' N. 55 12' W.; "Ingolf" St. 28; 1. 7. 1895; 791 m; 1 spec. — 64°02' N. 52°25'W.; Riis-Carstensen, 27. 7. 1926; 85 m; 1 spec. — 63°06' N. 56°00'W.; "Ingolf" St. 24; 25. 6. 1895; 2258 m; 1 spec. — Jan Mayen: 70°50' N. 8°29'W.; "Ingolf" St. 115; 23.7.1896; 162m; 2 spec. - North of Iceland: 66°50' N. 20°02'W.; "Ingolf St. 128; 2. 8. 1896; 365 m; 3 spec. — West of Iceland : 65 02'3N. 23°56'2W.; "Ingolf" St. 87; 23.6.1896; 207 m; 2 spec — The ridge between Iceland and the Faroes: 64°25' N. 12°09'W.; "Ingolf" St. 58; 20. 5. 1896; 397 m; 3 spec. — 63°43' N. 11 31' W.; "Ingolf" St. 6; 16. 5. 1895; 170 m; 1 spec— 63°35' N. 10°24'W.; "Ingolf" St. 3; 12. 5. 1895; 512 m; 2 spec. The greater part of the specimens are in a fairly bad state of preservation, especially those which were still in their tube . constructed of fine grey clay. The walls were often of a considerable thickness through which the preserving fluid was not able to peiiet rate. Distribution: The present material shows the wide distribu- tion of the species in the arctic part of the Atlantic Ocean. At the coasts of West Greenland it is common from about 73 N. Lat. (Ditlevsen 1937) and in numerous localities in the southern fjord areas. Generally the species is not abyssal; it mainly occurs on the banks and the submarine ridges (e. g. off the West Greenland banks and the ridge between Iceland and the Faroes). The capture at St. 21 in the Davis Strait is. therefore, of special interest; it shows that the species may enter the deep-sea (2258 m). - In all parts of the boreo-arctic area; the seas north of Eurasia; Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, the Kara Sea: common at the coasts of Scandinavia and Denmark; the Channel; bipolar. 168. Melinnides rostrata n. g. n. sp. (Chart 57, PI. IX. tig. 43). Occurrence: West of Greenland; bo 17' X. 51 05'W.; "In- golf" St. 37; 27.7.18H5; 3229m; 1 spec. The single specimen is complete, but in a very poor state of preservation. (In this connection it is worth mentioning that this may have quite a natural cause since the specimen was dredged at a very great depth, more than 3200 m, the deepest but one of all the dredgings of the "Ingolf"). A detailed description cannot therefore be given. The skin is ruptured m several places, and has furthermore loosened from the body so that it surrounds the latter as a delicate, transparent cover. Furthermore, the intestine has burst, and the content of sand and foraminifera shells has flowed out into the body cavity. Some of the bristle-bundles have been lost, and especially the middle part of the body is unnaturally stretched, consequently the measurements of the length are of little value. From the tip of the tentacles to the anal segment the specimen measures 72 mm. The cephalic region and the first segments are tolerably well preserved, and the generic characters are just to be found here. There are 2x4 gills, long, hollow, subulate organs, tapering towards the tips. The two groups are situated close to each other, and between the median pair there is a low connecting web. In each group the inner branchia is placed a little anteriorly to the three others, the bases of which lie close to each other, forming an oblique line. All gills are of the same length, but the central pair is more slender than the others. I regard the structure of the anterior part to be, of generic value. It is formed as a stout rostrum, which is two thirds of the length of the gills. This rostrum is formed by three segments, easily distinguished at the dorsal side, by the peristomium and the cephalic lobe. On the ventral side the seg mentation cannot lie traced. The cephalic lobe is a fleshy, folded plate, overlapping the mouth. There are two kinds of buccal tentacles, i. e. five long curled slouches on each side, evidently capable of considerable extension, and laterally to them three much shorter, subulate anil more solid ones on each side. There are no palese. Behind the bases of the branchia' there is on the dorsum a smooth quadrangular space, just as in tin' genus Melinna; laterally it is bordered by the elevated rims of the first live segments, and distallv by a. very low transversal membranaceous edge on tie- dorsal side of the fourth setigerous segment. Tins edge is finely denticulated, the number of denticles being 1'-' as far as can be stated. There are no dorsal hooks in the thud segment as is the case in Melinna. In the first two chaetigers the bristle-bundles form oblique rows along the ventral edge. The bristles do not emerge from the skin, and have no setigerous prominences. In I he third chaetiger there is dorsally a tiny bundle of short and very few capillary bristles, slightly projecting from a small setigerous process, and ventrallv a similar row of seta.' hidden in the skm as in the two POLYCH.ETA I l»'ii 13 pairs of long, golden bristle-tufts follow; thus the number of genuine, bristled segments in the ii amounts to 11. The ordinary hooks commence in the third bristled segment, and are arranged on small unciniger- ridges vent rally to and beneath the dorsal seta'. The abdominal bave square uncinigerous ridges without any process; iv to these ridges there is a small globular knob. It is almost impossible to give a description of the abdominal region, so bad is the state of preservation. The number of abdomin- al segments is rather large; I estimate it to be 40-50. The anus lies at the hindmost tip, is subventral beneath a small dorsal papilla and surrounded by a circular smooth rim without append- any kind. The capillary seta? are translucent, with finely striated narrow wings, and slightly curved tips. The hooks have three big, pointed teeth nil the front edge above the ligament process, the superior of them more -lender and smaller than the two others. The posterior margin is strongly convex, and there is a short rounded, knob- like manubrium. The posterior hooks do not differ from the anterior ones, except in size. The tube was not secured. As regards the relationship of this new genus it seems to me that it occupies a position between the two genera Melinna Malmgren 1865 and Melinopsis Mc'Intosh 1885. The separating generic characters of these three genera will be given below. Melinna: Dorsal hooks on the third segment; a fimbriated edge in the dorsum of the fourth chaetiger; 16 segments with capillary setae; one kind of buccal tentacles. Mi liuopsis: No dorsal hooks behind the gills; no fimbriated dorsal edge, 15 segments with capillary setae; buccal tentacles of two kinds. Melinnides: The anterior part produced into a stout rostrum; no dorsal hooks; a low fimbriated dorsal ridge; 14 segments with capillary setae; buccal tentacles of two kinds. Family Terebellidae Grube. Subfamily Amphitritinae Malmgren. 169. Amphitrite cirrata 0. Fr. Miiller 1776. (Chart 58). 1771 Die buschige Amphitrite 0. Fr. Miiller, p. 188. 1776 Amphitrite cirrata 0. Fr. Miiller, no. 2617. 1780 Amphitrite cirrata 0. Fabricius, p. 285. 1865 Amphitrite cirrata Malmgren, p. 375. 1867 Amphitrite cirrata Malmgren, p. 107. 1877 Amphitrite cirrata Mc'Intosh, p. 508. 1883 Amphitrite cirrata Levinsen, p. 177. 1889 Amphitrite cirrata Holm, p. 156. 1898 Amphitrite cirrata Michaelsen, p. 129. 1902 Amphitrite cirrata Moore, p. 276. 1911 Amphitrite cirrata Ditlevsen, p. 428. 1912 Amphitrite cirrata Wollebaek, p. 100. 1914 Amphitrite cirrata Ditlevsen, p. 725. 1917 Amphitrite cirrata Hessle, p. 185. 1928 Amphitrite cirrata Augener, p. 785. 1929 Amphitrite cirrata Ditlevsen, p. 44. 1934 Amphitrite cirrata E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 29. 1937 Amphitrite cirrata Ditlevsen, p. 41. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 67°57' N. 55°30'W. ; "In- golf" St. 33; 12.7.1895; 66 m; 1 spec. — Store Hellefiskebanke; Holm; 5.8.1896; 35 m; 1 spec, — 65°17' N. 54°17'W.; "Ingolf" St. 34; 18. 7. 1895; 104 m; 1 spec. — 63°57' N. 52°41'W.; "Ingolf" St. 26; 26. 6. 1895; 64 in; 1 spec. — 63°30' N. 54°25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 25; 26. 6. 1895; 1096 m; I spec. — 63°06' N. 56°00'W.; "Ingolf" St. 24; 25. 6. 1 895 ; 2258 m ; 5 spec. — 61°50' N. 56°21' W. ; "Ingolf" St. 36; 28. 7. 1895; 2702 m; 2 spec — North of Iceland: 66°33' N. 20°05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 127; 2. 8. 1896; 83 m; 1 spec. — South of Iceland: 63 18' N. 18°49'W.; "Beskytteren"; 14.6.1905; 140m; In spec. The greater part of the specimens are only represented by anterior fragments; several of the worms were found inside their tubes, which were built of very heterogeneous material, pebbles of different sorts and size, adhering to a thin, parchment-like ing. The worm can easily be removed from the tube, because this is wider than the worm itself, but these specimens were all very fragile and in a bad state of preservation, because the alcohol canno the tough inner coating of the tubes. The the worm is brick-red or brown, now and then light wish. The specific character of this species is the shape of the three pairs of branchiae; they arise from the little knob-like protrusion, to which the stem of the gills is reduced ; the branches are undivided, rather long, cylindrical; in these features the species differs from the two other species of Amphitrite represented in the present material. Distribution: Amphitrite cirrata is widely spread in arctic and boreal regions of the Atlantic Ocean and its branches, ranging to the Mediterranean. In West- Greenland it is found from Thule to the Julianehaab district especially in shallow, coastal waters, on the banks, and inside the fjords. In East- Greenland waters from Danmarks Havn to Kangerdlugssuak. North of Eurasia: Spits- bergen, Novaya Zemlya, the Kara Sea and the White Sea; Siberia, the Bering Sea (?); Iceland and the Faroes; Scandinavia; the Danish seas (it does not enter the Baltic); Iusitanian and Mediter- ranean. As to the bathvmetrical range this species belongs to the communities of the shallow waters. In the fairly comprehensive material in the collections from the northern Atlantic examined by me, it has most commonly been dredged in depths from 170 to 700 m. Of interest are, therefore, the two captures of the "In- golf" in the Davis Strait, 2702 and 2258 m resp., which show that the species may enter the deep-sea. 170. Amphitrite affinis Malmgren 1865. (Chart 58). 1865 Amphitrite affinis Malmgren, p. 375. 1865 Amphitrite palmata Malmgren, p. 376. 1865 Amphitrite intermedia Malmgren, p. 376. 1867 Amphitrite affinis Malmgren, p. 216. 1883 Amphitrite affinis Levinsen, p. 177. 1912 Amphitrite affinis Wollebaek, p. 102. 1917 Neoamphitrite affinis Hessle, p. 179. 1920 Amphitrite affinis Mc'Intosh, p. 113. 1928 Amphitrite affinis Augener, p. 786. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66°50' N. 54°28'W.; "In- golf" St. 30; 10.7.1895; 41m; 2 spec. — 66°35' N. 56°38'W.; "Ingolf" St. 32; 11. 7. 1895; 599 m; 1 spec. From St. 30 two small, white specimens with three pairs of comparently small gills with a short stem, which soon splits into a few short filaments with bifid tips. On account of the fact, l'< II. YCI1. ETA 5] that in tins and the following Am/phitrite groenlandica the gills branch off from a distinct stem, and not from a little knob, Hessle in L917 placed these two species in bis new genus Neo am/phitrite. In agreement with other authors I cannot consider this feature of generic value, ami therefore prefer to replace these two species inside the old genus of Amphitrite. Am/phitrite. a/finis agrees with A. drrata in having 17 bristled segments, and in tins point differs from A. groenlandica, which has lit. Furthermore A. affinis is much smaller and more fragile than the two other species. — The collections of the Museum still comprise two other specimens from two different localities in the Bredefjord. None of the specimens were accompanied by their tubes. Distribution: The species is no doubt much more rare in the Antic than the two other species of Amphitrite; it is only known from West- Greenland ami Spitsbergen; in the boreal area from Norway and Iceland, and the "Porcupine" dredged it off the Irish coast, and the "Knight Errant"' in Clew Hay (Mc'- Intosh 1920, p. 113). 171. Amphitrite groenlandica Malmgren 1865. (Chart 58). ISC).") Amphitrite groenlandica Malmgren, p. 376. 1867 Amphitrite groenlandica Malmgren, p. 107. L883 Amphitrite groenlandica Levinsen, 1912 Amphitrite groenlandica Wollebsek, 1911 Amphitrite groenlandica Ditlevsen, 1917 Neoamphitrite groenlandica Ilcssle. 17S. i. 1(17. p. 725. I.. 181. 1928 Amphitrite groenlandica Augener, p. 787. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 65 14' N. 55 12.'W.; "In- golf" St. 28; 1. 7. 1895; 791 m; 1 spec. Only a single specimen taken by the "Ingolf" in the Davis Strait, lmt about 1<) specimens from different localities in the Nordre Stremfjord, the Bredefjord, and the Skovfjord in southern Greenland. The "Ingolf'-specimen is only an anterior fragment of a fairly large individual. The fragment measures 55 mm, and consists of the cephalic and thoracal regions ami about lo abdomin- al segments. The colour is dark rusty-red. Thus the speed's seems to l>e of fairly the same size as Amphitrite cirrata. It differs from this one in the structure of the gills, which have a short, but distinct main-stem and branches which are forked several times; furthermore the number of capillary-bristled segments is 19 (in A. cirrata 17). - The tubes are built of clay and mud, and arc very thick-walled. Distribution: Amphitrite groenlandica is a more pronounced arctic species than A. cirrata, and by far not so widely distributed in the Arctic nor so abundant as the latter. It is not yet known from East- Greenland. Only a single find from Iceland, and un- known at the Faroes. Novaya Zemlya, Spitsbergen; the Scan- dinavian coast. 172. Lanice conchilega (Pallas) 1766. (Chart 58). 176(i Nereis conchylega Pallas, p. 1311. L865 Lanice conchilega Malmgren, p. 380. 1867 Lanice conchilega Malmgren, p. 108. 1883 Lanice conchilega Levinsen, p. L75. 1912 Lanice conchilega Wollebsek, p. 10.5. 1917 Lanice conchilega Hessle, p. 168. L918 Lanice conchilega Saemundi L929 Lanice conchilega Ditlevsen, p. 19 son, p. 222. Occurrence: South of Iceland: 63°15' N. 22 2.3'W.; "Thor" St. 171; 326-216 m; 1903; 2 spec. Both specimens are typical; the tubes are built of coarse sand and pebbles of various soils. Distribution: This species dors not belong to the arctic area.; it is previously known from Iceland, no doubt the northern- most outpost inside its area of distribution. It is abundant at the shores of Great Britain; the Faroes, the North Sim; the- Danish seai : common in shallow waters in the Corral, the lusitanian ami the tropical areas of the Atlantic Ocean. 17.;. Nicolea venustula (Montagu) 1818. (Chart 59). 1818 Terebella venustula Montagu, p. 311. 1844c Terebella zostericola Orsted, p. 68. 1849 Terebella parvula Leuckart, p. 17".. 1851 Terebella zostericola Grube, p. 81. 1851 Terebella venustula Grube, p. 81. 1865 Nicolea arctica Malmgren, p. 381. 1865 Nicolea. zostericola Malmgren, p. 381. 1867 Nicolea arctica Malmgren, p. 109. 1867 Nicolea zostericola Malmgren, p. 109. 1877 Nicolea zostericola, Mc'Intosh, p. 508. 1883 Nicolea zostericola. Levinsen, p. 179. 1898 Nicolea zostericola Michaelsen, p. 129. 1902 Nicolea zostericola .Moore, y. 276. 1909 Nicolea zostericola Ditlevsen, p. 18. 1912 Nicolea zostericola Wollebsek, p. 95. 1914 Nicolea zostericola. Ditlevsen, p. 724. 1914 Nicolea. venustula Ditlevsen, p. 721. 1917 Nicolea venustula Hessle, p. 171. 1920 Nicolea venustula Chamberlin, p. 22 B. 1922 Nicolea venustula Mc'Intosh, p. 150. L927 Nicolea venustula Fauvel, p. 260. 1927 Nicolea zostericola Fauvel, p. 261. 1928 Nicolea venustula Augener, p. 788. 192'.) Nicolea. venustula Ditlevsen, p. 16. 1934 Nicolea venustula E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 30. 1937 Nicolea venustula Ditlevsen, p. 43. Occurrence: West Greenland: The harbour on the western side of the island Kugdler Kossuit: 73°55' N. 56 10'W.; Fr. Johansen; 20.8.1931; 10-25m; 1 spec. 69°17' N. 52°50'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 118; 15. 7. 1908; 150 m; 10 spec. 65 17' X. 51 17' W.; "Ingolf" St. 34; is. 7. 1895; 104 m; 1 spec. — Fyllas Banke: Hagerup; 1925; 50 m; 1 spec. — 62°58' N. 50°52'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 465; 21.6.1909; 15 m; I spec. — South of .Ian Maven: 7o 05' N. s 26'W.; "Ingolf" St. 116; 23. 7. 1895; 699 m; 1 spec. The specimens are all fairly small ami badly preserved; both sexes are represented; from "Tjalfe" St. IIS mature as well as immature males and females. The .specimen from Fyllas Banke is a. ripe male with very long cirriform nephridial papilla- in the sixth and seventh segments. There are two pan - of gills, the poster- ior usually smaller than the anterior one; the stem is varying in length, dichotomously divided several times; the terminal branches are short. It has II ventral plates, 15 17 s^nu'iils with capillary seta-. The avicular hooks begin in the second chastiger. The colour of all the present specimens is whitish yellow. Only a few ones were found inside their tubes, which were construct- ed of sand and mud. The long list of synonyms shows the protacted discussion as to the identity of .V. zostericola (( frsted) with N. venustula (Mont.). The main differences between them arc partly of a biological and partly of an anatomical character. According to HERPIN (1925) the biological discrepancy is that N. venustula spawns directly into the sea, whereas N. zostericola encloses its e.^ns in a capsule. The anatomical difference is that in .Y. venustula there an' 17 thoracal segments, m N . zostericola only 15. For the investigation of biological characters preserved material is of no value, and to the anatomical character it may he objected that it is a. fart that among specimens from arctic regions < may find typical .V. venustula with 15 as well as with 52 POLYCUKTA 17 thoracal segments. Inside the same narrow area both types ed. Most probably a closer examination of a large and experiments will show that the different numbers ents are due to different developmental stages i renl biological conditions. In tli pre ent collections both types are found from localities in the Davis Strait as well as from various captures in coastal waters in West- Greenland, and this is the reason why the present author prefers to consider the two forms as types of the same species and regard the latter as a form which, under various biological conditions, may propagate differently. Distribution: Nicolea venustula has a very wide range in real regions: it is known from West- and East- Greenland, from the Kara Sea, Franz Joseph's Land, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya and Siberia; furthermore from Iceland and the Faroes, the Scandinavian coast, the Danish seas where it enters the western part of the Baltic; Great Britain, France and the Mediter- ranean. 174 Pista cristata (0. Fr. Miiller) (Chart 59). 1771. 1771 1789 1865 1867 1883 1909 1912 1914 1917 1928 Auiphitrite cristata 0. Fr. Miiller, Amphitrite cristata 0. Fr. Miiller, Pista cristata Malmgren, p. 382. Pista cristata Malmgren, p. 218. Pista cristata Levinsen, p. 179. Pista cristata Ditlevsen, p. 17. Pista cristata Wollebajk, p. 99. Pista cristata Ditlevsen, p. 725. Pista cristata Hessle, p. 154. Pista cristata Augener, p. 787. no. 2620. p. 40. Occurrence: West of Iceland: 63°21' N. 25°21'W.; "Ingolf" St. 85; 320 m; 17.6.1895; 1 spec. Only a single fragment consisting of 17 thoracal segments and two abdominal segments; only one of the characteristic gills is present. The specimen is quite transparent and very badly pre- served; it is evidently juvenile. Distribution: Widely distributed in the Arctic, but apparent- ly not common anywhere inside this region. It is hitherto not known from Greenland, but from the north east coast of North America, so some day it will probably be found in Greenland waters. Augener reports it as rare at Spitsbergen. The White Sea, Siberia, the Bering Sea; Scandinavia, Denmark, Great Britain. 175. Pista maculata (Dalyell) 1853. (Chart 59). 1853 Terebella maculata Dalyell, p. 203. 1865 Scione lobata Malmgren, p. 383. 1867 Scione lobata Malmgren, p. 109. 1879 Scione lobata McTntosh, p. 132. 1883 Scione lobata Levinsen, p. 179. 1898 Scione lobata Michaelsen, p. 130. 1902 Scione lobata Moore, p. 276. 1909 Scione lobata Ditlevsen, p. 17. 1911 Scione lobata Ditlevsen, p. 128. 1912 Scione lobata Wollebaek; p. 93. 1914 Scione lobata Ditlevsen, p. 724. 1917 Pista maculata Hessle, p. 161. 1927 Pista maculata Fauvel, p. 262. 1928 Scione lobata Augener, p. 789. 1934 Scione lobata E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 28. 1937 Scione lobata Ditlevsen, p. 44. icurrence; West- Greenland: Thule, Wolstenholme Fjord; Peter Fre 24. 7. 1917; 70m; numerous specimens. — With- out any further specification: Baffin Bay; Holm; 20. 7. 1886; 23 m; 1 spec. — 70°42' N. 54°28'W.; 476 m; — 69°15' N. 53°18' W.; "Tjalfe" St. 182; 10.8.1908; 280m; 3 spec. — 66°35' N. 56°38'W.; "Ingolf" St. 32; 11. 7. 1895; 599 m; 1 spec. — 66°35' N. 55°54'W.; "Ingolf" St, 31 ; 11.7. 1895; 166 m; 2 spec. — 63°54' N. 53°15'W.; 988 m; — South of Iceland: 61°30' N. 22°30'W.; "In- golf" St. 67; 10. 8. 1896; 887 m. — The ridge between Iceland and the Faroes: 63°26' N. 7°56'W.; "Ingolf" St. 138; 3. 6. 1896; 887 m. A rather comprehensive collection of this worm inside their tubes is available from West- Greenland, where it appears to be especially abundant in the fjords and in coastal waters. It is often associated with the still more common Thehpus cincinnatus. The tubes of the two worms very much resemble each other, and in order to avoid a mistake it has been necessary to open the tubes and examine their inhabitants. It looks as if Pista uses a somewhat finer material than Thelepus does. In both species the tubes are wound, entangled, and they evidently cover large areas of the bottom of the arctic seas. The two species use the same building material, viz. pebbles of different shape, size and colour; the biggest of them measures about half a centimeter in diameter, the smallest not even one mm. Among the pebbles Foraminifera and shell- fragments are often found. The inner coating is a fine, not tough membrane, which evidently is permeated by infiltration of the preserving fluids, as the worms are fairly well preserved. Usually the tubes are free-lying on the bottom, but they may now and then be fastened to some object, e. g. to the thallus of Laminaria. Among the papers left by the late Hj. Ditlevsen I have found a note on the tubes of Pista maculata. He has noted that from a locality in the Atlantic Ocean, south of Iceland, at a depth of 1836 m, some tubes, exactly like the tubes of a species of Eunice, were inhabite'd by Scione lobata, and he continues: "I presume, that the animals have not been able to find material, which they could use, and they have therefore settled in empty tubes which they found on the bottom." I find it unlikely that this species, which usually builds quite differently, should invade tubes of mud; I have made a thorough search for these tubes but, un- fortunately, have not been able to find them in the collections. Distribution: The species is pronouncedly arctic. It is known from the east coast of North America, the east coast of Greenland, Norway, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, the Kara Sea, Siberia and the Bering Sea; Iceland. 176. Pista flexuosa (Grube) 1860. (Chart 59). 1860 Terebella flexuosa Grube, p. 102. 1865 Axionice flexuosa Malmgren, p. 384. 1867 Axionice flexuosa Malmgren, p. 109. 1879 Axionice flexuosa McTntosh, p. 132. 1883 Ax:ionice flexuosa Levinsen, p. 179. 1902 Axionice flexuosa Moore, p. 276. 1909 Axionice flexuosa Ditlevsen, p. 17. 1912 Scione flexuosa Wollebask, p. 94. 1914 Axionice flexuosa Ditlevsen, p. 723. 1917 Pista flexuosa Hessle, p. 162. 1928 Scione flexuosa Augener, p. 790. 1934 Scione flexuosa E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 29. 1937 Scione flexuosa Ditlevsen, p. 44. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 63°57' N. 52°41"W; "In- golf" St. 26; 26. 6. 1895; 64 m; 3 spec. Only three specimens from one single locality on the southern- most of the great West- Greenland off-shore banks; all inside their characteristic tubes, formed by three S-shaped windings in the horizontal plane, and coated with muddy sand. Distribution: The species is exclusively arctic and widely distributed, but does not seem to be abundant anywhere. East- POLYCHiETA 53 and West- Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, the Kara Sea and the White Sea. 177. Leaena abranchiate Malmgren L865. (Chart 60). 1865 Leaena 1865 Terebe: 1867 Leaena 1877 Leaena 1883 Leaena 1898 Leaena 1909 Leaena 1912 Leaena 1914 Leaena 1917 Leaena 1928 Leaena 1937 Leaena abranchiata Malmgren, 11a abranchiata M. Sars, abranchiata Malmgren, abranchiata Mc'Intosh, abranchiata Levinsen, abranchiata Michaelsen abranchiata Ditlevsen, abranchiata Wollebaek, abranchiata Ditlevsen, abranchiata Hessle, p. abranchiata Augener, abranchiata Ditlevsen, P 385. p. 16. p. IK). p. 508. . 180. p. 130. p. 18. p. 91. p. 726. 197. i. 793. p. 43. Occurrence: East of Iceland: 65°34' N. 8°54'W.; "Ingolf" St. 106; 12. 7. 1896; 842 m; 1 spec. — The ridge between Iceland and the Faroes: 63°26' N. 7°56'W.; "Ingolf" St. 138; 10. 8. 1890; 887 m; 1 spec. Only a few complete specimens are present. There are 10 thoracal segments. The hooks begin in the second chsetiger and are uniserial in the bristled segments, biserial in the following 10 abdominal segments, and again uniserial in the rest. Distribution: Exclusively or almost exclusively arctic. North- ern east coast of North America, West- and East- Greenland (the "Ingolf" has taken it at Amaragdla in the Godthaabsfjord, while anchoring there); a single find in the Nordre Stromfjord. In the Baffin Bay it penetrates as far northwards as 77° N. Lat. The west coast of Norway; Spitsbergen, Iceland. Most frequently the species occurs in fairly low water; therefore two finds in the Baffin Bay (Ditlevsen 1937), and the two dredgings of the "In- golf" published here are of interest (about 800-900 m). 178. Baffinia multisetosa n. g. n. sp. (Chart 59, PI. X, fig. 46). Occurrence: West of Greenland: 70°49' N. 53°16'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 159; 30. 7. 1908; 489 m; 2 spec. The two specimens are intact, but rather badly preserved ; the body wall has been torn in several places, and evidently they were examined by my predecessor, who cut off several of the feet and tori, probably in order to make microscopical pre- parations from them. The tentacular fascicles are present in both specimens; the bodies are twisted in two or three irregular coils, and the slightest nt tempt tn stretch them involves a rupture of the skin, The following is a description of the best preserved of the animals, which is chosen as type for the genus and the species. From the tip of the tentacles to the last segment the worm measures about 40 mm. The colour is yellowish-white, most probably not the natural colour, but the result of the influence of the preservation fluid. The body is evenly tapering towards the posterior tip. The number of segments is 70-80. The body is enlarged anteriorly, tumid, with a convex dorsal and ventral region, comprising the first 11 segments, which may be regarded as the thoracal region. A deeji furrow on each side separates the dorsal side from the ventral. These furrows continue almost to the hindmost tip, although becoming more and more indistinct. The dorsal side of the thorax is rugose and finely transversally striated. The ventral part of the same region is divided into three parts; in the midline there is a row of big undivided shields (11 in all) and ventro-laterally to them a broad, short shield in each segment, carrying the hooks, and dorsally to them the tuft of setae. On the ventral side the segments are distinctly defined by deep con- strictions in this part of the body; on the dorsal side no segmental divisions at all are seen. The cephalic lobe is much reduced. Dorsally it tonus a low semicircular lobe above the mouth, without any incisions at the margin. On the dorsal ami lateral regions the lobe carries a great number of long, grooved tentacles; those sitting most ventrally being l>\ far the shortest. Behind or dorsally to the tentacle, the cephalic plate passes into a low collar. Ventrally the cephalic lobe is protruded into a spout-like upper lip at right angles to the body, whereas the free border of the buccal segment forms a thick, swollen undcrlip, much less developed than the upper lip. Dorsally the buccal segment is very low. After the buccal segment two very narrow, naked segments follow, both with broad and short shields. These segments, which in many Tere- bellids carry gills, are completely devoid of gills in this new genu Then the chaetiferous region follows, characterized by the conti- nuation of the capillary seta' to the tip of the body except the last two segment s. The first nine chaetigers belong to tie- thoracal region, because they have distinct ventro-lateral and central hield In all of them the capillaries arc situated m two rows on small papillae-like protrusions at the free dorsal end of the shield, and separated from the rows of hooks by a, small interspace. No hooks occur opposite to the first bristle-tuft; they appear in the second chaetiger, and are arranged in one row in the rest of the thoracal segments, imbedded in long, low pads in the middle of each ventro-lateral shield. From the tenth chaetiger == 12th segment the character of the segments changes. Firstly, the following 20 25 segments become considerably longer; secondly, the shields disappear, being replaced by a very deep, longitudinal furrow in the ventral mid- line, which may be followed backwards to about the 50th segment, and, thirdly, the hooks are now imbedded in slightly elevated tori, and arranged in two rows. The capillaries ami the hooks con- tinue unto the last but two segments, gradually t hetori get shorter, and the capillaries less numerous, but still of a considerable length, even longer than those in the anterior part of the body. In about the last 20 segments the body is like a. narrow, cylindrical tail. and as far as could be ascertained without damaging the specimens. the hooks now become uniserial again. In this part the constrictions between the segments are distinct again. The reason why the exact number of segments in spite of this cannot he given, is that in both specimens the skin is ruptured in several places in the middle part of the hoily. The anus lies terminally surrounded by a swollen smooth ring. The capillaries are all very long, directed outwards and obliquely backwards. They have a shaft with fine longitudinal stria' inter- nally and taper towards the tip. They have a double, narrow wing with completely smooth edges. The wmgs cease before reaching the tip. The distal end of the bristle is formed by a. long, flagelliform lash, flexible and bent in all directions, even curled irregularly in the preparations. In the thoracal segments the capillaries an' considerably shorter and coarser than in the posterior part of the body, and their tips are by far not so long or flagelliform. Furthermore, they are here arranged m two series, ami tic bristles in the anterior row are still shorter and stouter than those in tin' posterior row , There is only one kind of hooks, a II exceedingly small and diminish ing in size as well as in number towards the end of the body. They are rather irregularly arranged; often unequally di.--t.iii! from e other. In the biserial segments they always turn the bases towards each other. Kach hook has a, long anterior border with ."> or I teeth gradually diminishing above the main fang, the base beneath being straight with a small | :ess. The chief fang is long, narrow ami pointed, anil strongly curved downward- The posterior "ill him opposite the teeth is a straight, declining line, ending in a concave curvation; the base is slightly and regularly convex. From the upper teeth several stria' pass obliquely to the posterior border. As it is seen from the preceding synopsis. 1 follow MaLMGI classification of the Terebellidw into five subfamilies, all of which. .-.I POLYCH.'ETA •. arc represented in the present material. In my opinion the genus described here should be incorporated iily Amphitritina on account of the biserial arrange- f the hooks in son f t he segments, and it may furthermore laced in the vicinity of those genera, which arc devoid of gills, mil Laphania. It differs, however, from these - as from all other Amphitritina in having capillary setae in all ■ ■nts. This feature the new genus has in common with the Thelepinm, but here we always find frills and never biserially ar- ranged hooks. I therefore find greater correspondance with the Amphitritina than with the Thelepinm. The features characterizing the new genus may justify the establishment of a new subfamily. However - before I consider myself entitled to do that, I prefer to await future finds of this interesting form. Generic characters: About 70 segments. No gills. Capillary setae from the third segment to the end of the body. Hooks uniform, commencing in the second chaetiger, uniserial in the first 8, biserial in a number of intermediate segments, and uniserial in about the last 30-35 segments. The species has been dredged in the southern part of the Baffin Bay, hence its generic name. Subfamily Thelepinae Hessle. I ( 'hart 60). 179. Thelepus cincinnatus (0. Fabricius) 1780). 1780 Amphitrite cincinnata O. Fabricius, p. 286. 1865 Thelepus circinata Malmgren, p. 387. 1867 Thelepus circinnatus Malmgren, p. 110. 1874 Thelepus circinnatus Mobius, p. 256. 1877 Thelepus circinnatus Mc'Intosh, p. 508. 1879 Thelepus circinnatus Mc'Intosh, p. 132. 1883 Thelepus circinnatus Levinsen, p. 174. 1902 Thelepus circinnatus Moore, p. 276. 1907 Thelepus circinnatus Arwidsson, p. 513. 1909 Thelepus circinnatus Ditlevsen, p. 18. 1911 Thelepus circinnatus Ditlevsen, p. 428. 1912 Thelepus circinnatus Wollebaek, p. 89. 1914 Thelepus circinnatus Ditlevsen, p. 717. 1917 Thelepus cincinnatus Hessle, p. 212. 1920 Thelepus cincinnatus Chamberlin, p. 23 B. 1928 Thelepus cincinnatus Augener, p. 790. 1929 Thelepus cincinnatus Ditlevsen, p. 47. 1937 Thelepus cincinnatus Ditlevsen, p. 42. Occurrence: West of Greenland: The Baffin Bay; Holm; 20.7.1886; 200m; 1 spec. — 70°47'5 N. 52°21'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 175; 6.8.1908; 600 m; 1 spec. — Store Hellefiskebanke ; Holm; 5.8.1886; 1 spec. — 67°57' N. 55°30'W.; "Ingolf" St. 33; 16.7. 1895; 66 m; numerous spec. — 65°17' N. 54°17'W.; "Ingolf" St. 34; 18.7.1895; 104 m; 1 spec, — 65°06' N. 54°19'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 122; 7. 6. 1909; 80 m; 5 spec. — Lille Hellefiskebanke; Holm; 10.7.1886; 4 spec. — 61 54' N. 55 10'W.; "Ingolf" St. 27; 1.7. 1895; 740 m; 1 spec, — 64°02' N. 52 25' W.; ltiis-Carstensen; 27. 7 1926; 85 m; 1 spec. — Fyllas Banke off Godthaab; Bornemann; 26. 6. 1912; 50 m; 2 spec. — 61°11' N. 52°47'W.; "Dana" St. 2318; 9.6.1925; 100 m; 3 spec. — Davis Strait; Wandel; 3 spec. — South of Greenland: 58 01' N. 44°45'W.; "Ingolf" St. 21; 21.6. 1895; 2505 m; 2 spec. — The Danmark Strait : 66°35' N. 2.3 47' W.; "Ingolf" St. L29; 3.8. 1896; 220m; 2 spec, — North of Iceland: 67 19' N. 15 52'W.; "Ingolf" St. 126; 29. 7. 1896; 552 m; numer- ous spec. — 66°52' N. 15°40'W.; "Ingolf" St. 123; 28.7.1896; 273 m; 1 spec. — East of Iceland: 66°23' N. 7°25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 104; 11. 7. 1896; 1802 m; 1 spec, — South of Iceland: 63°12' N. 23°04' W.; "Ingolf" St. 72; 8. 6. 1896; 371 m; 1 spec. — 62°40' N. 22°17'W.; "Ingolf" St. 69; 3.6.1896; 1109 m; 2 spec. The species is fairly richly represented in the present material, especially from the West- Greenland fjords, where it seems to cover the bottom in a thick layer; the tubes are twisted and entangled, made of sand and pebbles of different kinds and sizes, often mixed with Foraminifera shells and tubes. And, in reality, from the greater part of all arctic expeditions the big collections of entangled masses of tubes of the polychaetes are known, which are mainly composed of Thelepus tubes, either coiled inside bivalves, or twisted among laminarian roots or - most frequently - not fixed to any object, but entangled among each other. The body is of a reddish orange or pale yellowish colour; the ventral shields are lighter. The dorsal surface is rugose, espec- ially in the anterior part. Setigerous processes with capillaries are numerous, often about 40, but ceasing considerably before the hindmost tip of the body. The number of segments may be about 100. Hooks commence in the second chaetiger. Distribution: The species is widely distributed and abundant in the Atlantic Ocean, arctic as well as antarctic, and probably more or less continually spread between the two polar regions. On the European side it reaches the Mediterranean, on the American side the I iulf of Mexico. It should, however, be borne in mind that no doubt it has often been confounded with other species, especially with Pista maculata on account of the great resemblance between the tubes of the two species. In the arctic part of the hemi- sphere it is reported from the following localities: Canada, West- and East- Greenland, Jan Mayen, Fmmarken, Franz Joseph Land, Spitsbergen, Siberia, the Bering Sea. Furthermore from Iceland, the Faroes, the islands north of Scotland, Scandinavia, Denmark (it does not enter the Baltic), Great Britain, France and the Mediterranean. As to the bathymetrical range the species is highly plastic too. It is found from the tidal zone into the deep sea, below the 2000 m line; it is most abundant, however, in shallow waters inside the 500 m line. Subfamily Polycirrinae Malmgren. 180. Polycirrus medusa Grube (Chart 61 1. 1855 PolycirTus medusa Grube, p. 120. tho sniitti Malmgren, p. 391. 1867 Ereutho smitti Malmgren, p. 111. mitti Levinsen, p. 172. 1855. 1912 Ereutho smitti Wollebaak, p. 81. 1914 Leucariste smitti Ditlevsen, p. 44, 1917 Polycirrius medusa Hessle, p. 220. 1928 Polycirrus medusa Augener, p. 795. 1929 Polycirrus medusa Ditlevsen, p. IS. 1937 Polycirrus medusa Ditlevsen, p. 44. POLYCH.T.TA 55 Occurrence: West of Greenland : Godthaab SMbshavn; "In- golf" St. vac. 28. 6. 1895; 1 spec. — 64 54' N. 55 10'W.; "Ingolf" St. 27: I. 7. 1895; 740 m; 1 spec. — 63°57' N. 52°41'W.; "Ingolf" St. 26; 26. 6. L895; 64 m; 1 spec All three specimens fragmentary and poorly preserved. Yet the following specific characters could be noted: numerous small tentacles arise from the edges of the lateral cephalic flaps, while the dense cluster of long filaments (partly missing) arises from the entire surface of the cephalic plate. The first ventral scute is large and single, the following with a median groove. Thirteen (in one .specimen 11) pairs of capillary tufts; the setigerous pro- cesses fairly long and bifid. No hooks in the thoracal segments; they begin in the first segment after the thoracal region, and are uniserial and very small. In two of the specimens the nephridial papillae are exceptionally large and distinct as white knobs on the 3rd to the 8th segment. Distribution: Widely distributed in the Arctic, but not common; West- and East- Greenland, Spitsbergen, the isle of Waigat, Novaya Zemlya, the Kara Sea and the White Sea: Iceland, the Faroes, the Scandinavian west coast; Denmark (not entering the Baltic); Great Britain and France; the Mediter- ranean. 181. Polycirrus albicans (Malmgren) 1865. (Chart 61). 1865 Leucariste albicans Malmgren, p. 390. 1865 Polycirrus arcticus M. Sars, p. 14. 1867 Leucariste albicans Malmgren, p. III. 1883 Leucariste albicans Levinsen, p. 176. 1912 Leucariste albicans Wollebaek, p. 86. 1914 Leucariste albicans Ditlevsen. p. 726. 1917 Polycirrus albicans llessle. p. 'IT-'). 1928 Polycirrus albicans Augener, p. 795. 1929 Polycirrus albicans I >itle\ .-n. p. | s Occurrence: Smith of Jan Mayen: 70 05' V 8 26'W.; "In- golf" St. 116; 23.7.1896; 699 m; 2 spec. East of Iceland: 66 23' X. 8 52'W.; "Ingolf" Si. 103; In. 7. L896; 1090 m; 3 -pec. 66 19' N. 10 bVW.; "Thor St. 50; 25. 5. 1903; I 140 m; I - Between Iceland and the Faroes: 63 36' X. 7 50'\V.; "Ingolf" St. 139; 10.8. 1896; 1322 m; I spec. The specimens are in a pour state of preservation and in all of them the posterior ends are missing, winch is also the case of the greater part of the tentacles. It differs from the preceding species in having a greater number of thoracal segments (varying from 15 to 22), and as far as I can see, in the much smaller size of the chaetiferous processes in the anterior region; and moreover in tin capillaries only projecting slightly from them. The ventral scutes are rather indistinct, and they are not divided into two by a transversal groove as in /'. medusa. Also the nephridial papillae are indistinct . Distribution: The species seems to be more exclusively arctic than the preceding form, and evidently more abyssal too. The present material contains only specimens from the I arctic parts of the areas under consideration. It occurs in the arctic parts of the Atlantic Ocean, and is here report, d from West and East- Greenland, Spitsbergen, the Finmark, the Kara Sea; in the boreo-arctic area, from Iceland and the Faroes. Subfamily Trichobranchinae Malmgren. 182. Trichobranchus glacialis Malmgren 1865. (Chart 60). 1865 1867 L877 L883 1898 1912 1914 1917 1928 Trichobranchus Trichobranchus Trichobranchus Trichobranchus Trichobranchus Trichobranchus Trichobranchus Trichobranchus Trichobranchus glacialis Malmgren, p. 395. glacialis Malmgren, p. 112. glacialis McTntosh, p. "it IS. glacialis Levinsen, p. 179. glacialis Michaelsen, p. 130 glacialis Wollebaek, p. 7!>. glacialis Ditlevsen, p. 728. glacialis llessle, p. 131 . glacialis Augener, p. 792. Occurrence: 66°35'N.55°54'W.; "Ingolf" St. 31; 11. 7. 1895; 166 m; 2 spec. Two anterior fragments, one of them without gills, the other with all 6 cirriform gills in situ. At each side of the cephalic lobe a broad, rounded membranaceous wine. All the tentacles are lost or partly decomposed so it was impossible to see them. According to Hessle there are two kinds of tentacles, viz. long, thin and filiform and shorter and thicker ones. No ventral shields. Fifteen segments with capillary seta.'; two kinds of hooks, 1° with long -hafts in cadi of the thoracal segments, 2 with short shafts m the abdominal region. Distribution: Widely spread in the arctic and boreal areas, but nowhere common or abundant. Last- Greenland (a single find at Turner Sound), Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, the Kara Sea; the Faroes, Denmark; lusitanian and Mediterranean. Every- where the species seems to belong to the low or shallow water- fauna. The present locality offers nothing of interest : the "Godt- haab" expedition 1928 has previously taken the species m the Davis Strait. Subfamily Canephorinae Malmgren 183. Terebellides stroemi M. Sars 1835. (Chart 61). 1835 Terebellides stroemi M. Sars. p. IS. 1865 Terebellides stroemi Malmgren, p. .'(',16. 1867 Terebellides stroemi Malmgren, p. 112. 1S77 Terebellides sti mi Mcintosh, p. 508. L883 Terebellides stroemi Levinsen, p. 176. 1898 Terebellides stroemi Michaelsen, p. 130. 1911 Terebellides stroemi Ditlevsen, p. 128. 1(.»12 Terebellides stroemi Wollebffik, p. 78. 1914 Terebellides stroemi Ditlevsen, p. 728. 1917 Terebellides stroemi llessle, p. 137. 1920 Terebellides stroemi ( 'hamberlin . p. 23 B 1928 Terebellides stroemi Augener, p. 797. 1929 Terebellides stroemi Ditlevsen, p. 19. 1934 Terebellides stroemi E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 30, 1937 Terebellides stroemi Ditlevsen. p. 15. Occurrence: West of Greenland : 69 IT' V 52 >0'W.; " St. 117: 15. 7. I908;225m; I spec. 69 IX N 52 50'W.; "Tjalfe' St. I IS; 15. 7. 1908; Ion in; 2 spec. \ .6 38'W.; "In- 56 POLYCH^TA 32; 11.7.1895; 599 m; 2 spec, — 65°36' N. 52°24'W.; bout 600 m; 1 spec. — 65°14' N. 55°42'\V.; 31 : I. 7. 1895; 791 m; 10 spec. — 64°01' K 52°40'W.; tensen; 20. 7. 1925; 83 m; 1 spec — 63°30' N. 54°25'W.; 26. 6. 1895; 1096 m; 10 spec. — 63°06' N. 56°00' "Ingolf" St.24; 25.6.1895; 2258m; 10 spec. — Off Jan Mayen: 70°50' X. 8 29'W.; "Ingolf" St. 115; 23.7.1896; 162m; V of Iceland: 66 50' X. 20°02'W.; "Ingolf" St. 128; 2. 3. L896; 365 m; 5 spec. —East of Iceland: 66°23' N. 10°26'W.; "Ingolf" St. 102; 10. 7. 1896; 1412 m; 1 spec. — Between Iceland and the Faroes: 64°25' N. 12°09'W.; "Ingolf" St. 58; 20.5. 1896; — 64°07' N. 11°12'W.; "Ingolf" St. 4; 13. 5. 1895; 1 16 m: 2 spec. — 63°36' N. 7°30'W.; "Ingolf" St. 139; 10. 8. 1896; 1.322 m; 2 spec. — Furthermore the "Ingolf" has taken the species in two Icelandic fjords, when anchoring there, viz. Dyrefjord; 30. 5. 1895; 1 spec, and Seydisfjord; 14. 5. 1895; 40-100 m; 1 spec. The collections comprise big as well as small specimens; from shallow waters as well as from rather great depths (2258 m). Some of the specimens from this abyssal locality were closely examined; they do not seem to differ essentially from typical specimens from shallow waters; they are fairly well preserved, and the largest specimen reaches a length of nearly 6 cm. The capillary seta? are well developed and perhaps a little longer than those in the specimens from smaller depths. Distribution: This characteristic species is one of the most widely distributed Polychaetes; it seems to be cosmopolitan; it is especially common and abundant in the arctic and boreal waters. In West- Greenland it ranges from Thule to Cape Farewell ; in East- Greenland from Danmarks Havn and Jan Mayen to Kangerdlugssuak. It is common everywhere in the West- Greenland coastal waters, on the great shoals, and inside the fjords. In northern Eurasia it is known from Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, Franz Joseph Land, the White Sea and the Kara Sea; furthermore from Scandinavia and Denmark; it penetrates widely into the Baltic; Iusitanian and Mediterranean. As to the bathymetrical distribution Terebellides stroemi seems to be even so plastic ; it may be found in the. tidal zone and in the deep sea. Everywhere it belongs to the soft bottom into which it burrows. No doubt it plays an important part as food for many bottom fishes, and it is very often found, indeed, in the stomachs of flounders, cods etc. Family Sabellidae Malmgren, Subfamily Sabellinae Bioja. 184. Sabella penicillus Linne 1767. (Chart 62). 1767 Sabella penicillus Linne, p. 1269. 1780 Tubularia penicillus 0. Fabricius, p. 438. 1S17 Sabella pavonina Savigny, p. 71). 1856 Sabella sarsii Kroyer, p. 23. 1865 Sabella pavonia Malmgren, p. 398. 1867 Sabella pavonia Malmgren, p. 112. 1883 Sabella pavonia Levinsen, p. 187. 1898 Sabella pavonia Michaelsen, p. 130. 1922 Sabella penicillus Mc'Intosh, p. 221. 1927 Sabella penicillus Johansson, p. 117. 1929 Sabella penicillus Ditlevsen, p. 50. Occurrence: West of Iceland: 65°02'3 N. 23°56'2W.; "In- golf" St. 87; 23. 6. 1896; 207 m; 2 spec. Only two specimens from the outer part of Bredefjord in West Iceland; both are fragmentary; the hindmost end absent, otherwise well preserved; the colour is light yellowish; one spe- cimen has faintly marked, paired, brown pigmental spots on the dorsal side of each branchial rhachis. The filaments are united at their bases by a low web. The long, curled pinnae gradually diminish towards the tip into mere small papillae; the naked extremity of each branchia is very short. The thoracal region consists of 13 segments in both specimens. The excremental furrow is only slightly developed on the dorsal side of the thoracal region. The ventral scutes are very large and distinct. The tubes are not present . Distribution: .The species has a rather wide boreo-arctic distribution. Eastern North America; West- and East- Greenland ; dinavian and Danish waters; the Faroes; Great Britain and France; the Mediterranean. Thus it is evidently not a pronounced ic form, nor is it an abyssal species; according to Mc'Intosh it is often washed on shore in great numbers; it may be found in depths down to 200-300 m. 185. Potamilla neglecta M. Sars 1851. (Chart 62, PI. X, fig. 17 and 48). ■11a neglecta M. Sars, p. 83. 1865 Potamilla neglecta Malmgren, p. 401. 1865 Potamilla torelli Malmgren, p. 402. 1867 Potamilla neglecta Malmgren, p. 113. 1867 Potamilla torelli Malmgren, p. 114. 1883 Potamilla neglecta Levinsen, p. 190. 1927 Potamilla neglecta Johansson, p. 143. 1928 Potamilla neglecta Augener, p. 801. 1934 Potamilla neglecta E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 31. 1937 Potamilla neglecta Ditlevsen, p. 46. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 68°28' N. 54°47'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 199; 18.8.1908; 450-350 m; 3 spec. — 68°08' N. 57°30'W.; "Dana" St. 2361 ; 26.6.1925; 398 m; 3 spec. — 66°56' N. 53°12' W.; Wandel; 1889; 142 m; 3 spec. — 66°37' N. 56°34'W.; "Dana" St. 2346; 22. 6. 1925; 450 m; 3 spec. — 66°35' N. 56°38' W.; "In- golf" St. 32; 11.7.1895; 599 m; oo spec. — 66°22' N. 57°16'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 366; 19. 5. 1909; 686 m; 3 spec. — 66°21' N. 56°54' W. ; "Tjalfe" St. 365; 18. 5. 1909; 700 m; 6 spec. — 65°22' N. 54°02'W. ; Wandel; 1889; 203 m; 1 spec. — 65°16' N. 55°05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 35; 18.7.1895; 682 m; 10 spec. — 64°54' N. 55°10'W.; "In- golf" St. 27; 1.7.1895; 740 m; 1 spec. — 64°36' N. 53°06'W.; Wandel; 1889; 203 m; 1 spec. — 63°48' N. 52°23'W.; "Tjalfe" St. 40; 10. 6. 1908; 194 m; 5 spec. — 63°30' N. 54°25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 25; 26. 6. 1895; 1096 m; 10 spec. — The ridge between Iceland and the Faroes: 65°34' N. 8°54'W.; "Ingolf" St. 106; 12. 7. 1896; 842 m; 1 spec. — 64°07' N. 11°12'W.; "Ingolf" St. 4; 15. 5. 1895; 146 m; 3 spec, — 65°00' N. 11°16'W.; "Ingolf" St. 59; 20. 5. 1896; 584 m; 3 spec. — 63°35' N. 10°24'W.; "Ingolf" St. 3; 12. 5. 1895; 512 m; 5 spec. — 62°58' N. 7°09' W.; "Ingolf" St. 143; 11. 8. 1896; 731 m; 10 spec. — The Danmark Strait and West of Iceland: 66°18' N. 25°59'W.; "Ingolf" St. 15; 4. 6. 1895; 1096 m; 10 spec. -64°56' N. 36°19'W.; "Ingolf" St. 94; 26. 6. 1896; 842 m; 1 spe. -West of Iceland: 66°35'N. 23°47'W.; "Ingolf" St. 129; 3. 8. 1896; 220 m; oo spec. — 65°02'3 N. 23°56'2W.; "Ingolf" St. 87; 23. 6. 1896; 207 m; 1 spec. The species is abundantly represented in the present material from the whole area under consideration. - The branchia? are very long, and in many of the specimens detached from the body inside the tubes. There are 12-14 pairs of branchial filaments without any palmar membrane; the barbules continue almost to POLYCHJF.TA 57 the very tip of the rhachis. The collar is much lower than in the following species. The chsetae are all typical. From "Ingolf" St. 129, west of Iceland a gTeat dumber of inhabited tubes were secured; many of them were entangled with and fastened to the tubes of Thelepus cincinnatus. Some tubes were opened, and in two - both from "Ingolf" St. 15 eggs and young were found resp. Tins species incubates its eggs on the inner side of its tube; they are fixed to the wall like a dense coating; they were flattened and multiangular; the inside of the tube resembled the surface of a honey comb. Inside the other tube the greater part of the eggs were hatched and had developed into young ones. The young are flattened and angular, due to the dorsal- ventral pressure of the tube and the mother and the lateral pres- sure from the neighbouring young; a. transversal section through their bodies is almost quadrangular. The greater part of them were arranged in the same manner, turning their anterior ends towards the mouth of the tube, and most frequently lying parallel to each other in the direction of the longitudinal axis of the tube, as is also seen in the figure. This regularity was, however, now and then broken by a few individuals which were either lying opposite or more obliquely. Generally they all turned the dorsal side towards the tube, and the ventral one towards the body of the adult worm. When the tidies were opened and prepared for drawing, many of the eggs and the young ones floated away into the liquid, others adhered to the body of the mother; therefore the accompanying figure does not give a satisfactory impression of the density of the young ones. Literally the insides of the tubes were payed with eggs and juveniles resp. About 30 of the young ones were imbedded in Canada balm foi- microscopical studies, but unfortunately they proved to be only tolerably well preserved; even a slight touch of the prepara- tion needle made them fall to pieces, and the pressure of the coyer slip molested them very much. The young are 2 or 3 mm long. On each side they have 4 short, blunt branchial filaments with very short pinnules, almost like small knobs, arising from the dorsal side of the stout, broad rhachis. The branchia? are neither twisted nor curved, but arranged as the four fingers of a hand. The collar is only slightly developed, form- ing a pair of small pointed lappets in the ventral midline; dorsally it is not yet developed at all. Ventrally a broad triangular shield covers the liases of the branchial fan. This is the coalesced bases of the two foliaceous palps. A white furrow in the midline indicates that this shield is formed by two halves. - The first chaetiger only carries bordered capillary bristles. In the other thoracic cha^tigers there are one or two bordered chaetse and as many spatulate bristles with long flexible tips and broad, short wines. It is very difficult, to state the presence of the thoracic hooks; in some specimens they seem to be absent, in others there are one or two, and the number of chaetiger in which they commence seems to be subject of variation. In a few specimens 1 have found one or two pickaxe bristles in the thoracic region. All the bristles are similar to those of the adult form, only their numbers are much smaller. I have never seen more than 1 hooks, 2 pickaxe bristles, and one or two bordered spatulate bristles; often there is only one of each kind present per segment. As far as could be seen there are 8 thoracic chffitigers. The excrement furrow is indistinct. -Brood protection is known in Sabellids, either in the tubes or in the branchial plume; the latter case holds good even of another species of Potamilla, viz. P. antarctica (Kinberg), and in 1937 Ditlevsen writes concerning the present species: "in some spec- imens the tubes were filled with embryos" (from the Davis Strait). The tubes are horny and in exposed parts covered with sand grains, Foraminifera etc, whereas the sheltered portions are trans- parent and free from any adhering articles; it is more delicate, yet tough, and rather resistant. Distribution: In the northern hemisphere mainly an arctic species. North America; West- and East- Greenland, the Finmark, Spitsbergen, Siberia, the Bering Sea; Greal Britain; and further more antarctic. In the present material the bathymetrical range is not especially wide (1096 m, "Ingolf" St. 2.")), but the species mav be found in the abyssal region. In West Greenland it has been dredged at 1880 m ("Godthaab" L928 St. 54). 186. Potamilla reniformis (0. Fr. Muller) 1771. (Chart 62). 1771 "Die nierenformigc Amphitrite" ( >. Fr. Muller, p. 194. 1856 Sabella aspersa Kreyer, p. 19. L856 Sabella oeulata Krover, p. 22. 1867 Potamilla reniformis Malmgren, p. III. 1883 Potamilla reniformis Levinsen, p. bs7 and •_' - 1908 Pseudopotamilla reniformis Moore, p. 359. 1914 Potamilla reniformis Ditlevsen, p. 729. 1927 Potamilla reniformis Johansson, p. 143. Occurrence: North of Iceland: 66 35' N. 23°47'W.; "Ingolf" St. 129; 3. 8. 1896; 220m; 6 spec. 66 33' X. 20 05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 127; 2. 8. 1896; 83 m: 2 spec. The branchia' are considerably shorter, the pinna' considerably longer and more delicate than in P. neglecta, whereas the number of branchial filaments is the same in the two species. Each filament ends in a short, naked tip, most of them curled like a screw. Four brown transversal bands across the branchiae. In most of the present specimens the ocular pigment has faded owing to the influence of alcohol. The palps arc short with a low membraneous web. The body tapers slightly posteriorly. The anus is surrounded by three papillae. The thoracal, bordered bristles are long with finely seriated edges of the wings, and the much shorter and stouter spatulate bristles have short, broad wings with a short, central tip. The abdominal bristles are geniculate, the wings are far from reaching the tip. The thoracal hooks are of two kinds: they may be 1 ' avicular uncini with short base and a crest of denticles, and 2° minute pickaxe bristles or as McTnto.su calls them, Hag-like brist- les with along, fine tip (McTntosh 1922, plate CXXVIII, fig. 2d). The uncini of the abdominal region are similar to those of the thorax. The tubes are straight and not rolled up into coils, as figured by McTntosh, (plate CXIX, figs. 11 and 11a). Distribution: Widely distributed from the arctic seas to the Mediterranean. Canada.. Greenland, Iceland, Finmark; Great Britain, France; the Mediterranean. 187. Dasychone infarcta Krover 1856. (Chart 62). 1856 Dasychone infarcta Kroyer, p. 21. 1861 Dasychone decora M. Sars, p. 124. 1865 Dasychone infarcta Malmgren, p. 403. 1867 Dasychone infarcta Malmgren, p. 115. 1883 Dasychone infarcta Levinsen, p. 189. 1898 Dasychone infarcta Michaelsen, p. 403. 1909 Dasychone infarcta Ditlevsen, p. 19. 1911 Dasychone infarcta Ditlevsen, p. 4"_".i. 1911 Dasychone infarcta Ditlevsen, p. 730. 1927 Branchiomma infarcta Johansson, p. 159. 1928 Dasychone infarcta. Augener, p. 803. 1934 Branchiomma infarcta E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 31. 1938 Dasychone infarcta Ditlevsen, p. 50. Occurrence: The Davis Strait: til M' N. 55 LO'W.; "Ingolf" St. 27; 1. 7. 1895; 740 m: 1 spec. — The Denmark Strait: 65 3S' X. 26°27'W.; "Ingolf" St. 98; 28.6. 1896; 260m; I spec. The two single specimens from the areas west and east of < freen- laml are typical, well preserved, and easily recognizeable by the paired, dorsal appendages of the branchial filaments, which are perfectly free of each other, and which end in naked, wmged tips. Distribution: North America. West and East- Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya; northern Norway; Iceland; mosl probably circumpolar in arctic waters. 8 58 POLYCH.-ETA Subfamily Fabriciinae Rioja. 188. Jasmineira schaudinni Augener 1912. (Chart 63). 1912 Jasmineira schaudinni Augener, p. 185. L918 Jasmineira schaudinni Augener, p. 802. Occurrence: North and north-east of Iceland: 67°40' N. i W.; "Ingolf" St. 124; 28. 7. 1896; 932 m; 15 spec. — 67°14' N. 8°48'W.; "Ingolf" St. Ill; 20.7.1896; 1619 m; 4 spec. - 66°23' X. 8 52'W.; "Ingolf" St. 103; 10. 7. 1896; 1090 m; oc spec. -66°23'N. 10°26'W.; "Ingojf" St. 102; 10.7.1896; 1412 m; 4 sj Between Iceland and the Faroes: 63°36' N. 7°30'W.; "Ingolf" St. 139; 10.8.1896; 1322 m; 10 spec. — Southern part of the Norwegian Sea: 62°58' N. 1°56' E.; "Michael Sars" St. 35; 27. 6. 1902; 1130 m; 3 spec. The average length of the specimens is about 80-90 mm, of which 30-40 mm make the branchial crown. The colour is yellowish- white without any pigmental spots or bands at all. A great number of the specimens, and even every one from St. 103, were found inside their tubes. In all essentials the present specimens agree with the description of Augener (1912, p. 185), but as the species does not seem to have been refound since it was established, and as Augener only had a single specimen at his disposal, I consider it justified to redescribe it here; in some points the present rich material amplifies Augener's description. The body is cylindrical, slightly flattened ventrally and nearly of the same width in its whole length, only the last segments (about 10) are slightly tapering towards the anal segment. The branchial crown consists of 30-40 very long branchiae spirally twisted, with a double row of barbules and a long filiform, naked tip. The branchiae are perfectly free of each other, not even the slightest trace of a palmar membrane is present. The whole branchial organ is often found to be separated from the body inside the tube, probably due to a stronger contraction of the branchiae than of the body under influence of the preserving fluid. The organ is also easily broken off when the tube is opened and the worm pulled out. The cephalic lobe is mushroom shaped, i. e. constricted proximally and dilated distally, and it is split into two by a deep fissure. Externally it is neatly striated longitudinally. From its edge rather long, twisted, smooth tentacles arise, more than 20; the number is difficult to ascertain, because the tentacles are often entangled between the bases of the branchiae and often partly removed together with them. At the dorsal side of the cephalic- lobe two subulate, solid processes arise, easily distinguishable both in shape and arrangement from the tentacles; they may be homologized with the antennae; furthermore between the bases of the two halves of the branchial crown there are two short, broad palps. The collar is rather high, especially dorsally, where it has a deep fissure; ventrally the fissure is only low. On the following fused segments two round otocysts are seen, and laterally to each of them there is an irregularly twisted organ, in some specimens of an orange colour, distinctly contrasting the yellowish white skin; they may certainly be identical with the branchial hearts, which Saint Joseph (1894, p. 316) describes in ./. elegans St. Joseph Augener does not seem to have observed them in his specimen. The thoracal region consists of 8 segments. There are no genuine ventral scutes, only white, not elevated plates, undivided in the thoracal region and double in the abdominal region, diminish- ing in size posteriorly, and disappearing in the last segments. The al groove runs to the end of the 8th segment, then cuts through the right edge and continues from the middle of the 9th segment on the ventral side to the end of the body. In all specimens examined by me the hindmost end of the body, as shown by Augener (1928, planch.- 11, fig. 12), has the anus lying a little" ventrally. In the thoracal region the first chaetiger has only a tuft of capillary bristles with very narrow wings; they are curved and ] minted, the wings broadest at the base of the convex side. The following 7 thoracal segments have similar capillary bristles in the dorsal tufts, but also a number of spatulate bristles with very broad and short, rapidly increasing and abruptly terminating wings, with a short, straight median process. In the same 7 thoracal segments the ventral tori have crochets with long, nearly straight shafts, slightly dilated below the shoulder, and slightly constricted at the neck. The main fang leaves at an obtuse angle, and it is crowned by a crest of numerous long, slender denticles. In the abdominal region the capillary bristles are similar to those in the thoracal region ; here the spatulate bristles are absent. The ventral crochets are much like those in the anterior part, but their shafts are considerably shorter. They form a transition between the rostriform and the avicular types. The tube is built of a more or less transparent whitish or yellowish, tough secretion, covered with fine grey clay-particles; in the longest tubes the hindmost part has no clay-coating. Distribution: Hitherto the species has only been found at Spitsbergen and only one specimen. There is a slight disagreement between Augener's two statements ; in hisoriginal description 1912 he says that it has been dredged at St. 40 (Collection Romer und Schaudinn); in his Spitsbergen Polychaetes 1928 he says St. 41. The two localities are, however close to each other, both north of Spitsbergen "an der Festeiskante." According to the finding- places recorded here the species seems to have a fairly wide dis- tribution in the arctic part of the Atlantic, and it was to be ex- pected that it would occur in the area where the "Ingolf" and the "Michael Sars" have secured it; in this area as well as in Spitsbergen. The species is an exclusively abyssal species. 189. Chone duneri Malmgren 1867. (Chart 63). 1867 Chone duneri Malmgren, p. 116. 1872 Chone longocirrata G. O. Sars, p. 415. 1883 Chone duneri Levinsen, p. 189. 1928 Chone duneri Augener, p. 807. 1934 Chone duneri E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 32. 1938 Chone duneri Ditlevsen, p. 52. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66°35' N. 56°38' W. ; "Ingolf" St. 32; 11.7. 1895; 599 m; 1 spec. — The ridge between Iceland and the Faroes: 63°35' N. 10°24'W.; "Ingolf" St. 3; 12.5.1895; 512 m; 1 spec. — 62°48' N. 9°48'W.; "Ingolf" St. 135; 10. 8. 1896; 508 m ; 1 spec. The three specimens are all typical and complete, easily re- cognizeable by the long naked, filiform tip of the branchiae and the obliquely cut collar. Distribution: Widely distributed in the Arctic. In West- Greenland waters from about 73° N. Long.; East-Greenland, West and North Norway; Spitsbergen; the Kara Sea; Iceland; Danish waters; lusitanian and Mediterranean areas. 190. Chone infundibuliformis Rroyer 1856. (Chart 63). 1856 Chone infundibuliformis Krover, p. 33. 1861 Chone kroyeri, M. Sars, p. 61. 1865 Chone infundibuliformis Malmgren, p. 404. 1867 Chone infundibuliformis Malmgren, p. 116. 1874 Chone infundibuliformis Moebius, p. 256. 1877 Chone infundibuliformis McTntosh, p. 508. P0LYCIL1TA 1879 Chone infundibuliformis Mc'Intosh, p. 133. 1883 Chone infundibuliformis Levinsen, p. 189. L889 Chone infundibuliformis Holm, p. L56. 1898 ('hone infundibuliformis Michaelsen, p. 130. 1902 Chime infundibuliformis Moore, p. 276. 1909 Chone infundibuliformis Ditlevsen, p. L9. 191] Chone infundibuliformis Ditlevsen, p. 429. 1911 Chone infundibuliformis Ditlevsen, p. 731. L916 Chone fauvelli Mc'Intosh, p. 36. 1923 Chone infundibuliformis Mc'Intosh, p. 290. 1928 Chone infundibuliformis Augener, p. 805. 19.31 Chone infundibuliformis E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 33. 1937 Chone infundibuliformis Ditlevsen, p. 52. Occurrence: West of Greenland : 66°35' N. 56°38'W.; In golf" St. 1; 11.7.1895; 599m; 2 spec. -Lille Hellefiskebanke, 14 miles W.S.W. of Rifkol; Bornemann; in. 7. 1912; 40 m; 1 spec. -64°01'N. 52°40'W.; Riis-Carstensen; 28. 7. 1926; 54 m; 1 spec. — 59°12'N. 51°05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 38; 30.7.1895; 3521m; 1 spec. — 55°26' X. 55°26'W.; Wandel; 1889; 450m; 1 spec. - The ridge between Iceland and the Faroes: 63 35' X. L0°24'W.; "Ingolf" St. 3: 12.5. 1895; 512 m; 1 spec. — 63°14' N. 9C46'W.; "Michael Sars" St. 99; 27. 28.8. 1902; about 150 m; 10 spec. East of the Faroes: 62°31' N. 5°14'W.; -Michael Sars" St. 43; 2. 7. 1902; 300 m; 1 spec. The species is easily recognizeable by the winged dilatation of the bases of the extremities of the branchiae; as in the preceding species the branchial filaments are united by a high palmar mem- brane, the branchial crown in both species forming a high funnel. 'Ida1 collar is less obliquely cut than in Ch. duneri. Distribution: The species was previously known from several localities in the waters west of Greenland, in coastal areas as well as in the open sea. It is most frequently found in rather shallow waters, therefore the "Ingolf" St. 38, 3521 ni is of special interest in this connection. In the arctic area it is most probably circumpolar; it is common round Spitsbergen, and furthermore found in Danish waters and in the lusitanian area,. 191. Euchone analis (Rreyer) L856. (Chart 63). 1856 Sabella analis Kroyer, p. 17. 1S65 Euchone analis Malmgren, p. 406. 1867 Euchone analis Malmgren, p. 111. 1877 Euchone analis Mc'Intosh, p. 508. 1879 Euchone analis Mc'Intosh, p. 133. 1883 Euchone analis Levinsen, p. 188. 1883 Euchone rubella Levinsen, p. 188. 1914 Euchone analis Ditlevsen, p. 730. 1920 Euchone analis Chamberlin, p. 27 B. 1928 Euchone analis Augener, p. sot. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66 55' X. 56°38'W.; "In- golf" St. 52; LI. 7.1895; 599m; I spec. 65 17' X. 55°05"W.; "Ingolf" Si. 55; is. 7. 1895; 662 m; 5 spec. 64 01' X. 52 10'W.; Riis-Carstensen; 21. 7. 1926; Is m; I Bpec. Jan Mayen : To 50' X. s 29'W.; "Ingolf" St. 115; 23. 7. L896; 162 m; I spec. In 05' X. 8°26'W.; "Ingolf" St. 116; 23.7.1896; 699m; 1 spec. The Danmark Strail : 65 I-".' X. 26 58'W.; -'111-011"' St. 16; 5. 6. I 171 m; 1 spec. -East of Iceland: 65°00' N. II L6'W.; "Ingolf" St. 59; 2o. 5. is'.iii; 584 m; 2 spec. The specimens are all intacl and typical. Distribution: In the collections examined by me the is found at several localities in coastal water at very shallow depths at the west coasl of Greenland from Thule Harbour in the north to Bredefjord in the south. The localities published here are all from greater depths and all inside its area of distribution. The species is an exclusively arctic' form with circumpolar distri- bution. Greenland, Spitsbergen, the Kara Sea, Novaya Zemlya, and the Bering Sea,. 192. Euchone papillosa M. Sars 1850. [Chart 63). papillosa, M. Sars. p. 83. uberculosa Krayer, p. 18. papillosa Malmgren, p. |07. tuberculosa Malmgren, p. 107. tuberculosa Malmgren, p. 223. papillosa Levinsen, p. L89. papillosa Michaelsen, p. 130. pa pillosa Ditlevsen, p. 19. papillosa Augener. p. 805. papillosa E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 52. papillosa Ditlevsen. p. 52. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 66°35' N. 56°38'W.; "In- golf" St. 32; 11.7.1895; 599m; 1 spec. 65 31' X. 54°31'W.; "Ingolf" St. 29; 5. 7. 1895; 128 m; 3 spec. -64 01' X. 52 10'W.; Riis-Carstensen; 28.7.1926; 67 in; :v spec. — The Danmark Strait: 61 34' X. 31 12'W.; "Ingolf" St. 11; 21.5. 1895; 2448m; 1 Spec. — 66°35' X. 23 IT'W.; "Ingolf" St. 129; 3. 8. 1896; 220m; 1 spec. This species may easily be distinguished from E. tin/ills by the ventral, abdominal scutes, which are divided by a, longitudinal as widl as by a transversal furrow so that each segment has four small, circular scutes; in /:'. analis the ventral scutes are only divided by a longitudinal furrow ; each segment has t herefore only two scutes. Distribution: The species is arctic-boreal: it is common in West- Greenland ; the present material contains numerous finds inside the Hredefjord-area ; in the open sea it has been dredged as far to the north as 71' X. Lit. ("Godthaab" 1928). - East ' of North America, East- Greenland; Finmark, Novaya Zemlya, Spitsbergen, the Kara Sea; Scandinavian and Danish Waters. 1 851 ) Euchone L856 Sabella t 1865 Euchone 1865 Euchone 1S67 Euchone 1883 Euchone 1898 Euchone 1909 Euchone L928 Euchone 1934 Euchone 1938 Euchone Family Serpulidae Burmeister. Subfamily Serpulinae Rioja. 193. Serpula vermicularis Linne 1767. (Chart 64). 1863 Serpula vermicularis Morch, p. 381. 1867 Serpula vermicularis Malmgren, p. 120. 1883 Serpula vermicularis Levinsen, p. 201. 1896 Serpula vermicularis Michaelsen, p. 186. 1911 Serpula vermicularis Ditlevsen, p. 130. 1912 Serpula vermicularis Wollebsek, p. 116. 1914 Serpula vermicularis Ditlevsen, p. 737. 1920 Serpula, vermicularis Chamberlin, p. 27 B. l'J2'.) Serpula vermicularis Ditlevsen, p. 52. Occurrence: West of Greenland : 67 57' X, i i 30'W.; "Ingolf" St.. 55; 12. 7. 1895; 66 m. South of Greenland: 58 01' N. H 15' W.; "Ingolf" St. 21 ; 21. 6. 1895; 2505 m. S. E. of belaud: 63°43' N I I 51' W.; "Ingolf" St. 6; 16. 5. 1895; 170 m. Some fragments of a few tubes from each of the three localities 8* 60 POLYCH.OTA wore secured. All of them are straight, free and solitary, of a light ir white colour and with the characteristic trumpet -like dilation round the anterior aperture and the circular lines of growth; ibes have longitudinal keels. Some of them have 2 or 3 prominent trumpet-like rings anteriorly, which come to existence by the way in which the tube prolongates, viz. from the inner base of the last trumpet. - Only one tube was inhabited. Distribution: The species is known both from W. and E. ( [reenland, but it is nowhere common in the Arctic; it has not been dredged at Spitsbergen or the seas north of Eurasia. It is widely distributed in the boreal and lusitanian areas: the Faroes, Scandi- navia, Great Britain, France; the Mediterranean. 194. Hydroides norvegica (Gunnerus) 1768. (Chart 64). 1863 Hydroides 1867 Hydroides 1883 Hydroides lit 11 Hydroides 11U2 Hydroides 1914 Hydroides 1929 Hvdroides norvegica norvegica norvegica norvegica norvegica norvegica norvegica Morch, p. 374. Malmgren, p. 120. Levinsen, p. 201. Ditlevsen, p. 431. Wollebfek, p. 115. Ditlevsen, p. 432. Ditlevsen, p. 53. Occurrence: West of Greenland : 64°54' N. 55°10' W.; "Ingolf" St. 27: 1. 7. 1895; 710 m. — The Denmark Strait: 65°24' N. 29°00' W.; "Ingolf St. 96; 28.6.1896; 1384 m — 65°11' N. 24°21'W.; "Thor" St. 273; 26. 8. 1904; 94 m — West of Iceland: 65°02'3 N. 23 56' W.; "Ingolf" St. 87; 23. 6. 1896; 207 m — S. E. of Iceland: 64°15'N. 14°22'W.; "Ingolf" St. 51; 15.5.1896; 128 m — N. E. of Iceland: 66°23' N. 7°25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 104; 11. 7. 1896; 1802 m — N. E. of the Shetlands: 61°14' N. 1°19' E.; "Thor" St. 120; 21. 7. 1905; 94 m. A number of coiled, cylindrical tubes, often entangled in masses consisting of several individuals, fastened to stones, shells etc. Some of them were inhabited, but the greater part were empty. The beautiful operculum consists of two tiers of which the lower one is a crenated cup from the centre of which the upper radiated cup arises with numerous horny spikes on its surface. The whole apparatus is attached to a long stalk. In none of the present spec- imens more than one operculum was found. Distribution: E. and W. Greenland; the Faroes, Scandinavia, Great Britain, France; the Mediterranean. As the preceding species this form is in no way an arctic form; it is only found sporadically in arctic waters, thus it is not reported from Spitsbergen or Eur- asia, but is widely spread in the boreal and lusitanian area. 195. Pomatoceros triqueter Linne 1761. (Chart 64). 1863 Pomatocerus triqueter Morch, p. 408. 1867 Pomatocerus triqueter Malmgren, p. 121. 1883 Pomatocerus triqueter Levinsen, p. 200. 1889 Pomatocerus triqueter Holm, p. 155. 1X96 Pomatocerus triqueter Michaelsen, p. 188. 1911 Pomatocerus triqueter Ditlevsen, p. 430. 1912 Pomatocerus triqueter Wollebsek, p. 114. 1914 Pomatocerus triqueter Ditlevsen, p. 732. 1929 Pomatocerus triqueter Ditlevsen, p. 53. Occurrence: South- west of Iceland: 63°21' N. 25°21'W.; "Ingolf" St. 85; 17.6. 1896; 520 m. Some few empty tubes fastened to a fragment of the shell of a bivalve. tri bution : West- and East- Greenland, Iceland, the Faroes, andinavia, Denmark, Great Britain, France; the Mediterranean. The occurrence of this Serpulid, otherwise widely distributed, is only sporadical in arctic regions. It is not known from Spitsbergen or the Arctic Ocean. In the Atlantic area of the northern hemisphere it is mainly boreal and lusitanian. 196. Placostegus tridentatus (I. C. Fabricius) 1789. (Chart 64). 1768 Serpula triquetra Gunnerus, p. 53. 1789 Serpula tridentatus I. C. Fabricius, p. 385. 1863 Placostegus tridentatus Morch, p. 414. 1867 Placostegus tridentatus Malmgren, p. 121. 1883 Placostegus tridentatus Levinsen, p. 201. 1912 Placostegus tridentatus Wollebsek, p. 117. 1928 Placostegus tridentatus Augener, p. 809. 1929 Placostegus tridentatus Ditlevsen, p. 53. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 65°17' N. 54°17'W.; "Ingolf" St. 34; 18.7.1895; 104 m; oo spec. — The Denmark Strait: 64°56' N. 36°19'W.; "Ingolf" St. 94; 26. 6. 1896; 584 m. — 65°14' N. 30°39'W.; "Ingolf" St. 95; 27.6.1896; 1416 m. — 64°18' N. 27°00' W.; "Ingolf" St. 9; 25. 5. 1895; 555 m. — 64°45' N. 27°20' W.; "Ingolf" St. 89; 24.6.1896; 584 m. — 65°43' N. 26°58'W.; "Ingolf" St, 16; 5.6.1895; 471 m. — 65°38' N. 26°27'W.; "In- golf" St. 98; 28.6.1896; 260 m. — 63°21' N. 25°21'W.; "Ingolf" St. 85; 17.6. 1896; 320 m. — Jan Mayen: 70°50' N. 8°29'W. ;" In- golf" St. 115; 23.7.1896; 1802m.— N. and W. of Iceland: 66°20' N. 25°12' W. ; Wandel; 1891 ; 70 m. — 65°02'3 N. 23°56'2 W. ; "Ingolf" St. 87; 23.6.1896; 2044 m — S. of Iceland: 62°06' N. 19°00'W.; "Ingolf" St. 64; 1. 6. 1896; 196 m. — 63°08' N. 15°40' W.; "Ingolf" St. 54; 18.5.1896; 1301 m. — N. E. of Iceland: 66°23'N. 7°25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 104; 11.7.1896; 1802 m. — The ridge between Iceland and the Faroes : 64°1 6' N. 11°15'W.; Wandel; 375 m. — 64°07' N. 11°41'W.; Wandel; 320 m. A rather comprehensive collection of this Serpulid is present from numerous localities, widely spread throughout the area under consideration. By far the greater part of the tubes are empty. They are solitary as well as entangled into masses, now and then apparently free, but most frequently attached to stones or shells. The tubes are very characteristic. They are very hard, of great density, vitreus or slightly transparent, with three large spikes at the aperture, one dorsal and two infero-Iateral. Along the medio- dorsal line a serrated keel is running. The distal end is often free, arising erectly from the substratum, whereas the adhering initial part is irregularly coiled. - The pedicle, which carries the oper- culum, is of a considerable thickness in the present specimens, much thicker than the branchial filaments. It gradually enlarges into the clavate operculum. Distribution: The present material shows a much wider range in the Arctic than hitherto presumed. Actually it has not previously been recorded from true arctic areas; only Augener (1925) has a single find from Spitsbergen and between Norway and the Bear Island. Otherwise the species was previously regarded as boreo-lusitanian. According to the finds published here it should, however, be incorporated among the polycha?tes, occuring in the Arctic. It does not seem to be common in the waters west of Greenland, but in the Danmark Strait and in the waters round Iceland it seems to be one of the most common Serpulids, and it penetrates as far northwards as to about 70° N. Lat. (south of Jan Mayen). In some localities it enters the deep-sea and is found far below the 1000 m line, but most frequently it seems to prefer depths of a few hundred metres. It is hitherto reported from Spitsbergen, Iceland, the Faroes, Scandinavia, Great Britain, France, and the Mediterranean. 197. Ditrupa arietina (O. Fr. Miiller) (Chart 65). 1776 Dentalium arietinum Miiller, p. 276. 1863 Ditrypa arietina Morch, p. 424. 1776. ]•( M. veil ETA 61 L863 Ditrypa cornea M0rch, p. 125. 1863 Ditrypa gadus Morch, p. 126. 1863 Ditrypa arcuta Morch, p. 426. 1867 Ditrypa arietina Malmgren, p. 122. 1883 Ditrupa arietina Levinsen, p. 201. 1912 Ditrupa arietina Wollebaek, p. 1 19. 1929 Ditrupa arietma. Ditlevsen, p. 54. Occurrence: West of Iceland: 63°56'N. 24 tO'W.; 'Insult'" St. 8; 19.5.1895; 256 m; oc spec. - S. and S. E. of Ireland: 63° 15' N. 20°04'W.; "Thor" St. 171; 16. 7. 1903; 216 326 m; cv; spec. — 64°43' N. 14°34'W.; "Ingolf" St. 6; 16.5.1895; 170 m; 5 spec. — E. of the Shetlands: 61°00' N. 2°53' E.; "Michael Sars"; 17. 7. 1902; 300 m; x spec. Numerous of the characteristic tubes, inhabited as well as empty, are present. Distribution: Like the preceding species the present one has hitherto been regarded as a mainly boreo-lusitanian form, and the present material practically confirms this view; none of the finding-places published here are true arctic localities. They are situated either south of the submarine ridge between Iceland and the Faroes or close to the southern boundary of the arctic area. The species is known neither from Spitsbergen nor from Eurasia. In the Atlantic Ocean in the northern hemisphere it is reported from Iceland, the Faroes, Denmark, Great Britain and France; furthermore from the Mediterranean. 198. Miroserpula inflate Dons 1930. (Chart 65, PI. X, fig. 19 1. 1930 Miroserpula inflata Dons, p. I. L933 Miroserpula inflata Dons, p. I. 1945 Miroserpula inflata Brattstrom, p. 1. Occurrence: Wesl ofGreenland: 63 57' N.52 H'W.: "Ingolf" St. 26; 26.6. 1895; 64 m; 2 spec. This small peculiar Serpulid was dredged by the "Ingolf" at Fyllas Banke. One of the tubes has two characteristic ovicells and is empty; the other is inhabited, but in this specimen the foremo I part with the ovicells has broken oil'. Both specimens are lie.-. In the collections of the museum there are several otter specimens from South-East Greenland, Franz Josef Fjord, Iceland and the Faroes, all published by Brattstrom (1945). Distribution: Miroserpula was originally described from northern Norway, by Dons who presumed thai the species might be arctic, a presumption which was supported by the finds in Franz Josef Fjord (Thorson 1936). Later on, however, Brattstrom (1945) found it in the Sound, where it is rather common on dead shells, finds which prove, that the species may also thrive in boreal waters. Hitherto the Sound, the Kattegal and the Skagerrak and some localities in the Bergen and Stavanger areas are the only boreal localities of the species. In the Arctic it is widely distribut- ed; besides from the already mentioned localities it is more or less common round Spitsbergen, at Murmansk, and Novaya Zemlya. Subfamily Filograninae Riqja. 199. Filograna implexa Berkeley 1S27. 1 1 'hart 65). 1863 Filigrana implexa Morch, p. 364. 1867 Filograna implexa Malmgren, p. 119. 1883 Filograna implexa Levinsen, p. 200. 1896 Filograna implexa Michaelsen, p. 184. 1912 Filograna implexa Wollebsek, p. 111. 1928 Filograna implexa Augener, p. 813. 1929 Filograna implexa Ditlevsen, p. 54. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 64°54' N. 55°10'W.; "In- golf" St. 27; 1. 7. 1895; 44(1 m. — W. of Iceland : 65 '38' N. 26°27' W.; "Ingolf" St. 98; 28.6.1896; 260 m. — 66°20' N. 25°12'W. ; Wandel; 19, 9. 1891. —63 56' X. 24 40'W.; "Ingolf" St. 8; 19. 5. 1895; 256 m. — 65:,02'3 N. 23 56'2 W. ; "Ingolf" St. 87; 23. 6. 1896; 207 m. — N. of Iceland: 67°19' N. 15°52'W.; "Ingolf" St. 126; 29.7. 1896; 552 m. — 66°33' N. 20°05'W.; "Ingolf" St. 127; 2.8. 1896; 83 m. — South of Iceland: 63°50'N. 16 31' W.; "Thor" St. 14; 16. 7. 1904; 59 m. — 63°43' N. 14°34'W.; "Ingolf" St. 6; 16. 5. 1895; 170 m. — E. of Iceland: 64°27' N. 13°27'W.; "Michael Sars" St. 91; 23.8.1902; 160 m. — 63°11' N. 11°25'W.; "Dana" St. 6001; 24. 7. 1938; 327 m. — N. E. of the Faroes : 62°44' N.6°06'W.; "Dana" St. 5840; 14. 5. 1938; 330 m. From the fairly numerous localities, widely spread throughout the North Atlantic, only proportionally small colonies are present; Both empty and inhabited colonies were found. All of them are free, or they have loosened from their substratum either when secured or during the sorting. Distribution: The species is widely distributed in the Arctic, yet not an arctic form; its main distribution in the Atlantic region of the northern hemisphere is in the boreal and lusitanian areas. In the Arctic it is known from E. and W. Greenland, arctic Norway and Spitsbergen; furthermore it, has been found off Iceland, in abundance round the Faroes and the British Islands; Denmark, France; the Mediterranean. In the regions here considered its vertical range only seems to be snia.ll, mostly inside the 500 m line. 200. Protula tubularia (Montagu) 1803. (Chart 66). 1803 Serpula tubularia Montagu, p. 513. 1853 Protula media Stimpson, p. 30. 1863 Protula media Morch, p. 357. 1863 Protula tubularia Morch, p. 359. 1883 Protula media Levinsen, p. 205. 1914 Protula media Ditlevsen, p. 732. 192S Protula tubularia Augener, p. 811. 1934 Protula tubularia E. Wesenberg-Lund, p. 33. Occurrence: East of Iceland: 66 00' N. 11°41'W.; "Thor" St. 52; 21. 5. 1903; 280 m; 5 spec. It is with some hesitation that I refer son nipty tubes to this species. The tubes are white, calcareous, free, evidently fragmentary; the best preserved ones have a longitudinal cresl in the anterior part; the posterior part is smooth. Distribution: Here and there in the Arctic, between Norway and Spitsbergen; sporadically off West- and East- Greenland; its main distribution is in the lusitanian area: Great Britain, the Channel, France; the Mediterranean. 201. Protula arctica \n (Chart 66) Hansen 1879. 1864 Protula borealis M.Sars? (sine descr.). 1867 Protula borealis Malmgren, p. 119. 1879 Protula arctica Ann. Hansen, p. 13. 1883 Protula arctica Levinsen, p. 205. Occurrence: Wesl ofGreenland: 61 50' N 56°21'W.; "In- golf" St. 36; 28. 7. 1895; 2402m; 2 spec. The Danmark Strait: 65 38' N. 26°27'W.; "Ingolf" St. 98; 28. 6. 1896; 260 m; 3 spec. Between Jan Mayen and Iceland: 68°27' N. 8°20'W.; "Ingolf" St. 118; 24. 7. 1896; 1996 m; 3 spec. 67°53' N. 10 19'W.; "In 62 rol.YCHATA t. 119; 25.7. 1896; 1902 m; 5 spec. — N. E. of Iceland: 7 25'W.; "Ingolf" St. 104; 11. 7. 1896; 1802 m; 10 spec. .is inhabited tubes are present, all of them white, calcareous, free of any substratum, but they may be entangled into small colonies. The anterior cud is straight, the posterior irregularly coiled. The reason why these specimens are here referred to P. arctica Arm. Hans, is the structure of the hooks, which agree with the descriptions in older literature. The hooks have only 6 teeth, arranged in one row; the inferior tooth is more than twice as long as the rest. In P. tubular ia there are several rows of very small teeth. Distribution: Previously known from Norway and Iceland. The present material involves a rather wide horizontal distribution in the arctic Atlantic, where it seems to be an abyssal form. 202. Apomatus globifer Theel 1879. (Chart G6). 1879 A | > .itus globifer Theel, p. 66. 1883 Apomatus globifer Levinsen, p. 200. 191 2 Apomatus globifer Wollebaek, p. 112. 1914 Apomatus globifer Ditlevsen, p. 733. 1928 Apomatus globifer Augener, p. 810. Occurrence: The Danmark Strait: 65°38' N. 27°05'W.; 'in- golf St. 16; 5.6.1895; 471m; 20 spec. — 65°38' N. 26°27'W.; "Ingolf" St. 98; 28. 6. 1896; 260 m; 3 spec. — 64°18' N. 27°00'W.; "Ingolf" St. 9; 20.5.1895; 555 m; 5 spec. — W. of Iceland: 63°56' N. 24°40'W.; "Ingolf" St. 8; 19. 5. 1895; 256 m; 10 spec. - S. of Iceland: 62°06' N. 19°00'W.; "Ingolf" St. 64; 1.6.1896; 1960 m; 4 spec. — E. of Iceland: 64°07' N. 11°12'W.; "Ingolf" St. 4; 13. 5. 1895; 446 m; 3 spec. Empty and inhabited tubes present; free as well as fixed to stones and shells; several annular ridges of growth. The aperture is circular and smooth, the tube slightly sinuous; in some of the specimens the posterior part is irregularly coiled. They taper slightly towards the posterior end. In many of the samples the tubes form small colonies because they are touching or crossing each other. The branchiae, 7 filaments on each side, are rather short and thick with short pinnules: one of them on the right side carries the globular, transparent and thin-walled operculum. Distribution: Widely distributed in the Arctic in shallow waters as well as in the deep-sea; it does not seem, however, to be abundant anywhere. - Spitsbergen, Norway, Finmark; between Spitsbergen and Bear Island. The "Danmark" Expedition has taken it at several localities in East- Greenland between 77° and 76° N. Lat. In the present material all specimens date from rather low waters (some few hundred metres) ; only from "Ingolf" St. 64, south of Iceland 4 specimens were dredged at about 2000 m. - Outside the Arctic the species is known from Great Britain, France, and the Mediterranean. Subfamily Spirorbina? Chambeiiin. 203. Spirorbis spirillum (Linne) 1761. (Chart 67). 1761 Serpula spirorbis Linne, p. 535. 1780 Serpula spirillum O. Fabricius, p. 376. 1780 Serpula porrecta O. Fabricius, p. 378. 1803 Spirorbis lucida Montagu, p. 407. 1863 Spirorbis spirillum Morch, p. 438. 1863 Spirorbis lucidus Morch, p. 439. 1867 Spirorbis spirillum Malmgren, p. 12.3. 1877 Spirorbis spirillum McTntosh, p. 509. 1883 Spirorbis spirillum Levinsen, p. 204. 1896 Spirorbis spirillum Michaelsen, p. 192. 1898 Spirorbis spirillum Michaelsen, p. 301. 1902 Spirorbis spirillum Moore, p. 277. 1909 Spirorbis spirillum Ditlevsen, p. 22. 1911 Spirorbis spirillum Ditlevsen, p- 430. 1914 Spirorbis spirillum Ditlevsen, p. 736. L916 Spirorbis spirillum Borg, p. 20. 1920 Circeis spirillum Chamberlin, p. 28 B. 1928 Spirorbis spirillum Augener, p. 814. 1929 Spirorbis spirillum Ditlevsen, p. 56. Occurrence: West of Greenland : Store Hellefiskebanke; Holm; lo. 7. 1886; 55 m; oo spec. — West of Iceland: 64°49' N. 23°59' W. ; "Thor" St. 21; 22.I.-1901; 68 m. — 65°02'3 N. 23°56'2W.; "In- golf' St. 87; 23.6.1896; 207 m. — 64°05' N. 22°40'W.; "Thor" St. 278; 29. S. 1904; 40 m. — 64°16' N. 22°14'W.; "Thor" St. 164; 1. 7. 1901; 37 m. — North of Iceland: 66 28' N. 15°48W.; "Thor" St. 35; 27. 4. 1901 ; 68 m. — South of Iceland: 63°21' N. 17°15'W.; kvtteren"; 10. 7. 190o; 115 m. rube dextral, small, vitreous, occasionally quite translucent; the last coil or part of it often raised from the substratum, which the szreater pari is Fucus and Laminaria. By far the most common pecies of Spirorbis inside the area, often present in great quantities on the algae. Distribution: Common in the arctic area, where it is reported from the east coast of North America, West- and East- Greenland, Iceland, arctic Norway, Spitsbergen, the Kara Sea, Franz Josef Land; in boreal and lusitanian areas from the Faroes, Great Britain, France, Denmark, and Scandinavia. 204. Spirorbis cancellatus (0. Fabricius) 1780. (Chart 67). 1780 Serpula granulata 0. Fabricius, p. 380 (non Linne). 1780 Serpula cancellata O. Fabricius, p. 383. 1863 Spirorbis cancellatus Morch, p. 440. 1867 Spirorbis cancellatus Malmgren, p. 123. 1883 Spirorbis cancellatus Levinsen, p. 205. 1889 Spirorbis cancellatus Holm, p. 159. 1914 Spirorbis cancellatus Ditlevsen, p. 736. Occurrence: Westof Greenland : Store Hellefiskebanke; Holm 36 m; 2 spec. — 66°50' N. 54°28' W.; "Ingolf" St. 30; 10.7. 1895 41 m; 5 spec. — 63°54' N. 52°41' W.; "Ingolf" St. 26; 25. 6. 1895 64 m; 3 spec. — East- Greenland: Angmagsalik; "Ingolf" St. vac. 1896; 1 spec. Tube dextral, vitreous, and easily recognized from other species of the genus by a row of circular foramina beneath the inferior, longitudinal keel. The species is the largest of the present species of Spirorbis. The tubes are fixed to stones and shells. Distribution: East coast of North America, West- and East- Greenland; Iceland; Scandinavia. 205. Spirorbis verruca (O. Fabricius) m.s. (Chart 67). 1780 Serpula glomerata O. Fabricius, p. 381. 1863 Spirorbis verruca Morch, p. 431. 1867 Spirorbis verruca Malmgren, p. 122. 1877 Spirorbis verruca McTntosh, p. 509. POLYCH.'ETA 63 1883 Spirorbis verruca Levinsen, p. 203. 1902 Spirorbis verruca Moore, p. 277. 1909 Spirorbis verruca Ditlevsen, p. 22. 1911 Spirorbis verruca Ditlevsen, p. 431. 1914 Spirorbis verruca Ditlevsen, p. 734. 192S Spimrbis verruca Augener, p. 816. Occurrence: West of Greenland: 67°57' N. 55°30'W.; "In- golf" St. 33; 12.7.1895; 66 m; 3 spec. — 66°50' N. 54°28'W.; "Ingolf" St. 30; 10.7. 1895; II m; oc spec — S.W. of Iceland: 63°21'N. 25°21'W.; "Ingolf" St. 85; 17.6. 1896; 320m; 3 spec. Tube sinistral, opaque white, rather large, fixed to shell frag- ments. Distribution: Widely spread in the Arctic, but evidently not common anywhere, West- and East- Greenland; Spitsbergen, Siberia, and the Bering Sea. 206. Spirorbis spirorbis (Linne) 1758. (Chart Ii7). 1758 Serpula spirorbis Linne, p. 7S7. 1800 Spirorbis borealis Daudin, p. 38. 1863 Spirorbis borealis Morch, p. 429. 1867 Spirorbis borealis Malmgren, p. 122. 1877 Spirorbis borealis Mc'Intosh, p. 509. 1883 Spirorbis borealis Levinsen, p. 203. 1889 Spirorbis borealis Holm, p. 156. 1898 Spirorbis borealis Michaelsen, p. 131. 1911 Spirorbis borealis Ditlevsen, p. 431. 1911 Spirorbis borealis Ditlevsen, p. 731. 1916 Spirorbis borealis Borg, p. 22. 1920 Spirorbis spirorbis Chamberlin, p. 28 B. 1928 Spirorbis spirorbis Augener, p. 815. Occurrence: Jan Mayen: 70°50' N. 8°29'W.; "Ingolf" St. 115; 23. 7. 1896; 1(12 m. - S.W. of Iceland: 63°30' N. 23 I I'W.; "Trior" St. 188; 12.7.1904; 80m. — The ridge between Iceland and the Faroes: 62' 30' N. 821' W. ; "Ingolf" St. 1; 11.5. 1895; 219 m. Tube sinistral, opaque white with a deep umbilicus on the free surface. The last coil is considerably broader than the others and may thus cover them more or- less completely. The present tubes are fixed to sea weed. Distribution: West and Easl Greenland, Iceland, Spitsbi Scandinavia, Denmark; Great Britain and the Mediterranean. \- the species seems to prefer- all kinds of sea-weed as a substratum, it is most frequently found in low waters, in tide pools, and in rocky ami stony bottom. 207. Spirorbis granulatus (Linne) 1767. (Oharl to 1767 Serpula granulata Linne, p. 1266. 1803 Serpula. carinata Montagu, p. 502. 1863 Spirorbis carinatus March, p. 131. 1863 Spirorbis granulatus Morch, p. 434. 1863 Spirorbis quadrangularis Morch, p. 135. 1867 Spirorbis fabricii Malmgren, p. 123. 1867 Spirorbis granulatus Malmgren, p. 123. 1883 Spirorbis affinis Levinsen, p. 203. 1883 Spirorbis carinatus Levinsen, p. 204. 1883 Spirorbis granulatus Levinsen, p. 210. 1887 Spirorbis granulatus Levinsen, p. 204. 1896 Spirorbis granulatus Michacl.>en, p. I(.i2. 1902 Spirorbis granulatus Moore, p. 276. 1914 Spirorbis granulatus Ditlevsen, p. 7.'! I. 1914 Spirorbis affinis Ditlevsen, p. 735. 1911 Spirorbis carinatus Ditlevsen, p. 735. 1916 Spirorbis granulatus Borg, p. 28. 1928 Spirorbis granulatus Augener, p. 815. 1929 Spirorbis granulatus Ditlevsen, p. 57. Occurrence: South of Jan Mayen: 69 13' X. 8 23' W.; 'In- golf" St. 117: 24.7. 1896; 1889m; 10 spec. South of Iceland: 63 27' N. 19°37'W.; "Thor" St. 176; 18. 7. 1903; 65 m; 10 spec. Tube sinistral with three more or less distinct, longitudinal keels. As seen from the long list of synonyms, this species has been difficult to describe and identify. Distribution: Very widely distributed in the Antic; North America, West- Greenland, where it even penetrates into the fjords; East- Greenland; Jan Mayen, arctic Norway, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land; Novaya Zemlya, the Kara Sea; Great Britain, the Faroes, Scandinavia, Denmark; France. General Remarks. Our knowledge of the ecology of the polychaetes is only slight, and the collections treated here cannot add anything of real importance in this respect. The age and the state of preservation of the material do not allow any conclusions to be drawn as to diet, propagation, brood-protection etc. As regards the dependance of the polychaetes on the character of the bottom a little more can be stated, but as far as 1 can see no new facts are actually revealed. We know something of the requirements of the different species in this respect e. g. which species are bound to soft bottoms, which belong to the epifauna, and which to stony and sandy bottoms etc. cf. Table II. It is not easv to give a general account of the distribution of the polychaetes, because we are here dealing with a group of animals, which comprises a very great number of more or less cosmopolitan species. Many polychaetes are able to adapt them selves to highly different conditions, a fact which is attributable to their faculty of different ways of reproduction, now asexually, now sexually; now they are oviparous, now viviparous; sometimes they have pelagic larva', sometimes brood protection, and some times direct development; it may even happen thai under variable conditions, at different seasons etc., the same species may propagate in different ways. No wonder that animals so extraordinarily apt to changes in the external conditions are able to disperse very widely horizontally as well as vertically. Nevertheless, the pri collection, comprising a fairly large number of species, tills a gap in our knowledge of the distribution of the polychaetes in the North Atlantic. Firstly I shall give a few introductary remarks as regards the area, under consideration. - The littoral area stretches from the shore unto 300 lOO m below the sea surface, which is the general international acceptance. On open sea coasts the upper part tin- littoral zone, viz. the region between low and high-water marks, is termed the tidal zone. Generally the hauls of the "Ingolf" lie beyond the littoral area, mostly in the abyssal region, and especially on what is called the "coast bank region", about the I! r hue. Theoretically the deep sea area investigated is divided into two regions by the o isotherm, which follows the Wy\ die Thomson Ridge passing north of the Faroes and east and north of Iceland, crossing the Danmark Strait from X. E. to S.W. and turning 64 POLYCHJETA round Capo Farewell, and finally following the west coast of Greenland fairly close to the shore. North of this isotherm is the arctic region, and south of it the boreal region. Practically the lotherm actually divides the North Atlantic into two bio- geographical areas; we find among polychsetes as well as among other animal groups, many species which, either from the north or from the south, move up to the ridge, which separates the Norwegian Sea from the depths of the Atlantic Ocean, without crossing it. At the same time it should, however, be noted that a fairly huge number of the species belonging to the boreal fauna are found rather far northwards in the Davis Strait, especially south of the ridge across the latter in about 66° N. Lat. The reason is that the southern basin in the West- Greenland waters forms a boundary of the boreal region. Generally these species occur in the open sea and especially on the large off-shore banks, Store and Lille Hellefiskebanke and Fyllas Banke, and not in the coastal waters, and still more seldom inside the fjords. This is due to the special hydrographical conditions in the Davis Strait. A branch of the cold East- Greenland current enters the Davis Strait, turning round Cape Farewell, penetrates northwards at some distance from the coast and thus directly forming the 0° isotherm. Furthermore, the coastal waters are mixed up with cold water from the numerous glaciers and therefore the West- Greenland littoral zone is to be regarded as an arctic area, whereas the central part of the Davis Strait is boreal. - In correspondance herewith - yet vice-versa - the Norwegian littoral fauna is of an entirely boreal character, due to the Gulf Stream, which, after crossing the southern part of the Norwegian Sea, runs northwards along the Norwegian coast, and off Lofoten sending an offshoot northwards along the west coast of Spitsbergen. Together with the western Scottish waters and the northern part of the North Sea the Norwegian coast belongs to the boreal area, whereas the central parts of the area are of arctic character. It is, however, quite natural, that boundary areas, from a faunistic point of view, are "mixed areas"; under some conditions they form a broad belt, under others a narrow stretch between the two areas; a sharp limit can never be expected. On the West- Greenland banks and in the North Iceland coastal waters arctic and boreal elements occur in almost equal proportions, and these parts of the boreal area have therefore been termed boreo-arctic. - Likewise we find an extensive intermixture of lusitanian and even Mediterranean species in the fauna of the areas between the Faroes, the Scottish islands and along the western coast of Scotland. These areas together with the Irish Sea, the Channel and the southern part of the North Sea form a subarea, which has therefore been termed the boreo-lusitanian region. A study of the distribution of the polychsetes, as well as of other animal groups, will show the justification of this classification, and these few hydrographical remarks are set forth in order to facilitate the study of the tables. We find species wdiich are common of the northern basins and the coasts of Great Britain and Ireland and even of more southern parts of the lusitanian area; this indicates that the routes of migration to and from the arctic region follow the coasts of Great Britain, the western slope of the Wyville-Thomson ridge via the Hebrides, the Shetlands, and the Faroes, evading the deep parts of the boreal area south and south east of Iceland. Now let us make a comparison of the polychaete-fauna in the different areas covered by the explorations of the "Ingolf", leaving out the West- Greenland waters because a special treatment of the polychaetes of West- Greenland is in the press. By means of the charts and the tables we find that : I. The following species are only found in the two northern deep-sea basins (4 and 5 in textfigure 1). The figures in front of each species refer to the number of the species in Table 1 ami to the chart where it is marked respectively: 13 — 6 Harmothoe longisetis (Grube). 11 7 H. badia Theel. 15 — 7 H. sarsi Kinb. 23 — 9 H. aspera Hans. 24 — 9 H. capitulifera Ditl. 28 — 11 Macellicephala violacea (Levins). 30 — 11 Melsenis loveni Mlmgr. 37 — 13 Anaitis wahlbergi Mlmgr. 42 — 14 Eulalia bileneata Johnst. 59 — 19 Hesiosyllis enigmatica E. W.-L. 62 — 21 Syllis cornuta Rathke. 63 — 22 S. fasciata Mlmgr. 70 — 24 Autolytus prismaticus (0. Fabr.). 83 — 28 Nephthys paradoxa Malm. 84 — 28 N. malmgreni Theel. 100 — 36 Lumbriconereis minuta Theel. Ill — 41 Prionospio cirrifera Wiren. 115 — 42 Aricidea suecica Eliason. 116 — 42 Spiocruetopterus tyoicus M. Sars. 118 — 43 Chsetozone setosa Mlmgr. 122 — 44 Diplocirrus hirsutus Hansen. 123 — 45 Brada villosa (Rathke). 127 — 46 Eumenia crassa Orsted. 139 — 49 Notoproctus oculatus var. minor Arwids. 143 — 50 Nicomache quadrispinata Arwids. 145 — 51 Leiochone polaris Theel. 157 — 55 Ampharete acutifrons (Grube). 166 — 56 Amage auricula Malmgr. 181 — 61 Polycirrus albicans (Mlmgr.). 182 — 60 Tricb.obranch.us glacialis Mlmgr. 187 — 62 Dasychone infarcta (Krover). 188 — 63 Jasmineira schaudinni Aug. 189 — 63 Chone duneri Mlmgr. 193 — 64 Serpula vermicularis L. 200 — 66 Protula tubularia (Mont). Furthermore we see that: II. The following species are only found in the deep-sea south of Iceland and the Wyville-Thomson ridge (area 3 in textfigure 1). 1 1 Aphrodite aculeata (L.). 2 _ 1 Lsetmonice filicornis Kinb. 3- - 2 Malmgrenia castanea Mc'Int. 5- - 2 Gattyana amondseni (Mlmgr.). 8- - 3 Harmothoe asperrima (M. Sars 11 - - 6 H. antilopis Mc'Int. 12- - 6 H. fraser-thomsoni Mc'Int. 18- - 8 H. acanella (Verrill). 19- - 8 H. oculinarum (Storm). 20- - 8 H. ingolfiana Ditl. 22- - 9 H. violacea (Storm). 27- -10 Lagisca hubrechti (Mc'Int.). 29- -11 Admetella longepedata Mc'Int. 31- -11 Bathynoe nodulosus Ditl. 32- -12 Leanira tretragona Orst. 33- -12 L. hystricis Ehl. 34- -12 Stlionelais jeffreysi Mc'Int. 41- -14 Eulalia viridis (O. Fr. Mull.). 43- -14 E. tripunctata Mc'Int. 48- -16 Euphrosyne borealis Orst. 49- -16 E. armadillo M. Sars. 56- -18 Castalia britanica Chamberl. 58- -18 Hesionella problematica E.W.- 72- -24 Autolytus verrilli Marenz. 77- -26 Nephthys coeca (O. Fabr.). 80 - -27 N. longosetosa Orst. 81- -27 N. incisa Mlmgr. 82- -27 N. incisa var. bilobata Heinen. 85- -29 Ephesia gracilis Rathke. 90- -31 Glycerella arctica n. sp. I'UI.VCII.KTA 65 91 — 31 Goniada maculata 0rst. 92 — 31 G. norvegica (list. 94 — 32 Eunice noridana (Pourt.). 96 — 33 Onuphis quadricuspis G. 0. Sara. 101 — 37 Lumbriconereis Iatreilli And. & Edw. 105 — 39 Nainereis quadricuspida (0. Fabr.). 114 — 42 Paraonis gracilis (Tauber). 117 —43 Cirratulus cirratus 0. Fr. Mull. 120 -44 Flabelligera affinis M. Sars. 121 — 44 Stylarioides plumosa (0. Fr. Midi.). 125 — 46 Scalibregma inilatum Rathke. 129 — 47 Ophelia limaeina Rathke. 130 — 47 Ammotrypane aulogaster Rathke. 131 — 47 A. cylindricaudatus Hansen. 134 —48 Capitella capitata (0. Fabr.). 136 — 49 Lumbriclymene nasuta E.W.-L. 137 — 49 L. constricta E.W.-L. 147 — 51 Maldanella davisi E.W.-L. 158 — 55 Ampharete finmarchica (M. Sars). 164 — 56 Samythella neglecta Wollebsek. 172 — 58 Lanice conchylega (Pal!.). 174 — 59 Pista oristata (0. Fr. Mull.). 175 — 59 P. maculata (Dalyell). 184 — 62 Sabella penicillus L. 195 — 64 Pomatocerus triqueter L. 197 — 65 Ditrupa arietina (0. Fr. Mull.). 205 — 67 Spirorbis verruca (0. Fabr.). We also see that : III. The following species are common to the two areas: 4 — 2 Gattyana cirrosa (Pall.), 6—3 Harmothoe globifera (G. 0. Sars). 7—4 H. nodosa (M. Sars). 9 — 5 H. imbricata (L.). 10 — 3 H. impar (Johnst.). 25 — 9 H. villosa (Mlmgr.). 26 — 10 Lagisca extenuata ((Indie). 35 — 12 Pholoe minuta (0. Fabr.). 38 — 13 Phyllodoce groenlandica (list. 45 — 15 Eteone longa (0. Fabr.). 46 — 15 E. flava (0. Fabr.). 51 — 17 Spinther citrinus (Stimps.). 57 — 18 Kefersteinia cirrata (Keferst.). 61 — 20 Syllis armillaris (0. Fr. Mull.). 76 — 25 Nereis zonata Mlmgr. 79 — 26 Nephthys ciliata 0. Fr. Mull. 87 — 29 Sphserodorum minutum (Webst. & Hen.). 89 — 30 Glycera capitata 0rst. 93 — 32 Eunice pennata (0. Fr. Mull.). 95 — 33 Onuphis conchylega M. Sars. 97—34 Hyalinoecia tubicola (0. Fr. Midi.). 98 — 35 Lumbriconereis fragilis (0. Fr. Midi.). 99 — 36 L. impatiens Clap. 104 — 38 Scoloplos armiger (0. Fr. Mull.). 107—40 Laonice cirrata (M. Sars). 124 — 45 Brada granulata Mlmgr. 132 — 47 Travisia forbesi Johnst. 133 — 48 Notomastus latericius M. Sars. 135 — 49 Praxillura longissima Arwids. 140 — 49 Notoproctus oculatus var. arctica Arwids. 142 — 50 Nieomache lumbricalis (O.Fabr.). 146 — 51 Leiochone borealis Arwids. 149 -52 Praxillella prsetermissa (Mlmgr.). 151—53 Maldane sarsi Mlmgr. 152 — 53 Asychis biceps (M. Sars). 153 — 54 Owenia fusiformis Chiaje. 151 -54 Myriochele heeri Mlmgr. 155 — 51 Sternaspis scutata (Ranz.). 161 -56 Amphicteis gunneri (M. Sars). 167—57 Melinna cristata (M. Sars). 169 -58 Amphitrite cirrata (0. Fr. Mull.). 173 — 59 Nicolea venustula (Mont). 179 -60 Thelepus cincinnatus (0. Fain-.). 183 01 Terebellides staami M. Sars. 185 1,2 Potamilla neglecta M. Sars. 186 62 P. reniformis (0. Fr. Mull.). 190 -63 ('hone infundibuliformis Kr0yer. 191 -63 Euchone analis (Krayer). 192 -63 E. papillosa M. Sars. 191 -64 Hydroides norvegica (Gunn.). 196 64 Placostegus tridentatus (0. Fabr.). 199 — 66 Filograna implexa Berkeley. 201 -(ill I'rorula arctica Hans. 2(12 -66 Apomatus globifer Theel. 2(13 —67 Spirorbis spirillum (L.). 206 -67 S. spirorbis (L.). 207 — 67 S. granulatus L. The species in these three lists, which are marked with an asterisk, are all found on the Wyville-Thomson ridge, and this fact reveals 1° that in list I, which contains species only found in the two northern basins, the marked species penetrate as far southwards as to the ridge, but do not surpass it; on the other hand, 2° that the marked species in list II, which contains the polychietes from the southern basins, are stopped by the ridge in their progress northwards. Moreover it is to I xpected that especially many species of the polvcluetes found in the northern as well as in the southern basins would occur on the ridge and 3° this will be seen from the list ill. A fairly small number of species in the presi nt collections are found only on the Wyville-Thomson ridge proper, viz.: IV 50 Euphrosvne armadillo M. Sars. 52 Spinther miniaceus Grube. 60 Haplosyllis spongicola Grube. 64 Eusyllis blomstrandi Mlmgr. 66 Exogone verrugera (Clap.). 88 Sphserodorum claparedi Greeff. 108 Spio filicornis (0. Fr. Mull). 109 Polydora cojea (Orst.). 110 Prionospio steenstrupi Mlmgr. 112 Disoma multisetosum Orsted. 113 Poechilochajtus serpens Allen. 119 Cossura Iongocirrata Webst. & Ben. 138 Lumbriclymene minor Arwids. 160 Sabellides borealis M. Sars. 177 Lesena abranchiata Mlmgr. I8d Polycirrus medusse Grube. 198 Miroserpula inflata Dons. As typical examples of s| ies extending northwards to the frontier of the arctic area the. following may be enumera 1. Aphrodite aculeata (L.). 2. Laetmonice filiformis Kinb. 11. Harmothoe antilopis Me Int. 27. Lagisca hubrechti (Mc'Int.). 81. Nephthys coeca (0. Fabr.). 96. Onuphis quaudricuspis G. 0. Sars. 97. Hyalinoecia tubicola (0. Fr. Mull.). 101. Lumbriconereis Iatreilli And. & Edw. 172. Lanice conchylega (Pall.). I'.t.'i. Pomatocerus triqueter L. 197. Ditrupa arietina ((>. Fr. Mull.). 66 POLYCHiETA In contrast with these the following species may be regarded as typical antic extending southwards to the frontier of the boreal area. 63. Syllis fasciata Mlmgr. 70. Autolytus prismaticus (0. Fabr.). 72. A. verrilli Marenz. 76. Nereis zonata Mlmgr. 131. Ammotrypane cylindricaudatus Hansen. 1 12. Nicomache lumbricalis (0. Fabr.). 1 13. N. quadrispinata Arwids. 1 I"). Leiochone polaris Theel. 176. Pista flexuosa (Grube). 177. Leaena abranchiata Mlmgr. 1 88. .Tasmineira schaudinni Aug. 191. Euchone analis (Kroyer). During the study of the tables and lists it should be borne in mind that the present collections cannot by far give a true and complete picture of the polychaete fauna of the North Atlantic. The extension of the area is too enormous, and the number of hauls and dredgings too scanty to do so. Many of the finds in the cold area must be due to pure chance and form parallels to other single finds of typical warm water forms in northern seas (e. g. Haplosyllis spongicola), and, on the other hand, the absence of species, which we may be entitled to expect in the area, may like- wise be due to chance. Especially where very small species are concerned, e. g. Arieidea siiecica, Paraonis gracilis, Cossura longo- cirrata, etc. a broad margin of chance for catching them should be allowed and no general conclusions can be drawn from such isolated finds. The study of the bathymetrical distribution of the North Atlantic polychsetes still leaves much to be elucidated. A great number of the polychsetes are inhabitants of the littoral zone, and among them a number of species even enters the tidal zone. A comparison between the littoral and the abyssal polychaete fauna will not be made here, because the littoral faunas of both East-Greenland and Iceland, and partly West-Greenland too, are still untreated, but we shall certainly find a considerable decrease in number of species as well as of specimens per haul proportional to increasing depths, such as it is the case of many other animal groups attached to the sea-bottom or belonging to the epifauna. Table II will show that the greater part of the species belong to the area between the 300 and the 2000 m line ; only a very few species are to be met with in very great depths. It is note- worthy that it is especially in the great depths that species new to science or new to the area are fouud e. g. Harmothoe bathydomus Ditl. Bathynoe nodulosus Ditl. Notoproctus scut i ferns E.W.-L. Melin- nides roslrata n. sp. Admetella langipedata McTnt. Ammotrypane eylindricaudatus Hans, and Amphictcis sundevalli Mlmgr. Finally, it may be mentioned that Table II gives information of the bottom-temperature and the character of the bottom at the different "Ingolf" stations. The greatest number of hauls were made in areas with positive temperatures, and where the bottom consists of mud, ooze or clay, in other words in soft bottom. Table II shows e. g. that the following species are most frequently or exclusively found where the bottom-temperature is negative: Harmothoe badia, Macellicephala violacea, Eleone flava, Laonice ci r rata, Eumenia crassa, Myriochele heeri, Jasmineira schaudinni etc. Furthermore, the table elucidates which species prefer muddy, clayey or hard bottoms, and which thrive in all kinds of bottom. As an example of a species which is not particular at all as regards this point Onuphis conchylega may be mentioned, whereas e. g. Harmothoe badia and many- Maldanids are only found in soft bottoms. I'OI.YCH^TA (17 Tabic I. Distribution of the polychsetes treated in this paper in the different subareas of the North Atlantic and adjacent watei The number in front of each species refers to the number of the species in the synopsis. . E ^j Oj o 4> 71 c3 o u — 5 — -; O « C c a- CO — t3 -a ce s - « a; •— ' if 03 DC (3 5 eg Ti DO C ^ ti -' u V- O =. 03 o o == O 03 = o tr _; OJ fe ■-— C - a f _ o .5 = ti — i 03 03 o w ~_£ 03 O * o '3 03 0) r% o3 rt - - - 03 :. - O . '- £ffi DC — ^ w •£ DC A -_^ K DC - £ DC S.S. — 1. Aphrodite aculeata 2. Lstmonice filicornis . . . . 3. Malmgrenia castanea 4. Gattyana cirrosa 5. G. amondseni (i. Harmothoe globifera. . . . 7. II. nodosa 8. II. asperrima 9. II. imbricata 10. II. impar 1 1. II. antilopis 12. II. fraser-thompsoni 13. H. longisetis 14. H. badia 15. II. sarsi 16. II. mollis 17. II. bathydoraus 18. II. acanella 19. H. oculinarum 20. II. ingolfiana 22. II. violacea 23. H. aspera 24. H. capitulifera 2"). II. villosa 26. Lagisca extenuata 27. L. hubrechti 28. Macellicephala violacea. 29. Admetella longipes 30. Mela'nis loveni 31. Bathynoe nodulosus . . . . 32. Leanira tetragona 33. L. hystricus .'14. Sthenelais jeffreysi 35. Pholoe rainuta 37. Anaitis wahlbergi 38. Phyllodoce groenl 39. I'll, mucosa in. Notophyllum foliosum . . 41. Eulalia viridis 42. E. bileneata 43. E. tripunctata 44. Mystides occidentalis . . . 45. Eteone longa 46. E. fiava . . 47. Otopsis longipes 48. Euphrosyne borealis. . . . 49. E. cirrata 50. E. armadillo 51. Spinther citrimis 52. Sp. miniaceus oii. Castalia britanica 57. Kefersteinia cirrata 58. Hesionella problematica 59. Hesiosyllis enigmatica . . i!ii. Haplosyllis spongicola . . 61. Syllis armillaris 62. S. cornuta 63. S. fasciata 64. Eusyllis blomstrandi . - - 65. Spli;crosyllis latipalpis . . 66. Exogone verrugera H7. E. hebes 69. Autolytus prolifer 7d. A. prismaticus 71. A. groenlandicus 72. A. verrilli 73. Leptonereis glauca 1 X X X X X X X 1 X X X X X X X 2 X X 2 X X x ; < x : < X X X X X X 2 X X X X X . 3 X X X > < X 4 X X x : < x ; < X X ' X X 3 X X X 5 X X - < X ) < X X X X 3 X < X ) < X X X X X 6 X X X 6 X X X X 6 X X x ; < X X X X 7 X X ■ < X X X 7 X X ■ < X X X 7 X X X X 8 X X X 8 X X X X X 8 X X X 8 X X 9 X X X 9 . < .. > < X X X X 9 X < .. ) < X 9 X X x : < X ) < X X in X X x ; < X X X X X X X 10 X X X X X X n X X X X ii X X ii X X ■ < X X ii X X 12 X X X X X 12 X X X 12 X X X X X 12 X X X ) < X > < X X X X X 13 ) < .. ) < X X X X X 13 K X X ) < X > < X X X X X X 13 X X X 14 X X X 14 < X X X X X X X X X 14 X > C X X X 14 X < X X X X 15 < X X > C X > C X X X 15 < X X > ( X X X X X X X X 16 ; < X X > < X X X X X X X 16 X X X 16 X X X 17 . X X X X X X 17 X X X X IS X X X IS X X X 18 X X 19 X X 19 X ■ X 20 X X > C X > X ■ X X 21 : ' ■ c .. > : x X X X ■ X 22 ; < X X > > : x X X lit l!l 19 19 < X X X X X X X X ■ ■ X X X X 23 > < X • X X X X 24 ; < X ■ X X 23 X X X 24 ) ■ X X . X X 25 _ X X < ■ .w I'OI.YCHjETA ution of the polychaetes treated in this paper in the different subareas of the North Atlantic and adjacent waters. The number in front of each species refers to the number of the species in the synopsis. o a , cS - - bfl +- C eS c3 73 C c3 a o O 0 SZ br -3 03 C 0. 09 o p„a j^ =3 CO C3 w a- w en 0 s " SI) c 0 O 09 wffi i# £ W JS COM ■a c e c S si bl: T. — -I- x Zco !3 O 09 -= c3 fa Oj c c +J , , CS c« J= rt «* p- O 0 a, C O _ _D ad 0 09 -fcs S3 CD ■~ "5W X) 0 £ O g° rt * O O . a- 0 'Z r/j £2; ^ " 2 71. 7i;. 77. 71). 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. s.n 89. 90. 91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 98. 99. 300. 101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106. 107. 108. 109 110. 111. 112. 113. 114. 115. 116. 117 11, s. mi 1211 121 122 123 124. 125 12*1 127 L28 129 130. 131 132 133 134 13i; 137. 138. 139. 140. 141. 1 leratocephala borealis Nereis zonata Nephl In s circa X. ciliata N. longosetosa X. incisa X. incisa var. bilobata N. paradoxa X. malmgreni Ephesia gracilis I-;. peripatus Sphajrodorum minutum Sp. claparedi 1 rlycera capitata Glycerella arctica Goniada maculata G. norvegica Eunice pennata Eunice floridana Onuphis conchylega 0. quadricuspis Hyalinoecia tubicola Lumbriconeieis fragilis L. impatiens L. minuta L. latreilli Drilonereis filum Staurocephalus rudolphi Scoloplos armiger Nainereis quadricupidsa Aricia kupfferi Laonice cirrata Spio iilicornis Polydora coeca Prionnspiu steenstnippi P. cirrifera Disoma multisetosum Poechilochastus serpens Paraonis gracilis Aricidea suecica Spiochsetopterus typicus Cirratulus cirratus Chffitozone setosa Cossura longocirrata Flabelligera af finis Stylarioides plumosa Diplocirrus hirsutus Brada villosa B. granulata Scalibregma inflatum Pseudoscalibregma lnngisetnsus. Eumenia crassa Lipobranchius Jeffreys] 1 Iphelia limacina Ammotrypane aulogaster A. cylindricaudatus" Travisia forbesi Notomastus latericius Capitella capitata Pi ' sillura longissima Lumbriclymene Dasuta L. constricta L. minor Notoproctus ocul. var. minor . X. ocul. var. arctica 'I MS Nicomache lumbricalis 2o 25 26 26 27 27 27 28 28 29 29 29 29 30 31 31 31 32 32 33 33 34 35 36 36 37 37 37 38 39 39 40 40 41 41 41 42 42 42 42 42 43 43 43 44 44 44 45 45 46 46 40 46 47 47 47 47 48 48 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 50 X X X •: X X X X ■ < X X • X X X • X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X x x x x X X ■ X X X ■ X X X ■ X X X X ■ X ■ ■ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X ■ X X X X X X ■ X ■ < X X X X X X X ■ ■ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X - X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X ■ X X X X X X X X X X • X X ■ 1 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X rOLYC'H.*.TA 69 Table 1. Distribution of the polychaetes treated in this paper in the different subareas of the North Atlantic ami adjacent wati i The number in front of each species refers to the number of tin- species in the synopsis. JSK e3 t« rt T~. O 71 z u — B E B O' a; % '^ i & -, W TZ — n ~ - s v. O — - - ti M 'Z ;- m » tr rt -/. o - B D = — — - - CJ <- 3J r c .So fc ^ — — T3 93 -: t*-i 3 - c . OJ Zk y. £ - -= 2 2 143. N. quadrispinata 144. N. sp 145. Leiochone polaris 146. L. borealis 147. Maldanella davisi 148. Praxillella gracilis 149. P. prsetermissa 150. Axiothella catenata 151. Maldane sarsi 152. Asychis biceps 153. Owenia fusiformis 154. Myriochele heeri 155. Sternaspis scutata 156. Cistenides hyperborea 157. Ampharete acutifrons 158. A. finmarchica 159. A. goesi 160. Sabellides borealis 161. Amphicteis gunneri 162. A. sundevalli 163. Lysippe labiata 164. Samythella neglecta 165. Glyphanostomum palescens 166. Amage auricula 167. Melinna cristata 168. Melinnides rostrata 169. Amphitrite cirrata 170. A. affinis 171. A. groenlaiidica 172. Lanice conchylega 173. Nicola venustula 1 74. Pista cristata 175. P. maculata 176. P. flexuosa 177. Leaena abranchiata 178. Bafnnia multisetosa 179. Thelepus cincinnatus 180. Polycirrus medusa 181. P. albicans 182. Trichobranchius glacialis... 183. Terebellides stremi 184. Sabella penicillus 185. Potamilla neglecta 186. P. reniformis 187. Dasychone infarcta 188. Jasmineira schaudinni 189. Chone duneri 190. Ch. infundibuliformis 191. Euchone analis 192. E. papillosa 193. Serpula vermicularis 194. Hydroides norvegica 195. Pomatocerus triqueter 196. Placostegus tridentatus 197. Ditrupa arietina 198. Miroserpula inflata 199. Filograna implexa 200. Protula tubularia 201. Pr. arctica 202. Apomatus globifer 203. Spirorbis spirillum - / X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X ' < X X X X X X X X X X ■ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X ■ X X ■ X X • . X X X X To FOLYCHjETA Table II. North Atlantic polychaetes, systematically listed. The figure in front of each species indicates the number of the ies in the synopsis; the figures in the table indicate the number of finds; e. g. Harmothoe globijcra: 5 finds in localities with posi- tive and 2 with negative bottom temperatures; of these 7 finds 6 finds in oozy and 1 on hard bottom; moreover 3 of them in depths of 300-1000 m, 2 in 1000-2000 m and one beyond 3000 m. Temperature of the bottom Character of the bottom a o o £1 -a a co Depth B a B o o o © o o o o w 1J 1. Aphrodite aculeata 2. Ltetmonice filicornis . . . . :i. Malmgrenia castanea . . . I. Gattyana cirrosa 6. Harmothoe globifera . . . 7. H. nodosa 8. II. asperrima 9. H. imbricata 10. II. impar 11. H. antilopis 14. 11. badia 16. H. mollis 17. II. bathydomus 18. II. acanella 20. H. ingolfiana 2 \. II. capitulifera 25. H. villosa ■2f>. Lagisca extenuata 28. Maeellicephala violacea . 29. Admetella longipes 31. Bathynoe nodulosus. . . . 34. Sthenelais Jeffreys! 35. Pholoe minuta MS. Phvllodori' L'lni'nlanilica 43. Eulalia tripunctata 44. Mystides occidentalis . . . 4lj. Eteone flava 47. Otopsis longipes 48. Euphrosyne borealis.... 49. E. cirrata 50. E. armadillo 51. Spinther citrinus 52. S. miniaceus 56. Castalia britanica 57. Kefersteinia cirrata . . . . 68. Ilesionella problematica 59. Hesiosyllis enigraatica . . 61. Syllis armillaris 62. S. cornuta 03. S. fasciata 64. Eusyllis blomstrandi . . . 69. Autolytus prolifer 73. Leptonereis glauca 7 ). Ceratonereis borealis . . . 75. Nereis pelagica 76. N. zonata 77. Nephthys eoeca 79. X. cifiata 80. N. longosetosa 81. N. incisa 83. N. paradoxa 84. N. malmgreni 85. Ephesia gracilis 86. E. peripatus 87. Sphaerodorum minutum. 88. S. claparedi 89. Glycera capitata 90. Glycerella arctica 91. Goniada maculata 92. G. aorvegica 93. Eunice pennata 94. E. Horidana 95. Onuphis conchylega .... quadricuspis 97. Hyalinoecia tubicola . . . 17 1 4 5 5 2 4 1 2 1 1 1 11 1 2 2 5 1 1 1 o 1 3 1 1 5 4 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 6 1 1 3 1 20 3 21 1 9 10 6 in 3 1 1 5 2 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1'OI.VCHjETA 71 Table II. North Atlantic polychaetes, systematically listed. The figure in front of each species indicates the number of the species in the synopsis; the figures in the table indicate the number of finds; e. g. Harmothoe globijera: 5 finds in localities with | tive and 2 with negative bottom temperatures; of these 7 finds 6 finds in oozy and 1 on hard bottom; morevoer 3 of them in depth of 300— 1000 m, 2 in 1000 2000 m and one beyond 3000 m. Temperature of the bottom Character of the bottom >. a rt ~' tl >> T3 & eg OS 95 3 Depth a ~ o o c o o c M " -' 98. Lumbriconereis fragilis !>!t. L. impatiens 100. L. minuta 101. L. latreilli 102. Drilonereis filum 104. Scoloplos armiger lo.'i. Nainereis quadricuspida 106. Aricia kupfferi 1 07. Laonice cirrata 109. Polydora coeca 111. Prionospio cirrifera 1 13. Poechilochstus serpens 1 14. Paraonis gracilis 1 15. Aricidea suecica 110. Spiochaetopterus typicus 1 17. Cirratulus cirratus 118. Chsetozone setosa 1 19. Cossura longocirrata 120. Flabelligera aftinis 121. Stylarioides plumosa r_'L'. Diplocirrus hirsutus 123. Brada villosa 124. B. granulata 125. Scalibregma infiata 126. Pseudoscalibregma longisetis . 127. Eumenia crassa 129. Ophelia limacina 130. Ammotrypane aulogaster .... 131. A. cylindricaudatus 1 '.VI. Travisia forbesi 133. Notomastus latericeus 131. Capitella capitata 135. Praxillura longissima 13(1. Lumbiielymene nasuta 137. L. constricta 139. Notoproctus ocul. var. minor 140. N. ocul. var. arctica 141. N. scutiferus 142. Nicomache lumbricalis 143. N. quadrispinata 144. X. sp 145. Leiochone polaris 146. L. borealis 147. Maldanella davisi Its. Praxillella gracilis 149. P. praetermissa 150. Axiothella catenata 151. Maldane sarsi 152. Asychis biceps 153. Owenia fusiformis 154. Myriochele heeri 155. Sternaspis scutata 156. Cistenides hyperborea 157. Ampharete acutifrons 160. Sabellides borealis 161. Amphictcis gunneri 162. A. sundevalli 163. Lysippe labia ta 164. Samythella neglecta 165. Glyphanostomum palescens .. 166. Amage auricula 107. Melinna cristata 168. Melinnides rostrata 169. Amphitrite cirrata 170. A. aflinis 9 8 o 6 5 1 1 5 4 2 7 5 9 1 1 1 1 •> 2 2 2 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 o 1 3 1 5 3 3 5 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 •> ■ i 1 1 1 1 6 L (j 1 3 3 1 1 •) 3 1 2 3 3 1 3 3 1 1 o 1 1 4 1 4 2 2 3 3 4 1 2 2 o 3 2 1 1 3 3 1 o 1 .> 2 <> 4 3 1 3 2 5 1 1 • > ■) 8 1 ts 1 3 o 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 4 1 8 1 7 2 1 1 1 1 10 5 1 1 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 5 3 6 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 3 2 3 o 8 7 1 5 2 3 1 1 2 6 2 2 1 2 6 4 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 7 3 2 3 1 ■2 1 3 1 1 1 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 ■) 1 1 1 3 5 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 s 1 6 ! ■) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 72 POLYCH.ETA 'able II. North Atlantic polychaetes, systematically listed. The figure in front of each species indicates the number of the ■ synopsis; the figures in the table indicate the number of finds; e. g. Harmothoe globijera: 5 finds in localities with posi- and 2 with negative bottom temperatures; of these 7 finds 6 finds in oozy and 1 on hard bottom; moreover 3 of them in depths of 300—1000 m, 2 in 1000—2000 m and one beyond 3000 m. Temperature of the bottom Character of the bottom Depth a a o o IN CO O o o o o rH ST Q Bottom temperature 3 +^ o Spree 65 2051 3°0 M T Aphrodite aculeata, Lastmonice filicornis, Bathyi nodulosa, Eulalia tripunctata, En pennata, Onuphis conchylega. 67 1836 3 ii M T Lagisca extenuata, Harmothoe acanella, H. ingotfiana, Castalia britanica, Leichone borealis, Pista maculata. 68 tr.sT 34 M T Harmothoe acanella, Otopsis longipes, Leiochone borealis. 69 1109 3°9 M T Harmothoe acanella, Thelepus cincinnatus. 72 371 (i 7 Lagisca extenuata, Thelepus cincinnatus. 74 1309 4°2 M T Laetmonice filicornis. 76 1518 41 M T Laetmonice filicornis. 78 1505 4°5 M + F T Laetmonice filicornis, Euphrosyne cirrata. 80 1761 4°0 (i li Maldanella davisi. SI 913 6°1 T Laetmonice filicornis, Harmothoe acanella, Onuphis conchylega. 83 1717 3°5 T Laetmonice filicornis, Eunice pennata, (liiuphis conchylega. 84 L192 4°8 T Onuphis conchj lega. 85 320 li Nephthys incisa, Goniada maculata, Eunice pennata, Onuphis conchylega, Maldane sarsi, Pista cristata, Pomatocerus triqueter, Placostegus tridentatus, Spirorbis verruca. 86 143 •• •• 1) Harmothoe castanea, H. antilopis, H. impar, Onuphis conchylega. 87 2117 1) Nephthys ciliata, Eunice pennata, Onuphis conchylega, Lumbriconereis impatiens, Melinna cristata, Sabella penicillum, Potamilla neglecta, Hydroides norvegica, Placostegus tridentatus, Filograna implexa, Spirorbis spirillum. 89 584 8 4 T Laetmonice filicornis, Euphrosyne borealis, Placostegus tridentatus. 90 1070 4 4 (i T Laetmonice filicornis. 9-2 1838 1°4 T Eunice pennata. 94 384 4°1 S T Gattyana cirrosa, Euphrosyne cirrata, Potamilla neglecta, Placostegus tridentatus. 95 14H", 2°1 T Harmothoe globifera, Stylarioides plumosa, Placostegus tridentatus. 96 1384 1'2 T Ammotrypane aulogaster, Hydroides norvegica. 97 817 5°5 M+S+F T Laetmonice filicornis, Onuphis conchylega. 98 260 5 :i I) Harmothoe nodosa, Glycera capttata, Eunice pennata, Onuphis conchylega, Dasyehone infarcta, Placostegus tridentatus, Filograna implexa, Protula arctica, Apomatus globifer. 131 1314 4° 7 Sphasrodorum minutum. 76 POLYCttffiTA of polych»tes dredged at each of the ,,Ingolf" stations, where polychaetes have been secured, together with statements of depth, bottom temperature, character of bottom and gear used. iloculina clay; C: clay: F: Foraminifera shells; G : Globigerina clay; Gr: Gravel; M: mud; R:rock; Srsand; Sjishells; D:dredge; Sw ; swab; T: trawl. Area 4 East-Greenland Sea. Station Depth in m Bottom temperature C° Bottom 3 Species i:> 621 ;- n 75 T Harmothoe nodosa, Onuphis conchylega, Potamilla neglecta. 100 111 n 4 Kefersteinia cirrata, Disoma multisetosum. 101 1011 n 7 M T Sphserodorum claparcdei, Nicomache quadrispinata, Leiochone borealis, Maldane sarsi, Amage auricola. 102 1412 - 0°9 M T Lumbriconereis latreilli, Laonice cirrata, Spiochastopterus typicus, Notomastus latericius, Myriochele heeri, Terebellides strnmi, Jasmineira schaudinni. 103 in: 10 ii 6 M + C T Harmothoe asperrima, Macellicephala violacea, Nepthya malmgreni, Onuphis conchylega, Lumbriconereis minuta, Laonice cirrata, Eumenia crassa, Myriochele heeri, Polyeirrus albicans, Jasmineira schaudinni. L04 1802 11 M T Harmothoe badia, Nephthys malmgreni, Hyalinoecia tubicola, Lumbriconereis impatiens, Spiochsetopterus typicus, Myriochele heeri, Thelepus cincinnatus, Hydroides norvegica, Placostegus tridentatus, Protula arctica. 105 1435 - 0°8 M T Harmothoe badia. 106 842 -0°G C T Lea?na abranchiata, Potamilla neglecta. 100 72 1°5 Disoma multisetosum. 110 1471 -0°8 B T Harmothoe badia. 111 1619 - -0°9 M T Harmothoe badia, Jasmineira schaudinni. 113 2465 - 1°0 B T Ammotrypane cylindricaudatus, Myriochele heeri. 115 102 Ul M D Pholoe minuta, Syllis cornuta, Onuphis conchylega, Lumbriconereis fragilis, L. impatiens, Ammotrynane cylindricaudatus, Owenia fusiformis, Ampharete acutifrons, Amphicteis gunneri, Melinna cristata, Terebellides stromi, Euchone analis, Placostegus tridentatus, Spirorbis spirorbis. 116 699 0°4 B '1' Harmothoe globifera. 11. badia. Macellicephala violacea, Onuphis conchylega, Aricidea suecica, Nicolea venustula, Polyeirrus albicans, Euchone analis. 117 1889 - 1°0 B T llarmotliou badia, Myriochele heeri, Amphicteis gunneri, Spirorbis granulata. lis 1996 - 1°0 B T Harmothoe badia, Myriochele heeri, Protula arctica. 119 1902 - 1°0 B T Harmothoe badia, Spiochsetopterus typicus, Myriochele heeri, Protula arctica. 120 1660 -i°o B T Harmothoe badia. Chaetozone setosa, Eumenia crassa. Notomastus latericius, M_vriochele heeri. 123 273 2 1 1 Thelepus cincinnatus. 124 932 -0°6 M + F T Scoloplos armiger, Prionospio cinifera, Notoproctus aculatus var. minor, Amage auricula, Jasmineira schaudinni. 126 552 -0°5 M+C T Nephthys paradoxa, Onuphis conchylega, Lumbriconereis fragilis, Stylarioides plumosus, Brada granulata, Nicomache quadrispinata, Maldane sarsi, Asychis biceps, Myriochele heeri, Amphicteis gunneri, Thelepus cincinnatus, Filograna implexa. 127 B3 S 1) Harmothoe imbricata, Euphrosyne borealis, Glycera capitata, Eunice pennata, Onuphis conchylega, Amphitrite cirrata, Potamilla reniformis, Filograna implexa. 128 ii 6 M T Onuphis conchylega, Lumbriconereis fragilis, L. minuta, Laonice cirrata, Diplocirrus hirsutus, Pseudoscalibregma longisetis, Nicomache quadrispinata, Nicomache lumbricalis, Asychis biceps, Melinna cristata, Terebellides stromi. 129 220 ., 5 s? T Sternaspis scutata, Thelepus cincinnatus, Potamilla neglecta, Euchone papillosa. rol.YCII.KTA 77 Table III. List of polychastes dredged at each of the „Ingolf" stations, where polychaetes Lave been secured, together with statements of depth, bottom temperature, character of bottom and gear used. B : Biloculina clay ; C : clay ; F : Foraminifera shells ; G; Globigerina clay; Gr: gravel; M: mud; R:rock; S:sand; S,: hells; D:dredge; Sw: swab; T: trawl. Area 6: The rid«;e between Iceland and the Faroe o O ^3 a: a q Bottom temperature a o o pq Species 1 249 7 2 S + S, T Spinther miniaceus, Spirorbis spirorbis. 2 493 .", 3 C ) Gr T Gattyana cirrosa, Lumbriconereis minuta. 3 512 0 5 (' '1' Lumbriconereis fragilis, Amphicteis gunned, Potamilla neglecta, Chonc duneri, G. infundi- buliformis. 4 446 2 .J C + S, T Onuphis conchylega, Lumbriconereis fragilis, Chietozone setosa, Diplocirrus hirsutus, Scali- bregma inflatum, Notomastus latericeus, Maldane sarsi, Asychis biceps, Samythella neglecta, Terebellides stremi, Potamilla neglecta, Apomatus globifer. 51 128 7 32 T Syliis arm'llaris, Onuphis conchylega, Hydroides norvegica. 57 659 3°4 T Lumbriconereis latreilli. 58 397 0°8 M I) Lumbriconereis fragilis, Asyclus biceps, Melinna cristata, Terebellides stremi. 59 584 -f-0°l M T Harmothoe globifera, Hesiosyllis enigmatica, Syliis cornuta, Onuphis conchylega, Potamilla neglecta, Euchone analis. 60 234 II 9 ( Inuphis conchylega. 61 104 0 4 ( Inuphis conchylega. 135 508 0°4 Chone duneri. L36 482 4°8 Ammotrypane cyhndricaudat us. 138 887 -■r 0°6 M T Eteone flava, Aricidea suecica, Paraonis gracilis, Cossura longocirrata, Diplocirrus hirsutus, Maldane sersi, Amphicteis gunneri, Pista maculata, Lesna abranchiata. 139 1322 ; n i; M T Sphaarodorum minutum, Notomastus latericius, Praxillura longissima, Terebellides stniini, Polycirrus albicans, Jasmineira schaudini. 14ii 1469 ;- ii 9 M T Harmothoe badia, Lumbriconereis impatiens, Poechitochajtus serpens. 141 1279 : 0 6 M T Eumenia crassa, Myriochele heeri. 143 731 '1 1 S? T onuphis conchylega, Potamilla neglecta. 144 520 1°6 T Euphrosyne armadillo. 78 P0LYCIL3CTA List of literature. 1898 1906 I '.hi; 1912 1902 1834 1906 1912 1913 1921 1928 1914 1827 I SM| 1897 1916 L945 1898 1909 1920 1 868 1853 I suu 1841 1909 191] 1-.il! 1917 L929 Allen, E, J.: The anatomy of Poechilochaetus Claparede. 1937 Quarterly Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. Vol.48. Arwidsson, I. : Studien fiber die Familien Glyceridse und 1930 Goniadidae. Bergens .Museums Aarbog, No. XI. Studien fiber die skandinavischen und arktischen Malda- 1933 niden. Dissert. Zool. Jahrb. Vol. 25. Abt. f. Syst. - Invertebres du Fond. Polychetes. Due d'Orleans Crois. 1874 Oceanogr. - BeitrSge zur Kenutniss der Unterfamilie Maldaninee. 1887 Zool. Jahrb. Suppl. Vol. XV. Ashworth, I. H. : The anatomy of Scalibregma inflatum 1912 Ratlike. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sei. (n. s.). Vol. 45. Audouin & M. -Edwards: Recherches pour servir a l'kistoire naturelle de la France. Vol. II. Paris. Augener, H.: Westindische Polychaeten. Bull. Mus. Comp. 1837 Zool. Vol. XLIII. - BeitrSge zur Kenntniss verscbiedener Anneliden und 1914 Bemerkungen iiber die nordischen Nephthys-Arten und deren epitoken Formen. Arch. f. Naturges. 78. Jahrg. Abt. 9. 1920 - Polychseten von Franz Joseph Land. Zool. Jahrb. Vol.41. - Die Polychseten von Spitzbergen. Vorlaufige Mitteilung. Zool. Anz. Vol. 53. 1779 - Die Polychseten von .Spitzbergen. Fauna arctica. Vol. 5. 1780 Bergstrom, E. : Zur Systematik der Polychsetenfamilie der 1799 Phyllodocidse. Zool. Bidr. fran Uppsala. Vol. 3. Berkeley: Descriptions of the animal inhabitants of two 1909 British Serpulee. Zool. Journ. Vol. 3. Bidenkap, O.: Systematisk Oversigt over Norges Annulata Polychaeta. Chr:a Vidensk. Selsk. Forh. No. 10. 1911 Birula, A. : Recherches sur la biologie et zoogeographie des mers russes II Hydrozoaires, Polychetes etc. Ann. Mus. 1913 Zool. Acad. Sc. Petersbourg Tome II (in Russian). Borg, F. : Uber die Sjnrorbissaten Schwedens nebst einem 1914 Versuch zu einer neuen Einteilung der Gattung Spirorbis. Zool. Bidr. fran Uppsala. Bd. 5. Brattstrom, H. : On the distribution and ecology of Miro- 1916 serpuh inflate Dons. Ark. f. Zool. Bd. 36 A. No. 16. Caullery, M. & Mesnil, F. : Etudes de morphologic externe cbez les Annelides. Bull. Scient. de France et de la 1 923 Belgique. Vol. 31. 1927 Cerruti, A.: Contributo all'anatomia, biologia e sistematica 1932 della Paraonidae (Levinsenidse) con particolare riguardo alle specie del golfo di Napoli. Mitt, Zool. Stat. Neapel. 1936 Vol. 19. Chamberlin, R. : Polychaeta. Rep. of the Canadian Arctic 1938 Exped. 1913-18." Vol. 9. -1870 Claparede, E.: Annelides Chetopodes du golfe de 1866 Naples. Mem. Soc. Phys. de Geneve. Vol. 19 and Vol. 20 supplem. 1870. ibid. vol. 20. 1840 Dalyell, J. : The powers of the Creator II. London. Daudin, F. M.: Recueil de memoires et de notes sur les 1846 Mollusques et les Vers. Paris. Delle Chiaje: Descrizione e notomia degli animali inverte- 1851 brati della "Sicilia citerio osservati vive negli anni 1822- 1833. 5 vols. 137 planches. Naples. 1871 Ditlevsen, Hj. : Annulata Polychaeta. Rep. of the second Norwegian Arctic Exped. in the "Fram" 1898 1902 No. 15. 1768 Annelids from the Danmark Expedition. Medd. om Uronland XLV. 1930 Polychaete Annelider. Conspectus Faunse Groenlandiea'. Medd. om Grenland XXIII. Annelids I. The Danish Ingolf-Expedition. Vol. IV, No. 4. 1914 - Polychaeta. Zool. of the Faroes No. 16. - Polychaeta. The Godthaab Expedition 1928. Medd. om Gronland XXC, No. 4. Dons, C. : Zoologiske Notiser. IX. Miroserpula inflata nov. gen. n. sp. Det kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Forh. Bd. Ill, No. 2. — Zoologiske Notiser. XXI. Sy sterna tiske og faunistiske bemerkninger om Miroserpula inflata. ibid. Bd. VI, No. 7. Ehlers, E.: Beitrage zur Verticalverbreitung der Borsten- wiirmer im Meere. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Vol. 24. - Florida Anneliden. Mem. of Mus. comp. Zool. Harvard Coll. Vol. 15. - Die bodensassigen Anneliden aus den Sammlungen der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Wiss. Ergebn. d. Deutsch. Tiefsee-Exp. auf dem Dampfer "Valdivia" 1898-1899. Vol. 16. Ehrenberg, C. G. : Characteres animalium novarum. Mitt, d. Gesell. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin. 1836. Eisig, H. : Zur Systematik, Anatomi und Morphologi der Ariciiden nebst Beitragen zur generellen Systematik. Mitt. Zool. Stat. Neapel. Vol. 21. Eliason, A. : Polychaeta. Biologisch-Faunistische Unter- suchungen aus dem Oresund V. Arb. aus dem Zool. Inst, zu Lund. Fabricius, I. C. : Reise nach Norwegen. Fabricius, 0. : Fauna groenlandiea. Hafniae. — Betragtninger over Nereideslsegten. Naturhist. Selsk. Skr. Bd. 5. 1.1). Fauvel, P. : Deuxieme note preliminaire sur les Polychetes de T'lTirondelle" etc. Bull. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco, No. 142. — Annelides Polychetes. Camp. Arctique du Due d'Orleans de 1907. - Campagne du "Pourquoi-Pas"? (Islande et Jan Mayen 1912). Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris. Vol. XIX. — Annelides Polychetes non pelagiques provenant des campagnes de l'Hirondelle et de la Princesse-Alice (1885-1910). Res. Camp. Scientif. Monaco. Vol. 46. - Annelides Polychetes pelagiques provenant des Campag- nes des yachts Hirondille et Princesse-Alice (1885-1910). ibid. Fasc. 48. - Polychetes errantes. Faune de France. Vol. 5. - Polychetes sedentaires. Faune de France. Vol. 16. - Annelida Polychaeta of the Indian Museum. Calcutta. Mem. Indian Museum. Vol. 12. - Polychetes. Res. du Voyage de la Belgica. Exped. Antarctique Beige. Friedrich, II.: Polychaeten. Tierwelt der Nord- und Ostsee. VI b. Greeff, R. : Uber die Anneliden-Gattung Sphserodorum. Arch. f. Naturgesch. Vol. 32. Grube, E.: Actinien, Echinodermen und Wiirmer des Mittel- meers. Konigsberg. 63 - Beschreibung neuer oder wenig bekannter Anneliden. Arch. f. Naturges. 1846, 1848, 1855, 1860, 1863. - Die Familien der Anneliden mit Angabe ihrer Gattungen und Arten. Arch. f. Naturges. 1850 — 51. - Bemerkungen fiber die Amphicteneen und Amphare- teen. Mgn. Jahresber. d. Schless. Gesell. f. vaterl. cultur. No. 48. Breslau. Gunnerus, J.: Om nogle norske Koraller. Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. Vol. 4. Gustafson, G. : Anatomische Studien fiber die Polychseten- Familien Amphinomidae und Euphrosynidae Zool Bidr. fran Uppsala Vol. 12. Haase, P. : Boreale und arctische Chloraemiden. Wiss. Meeresunters. Kiel. N. F. Vol. 17. POLYCII ETA 79 1882 Hansen, G. A.: Annelider fra den Norske Nordhavs Expe- dition. Nyt Mag. f. Naturvidenskaberne XXV. 1882 - Annelida. The Norwegian North-Atlantic Exp. L876 78. 1911 Heinen, A. : Die Nephthydeen und Lycoriden der Nord- und Ostsee. Wiss. Meeresnnters. Kiel. N. F. Vol. 13. 1925 Herpin, R. : Remarques systematiques snr des Terebelliens des cotes de France (Nicolea zostericola (list. sec. Grube et Nicolea venushiln Mont.) Hull. Soc. Zool. de Franc I.. 1925 - La ponte et le developpement chez une Annelide Poly- chete sftdentaire (Nicolea zostericola). C. R. Acad. Sc. Paris CLXXX. 1917 Hessle, Ch.: Zur Kenntniss der terebellomorphen Polychae- ten. Zool. Bidr. fran Uppsala. Vol. 5. 1889 Holm, Th. : Beretning om de paa "Fyllas" Togt i 1884 fore- tagne zoologiske Undersogelser i Oronland. Medd. om Gronl. Bd. 8. 1921 Horst, R.: A review of the family Hesionidie with a de- scription of two new species. Zool. Mededel. Leiden. Deel VI. 1869 Mc'Intosh, W. C: On the structure of the British Nemerte- ans and some new British Annelids. Trans. R. Soc. Edinb. Vol. 25. - On the invertebrate marine fauna of St. Andrews. Ann. Mag. Nat, Hist, (4). Vol. II. - On the Annelida, of the "Porcupine" Expedition of 1869 and 1870. Trans. Zool. Soc. London. Vol. 9. - On the Annelida obtained during the cruise of H.M.S. "Valorous" to Davis Strait L875. Trans. I. inn. Soc. London. II Ser. Zool. Vol. 1. - On British Annelida, Trans. Zool. Soc. London. Vol. 9. - On the Annelids of the British North-Polar Expedition. Journ. Linn. Soc. London. Vol. 14. - Report on the Annelida Polychaeta collected by H.M.S. "Challenger" during the years 1873-76. Sc. Res. Chal- lenger. Zool. Vol. 12. - Note on Irish Annelids in the Museum of Science and Art, Dublin. Scient. Proc. Royal Dubon Soc. N. S. Vol. 8, part 5. 1900, 1908, 1910, 1915, 1922, 1923 - The British Annelids. Polychaeta. Vol. I-IV. Ray Soc. London. 1905 - On the British Goniadidae, Glyceridae and Ariciidse. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, (7). Vol. 15. 1913a— On the British Maldanidae. ibid. ser. 8. Vol.11, p. 84. 19131) — The Maldanidae dredged in the Porcupine Expedition of 1869 and 1870. ibid. ser. 8. Vol. 11, p. 115. On the Maldanidae dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada, by Dr. Whiteeaves. ibid. ser. 8. Vol. 11, p. 119. On the Maldanidae procured by Canon Norman in Norway, ibid. ser. 8. Vol. 9, p. L28. Notes from the Gatty marine Laboratory, ibid. ser. 8. Vol. 17. I '.i<)2 Izuka, A.: On two new species of the family Maldanidae from the Sagami Bay. Annot, zool. Japon. Vol. 4. Observations on the Japanese Palolo (Ceratocephala osawai n. sp.). Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo Vol. 17. - The errantiate Polychaeta of Japan, ibid. Vol.30. I '.i'J7 Johansson, K. E.: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Polychaeten- Familien Hennellidae, Sabellidae und Serpulidae. Zool. Bidr. fran Uppsala. Vol. 11. Johnston, G.: Miscellanea zoologica, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, Vol. IV. - Catalogue of the British non-parasitic worms, Lon- don. 1862 Keferstein, W. : Untersuchungen iiber niedere Seetiere. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Vol. 12. 1855 Kinberg, S. G. H. : Nva slagte h arter af Annelider. ufvers. af Kgl. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. 1864 1866 - Annulata nova. ibid. 1864 L865. L866. 1874 1876 1877 1S77 1879 1885 L896 1913c 1913d 1916 1903 L912 1840 1865 1856 KKcivF.it. II.: ()m Sabelleme. Overs, over kgl. dsk. Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. 1849 Leuckart, R. : Zur Kenntnis der Fauna von [sland. Arch. f. X;ii urgesch. Vol. 1. 1879 Levinsen, G. M. R.: Om to nye Slaegter af arktiske Ch pode Annelider-. Vid. Medd. dsk. Naturh. Foren. Kbhvn. 1883 Systematisk-geografisk Oversigf over de nordiske Annu- lata, Gephyrea etc. ibid. 1887 Karahavets Ledorme (Annulata). Dijmphna Togtetszoo- logisk-botaniske Udbytte. Kbhvn. 1 7~iS Linne, C. v.: Systema naturae ed. 10. 1761 — Fauna suecica. 1767 — Systema naturae ed. 12. Is7."> Lutken, Chr.: A revised catalogue of the Annalidae and other, not entozoic, worms of Greenland. Manual of the natural history, geology and pbysicis Greenland and the neighbouring regions. London. 1874 Malm, A. W. : Annulater i hafvet utmed Sveriges vestkust och utmed Goteborg. Goteborgs kgl. Vet. och Vitter- betssamhallets handl. Ny tidsfoljd. h. II. 186") Malmcren, A. J. : Nordiska hafs-annulater. 0fvers. af kgl. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Forhandl. 1867 - - Annulata Polychaeta Spitsbergia, Groenlandiae etc. Helsingfors. 1892 Marenzeller, E. Von: Polycha-ta of East Spitsbergen. Zool. Jahrb. Vol. 6. 1897 Mesnil, T.: Etudes de morphologie externe chez les \nneli- des II III. Bull, scient. de France et de la Belgique. Vol.30 (Ser. 4, Tome 9). 1897 Michaelsen, W.: Die Polychaetenfauna der deutschen Meere einschlieslichderbenachbarten undverbindendenl lei Wiss. Meeresnnters. d. deutsch. Meere; X. K. Vol. 2. Kiel. 1898 - Gronlandische Anneliden. Bibliotheca Zoologica. Vol. 8. ISO.", Montagu, G.: Testacea Britanica. Bibl. Conchylog. Chenu T. 1. 1846. Paris. 1818 — Description of five British species of the genus Terebella of Linne. Trans. Linn. Soc. London. Vol. 12. 1902 Moore, 1. P.: Description of some new Polynoidae, with a list of other Polychaeta from North Greenland waters. Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Philadelphia. Vol. 54. 1903 - Polychaeta from the coastal slope of Japan and from Kamchatka and Bering Sea, ibid. Vol. 55. I ;n is - Some Polychaetous Annelids of the Northern Pacific Coast of North America, ibid. Vol. 6a 1855 Muller, Max: Uber Sacconereis helgolandica. Arch. f. Naturges. 1855. 1771 Muller, 0. F.: Von Wiirmern des sussen und salzigen Was sers. Kopenhagen. 1776 — Zoologiae Danicae Prodromus. 1789 — Zoologia Danica. 1874 Miic.irs, K. : Vermes. Die zweite deutsche Nordpolsfahrl in den Jahren 1869 u. 1870. Vol. II. Wiss. Ergebn. 1863 Morch, O. A. L. : Revisio critica Serpulidarum. Xaturh. Tidsskr. 3. Raekke. Bd. 1. Kbhvn. 1928 NlLSSON, 1'.: Neue mid alte Ainphicteliiilen. Gcitel kungl. Vetensk.- och Vittcrhetssamhiilles handl. I. Foljd. Vol. 33. Xo. 1. 1766 Pali. as, P. S. : Miscellanea Zoologica I. Hagae com. 1867-69 PoURTALEs: Contributions to the fauna of the Gulf- stream at great depths. Hull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. I. 1865 CM-atrefages, A. De : Ilistoin-s naturelle des Anneles marins et d'eau douce. 1817 Ranzani: Arenicola clavatus et Thalassema scutatum. Isis Opus Sc. 1 1. 1813 Ra'iiiki:, 11. : Beitrage zur Fauna Norwegens. Nov. Act. lead. I.eop. Carol. Nat. Cur. Halle. Vol. 20. 1907 Roule, L. : Annelides et Gephyriens. Exped. Sci. du "Tra- vailleur" et du "Talisman". Vol. 8. «n POLYCHAETA 1887, 1888, 1894, 1895 Saint Joseph, Baron de: Annelides Polychetes des Cotes de Dinard. Ann. Sc. Nat. Zool. 7ieme ser. Vol. I. V, XVII, XX. 1872 Sars.G. 0.: Diagnoser af nye Annelider fra Christiania- fjorden efter Professor M. Sars's efterladte Manuskripter. I', nil. Vid. Selsk. Christiania Aar 1872. L873 - Bidrag til Kundskaben om Christianiafjordens Fauna III. Nyt .Mag. f. Naturvidensk. 1873. L873 — Bidrag til Kundskaben om Dyrelivet paa vore Hav- banker. Forliandl. i Vidensk. Selsk. i Christiania. 1829 Sabs, M. : Bidrag til S0dyren.es Naturhistorie. — Beskrivelser og Iagttagelser over nogle maerkelige eller nve i Ha vet ved den Bergen'ske Kyst levende Dyr af Polypernes, Acalephernes, Radiaternes, Aiinelidernes og Molluskernes Classer. Bergen. 1846-1856 — Fauna littoralis Norvegiae. 1851 - Beretning om en i Somrneren 1849 foretagen zoologisk Reise i Lofoten og Finmarken. Nyt Mag. f. Naturvidensk. Vol. 6. 1860 - Uddrag af en Af handling om de ved Norges Kyster forekommende Arter af Annelideslsegten Polynoe. Fork. i Vidensk. Selsk. Christiania. L861 — Uddrag af en Af handling, ledsaget af detaillerede Af- biklninger over en Del norske Annelider. ibid. 1861. 1861 - Beretning om en i Somrneren 1859 foretagen zoologisk Reise ved Kysten af Romsdals Amt. Nyt Mag. f. Natur- vidensk. Vol. 11. 1862 - Om ved Norges Kyster forekommende Arter af den Linneiske Annelideslsegt Sabella. Forliandl. i Vidensk. Selsk. Christiania 1861. 1864 (1866) - Fortsatte Bidrag til Norges Annelider. ibid. (1817) 1820 Savigny, I. C. : Systeme des Annelides etc. Descrip- tion de l'Egypte. Histoire naturelle. Vol. 1, Pt. 3. 1911 Southern, R. : Polychaeta of the coasts of Ireland. II. The Alciopidaa, Tomopteridse, and Typhloscolecidae. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest. 1910. Vol. III. 1914 - Archiannelida and Polychaeta, Clare Isl. Survey. Proc. R. Irish Acad. Vol. 31. 1921 - Polychaeta of the Chilka Lake and also of Fresh and Brakish waters in other parts of India. Mem. Ind. Mus. Vol. 5. 1854 Stimpson, W. : Synopsis of the marine invertebrata of Grand Manan. Smithson. Contrib. to knowledge. Vol. 6. 1880 Storm, V.: Bidrag til Trondhjemfjordens Fauna. Kgl. Nor- ske Vid. Selsk. Skr. Trondhjem. 1878-80. 1918 S.emundsson, B. : Bidrag til Kundskaben om Islands poly- chaete Borsteornie. Vid. Medd. fra Dsk. naturh. Foren. Vol. 69. 1920 Soderstrom, A. : Studien fiber die Polychatenfamilie Spio- nidae. Dissert. Uppsala. 1879 Tauber.P.: Annulata Danica. Kobenhavn. 1879 Theel, Hj. : Les Annelides Polychetes des mers de la Nouvelle-Zemble. Kgl. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Handl. Vol. 16, No. 3. 1936 Tiiorson, G. : The larval development, growth and metabol- ism of arctic marine bottom invertebrates compared with those of other seas. Medd. om Gronl. Bd. 100. 1946 - Reproduction and larval development of Danish marine bottom invertebrates. Medd. fra Komm. forDanmarksFis- keri- og Havundersogelser, Serie Plankton. Vol. 4, No. 1. I SOT Vanhoffen, E. : Die Wiirmer. Gronland-Exped. d. Gesell. f. Erdkunde zu Berlin 1891-93. Berlin. L884 Webster et Benedict: The, Annelida Chaetopoda from Princetown and Wellfleet Mass. U. S. Fish Comni. Rep. 1885 - The Annelida Chaetopoda of Eastport (Maine). U. S. Comm. of Fish and Fisheries pars XIII. 1879 Verrill, A. E. : Notice of recent additions to the marine Invertebrata of the north-eastern coast of America etc. part. 1. Annelida, Gephyrea, Nemertina etc. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 2. 1882 - New England Annelida part. 1. Trans. Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sc. Vol. 4. 1883 - Results of the explorations made by the steamer "Alba- tross" off the northern coast of the U. S. in 1883. 1900 - Additions to the Turbellaria, Nemertina and Annelida of Bermudas with revisions of some New England Genera and Species. Trans. Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sc. Vol. 10. 1926 Wesenberg-Lund, Elise: Tomopterider, Myzostomer og Sternaspis. Medd. om Gronland. Vol. 23. 1934 — Gephyreans and Annelids. The Scoresby Sound Comm. 2nd East Greenland Exped. in 1932 to King Christian IX's Land. ibid. Vol. 104. No. 14. 1935 - Tomopteridse and Typnloscolecidse. The Danish Ingolf- Exped. Vol.4. No. 11. 1936 - Tomopteridse and Typhloscolecidae. The Godthaab Exp. 1928. Medd. om Gronl. Vol. 80. No. 3. 1939 - Pelagic Polychaetes. Report on the Danish Oceanograpbi- cal Exp. 1908-1910 to the Mediterranean and adjacent seas. Vol. II. E. 1. 1941 - Notes on Polychaetes I. Vid. Medd. fra Dsk. naturh. Foren. Vol. 105. 1947 - Syllidae (Polychaeta) from Greenland waters. Medd. om Gronland. Bd. 134. No. 6. 1948 - Maldanidae (Polychaeta) from West-Greenland waters, ibid. Bd. 134 No. 9. 1883 Wiren, A.: Chsetopoder fran Sibiriska Ishafvet och Berings Haf. Vega exp. vetensk. Iakt. Bd. 2. 1907 - Macellicephala violacea (Lev.) nebst Bemerkungen iiber deren Anatomie. Zool. Stud, tillagnade Prof. Tullberg. Uppsala. 1912 Wolleb^k, A. : Nordeuropaeiske Annulata Polychaeta I. Skrifter Vidensk. Christiania. Mat. Nat. Kl. II. No. 18. 1843a Orsted, A. S. : Annulatorum Danicorum conspectus. Fase. I. Maricolse. Hafniae. 1843b — Gronlands Annulata Dorsibranchiata. Vid. Selsk. naturv. og mathem. Afhandl. Vol. 10. 1844—45 - Fortegnelse over Dyr samlede ved Drobak. Natur- hist. Tidsskr. 2. Rk. 1. B. 1844a — Zur Classification der Annulaten. Arch. f. Naturges. Zehnter Jahrg. erster Band. 1844b - 1 )e regionibus marinis Hafniae. POLYCH.-ETA 81 t>. 30* W *>' CO" 50' *)* Jfl* Jl' 10' 0- W ffi" id* to' B\\. Ojvo4/*jv. • /\Cww>» . TvOO»0»Ob 82 Pol.YCH.ETA rOLYt'lLKTA 83 CWxnJv'W /VN.>Vp 84 POLYCH^TA (An.CUnK'.'XV 1 ~ ~ ■ B' j? r.f)' POLYCH.F/TA 86 POLYCH/ETA I'OI.VCH.ETA ST 88 POLYCH.TiTA ay y w so* to'^'a'ty ur _jg^ jj JOO Utier . COO iooo — POLYCH^TA 89 90 POIA'CH-ETA • O*. «JcV»VVV5 rnl.YrH.KTA 91 ■ 92 POLYCH.OTA PLANT HER Planche I Fig. 1. Gattyana cirrosa (Pall.). Scale from the middle part of the body. "Dana" St. 2318. Fig. 2. Gattyana cirrosa (Pall.). Parapodium. Same locality. Fig. 3. Phyllodoce mucosa Orst. Parapodium from the middle part of the body. Fig. 4. NotophyUum foliosum Sars. "Michael Sars" St. 47. Fig. 5. Eulalia bileneata Johnst. Parapodium and posterior end of an epitokous specimen from Jan Mayen. E. Wesenberg-Lund : Polych^eta - Pl. I. 1 imiii Planche II Fig. 6. Eteone longa (0. Fabr.). Parapodia from the middle part of the body. Fig. 7. o : Eteone longa (0. Fabr.). Posterior end ; b: and c: anterior end with the proboscis extruded of Eteone longa (Fabr.) and E. flava (Fabr.) resp. Fig. 8. Ewphrosyne cirrata Sars. "Ingolf" St. 94. Fig. 9. Ewphrosyne cirrata Sars. Dorsal parapodium. Fig. 10. Ewphrosyne armadillo Sars. "Ingolf" St. 144. Fig. 11. Ewphrosyne armadillo Sars. Parapodium. E. Wesenbekg-Lund : Polych^ta Pl. II. Planche III Fig. 12. Spinther miniaceus Grube. "Ingolf" St. 1. Fig. 13. Castalin hriiuniiirii Cliamberlin. Parapodium. Fig. 14. Castalia aphroditoides (0. Fabr.). Parapodium. Fig. 15. Hesionella problematica n. g. n. sp. a: Lateral wiev of an- anterior end; b: posterior end; c. •parapodium; d: bristles "Ingolf" St. 9. Fig. 1G. Hesiosyllis enigmatica n. g. n. sp. 11th right parapodium. E. Wesenberg Lund: Polych i i • l'i.. III. Planche IV Fig. 17. Hesiosyllis enigmatica n. g. n. sp. Anterior part; ventral and dorsal view, and transversal section through the body. "Ingolf" St. 59. Fig. 18. Haplo.ii/llis spongicola Gr. Ventral and dorsal view; parapodium and setse. "Michael Sars" St. 90. E. WESENBERG-LUND: PoLYCHiETA Pl. [V, Planche V Fig. 19. Ceratocephala borealis n. sp. ; dorsal and ventral view. "Ingolf" St. 25. Fig. 20. Ceratocephala borealis a. sp.; dorsal and ventral view. "Ingolf" St. 32. Fig. 21. Ceratocephala borealis n. sp. "Ingolf" St. 32. Fig. 22. Glycerella atlantica a. sp.; dorsal and ventral view. E. WeSENBP RG I.i mi: Po] • H I I \ Pl. V. Planche VI Fig. 23. Ceratocephala borealis n. sp. 1st, 2nd and 3rd foot. Fig. 27. a and b: Nereis pelagica (L.) and N.zonata Mlmgr. resp. Fig. 24. Ceratocephala borealis n. sp. 9 th, 16 th and 28 th foot of epitokous feet. the same specimen as in fig. 23. Fig. 28. Glycerella atlantica n. sp. 30th foot and jaw. Fig. 25. Ceratocephala borealis n. sp. 9th foot posterior view ; 10th a. uncompound, dorsal bristle. and 14th foot of another specimen. b. compound bristle from the dorsal section of the Signatures: d. c. dorsal cirrus; d. I.; m. I.; v. I.; dorsal, median ventral tuft. and ventral ligule; d. /.; v. f. dorsal and ventral fillet; c. compound bristle from the ventral section of the v. c. ventral cirrus. ventral tuft. Fig. 26. a and b: one of the first feet of Nereis pehgica (L.) and N. zonata Mlmgr. resp. atokous feet. E. Wesenberg-Lund : Polyi h .1 1 \ l'i.. V). 16 28. !\ 28 \ a b c Planche VII Fig. 29. Onupkis quadricuspis Sars. "Thor" St. 170. Fig. 30. Staurocephalus rudolphi (d. Chiaje). Fig. 31. Disoma multisetosum Orst. Dorsal view. Fig. 32. Disoma multisetosum Orst. Ventral view of the same specimen. Fig. 33. Poechilochcetus serpens Allen. "Ingolf" St. 140. Fig. 34. Paraonis gracilis Tauber. "Ingolf" St. 138. E. Wesenberg-Lund: Polychjeta - Pl. VI ]. Planche VIII Fig. 35. Aricidea suedca Elias. "Ingolf" St. 21. Pig. 36. Cossura longocirrata Webst. & Ben. "Ingolf" St. 138. Pig. 37 Lipobranchius jeffreysi (Mc'Int.). Anterior end. Fig. 38. Ophelia limacina Rtke. Posterior end from the dorsal side of a: epitokous, b: atokous specimen; c: feet with gill and setas, to the right of atokous, to the left of epitokous specimen. E. Wesenberg-Lund : I'm,'. i h.kta - Pl. VIII. 38 Planche IX Fig. 39. Ophelia Umacina Rtke. Posterior end from the ventral side, a: epitokous, b: atokons specimen. Fig. 40. Lumbriclytnene nasuta E. W.-L. Ventral view of anterior end. "Ingolf" St. 10. Fig. 41. Leiochone borealis Arwids. a: posterior end with everted intestine; b: anterior end, dorsal view; c: posterior end, ventral view. Fig. 42. Amphicteis sundevalli Mlmgr. Fig. 43. Melinnides rostrata n. g. n. sp. Dorsal and ventral view. E. Wesenberg-Lund: Poi.ycileta - Pl. IX. Planche X Fig. 44. Animotrypane cylindricaudatus Hans. Posterior end. "In- golf" St. 115. Fig. 45. Axiothella catenata (Mlmgr.). Anterior and posterior end. Fig. 46. Baffinia multisetosum n. g. n. sp. Ventral and lateral view; posterior end; bristle and hooks. Fig. 47. Potamilla neglecta Sars. Tubes with eggs and young. Fig. 48. Potamilla neglecta Sars. Young from the dorsal and ven- tral side. "Ingolf" St. 129. Fig. 49. Miroserpula inflata Dons. Tube from different views. B. Wesenberg-Lund : Polycbleta -Pl. X. THE INGOLF-EXPEDITIOX 1895-1896 THE LOCALITIES, DEPTHS. AND BOTTOMTEMPERATURES OF THE STATIONS Sta- tion Nr. Date Lat. N. Lone; \Y. Depth I!..t- Sta- in torn- tion temp. Nr. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 in 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 1895 11 -V 12 - 13 16 17 19 20 21 4- VI 5 - 16 - 17 - 18 - 20 - 21 - 22 - 24 - 62 30' 8 21' 249 63 04' 9° 22' 493 63 35' 10 24' 512 ill 07' 11 12' 446 64° 41)' 12 09' 292 63 13' 1 1 34' 17D 63° 13' 15 11' 1130 63 56' 2 1 In' 25) ; i;i 18' 27 00' 555 114 24' 28 50' 11SI 64 34 :u 12' 244S 64 38' 32 37 1958 64 47' 34 33' 1171 64 45' 35 05' 331 66 is' 25 59' 1.21 65° 43' 26 58' 171 62° 49' 26 55' 1403 61° 44' 30 29 2137 60 29' .",1 II' 2949 58 20' 4D is' 5192 58 01' 11 I.Y 251)5 58 10' 1 ' 3474 mi 13 56° 00' i ' . 7 2 5 3 (15 7°0 15 6 ii 5 8 3 5 I 6 n :; 5 n 1 I (i 75 i; i 3 i :; n 2 I 1 5 2 1 1 1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 3,1 35 36 57 38 511 in 11 12 13 11 Date Lat. X. Lone W Depth 25 26 VI 1- VII 5 - 1() - 11 - 11 - 12 - IS - VIII 63 06' 63 5,11 113 51' 63 57' 114 37' 1)4 54' 65 II 65 34 66 50' 66 .",5 in, 35' 57 57 i,5 17 (,5 16' (11 50' (111 17' 511 12' 62 00' 62 1 1. 1' ill 39' ill 41' ill 12' ill 12 51, I in' 51 25' 5.", 1.5 52 U' 51 21' 55 II)' 55 12' 54 31' 54 28' 55 54 5i, 38' 55 30' 54 17' 55 05' 56 21' 5 1 U5 51 05' 22 38' 21° 30' 17 lii- lii 17 in 11' 9 36 in in 225S 1(1911 2511 1,1 2D5 740 791 128 11 166 599 66 UK (IS 2 27(12 5229 552 1 1(129 1593 2345 1177 1 2 1 5 1112(1 Bot- Sta- Depth tom- tion Date Lat. N. Long W. in temp. Nr. in 2 1 3 :; (i (i 5 S 5 5 0°2 1 ..5 I 6 5, II S 3 6 1 5 1 1 1 5, 2 9 5. 5, 2 n ii I 1 1 . (5 I s IS! Ill 15 11 - V Ii, - - 17 12 - 18 - - 49 13 - 5.1 - - 51 15 - 52 - - 53 16 - 54 is - 55 19 - 511 - - 57 2. i - 58 - - 511 - - (111 21 - 111 - - (12 51 - 63 l-\ 1 i,i - - 65 ■> . 66 - - (17 5, - i,l 32' «il 32' i,l 32' HI 32' H2 07' r,2 ' 13' (.4 15' 63 57 115, 15' .,:; 08' .,5 33' 64 (i. i' .15 57 (11 25' .,;, .in .15 09' 35 03 .;;; i- (12 4(i' 62 ',i 30 9 13 n ;;., 15 10 15 11' 15 07 i i 07 1 1 22' 13 32' 15 ii7' 15 In' 15° 02' 15 09 15. 02' 12 i Hi- ll 111 12° 27' 13 in, 19 22 5.1 1211 1356 1 789 2 HI 5 21H9 1921 L28 791 1 197 L301 51)5 128 659 397 231 1(14 I960 2(151 2124 torn- temp. 4 17 2 10 3 17 2 91 3° 13 7 32 7 s7 3 08 ;; 9 7 57 3 1 ii 1 II 9 II I 7 92 1 ii 5 I Sta- Depth Bot- Sta- Depth Bot- Sta- Depth Bot- tion Lat. N. Long \V. in tom- tion Date Lat. N. Long W. in tom- tion Date Lat. N Long W. in tom- Nr. in temp. Nr. m temp. Nr. m temp. 68 3 VI 62° 06' 22° 30' 1587 3°4 92 25 - VI 64° 44' 32° 52' 1838 1°4 118 24 -VII 68° 27' 8° 20' 1996 — 1°0 69 - - 62° 40' 22° 17' 1109 3°9 93 26 - 64° 24' 35: 14' 1444 1°46 119 25 - 67° 53' 10° 19' 1902 — 1°0 70 4 - 63° 09' 22° 05' 252 7°0 94 - - 64° 56' 36° 19' 384 4°1 120 - - 67° 29' 11° 32' 1666 — 1°0 71 - - 63° 46' 22° 03' 87 65° 31' 30° 45' 401 121 - - 66° 59' 13° 11' 996 — 0°7 72 8 - 63° 12' 23° 04' 371 6°7 95 27 - 65° 14' 30° 39' 1416 2°1 122 26 - 66° 42' 14° 44' 217 1°8 73 - - 62° 58' 23° 28' 915 5°5 96 28 - 65° 24' 29° 00' 1384 1°2 123 28 - 66° 52' 15° 40' 273 2°0 74 9 - 62° 17' 24° 36' 1309 4°2 97 - - 65° 28' 27° 39' 847 5°5 124 - - 67° 40' 15° 40' 932 — 0°6 61° 57' 25° 35' 1433 98 - - 65° 38' 26° 27' 260 5°9 125 29 - 68° 08' 16° 02' 1373 — 0°8 61° 28' 25° 06' 1561 99 7-VII 66° 13' 25° 53' 352 6°1 126 - - 67° 19' 15° 52' 552 — 0°5 75 11 - 61° 28' 26° 25' 1469 4°3 100 9 - 66° 23' 14° 02' 111 0°4 127 2-VIII 66° 33' 20° 05' 83 5°6 76 12 - 60° 50' 26° 50' 1518 4°1 101 10 - 66° 23' 12° 05' 1011 — 0°7 128 - - 66° 50' 20° 02' 365 0°6 77 - - 60° 10' 26° 59' 1791 3°6 102 - - 66° 23' 10° 26' 1412 — 0°9 129 3 - 66° 35' 23° 47' 220 6°5 78 13 - 60° 37' 27° 52' 1505 4°5 103 - - 66° 23' 8° 52' 1090 — 0°6 130 8 - 63° 00' 20° 40' 636 6°55 79 - - 60° 52' 28° 58' 1230 4°4 104 11 - 66° 23' 7° 25' 1802 -1°1 131 - - 63° 00' 19° 09' 1314 4°7 80 - - 61° 02' 29° 32' 1761 4°0 105 - - 65° 34' 7° 31' 1435 — 0°8 132 - - 63° 00' 17° 04' 14n7 4°6 81 14 - 61c 44' 27° 00' 913 6°1 106 12 - 65° 34' 8° 54' 842 — 0°6 133 9 - 63° 14' 11 24' 433 2°2 82 - - 61° 55' 27° 28' 1552 4°1 65° 29' 8° 40' 878 134 - - 62 34' 10° 26' 563 4°1 83 - - 62° 25' 28° 30' 1717 3°5 107 - - 65° 33' 10° 28' 926 — 0°3 135 10 - 62° 48' 9° 48' 508 0°4 62° 36' 26° 01' 889 108 13 - 65° 30' 12° 00' 183 1°1 136 - - 63° 01' 9° 11' 482 4°8 62° 36' 25° 30' 755 109 18 - 65° 29' 13° 25' 72 1°5 137 - - 63' 14' 8° 31' 559 — 0°6 84 17 - 62° 58' 25° 24' 1192 4°8 110 19 - 66° 44' 11° 33' 1471 — 0°8 138 - - 63° 26' 7° 56' 887 — 0°6 85 - - 63° 21' 25° 21' 320 111 20 - 67° 14' 8° 48' 1619 — 0°9 139 - - 63° 36' 7° 30' 1322 — 0°6 86 23 - 65° 03' 6 23° 47'6 143 112 - - 67° 57' 6° 44' 2386 — 1°1 140 11 - 63° 29' 6° 57' 1469 ~0°9 87 - - 65° 02' 3 23° 56'2 207 113 21 - 69° 31' 7° 06' 2465 — 1°0 141 - - 63° 22' 6° 58' 1279 — 0°6 88 - - 64° 58' 24° 25' 143 6°9 114 22 - 70° 36' 7° 29' 1456 — 1°0 142 - - 63° 07' 7° 05' 1105 — 0°6 89 24 - 64° 45' 27° 20' 584 8°4 115 23 - 70° 50' 8° 29' 162 0°1 143 - - 62° 58' 7° 09' 731 — 0°4 90 - - 64° 45' 29° 06' 1070 4°4 116 - - 70° 05' 8° 26' 099 — 0°4 144 - - 62° 49' 7° 12' 520 1°6 91 25 - 64° 44' 31° 00' 2328 3°1 117 24 - 69° 13' 8° 23' 1889 — 1°0 BIANCO IUNO A.'S. KBHVN QL Danish Ingolf -Expedition , 5 1895-1896 D3 The Danish Ingolf - V.4-C expedition pt.ll-H BioMed PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCK UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY